Відвідано: » help-content-15.html
Зміст
-- phpMyAdmin SQL Dump
-- version 2.11.6
-- http://www.phpmyadmin.net
--
-- Generation Time: Jul 12, 2008 at 12:00 PM
--
-- Dumping data for table `jos_content`
--
INSERT INTO `jos_content` (`id`, `title`, `title_alias`, `introtext`, `fulltext`, `state`, `sectionid`, `mask`, `catid`, `created`, `created_by`, `created_by_alias`, `modified`, `modified_by`, `checked_out`, `checked_out_time`, `publish_up`, `publish_down`, `images`, `urls`, `attribs`, `version`, `parentid`, `ordering`, `metakey`, `metadesc`, `access`, `hits`) VALUES
(1529, 'Менеджер Розділів : Новий / Редагувати', 'Менеджер Розділів : Новий / Редагувати', '<h2> <span class="mw-headline">How to Access</span></h2>\r\n<p>\r\nNavigate to the <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1460&Itemid=278" target="_self" title="Screen.sections.15">Менеджер Розділів</a>.\r\nTo add a new Section, press the "New" icon in the toolbar. To edit an\r\nexisting Section, клацніть на Заголовок Розділу, або клацніть на помітку Розділу, та клацніть на іконку "Редагувати" у инструментному меню.\r\n</p>\r\n<a title="Description" name="Description"></a>\r\n<h2> <span class="mw-headline">Description</span></h2>\r\n<p>\r\nThere is where you can add a new Section or edit an existing\r\nSection. Sections in Joomla! are used to organize Articles. Sections\r\nare the top-level of organization, and each Section contains one or\r\nmore Categories. Sections and Categories allow you to organize your\r\nArticles and display related Articles together on a page. All Articles\r\nare assigned either to a Section you create or to the special Section\r\ncalled ''Uncategorized''. \r\n</p>\r\n<a title="Screenshot" name="Screenshot"></a>\r\n<h2><span class="mw-headline">Screenshot</span></h2>\r\n<p>\r\n<span class="image"><img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/Section_edit.png" alt="Image:section_edit.png" border="0" height="739" width="658" /></span>\r\n</p>\r\n<a title="Details" name="Details"></a>\r\n<h2> <span class="mw-headline">Details</span></h2>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Scope.</b> No entry allowed. Displays the scope of this screen, which is "Content". \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Title.</b> The Title for this item. This may or may not display on the page, depending on the parameter values you choose.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Alias.</b> The internal name of the item. Normally, you can\r\n leave this blank and Joomla! will fill in a default value. The default\r\n value is the Title or Name in lower case and with dashes instead of\r\n spaces. You may enter the Alias manually. The Alias should consist of\r\n lowercase letters, and no blank spaces are allowed. Use a hyphen (-)\r\n instead. The Alias will be used in the URL when SEF is activated.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Published.</b> Whether or not this item is published. Select <i>Yes</i> or <i>No</i> from the radio button group to set the Published state for this item.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Order.</b> The order this item will display in the Manager\r\n screen. Use the drop-down list box to change the Order. You can select\r\n ''First'' or ''Last'' to make this the first or last item. Or you can\r\n select an item from the list. In this case, the current item will be\r\n listed just <i>after</i> the item you select. Note that the Order can also be changed in the Manager screen.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <b>Access Level</b>. Who has access to this item. Current options are:\r\n </p>\r\n <ul>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <span style="color: green">Public</span>: Everyone has access <span style="color: red"></span>\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <span style="color: red">Registered</span>: Only registered users have access <span style="color: black"></span>\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <span style="color: black">Special</span>: Only users with author status or higher have access\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n </ul>\r\n <p>\r\n Enter the desired level using the drop-down list box.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Image.</b> Image for this Page. Image must be located in the folder "images/stories".\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Image Position.</b> Position of the Image on the page. Select Left or Right from the drop-down list box.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <b>Description</b>. The description for the item. Section and\r\n Category descriptions for Articles may be shown on web pages, depending\r\n on the parameter settings. These descriptions are entered using the\r\n same editor that is used for Articles. Note that Section and Category\r\n descriptions may not be edited from the front end.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<a title="TinyMCE_editor" name="TinyMCE_editor"></a>\r\n<h2> <span class="mw-headline">TinyMCE editor</span></h2>\r\n<p>\r\nThe default editor for both front-end and back-end users in Joomla! is the TinyMCE editor.\r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\nTinyMCE is a WYSIWYG (what you see is what you get) editor that\r\nallows users a familiar word-processing interface to use when editing\r\nArticles and other content. The 3-row toolbar below provides many\r\nstandard editing commands:\r\n</p>\r\n<div class="center">\r\n<div class="floatnone">\r\n<span><span class="image"><img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/Article_tinymce_buttons.png" border="0" height="77" width="617" /></span></span>\r\n</div>\r\n</div>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li><b>Top Row.</b> \r\n <ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n Buttons in the upper left allow you to make text bold, italic,\r\n underlined, or strikethrough. Next to that are buttons for align left,\r\n right, center, and full.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n Styles. Caption and System Pagebreak styles can be set.\r\n Highlight the desired text and select the style. This will allow this\r\n text to be formatted based on CSS rules.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n Format. Select pre-defined formats for Paragraph, Address, Heading1, and so on.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n Font Family. Select the desired font.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n </ul>\r\n </li>\r\n <li><b>Second Row.</b> \r\n <ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n Unordered List, Ordered list, Outdent (move left) and Indent (indent right). \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n Undo (Ctrl+Z) and Re-do (Ctrl+Y). \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n Insert/Edit Link. To insert or edit a link, select the linked\r\n text and press this button. A popup dialog displays that lets you enter\r\n details about the link. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n Unlink. To remove a link, highlight the linked text and press this button. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n Insert/Edit Image. To insert and image, place the cursor in\r\n the desired location and press this button. A popup dialog displays\r\n that lets you enter in the Image URL and other information about how\r\n the image will display. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n Cleanup Messy Code. This button allows you to clean up HTML code,\r\n perhaps from HTML text that you copied in from another source. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n Edit HTML Source. A popup displays showing the HTML source code, allowing you to edit the HTML source code. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n Find and Find/Replace. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n Insert Date, Time, or Emotions. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n Insert Embedded Media. To insert embedded media (such as\r\n Flash), place the cursor at the desired location and press this button.\r\n A popup dialog will display that allows you to enter the Type, File or\r\n URL, and other information about the media. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n Direction Left to Right and Direction Right to Left. These\r\n buttons allow you to enter or change the text direction, for example\r\n for languages that read right to left. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n Insert New Layer, Move Forward, Move Backware, Toggle Absolute Position. For working with layered items. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n Select Text Color.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n </ul>\r\n </li>\r\n <li><b>Third Row.</b>\r\n <ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n Insert Horizontal Ruler.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n Remove Formatting.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n Toggle Guidelines/Invisible elements.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n Subscript, Superscript, Insert Custom Character, Horizontal Rule.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n Insert New Table, Table Row Properties, Table Cell Properties,\r\n Insert Row Before, Insert Row After, Delete Row, Insert Column Before,\r\n Insert Column After, Delete Column, Split Merged Table Cells, Merge\r\n Table Cells.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n Toggle Full Screen Mode.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n Edit CSS Style. A popup dialog box displays that allows you to enter CSS style information for the selected text.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n </ul>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<a title="No_editor" name="No_editor"></a>\r\n<h2> <span class="mw-headline">No editor</span></h2>\r\n<p>\r\nIf ''No editor'' is selected for a User, then a simple text editor\r\ndisplays. This allows you to enter in raw, unformatted HTML. You can\r\nuse the toolbar ''Preview'' button to preview how the HTML will display.\r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\nNote that the ''No Editor'' option can be useful if you are\r\nentering in ''boilerplate'' or custom HTML, for example to create a\r\nPayPal link. TinyMCE automatically re-formats and strips some HTML when\r\na file is saved. This can cause complex HTML to not work correctly.\r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\nIf this happens, you can temporarily change the editor to ''No\r\nEditor'' and create the desired content. Note that if you wish to edit\r\nthis content in the future, you should be careful to change your editor\r\nto ''No Editor''. Otherwise, if you open and save the content with\r\nTinyMCE, you may lose your custom HTML.\r\n</p>\r\n<a title="Image_Button" name="Image_Button"></a>\r\n<h2> <span class="mw-headline">Image Button</span></h2>\r\n<p>\r\nAn Image button is located just below the edit window, as shown below:\r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\n<span class="image"><img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/Image_button.png" alt="Image:Image_button.png" border="0" height="27" width="64" /></span>\r\n</p>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Image.</b> This button provides an easy way to insert an\r\n image into an Article. Images may be inserted from the ''images/stories''\r\n folder and may also be uploaded. When you click the Image button, a\r\n window pops up, as shown below:\r\n </p>\r\n <div class="center">\r\n <div class="floatnone">\r\n <span><span class="image"><img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/Article_image_popup.png" border="0" height="398" width="552" /></span></span>\r\n </div>\r\n </div>\r\n <ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Directory.</b> The current directory on the host server.\r\n This is the ''images/stories'' directory under your Joomla! home\r\n directory. Use the drop-down list box to select a subdirectory.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Up.</b> Navigate to the parent directory. Note that the\r\n top directory for this function is ''images/stories''. You can not\r\n navigate to a higher directory.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Insert.</b> Insert the selected image. The insert point\r\n will be the current cursor position. You will see the image display\r\n inside the edit window.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Cancel</b>. Cancel the operation and close the popup window.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Thumbnail Browse Area.</b> Click on an image thumbnail to select the image. Click on a folder icon to navigate to that subdirectory. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Image URL.</b> Click on one of the image thumbnails and the URL for the image will be entered for you. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Align.</b> Select the desired alignment (left or right) from the drop-down list box. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Image Description.</b> Enter a description for the image. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Image Title.</b> Enter a Title for this image. This displays when a User hovers the mouse on the image. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Caption.</b> If checked, image title will display as a caption below the image. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Browse files.</b> Click this button to browse to an image\r\n file to upload from your local computer. A file dialog will open\r\n allowing you to select a file. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Start Upload.</b> Once you have selected a file, press\r\n this button to upload the file to your Joomla! ''images/stories'' folder.\r\n When the upload is done, a ''Completed'' message will display. The\r\n thumbnail for the new image will now show in the thumbnail area. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Clear Completed.</b> Clears the ''Completed'' message.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n </ul>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<a title="Toolbar" name="Toolbar"></a>\r\n<h2> <span class="mw-headline">Toolbar</span></h2>\r\n<p>\r\nAt the top right you will see the toolbar: \r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\n<span class="image"><img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/Section_edit_toolbar.png" alt="Image:section_edit_toolbar.png" border="0" height="51" width="185" /></span>\r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\nThe functions are: \r\n</p>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <b>Save</b>. Save it and return to the main screen of the Manager.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <b>Apply</b>. Save it, but stay in the same screen. If you\r\n have been working on a screen for a long time and don''t want to risk\r\n losing your work, pressing Apply saves your work and lets you continue\r\n working. If, for example, you lost your Internet connection, your work\r\n will be saved up this point.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <b>Close</b>. Return to the previous screen without saving\r\n your work. If you press Close while adding a new item, this new item\r\n will not be created. If you were modifying an existing item, the\r\n modifications will not be saved.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <b>Help</b>. Opens this Help Screen.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<a title="Related_Information" name="Related_Information"></a>\r\n<h2> <span class="mw-headline">Related Information</span></h2>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n To work with existing Sections: <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1460&Itemid=278" target="_self" title="Screen.sections.15">Section Manager</a>\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n To work with Categories: <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1972&Itemid=278" target="_self" title="Screen.categories.15">Category Manager</a>\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n To work with Articles: <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1456&Itemid=278" target="_self" title="Screen.content.15">Article Manager</a>\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n To create a page showing Articles for a Section in a Blog layout: <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1517&Itemid=278#Section_Blog_Layout" target="_self" title="Screen.menus.edit.15">Menu Item Manager - New/Edit - Section Blog Layout</a>\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n To create a page showing Articles for a Section in a List layout: <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1517&Itemid=278#Section_Layout" target="_self" title="Screen.menus.edit.15">Menu Item Manager - New/Edit - Section Layout</a>\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n', '', 1, 42, 0, 264, '2007-10-18 20:00:00', 150, '', '2008-06-20 16:46:47', 166, 0, '0000-00-00 00:00:00', '2007-10-18 20:00:00', '0000-00-00 00:00:00', '', '', 'pageclass_sfx=\nback_button=\nitem_title=1\nlink_titles=\nintrotext=1\nsection=0\nsection_link=0\ncategory=0\ncategory_link=0\nrating=\nauthor=\ncreatedate=\nmodifydate=\npdf=\nprint=\nemail=\nkeyref=screen.sections.edit.15\ndocbook_type=', 22, 0, 6, '', '', 0, 14973),
(1540, 'User Manager - New/Edit', '', '<h2>How to access</h2>\r\n<p>\r\nYou can access the User Manager New/Edit screen through the User Manager. Go to the User Manager by clicking on the User Manager icon in the Control Panel, or by clicking on ''User Manager'' in the ''Site'' menu in the back-end of your Joomla! installation. Click on the name of a user, select a user and click on the Edit button, or click on the New button in the User Manager to access the New/Edit screen. \r\n</p>\r\n<h2>Description</h2>\r\n<p>\r\nIn this screen, you have the ability to create a new user (if you clicked on the ''New'' button in the User Manager), or edit an existing user (if you selected a user and clicked on the ''Edit'' button in the User Manager, or clicked on the name of a user). \r\n</p>\r\n<h2>Screenshot </h2>\r\n<p>\r\n<img width="658" src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/Usermanager.newedit.jpg" alt="User Manager New/Edit" height="245" style="float: left; margin: 5px; width: 658px; height: 225px" /> \r\n</p>\r\n<h2>User details and parameters</h2>\r\n<p>\r\nYou will see different fields where you can fill in or edit information of the user. These are: \r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\n<strong>Name.</strong> The (full) name of the user. \r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\n<strong>Username.</strong> The username of the user is displayed here. When a user wants to log in, he has to fill in this username. \r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\n<strong>E-Mail.</strong> The e-mail address from the user is displayed here. \r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\n<strong>New password.</strong> Fill in a (new) password. Although this field is not required, the user will not be able to log in when no password is set. \r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\n<strong>Verify password.</strong> Fill in the password from the field above again, to verify it. This field is required when you filled in the New password field. \r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\n<strong>Group.</strong> The user''s group is displayed here. This can be: Registered, Author, Editor, Publisher, Manager, Administrator or Super Administrator. \r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\n<strong>Block User.</strong> Here you can select whether to disable this user or not. Only available when editing Administrators or Super Administrators. \r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\n<strong>Receive System E-mails.</strong> Here you can select whether to let this user receive the system e-mails or not. Only available when editing Administrators or Super Administrators. \r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\n<strong>Register Date.</strong> Here you can see the registered date. Only shown when editing a user. \r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\n<strong>Last visit.</strong> Here you can see the date on which the user last logged in. \r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\n<strong>Back-end Language.</strong> Here you can select the back-end language of the user. All installed languages for the back-end will be displayed in the drop-down box. Default is the language set in Language Manager. \r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\n<strong>Front-end Language.</strong> Here you can select the front-end language of the user. All installed languages for the front-end will be displayed in the drop-down box. Default is the language set in Language Manager. \r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\n<strong>User Editor.</strong> Here you can select the front-end and back-end editor of the user. All installed editors will be displayed in the drop-down box. Default is the WYSIWYG editor set in the Global Configuration. \r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\n<strong>Help Site.</strong> Set the help site of the user. Default is the Help Server set in the Global Configuration. \r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\n<strong>Time Zone.</strong> Set the time zone of the user. Default is the Time Zone set in the Global Configuration. \r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\n<strong>Contact information.</strong> If you linked a contact to this user, the contact information will be showed here. \r\n</p>\r\n<h2>Toolbar</h2>\r\n<p>\r\nAt the top right you will see the toolbar: \r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\n<img width="187" src="images/stories/1_5_help_screens/toolbars/save_apply_cancel_help.png" alt="save_apply_cancel_help.png" height="62" style="float: left; margin: 5px; width: 187px; height: 62px" title="save_apply_cancel_help.png" /> \r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\n \r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\n \r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\n \r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\n \r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\nThe functions are: \r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\n<strong>Save.</strong> Save it and return to the main screen of the Manager. \r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\n<strong>Apply.</strong> Save it, but stay in the same screen. \r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\n<strong>Cancel.</strong> Go back to the main screen of the Manager, without saving the modifications you made. \r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\n<strong>Help.</strong> Open this Help Screen. \r\n</p>\r\n<h2>Quick tips</h2>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n Name, Username and e-mail address are required \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n If you did not fill in a particular language, editor, help site and/or time zone, the default settings from the Global Configuration, Language Manager and/or Template Manager are set. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<h2>Related information</h2>\r\n<p>\r\n<a target="_self" href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1452&Itemid=278">User Manager</a> \r\n</p>\r\n', '', 1, 42, 0, 206, '2007-11-01 20:00:00', 65, '', '2008-04-03 13:00:17', 165, 0, '0000-00-00 00:00:00', '2007-11-01 20:00:00', '0000-00-00 00:00:00', '', '', 'pageclass_sfx=\nback_button=\nitem_title=1\nlink_titles=\nintrotext=1\nsection=0\nsection_link=0\ncategory=0\ncategory_link=0\nrating=\nauthor=\ncreatedate=\nmodifydate=\npdf=\nprint=\nemail=\nkeyref=screen.users.edit.15\ndocbook_type=', 19, 0, 3, '', '', 0, 26667),
(1533, 'News Feeds Manager : New / Edit', 'News Feeds Manager : New / Edit', '<h2> <span class="mw-headline">How to Access</span></h2>\r\n<p>\r\nNavigate to the the <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1466&Itemid=278" target="_self" title="Screen.newsfeeds.15">News Feed Manager</a>.\r\nTo add a new News Feed, click on the "New" icon in the toolbar. To edit\r\nan existing News Feed, click on the News Feed''s Name, or check the News\r\nFeed''s checkbox and press the "Edit" icon in the toolbar.\r\n</p>\r\n<a name="Description"></a>\r\n<h2> <span class="mw-headline">Description</span></h2>\r\n<p>\r\nThis is where you add a new News Feed or edit an existing one. Note that you need to create at least one <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1980&Itemid=278" target="_self" title="Screen.newsfeeds.categories.edit.15">News Feed Category</a> before you can create your first News Feed.\r\n</p>\r\n<a name="Screenshot"></a>\r\n<h2> <span class="mw-headline">Screenshot</span></h2>\r\n<p>\r\n<span class="image"><img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/News_feed_edit.png" alt="Image:News_feed_edit.png" border="0" width="544" height="383" /></span>\r\n</p>\r\n<a name="Details"></a>\r\n<h2> <span class="mw-headline">Details</span></h2>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Name.</b> The Name of the News Feed. This field is required.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Alias.</b> The internal name of the item. Normally, you can\r\n leave this blank and Joomla! will fill in a default value. The default\r\n value is the Title or Name in lower case and with dashes instead of\r\n spaces. You may enter the Alias manually. The Alias should consist of\r\n lowercase letters, and no blank spaces are allowed. Use a hyphen (-)\r\n instead. The Alias will be used in the URL when SEF is activated.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Published.</b> Whether or not this item is published. Select <i>Yes</i> or <i>No</i> from the radio button group to set the Published state for this item.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Category.</b> Category for this News Feed. Select from the\r\n drop-down list box of News Feed Categories. Note that News Feed\r\n Categories are separate from other Categories, such as those for\r\n Articles, Contacts, Banners, and Web Links.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Link.</b> The link to this News Feed. This should normally begin with "http://".\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Number of Articles.</b> Enter the number of articles from the feed which will be available to your users. The default is 5.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Cache Time.</b> The number of seconds to keep a News Feed\r\n saved on your server before it is downloaded again. The default value\r\n is 3600 seconds, which is 1 hour. When a News Feed is cached locally,\r\n your server only has to read the News Feed periodically (in this case,\r\n once per hour). A longer cache time means that you will have less\r\n network traffic and your site will load a little bit faster, but it\r\n also means your News Feed will be more out-of-date.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Order.</b> Indicates the order of this News Feed in the\r\n News Feed Manager. The default Order is to add the item to the end of\r\n the list. To select a different position, use the drop-down list box.\r\n This item will moved to the position just after the item selected from\r\n the drop-down list. Note that the Order in which the News Feeds are\r\n displayed can also be changed in the <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1466&Itemid=278" target="_self" title="Screen.newsfeeds.15">News Feed Manager</a>.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>RTL Feed.</b> Check this box if the feed is right-to-left. This is for languages that read right-to-left.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<a name="Toolbar"></a>\r\n<h2> <span class="mw-headline">Toolbar</span></h2>\r\n<p>\r\nAt the top right you will see the toolbar: \r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\n<span class="image"><img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/Section_edit_toolbar.png" alt="Image:section_edit_toolbar.png" border="0" width="185" height="51" /></span>\r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\nThe functions are: \r\n</p>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <b>Save</b>. Save it and return to the main screen of the Manager.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <b>Apply</b>. Save it, but stay in the same screen. If you\r\n have been working on a screen for a long time and don''t want to risk\r\n losing your work, pressing Apply saves your work and lets you continue\r\n working. If, for example, you lost your Internet connection, your work\r\n will be saved up this point.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <b>Close</b>. Return to the previous screen without saving\r\n your work. If you press Close while adding a new item, this new item\r\n will not be created. If you were modifying an existing item, the\r\n modifications will not be saved.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <b>Help</b>. Opens this Help Screen.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<a name="Quick_Tips"></a>\r\n<h2> <span class="mw-headline">Quick Tips</span></h2>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n News Feed categories must be added <i>before</i> any News Feed can be created in that Category.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<a name="Related_Information"></a>\r\n<h2> <span class="mw-headline">Related Information</span></h2>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n To add or edit News Feed Categories: <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1981&Itemid=278" target="_self" title="Screen.newsfeeds.categories.15">News Feed Category Manager</a>\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n To find and edit existing News Feeds: <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1466&Itemid=278" target="_self" title="Screen.newsfeeds.15">News Feed Manager</a>\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n To create a page layout for News Feeds: <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1517&Itemid=278#Internal_Link_-_News_Feeds" target="_self" title="Screen.menus.edit.15">Menu Item Manager - New/Edit - News Feeds</a>\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n', '', 1, 42, 0, 265, '2007-10-18 20:00:00', 150, '', '2008-06-21 17:27:39', 166, 0, '0000-00-00 00:00:00', '2007-10-18 20:00:00', '0000-00-00 00:00:00', '', '', 'pageclass_sfx=\nback_button=\nitem_title=1\nlink_titles=\nintrotext=1\nsection=0\nsection_link=0\ncategory=0\ncategory_link=0\nrating=\nauthor=\ncreatedate=\nmodifydate=\npdf=\nprint=\nemail=\nkeyref=screen.newsfeeds.edit.15\ndocbook_type=', 9, 0, 14, '', '', 0, 8468),
(1534, 'Poll Manager: New / Edit', 'Poll Manager : New / Edit', '<h2> <span class="mw-headline">How to Access</span></h2>\r\n<p>\r\nNavigate to the <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1467&Itemid=278" target="_self" title="Screen.polls.15">Poll Manager</a>.\r\nTo add a new Poll, click the ''New'' icon in the toolbar. To edit an\r\nexisting Poll, click the Poll''s Name or check the Poll''s checkbox and\r\npress the ''Edit'' icon in the toolbar.\r\n</p>\r\n<a title="Description" name="Description"></a>\r\n<h2> <span class="mw-headline">Description</span></h2>\r\n<p>\r\nThis is where you add a new Poll or edit an existing Poll. You can\r\nplace Polls on a web page by adding a Poll Module that references this\r\nPoll. See the <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1517&Itemid=278#Internal_Link_-_Polls" target="_self" title="Screen.modulessite.edit.15">Module Manager - Site</a> for more information about Poll Modules.\r\n</p>\r\n<a title="Screenshot" name="Screenshot"></a>\r\n<h2> <span class="mw-headline">Screenshot</span></h2>\r\n<p>\r\n<span class="image"><img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/Poll_new_edit.png" alt="Image:Poll new edit.png" border="0" width="650" height="346" /></span>\r\n</p>\r\n<a title="Details" name="Details"></a>\r\n<h2> <span class="mw-headline">Details</span></h2>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Title:</b> The Title of the poll. This field is required. This is the name that will display in the <i>Poll Title</i> \r\n </p>\r\n <p>\r\n column of the <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1467&Itemid=278" target="_self" title="Screen.polls.15">Poll Manager</a>.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Alias.</b> The internal name of the item. Normally, you can\r\n leave this blank and Joomla! will fill in a default value. The default\r\n value is the Title or Name in lower case and with dashes instead of\r\n spaces. You may enter the Alias manually. The Alias should consist of\r\n lowercase letters, and no blank spaces are allowed. Use a hyphen (-)\r\n instead. The Alias will be used in the URL when SEF is activated.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Lag.</b> The number of seconds which must pass before a\r\n user may submit another vote in this Poll. This can be used to limit a\r\n user to one vote within a given time period.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Published.</b> Whether or nor the Poll has been published.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Option 1 - Option 12.</b> Enter up to 12 Options for the user to choose from.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<a title="Toolbar" name="Toolbar"></a>\r\n<h2> <span class="mw-headline">Toolbar</span></h2>\r\n<p>\r\nAt the top right you will see the toolbar: \r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\n<span class="image"><img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/Button-row-polls.png" alt="Image:Button-row-polls.png" border="0" width="248" height="50" /></span>\r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\nThe functions are: \r\n</p>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Preview.</b> Opens a popup window that displays a preview of the Poll options.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <b>Save</b>. Save it and return to the main screen of the Manager.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <b>Apply</b>. Save it, but stay in the same screen. If you\r\n have been working on a screen for a long time and don''t want to risk\r\n losing your work, pressing Apply saves your work and lets you continue\r\n working. If, for example, you lost your Internet connection, your work\r\n will be saved up this point.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <b>Close</b>. Return to the previous screen without saving\r\n your work. If you press Close while adding a new item, this new item\r\n will not be created. If you were modifying an existing item, the\r\n modifications will not be saved.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <b>Help</b>. Opens this Help Screen.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<a title="Quick_Tips" name="Quick_Tips"></a>\r\n<h2> <span class="mw-headline">Quick Tips</span></h2>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n Polls are placed on specific pages by adding ''mod_poll'' Modules in the <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1471&Itemid=278" target="_self" title="Screen.modules.15">Module Manager</a>.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<a title="Related_Information" name="Related_Information"></a>\r\n<h2> <span class="mw-headline">Related Information</span></h2>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n To find and edit existing Poll: <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1467&Itemid=278" target="_self" title="Screen.polls.15">Poll Manager</a>\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n To place Polls on Pages: <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1471&Itemid=278" target="_self" title="Screen.modules.15">Module Manager</a>\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n', '', 1, 42, 0, 265, '2007-10-18 20:00:00', 150, '', '2008-06-24 18:01:44', 165, 0, '0000-00-00 00:00:00', '2007-10-18 20:00:00', '0000-00-00 00:00:00', '', '', 'pageclass_sfx=\nback_button=\nitem_title=1\nlink_titles=\nintrotext=1\nsection=0\nsection_link=0\ncategory=0\ncategory_link=0\nrating=\nauthor=\ncreatedate=\nmodifydate=\npdf=\nprint=\nemail=\nkeyref=screen.polls.edit.15\ndocbook_type=', 15, 0, 9, '', '', 0, 9936),
(1531, 'Banner Client Manager: New / Edit', 'Banner: Client Manager : New / Edit', '<h2> <span class="mw-headline">How to Access</span></h2>\r\n<p>\r\nNavigate to the the <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1463&Itemid=278" target="_self" title="Screen.banners.client.15">Banner Client Manager</a>.\r\nTo add a new Banner Client, click on the "New" icon in the toolbar. To\r\nedit an existing Banner Client, click on the Client''s Name or check the\r\nClient''s checkbox and press the "Edit" icon in the toolbar.\r\n</p>\r\n<a title="Description" name="Description"></a>\r\n<h2> <span class="mw-headline">Description</span></h2>\r\n<p>\r\nThis is where you add a new Banner Client or edit an existing one.\r\nNote that you need to create at least one Banner Client before you can\r\ncreate a Banner.\r\n</p>\r\n<a title="Screenshot" name="Screenshot"></a>\r\n<h2> <span class="mw-headline">Screenshot</span></h2>\r\n<p>\r\n<span class="image"><img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/Banner_client_edit.png" alt="Image:banner__client_edit.png" border="0" height="289" width="672" /></span>\r\n</p>\r\n<a title="Details" name="Details"></a>\r\n<h2> <span class="mw-headline">Details</span></h2>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Client Name.</b> The name of the Client. This is the name that will display in the Name column of the Banner Client Manager.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Contact Name.</b> The name of this Contact.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Contact E-mail.</b> The e-mail address of this contact.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Extra Information.</b> Optional field to enter any extra information about this Client.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<a title="Toolbar" name="Toolbar"></a>\r\n<h2> <span class="mw-headline">Toolbar</span></h2>\r\n<p>\r\nAt the top right you will see the toolbar:\r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\n<span class="image"><img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/Banner_edit_toolbar.png" alt="Image:banner_edit_toolbar.png" border="0" height="55" width="188" /></span>\r\n</p>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <b>Save</b>. Save it and return to the main screen of the Manager.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <b>Apply</b>. Save it, but stay in the same screen. If you\r\n have been working on a screen for a long time and don''t want to risk\r\n losing your work, pressing Apply saves your work and lets you continue\r\n working. If, for example, you lost your Internet connection, your work\r\n will be saved up this point.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <b>Cancel</b>. Go back to the main screen of the Manager, without saving the modifications you made.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <b>Help</b>. Opens this Help Screen.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<a title="Related_Information" name="Related_Information"></a>\r\n<h2> <span class="mw-headline">Related Information</span></h2>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n To find and edit existing Banners: <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1462&Itemid=278" target="_self" title="Screen.banners.15">Banner Manager</a>\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n To add or edit Banner Categories: <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1976&Itemid=278" target="_self" title="Screen.banner.categories.15">Banner Category Manager</a>\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n', '', 1, 42, 0, 265, '2007-10-18 20:00:00', 150, '', '2008-06-20 19:56:40', 166, 0, '0000-00-00 00:00:00', '2007-10-18 20:00:00', '0000-00-00 00:00:00', '', '', 'pageclass_sfx=\nback_button=\nitem_title=1\nlink_titles=\nintrotext=1\nsection=0\nsection_link=0\ncategory=0\ncategory_link=0\nrating=\nauthor=\ncreatedate=\nmodifydate=\npdf=\nprint=\nemail=\nkeyref=screen.banners.client.edit.15\ndocbook_type=', 14, 0, 18, '', '', 0, 5588),
(1530, 'Banner Manager : New / Edit', 'Banner Manager : New / Edit', '<h2> <span class="mw-headline">How to Access</span></h2>\r\n<p>\r\nNavigate to the <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1462&Itemid=278" target="_self" title="Screen.banners.15">Banner Manager</a>. To add a new Banner, click on the <i>New</i>\r\nicon in the toolbar. To edit an existing Banner, click on the Banner''s\r\nName or check the Banner''s checkbox and press the Edit icon in the\r\ntoolbar.\r\n</p>\r\n<a title="Description" name="Description"></a>\r\n<h2> <span class="mw-headline">Description</span></h2>\r\n<p>\r\nThis is where you add a new Banner or edit an existing one. Note that you will need to create at least one <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1463&Itemid=278" target="_self" title="Screen.banners.client.15">Banner Client</a> and one <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1976&Itemid=278" target="_self" title="Screen.banner.categories.15">Banner Category</a> before you can create your first Banner.\r\n</p>\r\n<a title="Screenshot" name="Screenshot"></a>\r\n<h2> <span class="mw-headline">Screenshot</span></h2>\r\n<p>\r\n<span class="image"><img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/Banner_edit.png" alt="Image:banner_edit.png" border="0" height="665" width="650" /></span>\r\n</p>\r\n<a title="Details" name="Details"></a>\r\n<h2> <span class="mw-headline">Details</span></h2>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Name.</b> The name of the Banner. This is the name that will display in the <i>Name</i> column of the <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1462&Itemid=278" target="_self" title="Screen.banners.15">Banner Manager</a>.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Alias.</b> The internal name of the item. Normally, you can\r\n leave this blank and Joomla! will fill in a default value. The default\r\n value is the Title or Name in lower case and with dashes instead of\r\n spaces. You may enter the Alias manually. The Alias should consist of\r\n lowercase letters, and no blank spaces are allowed. Use a hyphen (-)\r\n instead. The Alias will be used in the URL when SEF is activated.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Show Banner.</b> Whether or not to show this Banner. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Sticky.</b> Whether or not the Banner is ''sticky''. If one or\r\n more Banners in a Category are sticky, they will take priority over\r\n Banners that are not sticky. For example, if two Banners in a Category\r\n are sticky and a third Banner is not sticky, the third Banner will not\r\n display if the module setting is ''Sticky, Randomize''. Only the two\r\n sticky Banners will display.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Order.</b> The display order of the Banner. If your Banner\r\n module is set up to display a series of Banners in a specific order,\r\n this will determine the order in which they display.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Category.</b> The Category that this Banner belongs to.\r\n Select one from the drop-down list box of existing Banner Categories.\r\n Note that Banner Categories are separate from other Categories, such as\r\n those for Articles, Contacts, Newsfeeds, and Web Links.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Client Name.</b> The Client Name for this Banner. Select one from the drop-down list box of existing Clients.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Impressions Purchased.</b> The number of Impressions\r\n purchased for this Banner. Impressions are the number of times a Banner\r\n will be displayed on a page. Check the ''Unlimited'' checkbox if an\r\n unlimited number of Impressions is allowed.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Click URL.</b> The URL to navigate to when the User clicks on the Banner.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Clicks.</b> The number of times this Banner has been\r\n clicked. No entry is allowed. You can reset this number to 0 by\r\n pressing the ''Reset Clicks'' button.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Custom Banner Code.</b> Optional custom code for this Banner. This is useful when displaying affiliate Banners.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Description/Notes.</b> Optional field where you can type a\r\n description or some notes about the Banner. This is for your use and\r\n does not display on the page.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Banner Image Selector.</b> Image file to display. Select\r\n the desired image file from the drop-down list box. All image files in\r\n the ''images/banners'' folder will display. Use the <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1447&Itemid=278" target="_self" title="Screen.mediamanager.15">Media Manager</a> to upload Banner image files to your site.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Banner Image.</b> Displays the selected image file.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Tags.</b> Optional Tags to be used for displaying specific\r\n Banners based on the content of the Article being viewed. If the Banner\r\n module Parameter ''Search By Tag'' is set to ''Yes'', Banners whose Tags\r\n match the Keywords entered for each Article will display when that\r\n Article is being viewed.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<a title="Toolbar" name="Toolbar"></a>\r\n<h2> <span class="mw-headline">Toolbar</span></h2>\r\n<p>\r\nAt the top right you will see the toolbar:\r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\n<span class="image"><img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/Banner_edit_toolbar.png" alt="Image:banner_edit_toolbar.png" border="0" height="55" width="188" /></span>\r\n</p>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <b>Save</b>. Save it and return to the main screen of the Manager.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <b>Apply</b>. Save it, but stay in the same screen. If you\r\n have been working on a screen for a long time and don''t want to risk\r\n losing your work, pressing Apply saves your work and lets you continue\r\n working. If, for example, you lost your Internet connection, your work\r\n will be saved up this point.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <b>Cancel</b>. Go back to the main screen of the Manager, without saving the modifications you made.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <b>Help</b>. Opens this Help Screen.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<a title="Quick_Tips" name="Quick_Tips"></a>\r\n<h2> <span class="mw-headline">Quick Tips</span></h2>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n Banners are placed on specific pages by adding Modules of type ''mod_banners'' using the <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1471&Itemid=278" target="_self" title="Screen.modules.15">Module Manager</a>.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n If you have a series of Banners that you would like to display on one more more pages in random order:\r\n </p>\r\n <ol>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n Create the Banners you wish to include, making sure they have the same Client and Category.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n Create a Banner Module for this Client and Category, and in\r\n the Menu Assignment pick the Menu Selections for the module to display\r\n on. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n In the Banner Module, set the ''Randomise'' value to ''Sticky, Randomise''. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n </ol>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<dl><dd> With these settings, the different Banners for that Client and Category will display on the selected pages in random order.\r\n</dd></dl>\r\n<a title="Related_Information" name="Related_Information"></a>\r\n<h2> <span class="mw-headline">Related Information</span></h2>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n To add or edit Banner Clients: <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1463&Itemid=278" target="_self" title="Screen.banners.client.15">Banner Client Manager</a>\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n To add or edit Banner Categories: <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1976&Itemid=278" target="_self" title="Screen.banner.categories.15">Banner Category Manager</a>\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n To find and edit existing Banners: <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1462&Itemid=278" target="_self" title="Screen.banners.15">Banner Manager</a>\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n To place Banners on Pages: <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1471&Itemid=278" target="_self" title="Screen.modules.15">Module Manager</a>\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n', '', 1, 42, 0, 265, '2007-11-01 20:00:00', 150, '', '2008-06-20 19:14:25', 166, 0, '0000-00-00 00:00:00', '2007-11-01 20:00:00', '0000-00-00 00:00:00', '', '', 'pageclass_sfx=\nback_button=\nitem_title=1\nlink_titles=\nintrotext=1\nsection=0\nsection_link=0\ncategory=0\ncategory_link=0\nrating=\nauthor=\ncreatedate=\nmodifydate=\npdf=\nprint=\nemail=\nkeyref=screen.banners.edit.15\ndocbook_type=', 11, 0, 20, '', '', 0, 22359);
INSERT INTO `jos_content` (`id`, `title`, `title_alias`, `introtext`, `fulltext`, `state`, `sectionid`, `mask`, `catid`, `created`, `created_by`, `created_by_alias`, `modified`, `modified_by`, `checked_out`, `checked_out_time`, `publish_up`, `publish_down`, `images`, `urls`, `attribs`, `version`, `parentid`, `ordering`, `metakey`, `metadesc`, `access`, `hits`) VALUES
(1460, 'Section Manager', 'Sections Manager', '<h2>How to Access</h2>\r\n<p>\r\nClick on the Section Manager icon in the <a target="_self" href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1440&Itemid=278">Control Panel</a> or click on ''Section Manager'' in the ''Content'' menu in the back-end of your Joomla! installation. \r\n</p>\r\n<h2><span class="mw-headline">Description</span></h2>\r\n<p>\r\nArticles in Joomla! are organized into Sections and Categories. Sections are the top-level of organization and Categories go under Sections. The Section Manager is the place where you can edit existing Sections and create new ones. For example, a web site might have the following organization: \r\n</p>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n People \r\n </p>\r\n <ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n Volunteers, Staff, Board Members \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n </ul>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n Projects \r\n </p>\r\n <ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n Major Projects, Small Projects \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n </ul>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n Events \r\n </p>\r\n <ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n Local Events, National Events \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n </ul>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<p>\r\nIn this example, ''People'', ''Projects'', and ''Events'' would be the Sections. The sub-topics under each Section (for example, ''Volunteers'', ''Staff'', and ''Board Members'') would be the Categories for each Section. When an Article is added, it would be assigned a Section (for example ''People'') and a Category (for example, ''Board Members''). \r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\nYou can have an many or as few Sections and Categories as you need. Joomla! has a built-in Section and Category called ''Uncategorized''. This allows you to create Articles without creating or assigning any Section or Category. You just assign the Article to the ''Uncategorized'' Section. \r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\nSections are used for two reasons. The first reason is for organizing Articles on your web pages. The <a target="_self" href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1517&Itemid=278#Section_Blog_Layout"><span class="new">Section Blog Layout</span></a> and <a target="_self" href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1517&Itemid=278#Section_Layout">Section Layout</a> allow you to display multiple Articles on a page for a given Section. So, in the example above, you could have a page for ''People'' that shows Articles related to this Section. A second reason to use Sections is to help manage your Articles in the back-end <a target="_self" href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1456&Itemid=278">Article Manager</a><a target="_self" href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=findkey&tmpl=component;1&keyref=screen.content.15">.</a> If you have a large number of Articles, you can filter by Section so you only see the Articles from one Section. \r\n</p>\r\n<div class="center">\r\n<div class="floatnone">\r\n<div class="center">\r\n<div class="floatnone">\r\n<h2><span class="mw-headline">Screenshot</span></h2>\r\n<div class="center">\r\n<div class="floatnone">\r\n<span><img border="0" width="700" src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/Section_manager.png" height="302" /></span> \r\n</div>\r\n</div>\r\n<p>\r\n \r\n</p>\r\n</div>\r\n</div>\r\n</div>\r\n</div>\r\n<a name="Column_Headers" title="Column_Headers"></a>\r\n<h2><a name="Column Headers" title="Column Headers"></a><span class="mw-headline">Column Headers</span></h2>\r\n<p>\r\nClick on the column heading to sort the list by that column''s value. \r\n</p>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>#</b>. An indexing number automatically assigned by Joomla! for ease of reference. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Checkbox</b>. Check this box to select one or more items. To select all items, check the box in the column heading. After one or more boxes are checked, click a toolbar button to take an action on the selected item or items. Many toolbar actions, such as Publish and Unpublish, can work with multiple items. Others, such as Edit, only work on one item at a time. If multiple items are checked and you press Edit, the first item will be opened for editing. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Title</b>. The name of the item. For a Menu Item, the Title will display in the Menu. For an Article, Section, or Category, the Title may optionally be displayed on the web page. This entry is required. You can open the item for editing by clicking on the Title. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Published</b>. Whether the item has been published or not. You can change the Published state by clicking on the icon in this column. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Order</b>. The order to display items. If the list is sorted by this column, you can change the order by clicking the arrows or by entering the sequential order and clicking ''Save Order''. Note that the display order on a page is set in the Parameters - Advanced section for each <a target="_self" href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1454&Itemid=278">Menu Item</a> . If that order is set to use something other than ''Order'' (for example, ''Title - Alphabetical''), then the order value in this screen will be ignored. If the Menu Item Order parameter is set to use ''Order'', then the items will display on the page based on the order in this screen. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Access Level</b>. Who has access to this item. Current options are: \r\n </p>\r\n <ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <span style="color: green">Public</span>: Everyone has access \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <span style="color: red">Registered</span>: Only registered users have access \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <span style="color: black">Special</span>: Only users with author status or higher have access \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n </ul>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<dl><dd>You can change an item''s Access Level by clicking on the icon in the column. </dd></dl>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b># Categories.</b> The number of Categories within this Section. Categories are added in the <a target="_self" href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1461&Itemid=278">Category Manager</a> . \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b># Active.</b> The number of active Articles within this Section or Category. Active articles include published and unpublished articles but not Articles that have been moved to Trash. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b># Trash.</b> The number of Articles from this Section or Category that are currently in Trash. These articles can be seen in the <a target="_self" href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1451&Itemid=278" title="Screen.trashmanager.15">Article Trash</a> screen. An Article in Trash is still stored on the site and may be either Restored or Deleted permanently. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>ID</b>. The ID number. This is a unique identification number for this item assigned automatically by Joomla!. It is used to identify the item internally, for example in internal links. You can not change this number. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Display #.</b> The number of items to display on one page. If there are more items than this number, you can use the page navigation buttons (Start, Prev, Next, End, and page numbers) to navigate between pages. Note that if you have a large number of items, it may be helpful to use the Filter options, located above the column headings, to limit which items display. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<a name="Toolbar" title="Toolbar"></a>\r\n<h2><span class="editsection"></span><span class="mw-headline">Toolbar</span></h2>\r\n<p>\r\nAt the top right you will see the toolbar: \r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\n<span class="image"><img border="0" width="348" src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/Sectionmanager.toolbar.jpg" alt="Image:Sectionmanager.toolbar.jpg" height="56" /></span> \r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\nThe functions are: \r\n</p>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Publish</b>. To publish one or more items, select them and click on this button. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Unpublish</b>. To unpublish one or more items, select them and click on this button. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Copy</b>. Select one or more items and click this button to copy them. A new screen will display showing the possible "Copy to" locations on the left and the list of item(s) being copied on the right. To complete the copy, select the desired "Copy to" location and press the Copy button. To cancel the operation, press Cancel. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Delete</b>. To delete one or more items, select them and click this button. The selected items will be deleted. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Edit</b>. Select one item and click on this button to open it in edit mode. If you have more than one item selected, the first item will be opened. You can also open an item for editing by clicking on its Title or Name. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>New</b>. Click on this button to create a new item. You will enter the New page for this item. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Help</b>. Opens this Help Screen. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<a name="List_Filters" title="List_Filters"></a>\r\n<h2><span class="editsection"></span><span class="mw-headline">List Filters</span></h2>\r\n<p>\r\n<b>Filter by Partial Title</b>You can filter the list of items either by entering in part of the title or the ID number. You can also select a Published State. \r\n</p>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Filter.</b> In the upper left corner just above the column headings is a Filter field and two buttons, as shown below: \r\n </p>\r\n <div class="center">\r\n <div class="floatnone">\r\n <p>\r\n <span><span class="image"><img border="0" width="254" src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/Article_manager_filter1.png" height="28" /></span></span> \r\n </p>\r\n </div>\r\n </div>\r\n <p>\r\n If you have a large number of items on the list, you can use this filter to find the desired item(s) quickly. Enter either part of the title or an ID number and press ''Go'' to display the matching items. You can enter in whole words or part of a word. For example, "ooml" will match all titles with the word "Joomla!" in them. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<p>\r\n<b>Filter by Published State</b>In the area in the upper right, above the column headings, there is a drop-down list box that allows you to filter the Sections by Published state. \r\n</p>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Select State.</b> Use the drop-down list box to select the published state: Published or Unpublished. For Articles, you may also select Archived. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<a name="Quick_Tips" title="Quick_Tips"></a>\r\n<h2><span class="editsection"></span><span class="mw-headline">Quick Tips</span></h2>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n You can enter a section''s edit mode by simply clicking on its title. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n Click on the green check mark or the red X in the Published column to toggle between the states Published and Unpublished. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n Click on the Column Headers to sort the Sections by that column. Click a second time to sort descending (Z to A). \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<a name="Related_Information" title="Related_Information"></a>\r\n<h2><span class="editsection"></span><span class="mw-headline">Related Information</span></h2>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n To add or edit Sections: <a target="_self" href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1529&Itemid=278" title="Screen.sections.edit.15">Section Manager - New/Edit</a> \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n To work with Article Categories: <a target="_self" href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1461&Itemid=278" title="Screen.content.categories.15">Category Manager</a> \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n To create a page showing Articles for a Section in a Blog layout: <a target="_self" href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1517&Itemid=278#Section_Blog_Layout" title="Screen.menus.edit.15">Menu Item Manager - New/Edit - Section Blog Layout</a> \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n To create a page showing Articles for a Section in a List layout: <a target="_self" href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1517&Itemid=278#Section_Layout" title="Screen.menus.edit.15">Menu Item Manager - New/Edit - Section Layout</a> \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<p>\r\n \r\n</p>\r\n', '', 1, 42, 0, 264, '2007-10-18 20:00:00', 150, '', '2008-06-20 14:17:39', 166, 0, '0000-00-00 00:00:00', '2007-10-18 20:00:00', '0000-00-00 00:00:00', '', '', 'pageclass_sfx=\nback_button=\nitem_title=1\nlink_titles=\nintrotext=1\nsection=0\nsection_link=0\ncategory=0\ncategory_link=0\nrating=\nauthor=\ncreatedate=\nmodifydate=\npdf=\nprint=\nemail=\nkeyref=screen.sections.15\ndocbook_type=', 48, 0, 7, '', '', 0, 22878),
(1972, 'Content Category Manager', '', '<h2> <span class="mw-headline">How to Access</span></h2>\r\n<p>\r\nSelect <b>Content --> Category Manager</b> from the drop-down menu on the back-end of your Joomla! installation. Or click on the "Category Manager" icon in the <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1440&Itemid=278" target="_self" title="Screen.cpanel.15">Control Panel</a>.\r\n</p>\r\n<a title="Description" name="Description"></a>\r\n<h2> <span class="mw-headline">Description</span></h2>\r\n<p>\r\nThe Category Manager is where you can edit existing Categories and\r\ncreate new ones. Articles in Joomla! are organized into Sections and\r\nCategories. Categories are the second level of organization underneath\r\nSections. Every Section contains one or more Categories. The special\r\nSection ''Uncategorized'' has a special Category also called\r\n''Uncategorized''. These are built into Joomla!.\r\n</p>\r\n<a title="Screenshot" name="Screenshot"></a>\r\n<h2> <span class="mw-headline">Screenshot</span></h2>\r\n<p>\r\n<span class="image"><img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/Category_manager.png" alt="Image:category_manager.png" border="0" height="353" width="665" /></span>\r\n</p>\r\n<a title="Column_Headers" name="Column_Headers"></a>\r\n<h2> <span class="mw-headline">Column Headers</span></h2>\r\n<p>\r\nClick on the column heading to sort the list by that column''s value.\r\n</p>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <b>#</b>. An indexing number automatically assigned by Joomla! for ease of reference.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <b>Checkbox</b>. Check this box to select one or more items.\r\n To select all items, check the box in the column heading. After one or\r\n more boxes are checked, click a toolbar button to take an action on the\r\n selected item or items. Many toolbar actions, such as Publish and\r\n Unpublish, can work with multiple items. Others, such as Edit, only\r\n work on one item at a time. If multiple items are checked and you press\r\n Edit, the first item will be opened for editing.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <b>Title</b>. The name of the item. For a Menu Item, the Title\r\n will display in the Menu. For an Article, Section, or Category, the\r\n Title may optionally be displayed on the web page. This entry is\r\n required. You can open the item for editing by clicking on the Title.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <b>Published</b>. Whether the item has been published or not. You can change the Published state by clicking on the icon in this column.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <b>Order</b>. The order to display items. If the list is\r\n sorted by this column, you can change the order by clicking the arrows\r\n or by entering the sequential order and clicking ''Save Order''. Note\r\n that the display order on a page is set in the Parameters - Advanced\r\n section for each <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1524&Itemid=278" target="_self" title="Screen.menumanager.new.15">Menu Item</a>.\r\n If that order is set to use something other than ''Order'' (for example,\r\n ''Title - Alphabetical''), then the order value in this screen will be\r\n ignored. If the Menu Item Order parameter is set to use ''Order'', then\r\n the items will display on the page based on the order in this screen.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <b>Access Level</b>. Who has access to this item. Current options are:\r\n </p>\r\n <ul>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <span style="color: green">Public</span>: Everyone has access\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <span style="color: red">Registered</span>: Only registered users have access\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <span style="color: black">Special</span>: Only users with author status or higher have access\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n </ul>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<dl><dd>You can change an item''s Access Level by clicking on the icon in the column.\r\n</dd></dl>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Section.</b> The Section this item belongs to. Clicking on the Section Title opens the Section for editing. See <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1529&Itemid=278" target="_self" title="Screen.sections.edit.15">Section Manager - Edit</a>.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <b># Active.</b> The number of active Articles within this\r\n Section or Category. Active articles include published and unpublished\r\n articles but not Articles that have been moved to Trash.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <b># Trash.</b> The number of Articles from this Section or Category that are currently in Trash. These articles can be seen in the <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1451&Itemid=278" target="_self" title="Screen.trashmanager.15">Article Trash</a> screen. An Article in Trash is still stored on the site and may be either Restored or Deleted permanently.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <b>ID</b>. The ID number. This is a unique identification\r\n number for this item assigned automatically by Joomla!. It is used to\r\n identify the item internally, for example in internal links. You can\r\n not change this number.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Display #.</b> The number of items to display on one page.\r\n If there are more items than this number, you can use the page\r\n navigation buttons (Start, Prev, Next, End, and page numbers) to\r\n navigate between pages. Note that if you have a large number of items,\r\n it may be helpful to use the Filter options, located above the column\r\n headings, to limit which items display.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<a title="Toolbar" name="Toolbar"></a>\r\n<h2> <span class="mw-headline">Toolbar</span></h2>\r\n<p>\r\nAt the top right you will see the toolbar:\r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\n<span class="image"><img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/Categorymanager.toolbar.jpg" alt="Image:Categorymanager.toolbar.jpg" border="0" height="56" width="398" /></span>\r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\nThe functions are:\r\n</p>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <b>Publish</b>. To publish one or more items, select them and click on this button.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <b>Unpublish</b>. To unpublish one or more items, select them and click on this button.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <b>Move</b>. Select one or more items and click on this button\r\n to move them. A new screen will display showing the possible "Move to"\r\n locations on the left and the list of item(s) being moved on the right.\r\n To complete the move, select the desired "Move to" location and press\r\n the Move button. To cancel the operation, press Cancel.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <b>Copy</b>. Select one or more items and click this button to\r\n copy them. A new screen will display showing the possible "Copy to"\r\n locations on the left and the list of item(s) being copied on the\r\n right. To complete the copy, select the desired "Copy to" location and\r\n press the Copy button. To cancel the operation, press Cancel.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <b>Delete</b>. To delete one or more items, select them and click this button. The selected items will be deleted. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <b>Edit</b>. Select one item and click on this button to open\r\n it in edit mode. If you have more than one item selected, the first\r\n item will be opened. You can also open an item for editing by clicking\r\n on its Title or Name.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <b>New</b>. Click on this button to create a new item. You will enter the New page for this item.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <b>Help</b>. Opens this Help Screen.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<a title="List_Filters" name="List_Filters"></a>\r\n<h2> <span class="mw-headline">List Filters</span></h2>\r\n<p>\r\n<b>Filter by Partial Title</b>You can filter the list of items\r\neither by entering in part of the title or the ID number. You can also\r\nselect a Published state.\r\n</p>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Filter.</b> In the upper left corner just above the column headings is a Filter field and two buttons, as shown below:\r\n </p>\r\n <div class="center">\r\n <div class="floatnone">\r\n <p>\r\n <span><span class="image"><img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/Article_manager_filter1.png" border="0" height="28" width="254" /></span></span>\r\n </p>\r\n </div>\r\n </div>\r\n <p>\r\n If you have a large number of items on the list, you can use this\r\n filter to find the desired item(s) quickly. Enter either part of the\r\n title or an ID number and press ''Go'' to display the matching items. You\r\n can enter in whole words or part of a word. For example, "ooml" will\r\n match all titles with the word "Joomla!" in them.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<p>\r\n<b>Filter by Section or Published State</b>\r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\nIn the area in the upper right, above the column headings, there are two drop-down list boxes as shown below:\r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\n<span class="image"><img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/Category_manager_filter.png" alt="Image:Category_manager_filter.png" border="0" height="27" width="216" /></span>\r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\nThe selections may be combined. Only items matching both selections will display in the list.\r\n</p>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Select Section.</b> Use the drop-down list box to select the\r\n desired Section. Only items in this Section will display. You may also\r\n select ''Uncategorized''.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Select State.</b> Use the drop-down list box to select the published state: Published or Unpublished. For Articles, you may also select Archived.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<a title="Quick_Tips" name="Quick_Tips"></a>\r\n<h2> <span class="mw-headline">Quick Tips</span></h2>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n Click on the Title of a Category to edit it. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n Click on the green check mark or the red X in the Published column to toggle between Published and Unpublished. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n Click on the Column Headers to sort the Categories by that column. Click a second time to sort descending (Z to A).\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<a title="Related_Information" name="Related_Information"></a>\r\n<h2> <span class="mw-headline">Related Information</span></h2>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n To add or edit Categories: <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1979&Itemid=278" target="_self" title="Screen.content.categories.edit.15">Category Manager - New/Edit</a>\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n To work with Sections: <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1460&Itemid=278" target="_self" title="Screen.sections.15">Section Manager</a>\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n To create a page showing Articles for a Category in a Blog layout: <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1517&Itemid=278#Category_Blog_Layout" target="_self" title="Screen.menus.edit.15">Menu Item Manager - New/Edit - Category Blog Layout</a>\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n To create a page showing Articles for a Category in a List layout: <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1517&Itemid=278#Category_List_Layout" target="_self" title="Screen.menus.edit.15">Menu Item Manager - New/Edit - Category List Layout</a>\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n', '', 1, 42, 0, 264, '2008-06-19 18:24:31', 165, '', '2008-06-28 10:09:35', 91, 0, '0000-00-00 00:00:00', '2008-06-19 18:20:42', '0000-00-00 00:00:00', '', '', 'pageclass_sfx=\nback_button=\nitem_title=1\nlink_titles=\nintrotext=1\nsection=0\nsection_link=0\ncategory=0\ncategory_link=0\nrating=\nauthor=\ncreatedate=\nmodifydate=\npdf=\nprint=\nemail=\nkeyref=screen.content.categories.15\ndocbook_type=', 7, 0, 3, '', '', 0, 2146),
(1973, 'Weblink Category Manager New / Edit', '', '<h2> <span class="mw-headline">How to Access</span></h2>\r\n<p>\r\nNavigate to the <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1978&Itemid=278" target="_self" title="Screen.weblinks.categories.15">Web Link Category Manager</a>.\r\nTo add a new Web Link Category, and click the "New" icon in the\r\ntoolbar. To edit an existing Web Link Category, click the Category''s\r\nName, or check the Category''s checkbox and press the "Edit" icon in the\r\ntoolbar.\r\n</p>\r\n<a title="Description" name="Description"></a>\r\n<h2> <span class="mw-headline">Description</span></h2>\r\n<p>\r\nThis is where you can add a new Web Link Category or edit an\r\nexisting one. Note that you need to create at least one Web Link\r\nCategory before you can create a Web Link. Also, Web Link Categories\r\nare separate from other types of Categories, such as those for\r\nArticles, Banners, and News Feeds.\r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\nNote that the screen for adding and editing Web Link Categories\r\nlooks the same screen used to create Article Categories. However, for\r\nWeb Link Categories, the only required field is <i>Title</i>.\r\nPublished, Section, Category Order, and Access Level are not used. An\r\nImage and Description may be entered, but they are not displayed on the\r\nweb site.\r\n</p>\r\n<a title="Screenshot" name="Screenshot"></a>\r\n<h2> <span class="mw-headline">Screenshot</span></h2>\r\n<p>\r\n<span class="image"><img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/Web_link_category_edit.png" alt="Image:web_link_category_edit.png" border="0" width="657" height="828" /></span>\r\n</p>\r\n<a title="Details" name="Details"></a>\r\n<h2> <span class="mw-headline">Details</span></h2>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Title.</b> Enter the Title for this item.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Alias.</b> The internal name of the item. Normally, you can\r\n leave this blank and Joomla! will fill in a default value. The default\r\n value is the Title or Name in lower case and with dashes instead of\r\n spaces. You may enter the Alias manually. The Alias should consist of\r\n lowercase letters, and no blank spaces are allowed. Use a hyphen (-)\r\n instead. The Alias will be used in the URL when SEF is activated.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Published.</b> This field is not used for Web Link Categories.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Section.</b> This displays ''N/A'' for not applicable, since Sections are not used for Web Links.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Category Order.</b> This field is not used for Web Link Categories.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Access Level.</b> This field is not used for Web Link Categories. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Image.</b> Image for this Page. Image must be located in the folder "images/stories".\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Image Position.</b> Position of the Image on the page. Select Left or Right from the drop-down list box. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Description.</b> Optional description for the Web Link Category. This description is just for your information and will not display on the page. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Image Button.</b> This command is not normally used for Web Link Categories.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<a title="Toolbar" name="Toolbar"></a>\r\n<h2> <span class="mw-headline">Toolbar</span></h2>\r\n<p>\r\nAt the top right you will see the toolbar:\r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\n<span class="image"><img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/Section_edit_toolbar.png" alt="Image:section_edit_toolbar.png" border="0" width="185" height="51" /></span>\r\n</p>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <b>Save</b>. Save it and return to the main screen of the Manager.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <b>Apply</b>. Save it, but stay in the same screen. If you\r\n have been working on a screen for a long time and don''t want to risk\r\n losing your work, pressing Apply saves your work and lets you continue\r\n working. If, for example, you lost your Internet connection, your work\r\n will be saved up this point.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <b>Close</b>. Return to the previous screen without saving\r\n your work. If you press Close while adding a new item, this new item\r\n will not be created. If you were modifying an existing item, the\r\n modifications will not be saved.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <b>Help</b>. Opens this Help Screen.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<a title="Related_Information" name="Related_Information"></a>\r\n<h2> <span class="mw-headline">Related Information</span></h2>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n To work with Web Links: <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1469&Itemid=278" target="_self" title="Screen.weblink.15">Web Link Manager</a>\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n To work with Web Links Categories: <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1978&Itemid=278" target="_self" title="Screen.weblinks.categories.15">Web Link Category Manager</a>\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n', '', 1, 42, 0, 265, '2008-06-19 18:24:31', 165, '', '2008-06-30 12:06:40', 166, 0, '0000-00-00 00:00:00', '2008-06-19 18:20:42', '0000-00-00 00:00:00', '', '', 'pageclass_sfx=\nback_button=\nitem_title=1\nlink_titles=\nintrotext=1\nsection=0\nsection_link=0\ncategory=0\ncategory_link=0\nrating=\nauthor=\ncreatedate=\nmodifydate=\npdf=\nprint=\nemail=\nkeyref=screen.weblinks.categories.edit.15\ndocbook_type=', 7, 0, 8, '', '', 0, 599),
(1974, 'Contact Category Manager: New / Edit', '', '<h2> <span class="mw-headline">How to Access</span></h2>\r\n<p>\r\nNavigate to the <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1977&Itemid=278" target="_self" title="Screen.contact_details.categories.15">Contact Category Manager</a>.\r\nTo add a new Contact Category, and click on the "New" icon in the\r\ntoolbar. To edit an existing Contact Category, click on the Category''s\r\nName, or check the Category''s checkbox and press the "Edit" icon in the\r\ntoolbar.\r\n</p>\r\n<a title="Description" name="Description"></a>\r\n<h2> <span class="mw-headline">Description</span></h2>\r\n<p>\r\nThis is where you can add a new Contact Category or edit an existing\r\none. Note that you need to create at least one Contact Category before\r\nyou can create a Contact. Also, Contact Categories are separate from\r\nother types of Categories, such as those for Articles, Banners, News\r\nFeeds, and so on. \r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\nNote that the screen for adding and editing Contact Categories\r\nis the same screen used to create Article Categories. However, for\r\nContact Categories, the only required field is <i>Title</i>.\r\nPublished, Section, Category Order, and Access Level are not used. An\r\nImage and Description may be entered, but they are not displayed on the\r\nweb site.\r\n</p>\r\n<a title="Screenshot" name="Screenshot"></a>\r\n<h2> <span class="mw-headline">Screenshot</span></h2>\r\n<p>\r\n<span class="image"><img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/Contact_category_edit.png" alt="Image:contact_category_edit.png" border="0" height="772" width="650" /></span>\r\n</p>\r\n<a title="Details" name="Details"></a>\r\n<h2> <span class="mw-headline">Details</span></h2>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Title.</b> Enter the Title for this item.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Alias.</b> The internal name of the item. Normally, you can\r\n leave this blank and Joomla! will fill in a default value. The default\r\n value is the Title or Name in lower case and with dashes instead of\r\n spaces. You may enter the Alias manually. The Alias should consist of\r\n lowercase letters, and no blank spaces are allowed. Use a hyphen (-)\r\n instead. The Alias will be used in the URL when SEF is activated.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Published.</b> This field is not used for Contact Categories.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Section.</b> This displays ''N/A'' for not applicable, since Sections are not used for Contacts.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Category Order.</b> This field is not used for Contact Categories.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Access Level.</b> This field is not used for Contact Categories. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Image.</b> Image for this Page. Image must be located in the\r\n folder "images/stories". You will not normally use an Image for a\r\n Contact Category, since it will not display on the page.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Image Position.</b> Position of the Image on the page. Select Left or Right from the drop-down list box.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Description.</b> Optional description for the Contact Category. This description is just for your information and will not display on the page.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Image Button.</b> This command is not normally used for Contact Categories.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<a title="Toolbar" name="Toolbar"></a>\r\n<h2> <span class="mw-headline">Toolbar</span></h2>\r\n<p>\r\nAt the top right you will see the toolbar:\r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\n<span class="image"><img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/Section_edit_toolbar.png" alt="Image:section_edit_toolbar.png" border="0" height="51" width="185" /></span>\r\n</p>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <b>Save</b>. Save it and return to the main screen of the Manager.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <b>Apply</b>. Save it, but stay in the same screen. If you\r\n have been working on a screen for a long time and don''t want to risk\r\n losing your work, pressing Apply saves your work and lets you continue\r\n working. If, for example, you lost your Internet connection, your work\r\n will be saved up this point.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <b>Close</b>. Return to the previous screen without saving\r\n your work. If you press Close while adding a new item, this new item\r\n will not be created. If you were modifying an existing item, the\r\n modifications will not be saved.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <b>Help</b>. Opens this Help Screen.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<a title="Related_Information" name="Related_Information"></a>\r\n<h2> <span class="mw-headline">Related Information</span></h2>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n To work with Contacts: <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1464&Itemid=278" target="_self" title="Screen.contactmanager.15">Contact Manager</a>\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n', '', 1, 42, 0, 265, '2008-06-19 18:24:31', 165, '', '2008-06-28 10:15:20', 91, 0, '0000-00-00 00:00:00', '2008-06-19 18:20:42', '0000-00-00 00:00:00', '', '', 'pageclass_sfx=\nback_button=\nitem_title=1\nlink_titles=\nintrotext=1\nsection=0\nsection_link=0\ncategory=0\ncategory_link=0\nrating=\nauthor=\ncreatedate=\nmodifydate=\npdf=\nprint=\nemail=\nkeyref=screen.contact_details.categories.edit.15\ndocbook_type=', 5, 0, 7, '', '', 0, 546),
(1975, 'Banner Category Manager: New / Edit', '', '<h2> <span class="mw-headline">How to Access</span></h2>\r\n<p>\r\nNavigate to the the <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1976&Itemid=278" target="_self" title="Screen.banner.categories.15">Banner Category Manager</a>.\r\nTo add a new Banner Category, click on the "New" icon in the toolbar.\r\nTo edit an existing Banner Category, click on the Category''s Name, or\r\ncheck the Category''s checkbox and press the "Edit" icon in the toolbar.\r\n</p>\r\n<a title="Description" name="Description"></a>\r\n<h2> <span class="mw-headline">Description</span></h2>\r\n<p>\r\nThis is where you add a new Banner Category or edit an existing one.\r\nNote that you need to create at least one Banner Category before you\r\ncan create a Banner. Also, Banner Categories are separate from other\r\ntypes of Categories, such as those for Articles, Contacts, and News\r\nFeeds. \r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\nNote that the screen for adding and editing Banner Categories\r\nis the same screen used to create Article Categories. However, for\r\nBanner Categories, the only required field is the Title. Published,\r\nSection, Category Order, and Access Level are not used. An Image and\r\nDescription may be entered, but they are not displayed on the web site.\r\n</p>\r\n<a title="Screenshot" name="Screenshot"></a>\r\n<h2> <span class="mw-headline">Screenshot</span></h2>\r\n<p>\r\n<span class="image"><img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/Banner_category_edit.png" alt="Image:banner_category_edit.png" border="0" height="754" width="650" /></span>\r\n</p>\r\n<a title="Details" name="Details"></a>\r\n<h2> <span class="mw-headline">Details</span></h2>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Title.</b> Enter the Title for this item.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Alias.</b> The internal name of the item. Normally, you can\r\n leave this blank and Joomla! will fill in a default value. The default\r\n value is the Title or Name in lower case and with dashes instead of\r\n spaces. You may enter the Alias manually. The Alias should consist of\r\n lowercase letters, and no blank spaces are allowed. Use a hyphen (-)\r\n instead. The Alias will be used in the URL when SEF is activated.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Published.</b> This field is not used for Banner Categories.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Section.</b> This displays ''N/A'' for not applicable, since Sections are not used for Banners.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Category Order.</b> This field is not used for Banner Categories.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Access Level.</b> This field is not used for Banner Categories. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Image.</b> Image for this Page. Image must be located in the\r\n folder "images/stories". You will not normally use an Image for a\r\n Banner Category, since it will not display on the page.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Image Position.</b> Position of the Image on the page. Select Left or Right from the drop-down list box.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Description.</b> Optional description for this Banner Category. This description is just for your information and will not display on any page.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Image Button.</b> This command is not normally used for Banner Categories.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<a title="Toolbar" name="Toolbar"></a>\r\n<h2> <span class="mw-headline">Toolbar</span></h2>\r\n<p>\r\nAt the top right you will see the toolbar:\r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\n<span class="image"><img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/Section_edit_toolbar.png" alt="Image:section_edit_toolbar.png" border="0" height="51" width="185" /></span>\r\n</p>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <b>Save</b>. Save it and return to the main screen of the Manager.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <b>Apply</b>. Save it, but stay in the same screen. If you\r\n have been working on a screen for a long time and don''t want to risk\r\n losing your work, pressing Apply saves your work and lets you continue\r\n working. If, for example, you lost your Internet connection, your work\r\n will be saved up this point.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <b>Close</b>. Return to the previous screen without saving\r\n your work. If you press Close while adding a new item, this new item\r\n will not be created. If you were modifying an existing item, the\r\n modifications will not be saved.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <b>Help</b>. Opens this Help Screen.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<a title="Related_Information" name="Related_Information"></a>\r\n<h2> <span class="mw-headline">Related Information</span></h2>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n To work with Banners: <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1462&Itemid=278" target="_self" title="Screen.banners.15">Banner Manager</a>\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n To work with Banner Clients: <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1463&Itemid=278" target="_self" title="Screen.banners.client.15">Banner Client Manager</a>\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n', '', 1, 42, 0, 265, '2008-06-19 18:24:31', 165, '', '2008-06-28 09:53:03', 91, 0, '0000-00-00 00:00:00', '2008-06-19 18:20:42', '0000-00-00 00:00:00', '', '', 'pageclass_sfx=\nback_button=\nitem_title=1\nlink_titles=\nintrotext=1\nsection=0\nsection_link=0\ncategory=0\ncategory_link=0\nrating=\nauthor=\ncreatedate=\nmodifydate=\npdf=\nprint=\nemail=\nkeyref=screen.banner.categories.edit.15\ndocbook_type=', 5, 0, 6, '', '', 0, 690),
(1461, 'Category Manager', 'Category Manager', '<p>\r\nWhich Help Screen did you mean? \r\n</p>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li><a target="_self" href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1976&Itemid=278" title="Screen.banner.categories.15">Banner Category Manager</a> </li>\r\n <li><a target="_self" href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1977&Itemid=278" title="Screen.contact_details.categories.15">Contact Category Manager</a> </li>\r\n <li><a target="_self" href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1972&Itemid=278" title="Screen.content.categories.15">Content Category Manager</a> </li>\r\n <li><a target="_self" href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1981&Itemid=278">News Feeds Category Manager</a> </li>\r\n <li><a target="_self" href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1978&Itemid=278" title="Screen.weblinks.categories.15">Weblink Category Manager</a></li>\r\n</ul>\r\n', '', 1, 42, 0, 264, '2007-10-18 20:00:00', 91, '', '2008-06-30 14:33:04', 166, 0, '0000-00-00 00:00:00', '2007-10-18 20:00:00', '0000-00-00 00:00:00', '', '', 'pageclass_sfx=\nback_button=\nitem_title=1\nlink_titles=\nintrotext=1\nsection=0\nsection_link=0\ncategory=0\ncategory_link=0\nrating=\nauthor=\ncreatedate=\nmodifydate=\npdf=\nprint=\nemail=\nkeyref=screen.categories.15\ndocbook_type=', 44, 0, 9, '', '', 0, 23344);
INSERT INTO `jos_content` (`id`, `title`, `title_alias`, `introtext`, `fulltext`, `state`, `sectionid`, `mask`, `catid`, `created`, `created_by`, `created_by_alias`, `modified`, `modified_by`, `checked_out`, `checked_out_time`, `publish_up`, `publish_down`, `images`, `urls`, `attribs`, `version`, `parentid`, `ordering`, `metakey`, `metadesc`, `access`, `hits`) VALUES
(1976, 'Banner Category Manager', '', '<h2> <span class="mw-headline">How to Access</span></h2>\r\n<p>\r\nSelect <b>Components --> Banner --> Categories</b> from the drop-down\r\nmenu on the back-end of your Joomla! installation. You can also select\r\nthe "Categories" link from either the <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1462&Itemid=278" target="_self" title="Screen.banners.15">Banner Manager</a> or the <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1463&Itemid=278" target="_self" title="Screen.banners.client.15">Banner Client Manager</a>.\r\n</p>\r\n<a title="Description" name="Description"></a>\r\n<h2> <span class="mw-headline">Description</span></h2>\r\n<p>\r\nThe Banner Category Manager is where you can edit existing Banner\r\nCategories and create new ones. Note that Banner Categories are\r\nseparate from other Categories, such as for Articles, Contacts, News\r\nFeeds, and Web Links. From this screen, you can also navigate to the <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1462&Itemid=278" target="_self" title="Screen.banners.15">Banner Manager</a> and the <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1463&Itemid=278" target="_self" title="Screen.banners.client.15">Banner Client Manager</a>.\r\n</p>\r\n<a title="Screenshot" name="Screenshot"></a>\r\n<h2> <span class="mw-headline">Screenshot</span></h2>\r\n<p>\r\n<span class="image"><img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/Banner_category_manager.png" alt="Image:banner_category_manager.png" border="0" height="337" width="650" /></span>\r\n</p>\r\n<a title="Column_Headers" name="Column_Headers"></a>\r\n<h2> <span class="mw-headline">Column Headers</span></h2>\r\n<p>\r\nClick on the column heading to sort the list by that column''s value.\r\n</p>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <b>#</b>. An indexing number automatically assigned by Joomla! for ease of reference.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <b>Checkbox</b>. Check this box to select one or more items.\r\n To select all items, check the box in the column heading. After one or\r\n more boxes are checked, click a toolbar button to take an action on the\r\n selected item or items. Many toolbar actions, such as Publish and\r\n Unpublish, can work with multiple items. Others, such as Edit, only\r\n work on one item at a time. If multiple items are checked and you press\r\n Edit, the first item will be opened for editing.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <b>Title</b>. The name of the item. For a Menu Item, the Title\r\n will display in the Menu. For an Article, Section, or Category, the\r\n Title may optionally be displayed on the web page. This entry is\r\n required. You can open the item for editing by clicking on the Title.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <b>Published</b>. Whether the item has been published or not. You can change the Published state by clicking on the icon in this column.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Order.</b> The order to display items. If the list is\r\n sorted by this column, you can change the order by clicking the arrows\r\n or by entering the sequential order and clicking the ''Save Order'' icon\r\n in the column header.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <b>Access Level</b>. Who has access to this item. Current options are:\r\n </p>\r\n <ul>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <span style="color: green">Public</span>: Everyone has access\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <span style="color: red">Registered</span>: Only registered users have access\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <span style="color: black">Special</span>: Only users with author status or higher have access\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n </ul>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<dl><dd>You can change an item''s Access Level by clicking on the icon in the column.\r\n</dd></dl>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <b>ID</b>. The ID number. This is a unique identification\r\n number for this item assigned automatically by Joomla!. It is used to\r\n identify the item internally, for example in internal links. You can\r\n not change this number.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Display #.</b> The number of items to display on one page.\r\n If there are more items than this number, you can use the page\r\n navigation buttons (Start, Prev, Next, End, and page numbers) to\r\n navigate between pages. Note that if you have a large number of items,\r\n it may be helpful to use the Filter options, located above the column\r\n headings, to limit which items display.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<a title="Toolbar" name="Toolbar"></a>\r\n<h2> <span class="mw-headline">Toolbar</span></h2>\r\n<p>\r\nAt the top right you will see the toolbar:\r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\n<span class="image"><img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/Banner_category_manager_toolbar.png" alt="Image:banner_category_manager_toolbar.png" border="0" height="51" width="299" /></span>\r\n</p>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <b>Publish</b>. To publish one or more items, select them and click on this button.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <b>Unpublish</b>. To unpublish one or more items, select them and click on this button.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <b>Delete</b>. To delete one or more items, select them and click this button. The selected items will be deleted. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <b>Edit</b>. Select one item and click on this button to open\r\n it in edit mode. If you have more than one item selected, the first\r\n item will be opened. You can also open an item for editing by clicking\r\n on its Title or Name.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <b>New</b>. Click on this button to create a new item. You will enter the New page for this item.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <b>Help</b>. Opens this Help Screen.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<p>\r\n<br />\r\n<b>Clients and Categories Links</b>\r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\nAt the top left, above the Filter, you will see 3 links as shown below:\r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\n<span class="image"><img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/Banner_category_links.png" alt="Image:banner_category_links.png" border="0" height="21" width="221" /></span>\r\n</p>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Banners.</b> Press this link to go to the <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1462&Itemid=278" target="_self" title="Screen.banners.15">Banner Manager</a> page.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Clients.</b> Press this link to go to the <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1463&Itemid=278" target="_self" title="Screen.banners.client.15">Banner Client Manager</a> page.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Categories.</b> This link is disabled, since we are already in the Categories page.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<a title="List_Filters" name="List_Filters"></a>\r\n<h2> <span class="mw-headline">List Filters</span></h2>\r\n<p>\r\n<b>Filter by Partial Title</b>\r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\nYou can filter the list of items either by entering in part of the title or the ID number. Or you can select a Published State.\r\n</p>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Filter.</b> In the upper left corner just above the column headings is a Filter field and two buttons, as shown below:\r\n </p>\r\n <div class="center">\r\n <div class="floatnone">\r\n <span><span class="image"><img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/Article_manager_filter1.png" border="0" height="28" width="254" /></span></span>\r\n </div>\r\n </div>\r\n <p>\r\n If you have a large number of items on the list, you can use this\r\n filter to find the desired item(s) quickly. Enter either part of the\r\n title or an ID number and press ''Go'' to display the matching items. You\r\n can enter in whole words or part of a word. For example, "ooml" will\r\n match all titles with the word "Joomla!" in them.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<p>\r\n<b>Filter by Published State</b>\r\nIn the upper right area, above the column headings, is a drop-down list box as shown below:\r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\n<span class="image"><img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/Banner_category_filter.png" alt="Image:banner_category_filter.png" border="0" height="27" width="106" /></span> \r\n</p>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <div>\r\n <b>Select State.</b> Use the drop-down list box to select the published state: Published or Unpublished. For Articles, you may also select Archived.\r\n </div>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<a title="Related_Information" name="Related_Information"></a>\r\n<h2> <span class="mw-headline">Related Information</span></h2>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n To work with Banners: <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1462&Itemid=278" target="_self" title="Screen.banners.15">Banner Manager</a>\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n To work with Banner Clients: <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1463&Itemid=278" target="_self" title="Screen.banners.client.15">Banner Client Manager</a>\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n', '', 1, 42, 0, 265, '2008-06-19 18:24:31', 165, '', '2008-06-28 09:52:15', 91, 0, '0000-00-00 00:00:00', '2008-06-19 18:20:42', '0000-00-00 00:00:00', '', '', 'pageclass_sfx=\nback_button=\nitem_title=1\nlink_titles=\nintrotext=1\nsection=0\nsection_link=0\ncategory=0\ncategory_link=0\nrating=\nauthor=\ncreatedate=\nmodifydate=\npdf=\nprint=\nemail=\nkeyref=screen.banner.categories.15\ndocbook_type=', 4, 0, 5, '', '', 0, 825),
(1977, 'Contact Category Manager', '', '<h2> <span class="mw-headline">How to Access</span></h2>\r\n<p>\r\nSelect <b>Components --> Contacts --> Categories</b> from the drop-down menu on the back-end of your Joomla! installation, or select the "Categories" link from the <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1464&Itemid=278" target="_self" title="Screen.contactmanager.15">Contact Manager</a> screen.\r\n</p>\r\n<a title="Description" name="Description"></a>\r\n<h2> <span class="mw-headline">Description</span></h2>\r\n<p>\r\nThe Contact Category Manager is where you can edit existing Contact\r\nCategories and create new ones. Note that Contact Categories are\r\nseparate from other Categories, such as for Articles, Banners, News\r\nFeeds, and Web Links. From this screen, you can also navigate to the <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1464&Itemid=278" target="_self" title="Screen.contactmanager.15">Contact Manager</a> screen.\r\n</p>\r\n<a title="Screenshot" name="Screenshot"></a>\r\n<h2> <span class="mw-headline">Screenshot</span></h2>\r\n<p>\r\n<span class="image"><img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/Contact_category_manager.png" alt="Image:Contact_category_manager.png" border="0" height="235" width="650" /></span>\r\n</p>\r\n<a title="Column_Headers" name="Column_Headers"></a>\r\n<h2> <span class="mw-headline">Column Headers</span></h2>\r\n<p>\r\nClick on the column heading to sort the list by that column''s value.\r\n</p>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <b>#</b>. An indexing number automatically assigned by Joomla! for ease of reference.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <b>Checkbox</b>. Check this box to select one or more items.\r\n To select all items, check the box in the column heading. After one or\r\n more boxes are checked, click a toolbar button to take an action on the\r\n selected item or items. Many toolbar actions, such as Publish and\r\n Unpublish, can work with multiple items. Others, such as Edit, only\r\n work on one item at a time. If multiple items are checked and you press\r\n Edit, the first item will be opened for editing.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <b>Title</b>. The name of the item. For a Menu Item, the Title\r\n will display in the Menu. For an Article, Section, or Category, the\r\n Title may optionally be displayed on the web page. This entry is\r\n required. You can open the item for editing by clicking on the Title.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <b>Published</b>. Whether the item has been published or not. You can change the Published state by clicking on the icon in this column.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Order.</b> The order in which to display the items. If the\r\n list is sorted by this column, you can change the order by clicking the\r\n arrows or by entering the sequential order and clicking the ''Save\r\n Order'' icon in the column header.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <b>Access Level</b>. Who has access to this item. Current options are:\r\n </p>\r\n <ul>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <span style="color: green">Public</span>: Everyone has access\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <span style="color: red">Registered</span>: Only registered users have access\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <span style="color: black">Special</span>: Only users with author status or higher have access\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n </ul>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<dl><dd>You can change an item''s Access Level by clicking on the icon in the column.\r\n</dd></dl>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <b>ID</b>. The ID number. This is a unique identification\r\n number for this item assigned automatically by Joomla!. It is used to\r\n identify the item internally, for example in internal links. You can\r\n not change this number.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Display #.</b> The number of items to display on one page.\r\n If there are more items than this number, you can use the page\r\n navigation buttons (Start, Prev, Next, End, and page numbers) to\r\n navigate between pages. Note that if you have a large number of items,\r\n it may be helpful to use the Filter options, located above the column\r\n headings, to limit which items display.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<a title="Toolbar" name="Toolbar"></a>\r\n<h2> <span class="mw-headline">Toolbar</span></h2>\r\n<p>\r\nAt the top right you will see the toolbar:\r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\n<span class="image"><img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/Banner_category_manager_toolbar.png" alt="Image:banner_category_manager_toolbar.png" border="0" height="51" width="299" /></span>\r\n</p>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <b>Publish</b>. To publish one or more items, select them and click on this button.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <b>Unpublish</b>. To unpublish one or more items, select them and click on this button.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <b>Delete</b>. To delete one or more items, select them and click this button. The selected items will be deleted. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <b>Edit</b>. Select one item and click on this button to open\r\n it in edit mode. If you have more than one item selected, the first\r\n item will be opened. You can also open an item for editing by clicking\r\n on its Title or Name.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <b>New</b>. Click on this button to create a new item. You will enter the New page for this item.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <b>Help</b>. Opens this Help Screen.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<p>\r\n<br />\r\n<b>Contacts Link</b>\r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\nAt the top left, above the Filter, you will see 2 links as shown below:\r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\n<span class="image"><img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/Contact_category_links.png" alt="Image:Contact_category_links.png" border="0" height="27" width="161" /></span>\r\n</p>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Contacts.</b> Press this link to go to the <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1464&Itemid=278" target="_self" title="Screen.contactmanager.15">Contact Manager</a> page.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Categories</b> This link is disabled, since we are already in the Categories page.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<a title="List_Filters" name="List_Filters"></a>\r\n<h2> <span class="mw-headline">List Filters</span></h2>\r\n<p>\r\n<b>Filter by Partial Title</b>\r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\nYou can filter the list of items either by entering in part of\r\nthe title or the ID number. You can also select a Published State.\r\n</p>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Filter.</b> In the upper left corner just above the column headings is a Filter field and two buttons, as shown below:\r\n </p>\r\n <div class="center">\r\n <div class="floatnone">\r\n <span><span class="image"><img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/Article_manager_filter1.png" border="0" height="28" width="254" /></span></span>\r\n </div>\r\n </div>\r\n <p>\r\n If you have a large number of items on the list, you can use this\r\n filter to find the desired item(s) quickly. Enter either part of the\r\n title or an ID number and press ''Go'' to display the matching items. You\r\n can enter in whole words or part of a word. For example, "ooml" will\r\n match all titles with the word "Joomla!" in them.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<p>\r\n<b>Filter by Published State</b>\r\nIn the upper right area, above the column headings, is a drop-down list box as shown below:\r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\n<span class="image"><img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/Banner_category_filter.png" alt="Image:banner_category_filter.png" border="0" height="27" width="106" /></span> \r\n</p>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Select State.</b> Use the drop-down list box to select the published state: Published or Unpublished. For Articles, you may also select Archived.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<h2> <span class="mw-headline">Related Information</span></h2>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n To work with Contacts: <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1464&Itemid=278" target="_self" title="Screen.contactmanager.15">Contact Manager</a>\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n To add new Contact Categories: <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1974&Itemid=278" target="_self" title="Screen.contact_details.categories.edit.15">Contact Category Manager - New/Edit</a>\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n', '', 1, 42, 0, 265, '2008-06-19 18:24:31', 165, '', '2008-06-28 10:14:41', 91, 0, '0000-00-00 00:00:00', '2008-06-19 18:20:42', '0000-00-00 00:00:00', '', '', 'pageclass_sfx=\nback_button=\nitem_title=1\nlink_titles=\nintrotext=1\nsection=0\nsection_link=0\ncategory=0\ncategory_link=0\nrating=\nauthor=\ncreatedate=\nmodifydate=\npdf=\nprint=\nemail=\nkeyref=screen.contact_details.categories.15\ndocbook_type=', 6, 0, 4, '', '', 0, 670),
(1978, 'Weblink Category Manager', '', '<h2> <span class="mw-headline">How to Access</span></h2>\r\n<p>\r\nSelect <b>Components --> Web Links --> Categories</b> from the drop-down menu on the Back-end of your Joomla! installation, or select the "Categories" link at the <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1469&Itemid=278" target="_self" title="Screen.weblink.15">Web Links Manager</a> screen.\r\n</p>\r\n<a title="Description" name="Description"></a>\r\n<h2> <span class="mw-headline">Description</span></h2>\r\n<p>\r\nThe Web Links Category Manager is where you can edit existing Web\r\nLinks Categories and create new ones. Note that Web Links Categories\r\nare separate from other Categories, such as for Articles, Banners, News\r\nFeeds, and Contacts. From this screen, you can also navigate to the <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1469&Itemid=278" target="_self" title="Screen.weblink.15">Web Links Manager</a> screen.\r\n</p>\r\n<a title="Screenshot" name="Screenshot"></a>\r\n<h2> <span class="mw-headline">Screenshot</span></h2>\r\n<p>\r\n<span class="image"><img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/Web_link_category_manager.png" alt="Image:Web_link_category_manager.png" border="0" width="650" height="312" /></span>\r\n</p>\r\n<a title="Column_Headers" name="Column_Headers"></a>\r\n<h2> <span class="mw-headline">Column Headers</span></h2>\r\n<p>\r\nClick on the column heading to sort the list by that column''s value.\r\n</p>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <b>#</b>. An indexing number automatically assigned by Joomla! for ease of reference.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <b>Checkbox</b>. Check this box to select one or more items.\r\n To select all items, check the box in the column heading. After one or\r\n more boxes are checked, click a toolbar button to take an action on the\r\n selected item or items. Many toolbar actions, such as Publish and\r\n Unpublish, can work with multiple items. Others, such as Edit, only\r\n work on one item at a time. If multiple items are checked and you press\r\n Edit, the first item will be opened for editing.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <b>Title</b>. The name of the item. For a Menu Item, the Title\r\n will display in the Menu. For an Article, Section, or Category, the\r\n Title may optionally be displayed on the web page. This entry is\r\n required. You can open the item for editing by clicking on the Title.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <b>Published</b>. Whether the item has been published or not. You can change the Published state by clicking on the icon in this column. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Order.</b> The order in which to display the items. If the\r\n list is sorted by this column, you can change the order by clicking the\r\n arrows or by entering the sequential order and clicking the ''Save\r\n Order'' icon in the column header.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <b>Access Level</b>. Who has access to this item. Current options are:\r\n </p>\r\n <ul>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <span style="color: green">Public</span>: Everyone has access\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <span style="color: red">Registered</span>: Only registered users have access\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <span style="color: black">Special</span>: Only users with author status or higher have access\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n </ul>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<dl><dd>You can change an item''s Access Level by clicking on the icon in the column.\r\n</dd></dl>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <b>ID</b>. The ID number. This is a unique identification\r\n number for this item assigned automatically by Joomla!. It is used to\r\n identify the item internally, for example in internal links. You can\r\n not change this number.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Display #.</b> The number of items to display on one page.\r\n If there are more items than this number, you can use the page\r\n navigation buttons (Start, Prev, Next, End, and page numbers) to\r\n navigate between pages. Note that if you have a large number of items,\r\n it may be helpful to use the Filter options, located above the column\r\n headings, to limit which items display.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<a title="Toolbar" name="Toolbar"></a>\r\n<h2> <span class="mw-headline">Toolbar</span></h2>\r\n<p>\r\nAt the top right you will see the toolbar:\r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\n<span class="image"><img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/Banner_category_manager_toolbar.png" alt="Image:banner_category_manager_toolbar.png" border="0" width="299" height="51" /></span>\r\n</p>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <b>Publish</b>. To publish one or more items, select them and click on this button.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <b>Unpublish</b>. To unpublish one or more items, select them and click on this button.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <b>Delete</b>. To delete one or more items, select them and click this button. The selected items will be deleted. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <b>Edit</b>. Select one item and click on this button to open\r\n it in edit mode. If you have more than one item selected, the first\r\n item will be opened. You can also open an item for editing by clicking\r\n on its Title or Name.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <b>New</b>. Click on this button to create a new item. You will enter the New page for this item.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li> <b>Help</b>. Opens this Help Screen.\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<p>\r\n<br />\r\n<b>Web Links Link</b>\r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\nAt the top left, above the Filter, you will see two links as shown below:\r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\n<span class="image"><img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/Web_links_link.png" alt="Image:Web_links_link.png" border="0" width="146" height="24" /></span>\r\n</p>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Links.</b> Press this link to go to the <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1469&Itemid=278" target="_self" title="Screen.weblink.15">Web Links Manager</a> page.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Categories</b> This link is disabled, since we are already in the Categories page.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<a title="List_Filters" name="List_Filters"></a>\r\n<h2> <span class="mw-headline">List Filters</span></h2>\r\n<p>\r\n<b>Filter by Partial Title</b>\r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\nYou can filter the list of items either by entering in part of\r\nthe title or the ID number. You can also select a Published State.\r\n</p>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Filter.</b> In the upper left corner just above the column headings is a Filter field and two buttons, as shown below:\r\n </p>\r\n <div class="center">\r\n <div class="floatnone">\r\n <span><span class="image"><img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/Article_manager_filter1.png" border="0" width="254" height="28" /></span></span>\r\n </div>\r\n </div>\r\n <p>\r\n If you have a large number of items on the list, you can use this\r\n filter to find the desired item(s) quickly. Enter either part of the\r\n title or an ID number and press ''Go'' to display the matching items. You\r\n can enter in whole words or part of a word. For example, "ooml" will\r\n match all titles with the word "Joomla!" in them.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<p>\r\n<b>Filter by Published State</b>\r\nIn the upper right area, above the column headings, is a drop-down list box as shown below:\r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\n<span class="image"><img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/Banner_category_filter.png" alt="Image:banner_category_filter.png" border="0" width="106" height="27" /></span> \r\n</p>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Select State.</b> Use the drop-down list box to select the published state: Published or Unpublished. For Articles, you may also select Archived.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<a title="Related_Information" name="Related_Information"></a>\r\n<h2> <span class="mw-headline">Related Information</span></h2>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n To work with Web Links: <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1469&Itemid=278" target="_self" title="Screen.weblink.15">Web Links Manager</a>\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n To add new Web Links Categories: <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1973&Itemid=278" target="_self" title="Screen.weblinks.categories.edit.15">Web Links Category Manager - New/Edit</a>\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n', '', 1, 42, 0, 265, '2008-06-19 18:24:31', 165, '', '2008-06-30 12:00:22', 166, 0, '0000-00-00 00:00:00', '2008-06-19 18:20:42', '0000-00-00 00:00:00', '', '', 'pageclass_sfx=\nback_button=\nitem_title=1\nlink_titles=\nintrotext=1\nsection=0\nsection_link=0\ncategory=0\ncategory_link=0\nrating=\nauthor=\ncreatedate=\nmodifydate=\npdf=\nprint=\nemail=\nkeyref=screen.weblinks.categories.15\ndocbook_type=', 5, 0, 3, '', '', 0, 573),
(1979, 'Content Category Manager - New / Edit', 'Content Category Manager - New / Edit', '<h2> <span class="mw-headline">How to Access</span></h2>\r\n<p>\r\nNavigate to the <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1972&Itemid=278" target="_self" title="Screen.content.categories.15">Category Manager</a>.\r\nTo add a new Category, press the ''New'' icon in the toolbar. To edit an\r\nexisting Category, click on the Category title or click the Category''s\r\ncheckbox and then click on the Edit icon in the toolbar.\r\n</p>\r\n<a title="Description" name="Description"></a>\r\n<h2> <span class="mw-headline">Description</span></h2>\r\n<p>\r\nThis is where you can add a new Category to a Section or edit an\r\nexisting Category. Categories are used to organize the Articles within\r\na Section. Sections and Categories allow you to display related\r\nArticles together on a page and to filter Articles in the Article\r\nManager. All Articles are assigned either to a Category that you create\r\nor to the special Category called ''Uncategorized''.\r\n</p>\r\n<a title="Screenshot" name="Screenshot"></a>\r\n<h2> <span class="mw-headline">Screenshot</span></h2>\r\n<p>\r\n<span class="image"><img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/Content_category_edit.png" alt="Image:content_category_edit.png" border="0" height="776" width="650" /></span>\r\n</p>\r\n<a title="Details" name="Details"></a>\r\n<h2> <span class="mw-headline">Details</span></h2>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Title.</b> The Title for this item. This may or may not display on the page, depending on the parameter values you choose.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Alias.</b> The internal name of the item. Normally, you can\r\n leave this blank and Joomla! will fill in a default value. The default\r\n value is the Title or Name in lower case and with dashes instead of\r\n spaces. You may enter the Alias manually. The Alias should consist of\r\n lowercase letters, and no blank spaces are allowed. Use a hyphen (-)\r\n instead. The Alias will be used in the URL when SEF is activated.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Published.</b> Whether or not this item is published. Select <i>Yes</i> or <i>No</i> from the radio button group to set the Published state for this item.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Section.</b> Section for this Category. Select the Section from the drop-down list box. This is a required field.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Category Order.</b> The order this Category will display in the <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1972&Itemid=278" target="_self" title="Screen.content.categories.15">Category Manager</a>.\r\n Use the drop-down list box to change the Order. You can select ''First''\r\n or ''Last'' to make this the first or last Category. You can also select\r\n a Category from the list. In this case, the current Category will be\r\n listed just after the Category you select. Note that the Order can also\r\n be changed in the <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1972&Itemid=278" target="_self" title="Screen.content.categories.15">Category Manager</a> screen.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <b>Access Level</b>. Who has access to this item. Current options are:\r\n </p>\r\n <ul>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <span style="color: green">Public</span>: Everyone has access\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <span style="color: red">Registered</span>: Only registered users have access\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <span style="color: black">Special</span>: Only users with author status or higher have access\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n </ul>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<dl><dd>Enter the desired level using the drop-down list box.\r\n</dd></dl>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Image.</b> Image for this Page. Image must be located in the folder "images/stories".\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Image Position.</b> Position of the Image on the page. Select Left or Right from the drop-down list box.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <b>Description</b>. The description for the item. Section and\r\n Category descriptions for Articles may be shown on web pages, depending\r\n on the parameter settings. These descriptions are entered using the\r\n same editor that is used for Articles. Note that Section and Category\r\n descriptions may not be edited from the front end.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<a title="TinyMCE_editor" name="TinyMCE_editor"></a>\r\n<h2> <span class="mw-headline">TinyMCE editor</span></h2>\r\n<p>\r\nThe default editor for both front-end and back-end users in Joomla! is the TinyMCE editor.\r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\nTinyMCE is a WYSIWYG (what you see is what you get) editor that\r\nallows users a familiar word-processing interface to use when editing\r\nArticles and other content. The 3-row toolbar below provides many\r\nstandard editing commands:\r\n</p>\r\n<div class="center">\r\n<div class="floatnone">\r\n<span><span class="image"><img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/Article_tinymce_buttons.png" border="0" height="77" width="617" /></span></span>\r\n</div>\r\n</div>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Top Row.</b>\r\n </p>\r\n <ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n Buttons in the upper left allow you to make text bold, italic,\r\n underlined, or strikethrough. Next to that are buttons for align left,\r\n right, center, and full. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n Styles. Caption and System Pagebreak\r\n styles can be set. Highlight the desired text and select the style.\r\n This will allow this text to be formatted based on CSS rules. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n Format. Select pre-defined formats for Paragraph, Address, Heading1, and so on. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n Font Family. Select the desired font. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n </ul>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Second Row.</b>\r\n </p>\r\n <ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n Unordered List, Ordered list, Outdent (move left) and Indent (indent right). \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n Undo (Ctrl+Z) and Re-do (Ctrl+Y). \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n Insert/Edit Link. To insert or edit a link, select the linked text and\r\n press this button. A popup dialog displays that lets you enter details\r\n about the link. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n Unlink. To remove a link, highlight the linked text and press this button. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n Insert/Edit Image. To insert and image, place the cursor in the desired\r\n location and press this button. A popup dialog displays that lets you\r\n enter in the Image URL and other information about how the image will\r\n display. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n Cleanup Messy Code. This button allows\r\n you to clean up HTML code, perhaps from HTML text that you copied in\r\n from another source. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n Edit HTML Source. A popup displays showing the HTML source code, allowing you to edit the HTML source code. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n Find and Find/Replace. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n Insert Date, Time, or Emotions. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n Insert Embedded Media. To insert embedded media (such as Flash), place\r\n the cursor at the desired location and press this button. A popup\r\n dialog will display that allows you to enter the Type, File or URL, and\r\n other information about the media. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n Direction Left to Right and Direction\r\n Right to Left. These buttons allow you to enter or change the text\r\n direction, for example for languages that read right to left. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n Insert New Layer, Move Forward, Move Backware, Toggle Absolute Position. For working with layered items. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n Select Text Color. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n </ul>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Third Row.</b>\r\n </p>\r\n <ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n Insert Horizontal Ruler. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n Remove Formatting. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n Toggle Guidelines/Invisible elements. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n Subscript, Superscript, Insert Custom Character, Horizontal Rule. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n Insert New Table, Table Row Properties, Table Cell Properties, Insert\r\n Row Before, Insert Row After, Delete Row, Insert Column Before, Insert\r\n Column After, Delete Column, Split Merged Table Cells, Merge Table\r\n Cells. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n Toggle Full Screen Mode. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n Edit CSS Style. A popup dialog box displays that allows you to enter CSS style information for the selected text. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n </ul>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<a title="No_editor" name="No_editor"></a>\r\n<h2> <span class="mw-headline">No editor</span></h2>\r\n<p>\r\nIf ''No editor'' is selected for a User, then a simple text editor\r\ndisplays. This allows you to enter in raw, unformatted HTML. You can\r\nuse the toolbar ''Preview'' button to preview how the HTML will display.\r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\nNote that the ''No Editor'' option can be useful if you are\r\nentering in ''boilerplate'' or custom HTML, for example to create a\r\nPayPal link. TinyMCE automatically re-formats and strips some HTML when\r\na file is saved. This can cause complex HTML to not work correctly.\r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\nIf this happens, you can temporarily change the editor to ''No\r\nEditor'' and create the desired content. Note that if you wish to edit\r\nthis content in the future, you should be careful to change your editor\r\nto ''No Editor''. Otherwise, if you open and save the content with\r\nTinyMCE, you may lose your custom HTML.\r\n</p>\r\n<a title="Image_Button" name="Image_Button"></a>\r\n<h2> <span class="mw-headline">Image Button</span></h2>\r\n<p>\r\nAn Image button is located just below the edit window, as shown below:\r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\n<span class="image"><img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/Image_button.png" alt="Image:Image_button.png" border="0" height="27" width="64" /></span>\r\n</p>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Image.</b> This button provides an easy way to insert an\r\n image into an Article. Images may be inserted from the ''images/stories''\r\n folder and may also be uploaded. When you click the Image button, a\r\n window pops up, as shown below:\r\n </p>\r\n <div class="center">\r\n <div class="floatnone">\r\n <span><span class="image"><img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/Article_image_popup.png" border="0" height="398" width="552" /></span></span>\r\n </div>\r\n </div>\r\n <ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Directory.</b> The current directory on the\r\n host server. This is the ''images/stories'' directory under your Joomla!\r\n home directory. Use the drop-down list box to select a subdirectory. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Up.</b> Navigate to the parent\r\n directory. Note that the top directory for this function is\r\n ''images/stories''. You can not navigate to a higher directory. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Insert.</b> Insert the selected\r\n image. The insert point will be the current cursor position. You will\r\n see the image display inside the edit window. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Cancel</b>. Cancel the operation and close the popup window. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Thumbnail Browse Area.</b> Click on an image thumbnail to select the image. Click on a folder icon to navigate to that subdirectory. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Image URL.</b> Click on one of the image thumbnails and the URL for the image will be entered for you. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Align.</b> Select the desired alignment (left or right) from the drop-down list box. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Image Description.</b> Enter a description for the image. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Image Title.</b> Enter a Title for this image. This displays when a User hovers the mouse on the image. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Caption.</b> If checked, image title will display as a caption below the image. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Browse files.</b>\r\n Click this button to browse to an image file to upload from your local\r\n computer. A file dialog will open allowing you to select a file. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Start Upload.</b> Once you have\r\n selected a file, press this button to upload the file to your Joomla!\r\n ''images/stories'' folder. When the upload is done, a ''Completed'' message\r\n will display. The thumbnail for the new image will now show in the\r\n thumbnail area. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Clear Completed.</b> Clears the ''Completed'' message. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n </ul>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<a title="Toolbar" name="Toolbar"></a>\r\n<h2> <span class="mw-headline">Toolbar</span></h2>\r\n<p>\r\nIn the upper right you will see the toolbar: \r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\n<span class="image"><img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/Section_edit_toolbar.png" alt="Image:section_edit_toolbar.png" border="0" height="51" width="185" /></span>\r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\nThe functions are: \r\n</p>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <b>Save</b>. Save it and return to the main screen of the Manager.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <b>Apply</b>. Save it, but stay in the same screen. If you\r\n have been working on a screen for a long time and don''t want to risk\r\n losing your work, pressing Apply saves your work and lets you continue\r\n working. If, for example, you lost your Internet connection, your work\r\n will be saved up this point.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <b>Close</b>. Return to the previous screen without saving\r\n your work. If you press Close while adding a new item, this new item\r\n will not be created. If you were modifying an existing item, the\r\n modifications will not be saved.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <b>Help</b>. Opens this Help Screen.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<a title="Related_Information" name="Related_Information"></a>\r\n<h2> <span class="mw-headline">Related Information</span></h2>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n To work with existing Categories: <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1972&Itemid=278" target="_self" title="Screen.content.categories.15">Category Manager</a>\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n To work with Sections: <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1972&Itemid=278" target="_self" title="Screen.content.categories.15">Section Manager</a>\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n To work with Articles: <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1456&Itemid=278" target="_self" title="Screen.content.15">Article Manager</a>\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n To create a page showing Articles for a Category in a Blog layout: <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1517&Itemid=278#Category_Blog_Layout" target="_self" title="Screen.menus.edit.15">Menu Item Manager - New/Edit - Category Blog Layout</a>\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n To create a page showing Articles for a Category in a List layout: <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1517&Itemid=278#Category_List_Layout" target="_self" title="Screen.menus.edit.15">Menu Item Manager - New/Edit - Category List Layout</a>\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n', '', 1, 42, 0, 264, '2008-06-19 18:24:31', 165, '', '2008-06-28 10:10:15', 91, 0, '0000-00-00 00:00:00', '2008-06-19 18:20:42', '0000-00-00 00:00:00', '', '', 'pageclass_sfx=\nback_button=\nitem_title=1\nlink_titles=\nintrotext=1\nsection=0\nsection_link=0\ncategory=0\ncategory_link=0\nrating=\nauthor=\ncreatedate=\nmodifydate=\npdf=\nprint=\nemail=\nkeyref=screen.content.categories.edit.15\ndocbook_type=', 10, 0, 2, '', '', 0, 1091);
INSERT INTO `jos_content` (`id`, `title`, `title_alias`, `introtext`, `fulltext`, `state`, `sectionid`, `mask`, `catid`, `created`, `created_by`, `created_by_alias`, `modified`, `modified_by`, `checked_out`, `checked_out_time`, `publish_up`, `publish_down`, `images`, `urls`, `attribs`, `version`, `parentid`, `ordering`, `metakey`, `metadesc`, `access`, `hits`) VALUES
(1980, 'News Feeds Category Manager New / Edit', '', '<h2> <span class="mw-headline">How to Access</span></h2>\r\n<p>\r\nSelect <b>Components --> News Feeds --> Categories</b>. Once at the <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1981&Itemid=278" target="_self" title="Screen.newsfeeds.categories.15">News Feeds Category Manager</a>, from the toolbar, select <b>New</b>.\r\n</p>\r\n<a title="Description" name="Description"></a>\r\n<h2> <span class="mw-headline">Description</span></h2>\r\n<p>\r\nThe New/Edit page for the News Feeds Category Manager is a\r\ncreate/edit screen that allows website administrators to create or edit\r\nNews Feed Categories. Categories allow a broken down structure of News\r\nFeeds. <i>You must have at least one category before you can create any News Feeds!</i>\r\n</p>\r\n<a title="Screenshot" name="Screenshot"></a>\r\n<h2> <span class="mw-headline">Screenshot</span></h2>\r\n<p>\r\n<span class="image"><img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/News_feed_category_edit.png" alt="Image:News_feed_category_edit.png" border="0" height="829" width="642" /></span>\r\n</p>\r\n<a title="Column_Headers" name="Column_Headers"></a>\r\n<h2> <span class="mw-headline">Column Headers</span></h2>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <b>Title</b>. The name of the item. For a Menu Item, the Title\r\n will display in the Menu. For an Article, Section, or Category, the\r\n Title may optionally be displayed on the web page. This entry is\r\n required. You can open the item for editing by clicking on the Title.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Alias.</b> The internal name of the item. Normally, you can\r\n leave this blank and Joomla! will fill in a default value. The default\r\n value is the Title or Name in lower case and with dashes instead of\r\n spaces. You may enter the Alias manually. The Alias should consist of\r\n lowercase letters, and no blank spaces are allowed. Use a hyphen (-)\r\n instead. The Alias will be used in the URL when SEF is activated.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <b>Published</b>. Whether the item has been published or not. You can change the Published state by clicking on the icon in this column.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <b>Access Level</b>. Who has access to this item. Current options are:\r\n </p>\r\n <ul>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <span style="color: green">Public</span>: Everyone has access\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <span style="color: red">Registered</span>: Only registered users have access\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <span style="color: black">Special</span>: Only users with author status or higher have access\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n </ul>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<dl><dd>You can change an item''s Access Level by clicking on the icon in the column.\r\n</dd></dl>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Image.</b> Image for this Page. Image must be located in the folder "images/stories".\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Image Position.</b> Position of the Image on the page. Select Left or Right from the drop-down list box.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<a title="Toolbar" name="Toolbar"></a>\r\n<h2> <span class="mw-headline">Toolbar</span></h2>\r\n<p>\r\nAt the top right, you will see this toolbar:\r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\n<span class="image"><img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/Banner_edit_toolbar.png" alt="Image:banner_edit_toolbar.png" border="0" height="55" width="188" /></span>\r\n</p>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <b>Save</b>. Save it and return to the main screen of the Manager.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <b>Apply</b>. Save it, but stay in the same screen. If you\r\n have been working on a screen for a long time and don''t want to risk\r\n losing your work, pressing Apply saves your work and lets you continue\r\n working. If, for example, you lost your Internet connection, your work\r\n will be saved up this point.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <b>Cancel</b>. Go back to the main screen of the Manager, without saving the modifications you made.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <b>Help</b>. Opens this Help Screen.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<a title="Quick_Tips" name="Quick_Tips"></a>\r\n<h2> <span class="mw-headline">Quick Tips</span></h2>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n You must create at least one News Feed Category before you can create any News Feeds.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<h2><span class="mw-headline">Related Information</span></h2>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n To work with News Feeds: <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1466&Itemid=278" target="_self" title="Screen.newsfeeds.15">News Feed Manager</a>\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<p>\r\n \r\n</p>\r\n', '', 1, 42, 0, 265, '2008-06-19 19:12:20', 165, '', '2008-06-28 10:19:02', 91, 0, '0000-00-00 00:00:00', '2008-06-19 19:11:41', '0000-00-00 00:00:00', '', '', 'pageclass_sfx=\nback_button=\nitem_title=1\nlink_titles=\nintrotext=1\nsection=0\nsection_link=0\ncategory=0\ncategory_link=0\nrating=\nauthor=\ncreatedate=\nmodifydate=\npdf=\nprint=\nemail=\nkeyref=screen.newsfeeds.categories.edit.15\ndocbook_type=', 9, 0, 2, '', '', 0, 544),
(1981, 'News Feeds Category Manager', '', '<h2> <span class="mw-headline">How to Access</span></h2>\r\n<p>\r\nSelect <b>Components --> News Feeds --> Categories</b> from the drop-down menu at the Back-end of your Joomla! installation. You can also select the ''Categories'' link from the <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1466&Itemid=278" target="_self" title="Screen.newsfeeds.edit.15">Feeds Manager</a>.\r\n</p>\r\n<a title="Description" name="Description"></a>\r\n<h2> <span class="mw-headline">Description</span></h2>\r\n<p>\r\nThe category function of the news feeds component allows you to\r\ncategorize different website feeds entering your site for better\r\norganization. You can also create <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1517&Itemid=278" target="_self" title="Screen.menumanager.new.15">Menu Items</a> specific to certain news feeds categories for a better front end user experience.\r\n</p>\r\n<a title="Screenshot" name="Screenshot"></a>\r\n<h2> <span class="mw-headline">Screenshot</span></h2>\r\n<p>\r\n<span class="image"><img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/News_feeds_category_manager.png" alt="Image:News_feeds_category_manager.png" border="0" height="388" width="650" /></span>\r\n</p>\r\n<a title="Column_Headers" name="Column_Headers"></a>\r\n<h2> <span class="mw-headline">Column Headers</span></h2>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <b>#</b>. An indexing number automatically assigned by Joomla! for ease of reference.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <b>Checkbox</b>. Check this box to select one or more items.\r\n To select all items, check the box in the column heading. After one or\r\n more boxes are checked, click a toolbar button to take an action on the\r\n selected item or items. Many toolbar actions, such as Publish and\r\n Unpublish, can work with multiple items. Others, such as Edit, only\r\n work on one item at a time. If multiple items are checked and you press\r\n Edit, the first item will be opened for editing.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <b>Title</b>. The name of the item. For a Menu Item, the Title\r\n will display in the Menu. For an Article, Section, or Category, the\r\n Title may optionally be displayed on the web page. This entry is\r\n required. You can open the item for editing by clicking on the Title.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <b>Published</b>. Whether the item has been published or not. You can change the Published state by clicking on the icon in this column.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Order.</b> The order to display items. If the list is\r\n sorted by this column, you can change the order by clicking the arrows\r\n or by entering the sequential order and clicking the ''Save Order'' icon\r\n in the column header.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <b>Access Level</b>. Who has access to this item. Current options are:\r\n </p>\r\n <ul>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <span style="color: green">Public</span>: Everyone has access\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <span style="color: red">Registered</span>: Only registered users have access\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <span style="color: black">Special</span>: Only users with author status or higher have access\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n </ul>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<dl><dd>You can change an item''s Access Level by clicking on the icon in the column.\r\n</dd></dl>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <b>ID</b>. The ID number. This is a unique identification\r\n number for this item assigned automatically by Joomla!. It is used to\r\n identify the item internally, for example in internal links. You can\r\n not change this number.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Display #.</b> The number of items to display on one page.\r\n If there are more items than this number, you can use the page\r\n navigation buttons (Start, Prev, Next, End, and page numbers) to\r\n navigate between pages. Note that if you have a large number of items,\r\n it may be helpful to use the Filter options, located above the column\r\n headings, to limit which items display.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<a title="Toolbar" name="Toolbar"></a>\r\n<h2> <span class="mw-headline">Toolbar</span></h2>\r\n<p>\r\nAt the top right you will see the toolbar:\r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\n<span class="image"><img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/Banner_category_manager_toolbar.png" alt="Image:banner_category_manager_toolbar.png" border="0" height="51" width="299" /></span>\r\n</p>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <b>Publish</b>. To publish one or more items, select them and click on this button.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <b>Unpublish</b>. To unpublish one or more items, select them and click on this button.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <b>Delete</b>. To delete one or more items, select them and click this button. The selected items will be deleted. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <b>Edit</b>. Select one item and click on this button to open\r\n it in edit mode. If you have more than one item selected, the first\r\n item will be opened. You can also open an item for editing by clicking\r\n on its Title or Name.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <b>New</b>. Click on this button to create a new item. You will enter the New page for this item.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <b>Help</b>. Opens this Help Screen.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<p>\r\n<b>Internal Component Links:</b>\r\n</p>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Feeds.</b> Click this link to go to the <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1466&Itemid=278" target="_self" title="Screen.newsfeeds.15">Feeds Manager</a>.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Categories.</b> Click this link to go to the <b class="selflink">Feeds Category Manager</b>.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<a title="List_Filters" name="List_Filters"></a>\r\n<h2> <span class="mw-headline">List Filters</span></h2>\r\n<p>\r\n<b>Filter by Partial Title</b>\r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\nYou can filter the list of items either by entering in part of the title or the ID number. Or you can select a Published State.\r\n</p>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Filter.</b> In the upper left corner just above the column headings is a Filter field and two buttons, as shown below:\r\n </p>\r\n <div class="center">\r\n <div class="floatnone">\r\n <span><span class="image"><img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/Article_manager_filter1.png" border="0" height="28" width="254" /></span></span>\r\n </div>\r\n </div>\r\n <p>\r\n If you have a large number of items on the list, you can use this\r\n filter to find the desired item(s) quickly. Enter either part of the\r\n title or an ID number and press ''Go'' to display the matching items. You\r\n can enter in whole words or part of a word. For example, "ooml" will\r\n match all titles with the word "Joomla!" in them.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<p>\r\n<b>Filter by Published State</b>\r\nIn the upper right area, above the column headings, is a drop-down list box as shown below:\r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\n<span class="image"><img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/Banner_category_filter.png" alt="Image:banner_category_filter.png" border="0" height="27" width="106" /></span> \r\n</p>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Select State.</b> Use the drop-down list box to select the published state: Published or Unpublished. For Articles, you may also select Archived.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<h2><span class="mw-headline">Related Information</span></h2>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n To work with News Feeds: <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1466&Itemid=278" target="_self" title="Screen.newsfeeds.15">News Feed Manager</a>\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n To add new News Feeds Categories: <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1980&Itemid=278" target="_self" title="Screen.newsfeeds.categories.edit.15">News Feeds Category Manager - New/Edit</a>\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n', '', 1, 42, 0, 265, '2008-06-19 19:12:20', 165, '', '2008-06-28 10:17:10', 91, 0, '0000-00-00 00:00:00', '2008-06-19 19:11:41', '0000-00-00 00:00:00', '', '', 'pageclass_sfx=\nback_button=\nitem_title=1\nlink_titles=\nintrotext=1\nsection=0\nsection_link=0\ncategory=0\ncategory_link=0\nrating=\nauthor=\ncreatedate=\nmodifydate=\npdf=\nprint=\nemail=\nkeyref=screen.newsfeeds.categories.15\ndocbook_type=', 4, 0, 1, '', '', 0, 622),
(1462, 'Banner Manager', 'Banner Manager', '<h2>How to Access</h2>\r\n<p>\r\nSelect Components > Banner > Banners from the drop-down menu in the back-end of your Joomla! installation. You can also select the ''Banners'' link from the <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1463&Itemid=278" target="_self">Banner Client Manager</a> or the <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1461&Itemid=278" target="_self">Banner Categories Manager</a>.\r\n</p>\r\n<h2>Description</h2>\r\n<p>\r\nThe Banner Manager is where you can edit existing Banners and create new ones. You can also navigate to the Banner Client Manager and the Banner Category Manager.\r\n</p>\r\n<h2><span class="mw-headline">Screenshot</span></h2>\r\n<p>\r\n<span class="image"><img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/Banner_manager_banners.png" alt="Image:banner_manager_banners.png" border="0" height="300" width="665" /></span>\r\n</p>\r\n<h2><br />\r\n</h2>\r\n<h2>Column Headers</h2>\r\n<p>\r\nClick on the column heading to sort the list by that column''s value.\r\n</p>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>#.</b> An indexing number automatically assigned by Joomla! for ease of reference.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Checkbox.</b> Check this box to select one or more items. To select all items, check the box in the column heading. After one or more boxes are checked, click a toolbar button to take an action on the selected item or items. Many toolbar actions, such as Publish and Unpublish, can work with multiple items. Others, such as Edit, only work on one item at a time. If multiple items are checked and you press Edit, the first item will be opened for editing.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Name.</b> The name of the Banner. You can click on the name to open the Banner for editing.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Client.</b> The Client for this Banner. Clients are entered using the <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1463&Itemid=278" target="_self">Banner Client Manager</a>. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Category.</b> The Category this item belongs to. Clicking on the Category title opens the Category for editing. See <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1975&Itemid=278" target="_self">Category Manager - Edit</a> . Note that Banner Categories are separate from other Categories, such as those for Articles, Contacts, Newsfeeds, and Web Links.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Published.</b> Whether the item has been published or not. You can change the Published state by clicking on the icon in this column. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Order.</b> The order to display items. You can change the order by entering the sequential order and clicking the ''Save Order'' icon in the column heading. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Sticky.</b> Whether or not the Banner is ''sticky''. If one or more Banners in a Category are sticky, they will take priority over Banners that are not sticky. For example, if two Banners in a Category are sticky and a third Banner is not sticky, the third Banner will not display if the module setting is ''Sticky, Randomize''. Only the two sticky Banners will display.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Impressions.</b> The Impression count is the number of times the Banner has been displayed on a page. The first number in this column is the actual number of Impressions so far, and the second number is how many Impressions were purchased by the client.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Clicks.</b> The first number is the total number of clicks that have been made on the Banner since the counter was reset. The second number is what percentage of the time user clicked on the banner when it was displayed. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Tags.</b> Optional Tags to be used for displaying specific Banners based on the content of the Article being viewed. If the Banner module Parameter ''Search By Tag'' is set to ''Yes'', Banners whose Tags match the Keywords entered for each Article will display when that Article is being viewed. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>ID.</b> The ID number. This is a unique identification number for this item assigned automatically by Joomla!. It is used to identify the item internally, for example in internal links. You can not change this number. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Display #.</b> The number of items to display on one page. If there are more items than this number, you can use the page navigation buttons (Start, Prev, Next, End, and page numbers) to navigate between pages. Note that if you have a large number of items, it may be helpful to use the Filter options, located above the column headings, to limit which items display. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<h2>Toolbar</h2>\r\n<p>\r\nAt the top right you will see the toolbar:\r\n</p>\r\n<img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/Banner_manager_banners_toolbar.png" />\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Publish.</b> To publish one or more items, select them and click on this button. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Unpublish.</b> To unpublish one or more items, select them and click on this button. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Copy.</b> Select one or more items and click this button to copy them. A new screen will display showing the possible "Copy to" locations on the left and the list of item(s) being copied on the right. To complete the copy, select the desired "Copy to" location and press the Copy button. To cancel the operation, press Cancel. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Delete.</b> To delete one or more items, select them and click this button. The selected items will be deleted. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Edit.</b> Select one item and click on this button to open it in edit mode. If you have more than one item selected, the first item will be opened. You can also open an item for editing by clicking on its Title or Name. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>New.</b> Click on this button to create a new item. You will enter the New page for this item.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Parameters.</b> Click this button to open the Banners Global Configuration window. This window allows you to set default parameters for Banners, as shown below. \r\n </p>\r\n <img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/Banner_manager_banners_parameters.png" />\r\n <ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Save.</b> Saves your settings.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Cancel.</b> Cancels your changes.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Track Banner Impression Times.</b> Whether or not to count how many times a Banner is displayed.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Track Banner Click Times.</b> Whether or not to count how many times a Banner is clicked.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Tag Prefix.</b> When matching Tags (for matching Banners to Articles based on Keywords), only search for Tags with this prefix. This can improve performance.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n </ul>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Help.</b> Opens this Help Screen. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<p>\r\n<b>Clients and Categories Links</b>\r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\nAt the top left, above the Filter, you will see the following three links:\r\n</p>\r\n<img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/Banner_manager_banners_other.png" />\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Banners.</b> This link is disabled, since we are already in the Banners page.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Clients.</b> Click this link to go to the <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1463&Itemid=278" target="_self">Banner Client Manager</a> page.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Categories.</b> Click this link to go to the <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1461&Itemid=278" target="_self">Banner Categories Manager</a> page. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<h2>List Filters</h2>\r\n<p>\r\n<b>Filter by Partial Title</b>\r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\nYou can filter the list of items by typing part of the title or the ID number. You can also select a combination of Category and Published State.\r\n</p>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Filter.</b> In the upper left corner just above the column headings is a Filter field and two buttons, as shown below:\r\n </p>\r\n <img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/Article_manager_filter1.png" />\r\n <p>\r\n If you have a large number of items on the list, you can use this filter to find the desired item(s) quickly. Enter either part of the title or an ID number and press ''Go'' to display the matching items. You can enter in whole words or part of a word. For example, "ooml" will match all titles with the word "Joomla!" in them.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<p>\r\n<b>Filter by Category and Published State</b>\r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\nIn the upper right area, above the column headings, there are two drop-down list boxes as shown below:\r\n</p>\r\n<img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/Banner_filter.png" />\r\n<p>\r\nThe selections may be combined. Only items matching both selections will display in the list.\r\n</p>\r\n<ul>\r\n li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Select Category.</b> Use the drop-down list box to select the desired Category. Only items in this Category will display. You may also select ''Uncategorized''.\r\n </p>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Select State.</b> Use the drop-down list box to select the published state: Published or Unpublished. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<h2>Quick Tips</h2>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n You must add at least one Banner Client and Banner Category before you can add a Banner. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<h2>Related Information</h2>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n To create or edit Banners: <a href=index2.php?option=com_content&task=findkey&tmpl=component;1&keyref=Screen.banners.edit.15 target="_self">Banner Manager - New/Edit</a> \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n To work with Banner Clients: <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1463&Itemid=278" target="_self">Banner Client Manager</a>\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n To work with Banner Categories: <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1461&Itemid=278" target="_self">Banner Categories Manager</a> \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n', '', 1, 42, 0, 265, '2007-10-18 20:00:00', 65, '', '2008-06-22 18:32:02', 165, 0, '0000-00-00 00:00:00', '2007-10-18 20:00:00', '0000-00-00 00:00:00', '', '', 'pageclass_sfx=\nback_button=\nitem_title=1\nlink_titles=\nintrotext=1\nsection=0\nsection_link=0\ncategory=0\ncategory_link=0\nrating=\nauthor=\ncreatedate=\nmodifydate=\npdf=\nprint=\nemail=\nkeyref=screen.banners.15\ndocbook_type=', 22, 0, 21, '', '', 0, 23939),
(1982, 'Redirect Menu Item Manager - New/Edit', '', 'This helpscreen has been moved to <a alt="screen.menus.edit.15" href=index2.php?option=com_content&task=findkey&tmpl=component;1&keyref=screen.menus.edit.15>this page</a>', '', 1, 42, 0, 184, '2008-06-22 18:10:01', 165, '', '0000-00-00 00:00:00', 0, 0, '0000-00-00 00:00:00', '2008-06-22 18:07:40', '0000-00-00 00:00:00', '', '', 'pageclass_sfx=\nback_button=\nitem_title=1\nlink_titles=\nintrotext=1\nsection=0\nsection_link=0\ncategory=0\ncategory_link=0\nrating=\nauthor=\ncreatedate=\nmodifydate=\npdf=\nprint=\nemail=\nkeyref=screen.menus.type.15\ndocbook_type=', 1, 0, 1, '', '', 0, 2459),
(1463, 'Banner Client Manager', 'Banner: Client Manager', '<h2> <span class="mw-headline">How to Access</span></h2>\r\n<p>\r\nSelect <b>Components --> Banner --> Clients</b> from the drop-down menu on the back-end of your Joomla! installation. Or select the "Clients" link from the <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1462&Itemid=278" target="_self" title="Screen.banners.15">Banner Manager</a> screen.\r\n</p>\r\n<a title="Description" name="Description"></a>\r\n<h2> <span class="mw-headline">Description</span></h2>\r\n<p>\r\nThe Banner Client Manager is where you can edit existing Banner\r\nClients and create new ones. Note that you must have at least one\r\nBanner Client and one Banner Category defined before you can add your\r\nfirst Banner.\r\n</p>\r\n<a title="Screenshot" name="Screenshot"></a>\r\n<h2> <span class="mw-headline">Screenshot</span></h2>\r\n<p>\r\n<span class="image"><img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/Banner_client_manager1.png" alt="Image:banner_client_manager1.png" border="0" height="263" width="671" /></span>\r\n</p>\r\n<a title="Column_Headers" name="Column_Headers"></a>\r\n<h2> <span class="mw-headline">Column Headers</span></h2>\r\n<p>\r\nClick on the column heading to sort the list by that column''s value.\r\n</p>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <b>#</b>. An indexing number automatically assigned by Joomla! for ease of reference.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <b>Checkbox</b>. Check this box to select one or more items.\r\n To select all items, check the box in the column heading. After one or\r\n more boxes are checked, click a toolbar button to take an action on the\r\n selected item or items. Many toolbar actions, such as Publish and\r\n Unpublish, can work with multiple items. Others, such as Edit, only\r\n work on one item at a time. If multiple items are checked and you press\r\n Edit, the first item will be opened for editing.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Client Name.</b> The name of the Banner Client. You may click on the name to open the Client for editing.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Contact.</b> The Contact for this Client. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <b># Banners.</b> The number of Banners defined for this Client.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <b>ID</b>. The ID number. This is a unique identification\r\n number for this item assigned automatically by Joomla!. It is used to\r\n identify the item internally, for example in internal links. You can\r\n not change this number.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Display #.</b> The number of items to display on one page.\r\n If there are more items than this number, you can use the page\r\n navigation buttons (Start, Prev, Next, End, and page numbers) to\r\n navigate between pages. Note that if you have a large number of items,\r\n it may be helpful to use the Filter options, located above the column\r\n headings, to limit which items display.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<a title="Toolbar" name="Toolbar"></a>\r\n<h2> <span class="mw-headline">Toolbar</span></h2>\r\n<p>\r\nAt the top right you will see the toolbar:\r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\n<span class="image"><img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/Banner_client_manager_toolbar.png" alt="Image:banner_client_manager_toolbar.png" border="0" height="55" width="184" /></span>\r\n</p>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <b>Delete</b>. To delete one or more items, select them and click this button. The selected items will be deleted. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <b>Edit</b>. Select one item and click on this button to open\r\n it in edit mode. If you have more than one item selected, the first\r\n item will be opened. You can also open an item for editing by clicking\r\n on its Title or Name.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <b>New</b>. Click on this button to create a new item. You will enter the New page for this item.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <b>Help</b>. Opens this Help Screen.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<p>\r\n<b>Clients and Categories Links</b>\r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\nAt the top left, above the Filter, you will see 3 links as shown below:\r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\n<span class="image"><img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/Banner_client_manager_links.png" alt="Image:banner_client_manager_links.png" border="0" height="22" width="228" /></span>\r\n</p>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Banners.</b> Press this link to go to the <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1462&Itemid=278" target="_self" title="Screen.banners.15">Banner Manager</a> page.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Clients.</b> This link is disabled, since we are already in the Clients page.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Categories</b> Press this link to go to the <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1976&Itemid=278" target="_self" title="Screen.categories.15">Banner Category Manager</a> page.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<a title="List_Filters" name="List_Filters"></a>\r\n<h2> <span class="mw-headline">List Filters</span></h2>\r\n<p>\r\n<b>Filter by Partial Title</b>\r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\nYou can filter the list of items either by entering in part of the title or the ID number.\r\n</p>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Filter.</b> In the upper left corner just above the column headings is a Filter field and two buttons, as shown below:\r\n </p>\r\n <div class="center">\r\n <div class="floatnone">\r\n <span><span class="image"><img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/Article_manager_filter1.png" border="0" height="28" width="254" /></span></span>\r\n </div>\r\n </div>\r\n <p>\r\n If you have a large number of items on the list, you can use this\r\n filter to find the desired item(s) quickly. Enter either part of the\r\n title or an ID number and press ''Go'' to display the matching items. You\r\n can enter in whole words or part of a word. For example, "ooml" will\r\n match all titles with the word "Joomla!" in them.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<p>\r\n \r\n</p>\r\n<a title="Related_Information" name="Related_Information"></a>\r\n<h2> <span class="mw-headline">Related Information</span></h2>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n To create or edit Banners: <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1462&Itemid=278" target="_self" title="Screen.banners.15">Banner Manager</a>\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n To create or edit Contacts: <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1464&Itemid=278" target="_self" title="Screen.contactmanager.15">Contact Manager</a>\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n', '', 1, 42, 0, 265, '2007-10-18 20:00:00', 150, '', '2008-06-20 19:57:05', 166, 0, '0000-00-00 00:00:00', '2007-10-18 20:00:00', '0000-00-00 00:00:00', '', '', 'pageclass_sfx=\nback_button=\nitem_title=1\nlink_titles=\nintrotext=1\nsection=0\nsection_link=0\ncategory=0\ncategory_link=0\nrating=\nauthor=\ncreatedate=\nmodifydate=\npdf=\nprint=\nemail=\nkeyref=screen.banners.client.15\ndocbook_type=', 19, 0, 19, '', '', 0, 7182),
(1464, 'Contact Manager', 'Contact Manager', '<h2> <span class="mw-headline">How to access</span></h2>\r\n<p>\r\nSelect <b>Components → Contacts → Contacts</b> from the drop-down menu on the back-end of your Joomla! installation, or select the "Contacts" link from the <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1977&Itemid=278" target="_self" title="Screen.contact_details.categories.15">Contacts Manager - Categories</a>.\r\n</p>\r\n<a title="Description" name="Description"></a>\r\n<h2> <span class="mw-headline">Description</span></h2>\r\n<p>\r\nThe Contact Manager screen allows you to add contact information to\r\nyour Joomla! site. You can enter information such as name, address,\r\nphone and e-mail. You can also link contacts to registered users.\r\nAfterwards, you can use the <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1454&Itemid=278" target="_self" title="Screen.menumanager.15">Menu Manager</a> to create front-end links to the the contacts.\r\n</p>\r\n<a title="Screenshot" name="Screenshot"></a>\r\n<h2> <span class="mw-headline">Screenshot</span></h2>\r\n<p>\r\n<span class="image"><img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/Contact_manager.png" alt="Image:contact_manager.png" border="0" height="291" width="650" /></span>\r\n</p>\r\n<a title="Column_Headers" name="Column_Headers"></a>\r\n<h2> <span class="mw-headline">Column Headers</span></h2>\r\n<p>\r\nClick on the column heading to sort the list by that column''s value.\r\n</p>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <b>#</b>. An indexing number automatically assigned by Joomla! for ease of reference.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <b>Checkbox</b>. Check this box to select one or more items.\r\n To select all items, check the box in the column heading. After one or\r\n more boxes are checked, click a toolbar button to take an action on the\r\n selected item or items. Many toolbar actions, such as Publish and\r\n Unpublish, can work with multiple items. Others, such as Edit, only\r\n work on one item at a time. If multiple items are checked and you press\r\n Edit, the first item will be opened for editing. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <b>Name</b>. The name of the Contact. You can click on the Name to open the Contact for editing.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <b>Published</b>. Whether the item has been published or not. You can change the Published state by clicking on the icon in this column. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <b>Order</b>. The order to display items. If the list is\r\n sorted by this column, you can change the order by clicking the arrows\r\n or by entering the sequential order and clicking ''Save Order''. Note\r\n that the display order on a page is set in the Parameters - Advanced\r\n section for each <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1517&Itemid=278" target="_self" title="Screen.menus.edit.15">Menu Item</a>.\r\n If that order is set to use something other than ''Order'' (for example,\r\n ''Title - Alphabetical''), then the order value in this screen will be\r\n ignored. If the Menu Item Order parameter is set to use ''Order'', then\r\n the items will display on the page based on the order in this screen. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <b>Access Level</b>. Who has access to this item. Current options are:\r\n </p>\r\n <ul>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <span style="color: green">Public</span>: Everyone has access\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <span style="color: red">Registered</span>: Only registered users have access\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <span style="color: black">Special</span>: Only users with author status or higher have access\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n </ul>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<dl><dd>You can change an item''s Access Level by clicking on the icon in the column. \r\n</dd></dl>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <b>Category.</b> The Category that this Contact belongs to. Clicking on the Category Title opens the Category for editing. See <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1974&Itemid=278" target="_self" title="Screen.contact_details.categories.edit.15">Contact Category Manager - New/Edit</a>.\r\n Note that Contact Categories are separate from other Categories, such\r\n as those for Articles, Banners, Newsfeeds, and Web Links. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <b>Linked to User</b>. The username this contact is linked to (if applicable).\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <b>ID</b>. The ID number. This is a unique identification\r\n number for this item assigned automatically by Joomla!. It is used to\r\n identify the item internally, for example in internal links. You can\r\n not change this number.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Display #.</b> The number of items to display on one page.\r\n If there are more items than this number, you can use the page\r\n navigation buttons (Start, Prev, Next, End, and page numbers) to\r\n navigate between pages. Note that if you have a large number of items,\r\n it may be helpful to use the Filter options, located above the column\r\n headings, to limit which items display.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<a title="Toolbar" name="Toolbar"></a>\r\n<h2> <span class="mw-headline">Toolbar</span></h2>\r\n<p>\r\nAt the top right you will see the toolbar:\r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\n<span class="image"><img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/Contacts_toolbar.png" alt="Image:Contacts_toolbar.png" border="0" height="52" width="374" /></span>\r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\nThe functions are:\r\n</p>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <b>Publish</b>. To publish one or more items, select them and click on this button.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <b>Unpublish</b>. To unpublish one or more items, select them and click on this button.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <b>Copy</b>. Select one or more items and click this button to\r\n copy them. A new screen will display showing the possible "Copy to"\r\n locations on the left and the list of item(s) being copied on the\r\n right. To complete the copy, select the desired "Copy to" location and\r\n press the Copy button. To cancel the operation, press Cancel.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <b>Delete</b>. To delete one or more items, select them and click this button. The selected items will be deleted. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <b>Edit</b>. Select one item and click on this button to open\r\n it in edit mode. If you have more than one item selected, the first\r\n item will be opened. You can also open an item for editing by clicking\r\n on its Title or Name.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <b>New</b>. Click on this button to create a new item. You will enter the New page for this item.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Parameters.</b> See <a href="#Global_Configuration" target="_self">Global Configuration</a> section below.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <b>Help</b>. Opens this Help Screen.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<a title="Global_Configuration" name="Global_Configuration"></a>\r\n<h2> <span class="mw-headline">Global Configuration</span></h2>\r\n<p>\r\nClick the Parameters button to open the Contacts Global\r\nConfiguration window. This window allows you to set default parameters\r\nfor Contacts, as shown below.\r\n</p>\r\n<div class="center">\r\n<div class="thumb tnone">\r\n<div class="thumbinner" style="width: 556px">\r\n<span class="image"><img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/Contacts_parameters.png" class="thumbimage" border="0" height="733" width="554" /></span> \r\n</div>\r\n</div>\r\n</div>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Save.</b> Press Save to save your settings.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Cancel.</b> Press Cancel to cancel your changes.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Icons/Text.</b> Whether an Icon, Text or nothing is displayed next to the Contact fields.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Address Icon.</b> Icon to use for Address. Select an image\r\n file in the drop-down list box. These images are located in the\r\n ''images/M_images'' folder.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>E-mail Icon.</b> (Hide/Show/Use Global) Whether or not to\r\n display a button to allow a link to the Article to be e-mailed. This\r\n displays a form that allows the user to send an e-mail with a link to\r\n the current Article.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Telephone Icon.</b> Icon to use for Telephone. Select an\r\n image file in the drop-down list box. These images are located in the\r\n ''images/M_images'' folder.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Mobile Icon.</b> Icon to use for Mobile phone. Select an\r\n image file in the drop-down list box. These images are located in the\r\n ''images/M_images'' folder.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Fax Icon.</b> Icon to use for Fax. Select an image file in the drop-down list box. These images are located in the ''images/M_images'' folder.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Miscellaneous Icon.</b> Icon to use for Miscellaneous.\r\n Select an image file in the drop-down list box. These images are\r\n located in the ''images/M_images'' folder.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Show Table Headings.</b> Hide or Show the column headings (Name, Address, and so on) in the Contact Category Layout.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Show Contact Position.</b> Hide or Show the Contact''s Position.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Show E-mail Address.</b> Hide or Show the Contact''s E-mail address.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Show Telephone Number.</b> Hide or Show the Contact''s Telephone number.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Show Mobile Number.</b> Hide or Show the Contact''s Mobile phone number.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Show Fax Number.</b> Hide or Show the Contact''s Fax number.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Enable vCard.</b> Whether or not to enable vCard support for\r\n Contacts. vCard is a special file format for electronic business cards.\r\n This allows contact information to be sent in a standard way via\r\n e-mail.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Banned E-mail.</b> Enter any e-mails to be banned from the\r\n site. E-mail addresses containing any of the listed text will be\r\n banned. Separate different words with semi-colons '';''. For example, the\r\n entry "spam;junk" would ban e-mail addresses such as "myspam@.com" or\r\n "aeddie@junkisgood.com".\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Banned Subject.</b> Enter any e-mail subject words to be\r\n banned from the site. Separate different words with semi-colons '';''.\r\n For example, the entry "spam;junk" would ban e-mail subjects such as\r\n "This is not spam" or "I Like Junk".\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Banned Text.</b> Enter any e-mail text words to be banned\r\n from the site. Separate different words with semi-colons '';''. For\r\n example, the entry "spam;junk" would ban e-mail content such as "This\r\n is not spam" or "I Like Junk".\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Session Check.</b> Whether or not to check for the existence\r\n of a Session Cookie on the User''s computer. If set to ''Yes'', Users\r\n without Cookies enabled will not be able to send e-mails.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Custom Reply.</b> Whether or not to use the Custom Reply. Setting this to ''No'' allows integration to other systems.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<a title="List_Filters" name="List_Filters"></a>\r\n<h2> <span class="mw-headline">List Filters</span></h2>\r\n<p>\r\n<b>Filter by Partial Title</b>\r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\nYou can filter the list of items by typing in part of the Title\r\nor the ID number. You can also select a combination of Category and\r\nPublished State.\r\n</p>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Filter.</b> In the upper left corner just above the column headings is a Filter field and two buttons, as shown below:\r\n </p>\r\n <div class="center">\r\n <div class="floatnone">\r\n <span><span class="image"><img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/Article_manager_filter1.png" border="0" height="28" width="254" /></span></span>\r\n </div>\r\n </div>\r\n <p>\r\n If you have a large number of items on the list, you can use this\r\n filter to find the desired item(s) quickly. Enter either part of the\r\n title or an ID number and press ''Go'' to display the matching items. You\r\n can enter in whole words or part of a word. For example, "ooml" will\r\n match all titles with the word "Joomla!" in them.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<p>\r\n<b>Filter by Category and Published State</b>\r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\nIn the upper right area, above the column headings, are 2 drop-down list boxes as shown below:\r\n</p>\r\n<div class="center">\r\n<div class="floatnone">\r\n<span><span class="image"><img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/Banner_filter.png" border="0" height="26" width="236" /></span></span>\r\n</div>\r\n</div>\r\n<p>\r\nThe selections may be combined. Only items matching both selections will display in the list.\r\n</p>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Select Category.</b> Use the drop-down list box to select\r\n the desired Category. Only items in this Category will display. You may\r\n also select ''Uncategorized''.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Select State.</b> Use the drop-down list box to select the published state: Published or Unpublished. For Articles, you may also select Archived.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<a title="Quick_Tips" name="Quick_Tips"></a>\r\n<h2> <span class="mw-headline">Quick Tips</span></h2>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n You need to add at least one Category for your Contacts <i>before</i> you can add your first Contact. Categories are added using the <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1977&Itemid=278" target="_self" title="Screen.contact_details.categories.15">Contacts Category Manager</a>.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<a title="Related_Information" name="Related_Information"></a>\r\n<h2> <span class="mw-headline">Related Information</span></h2>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n To add or edit Contacts: <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1532&Itemid=278" target="_self" title="Screen.contactmanager.edit.15">Contact Manager - New/Edit</a>\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n To work with Contact Categories: <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1977&Itemid=278" target="_self" title="Screen.contact_details.categories.15">Contact Category Manager</a>\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n To work with Users: <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1452&Itemid=278" target="_self" title="Screen.users.15">User Manager</a>\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n', '', 1, 42, 0, 265, '2007-10-18 20:00:00', 91, '', '2008-06-20 21:00:39', 166, 0, '0000-00-00 00:00:00', '2007-10-18 20:00:00', '0000-00-00 00:00:00', '', '', 'pageclass_sfx=\nback_button=\nitem_title=1\nlink_titles=\nintrotext=1\nsection=0\nsection_link=0\ncategory=0\ncategory_link=0\nrating=\nauthor=\ncreatedate=\nmodifydate=\npdf=\nprint=\nemail=\nkeyref=screen.contactmanager.15\ndocbook_type=', 41, 0, 17, '', '', 0, 11168);
INSERT INTO `jos_content` (`id`, `title`, `title_alias`, `introtext`, `fulltext`, `state`, `sectionid`, `mask`, `catid`, `created`, `created_by`, `created_by_alias`, `modified`, `modified_by`, `checked_out`, `checked_out_time`, `publish_up`, `publish_down`, `images`, `urls`, `attribs`, `version`, `parentid`, `ordering`, `metakey`, `metadesc`, `access`, `hits`) VALUES
(1465, 'Plugin Manager', 'Plugin Manager', '<h2> <span class="mw-headline">How to Access</span></h2>\r\n<p>\r\nSelect <b>Extensions --> Plugin Manager</b> from the drop-down menu on the Back-end of your Joomla! installation.\r\n</p>\r\n<a title="Description" name="Description"></a>\r\n<h2> <span class="mw-headline">Description</span></h2>\r\n<p>\r\nThe Plugin Manager allows you to enable and disable Joomla! Plugins and to edit a Plugin''s Details and Parameters.\r\n</p>\r\n<a title="Screenshot" name="Screenshot"></a>\r\n<h2> <span class="mw-headline">Screenshot</span></h2>\r\n<p>\r\n<span class="image"><img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/Plugin_manager.png" alt="Image:Plugin_manager.png" border="0" width="645" height="421" /></span>\r\n</p>\r\n<a title="Column_Headers" name="Column_Headers"></a>\r\n<h2> <span class="mw-headline">Column Headers</span></h2>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <b>#</b>. An indexing number automatically assigned by Joomla! for ease of reference.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <b>Checkbox</b>. Check this box to select one or more items.\r\n To select all items, check the box in the column heading. After one or\r\n more boxes are checked, click a toolbar button to take an action on the\r\n selected item or items. Many toolbar actions, such as Publish and\r\n Unpublish, can work with multiple items. Others, such as Edit, only\r\n work on one item at a time. If multiple items are checked and you press\r\n Edit, the first item will be opened for editing. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Plugin Name.</b> The Name of the Plugin. Click on the Name to open the Plugin for editing.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <b>Enabled</b>. A green tick or a red X showing whether the\r\n use of the component is enabled/disabled. Click the icon to toggle the\r\n item between enabled and disabled. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <b>Order</b>. The order to display items. If the list is\r\n sorted by this column, you can change the order by clicking the arrows\r\n or by entering the sequential order and clicking ''Save Order''. Note\r\n that the display order on a page is set in the Parameters - Advanced\r\n section for each <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1517&Itemid=278" target="_self" title="Screen.menus.edit.15">Menu Item</a>.\r\n If that order is set to use something other than ''Order'' (for example,\r\n ''Title - Alphabetical''), then the order value in this screen will be\r\n ignored. If the Menu Item Order parameter is set to use ''Order'', then\r\n the items will display on the page based on the order in this screen.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <b>Access Level</b>. Who has access to this item. Current options are:\r\n </p>\r\n <ul>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <span style="color: green">Public</span>: Everyone has access\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <span style="color: red">Registered</span>: Only registered users have access\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <span style="color: black">Special</span>: Only users with author status or higher have access\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n </ul>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<dl><dd>You can change an item''s Access Level by clicking on the icon in the column.\r\n</dd></dl>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Type.</b> The Type of the Plugin. Possible types are:\r\n authentication, content, editors, editors-xtd, search, system, user,\r\n and xmlrpc. These are also the names of the subfolders where the Plugin\r\n files are located. For example, Plugins with a Type of "authentication"\r\n are located in the folder "plugins/authentication". \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>File.</b> The name of the Plugin files. Each Plugin has\r\n two files, a ".php" file and a ".xml" file. So, for example, the\r\n Authentication - Joomla! plugin has two files: "joomla.php" and\r\n "joomla.xml".\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <b>ID</b>. The ID number. This is a unique identification\r\n number for this item assigned automatically by Joomla!. It is used to\r\n identify the item internally, for example in internal links. You can\r\n not change this number.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Display #.</b> The number of items to display on one page.\r\n If there are more items than this number, you can use the page\r\n navigation buttons (Start, Prev, Next, End, and page numbers) to\r\n navigate between pages. Note that if you have a large number of items,\r\n it may be helpful to use the Filter options, located above the column\r\n headings, to limit which items display.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<a title="Toolbar" name="Toolbar"></a>\r\n<h2> <span class="mw-headline">Toolbar</span></h2>\r\n<p>\r\nAt the top right you will see the toolbar:\r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\n<span class="image"><img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/Plugin_manager_toolbar.png" alt="Image:Plugin_manager_toolbar.png" border="0" width="191" height="51" /></span> \r\n</p>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Enable.</b> To enable one or more items, select them using\r\n the Checkbox and press this button. You may also toggle between Enabled\r\n and Disabled by clicking on the icon in the "Enabled" column.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Disable.</b> To disable one or more items, select them using\r\n the Checkbox and press this button. You may also toggle between Enabled\r\n and Disabled by clicking on the icon in the "Enabled" column.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <b>Edit</b>. Select one item and click on this button to open\r\n it in edit mode. If you have more than one item selected, the first\r\n item will be opened. You can also open an item for editing by clicking\r\n on its Title or Name.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <b>Help</b>. Opens this Help Screen.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<a title="List_Filters" name="List_Filters"></a>\r\n<h2> <span class="mw-headline">List Filters</span></h2>\r\n<p>\r\n<b>Filter by Partial Title</b>\r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\nYou can filter the list of items by typing in part of the Title\r\nor the ID number. Or you can select a combination of Category and\r\nPublished State.\r\n</p>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Filter.</b> In the upper left corner just above the column headings is a Filter field and two buttons, as shown below:\r\n </p>\r\n <div class="center">\r\n <div class="floatnone">\r\n <span><span class="image"><img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/Article_manager_filter1.png" border="0" width="254" height="28" /></span></span>\r\n </div>\r\n </div>\r\n <p>\r\n If you have a large number of items on the list, you can use this\r\n filter to find the desired item(s) quickly. Enter either part of the\r\n title or an ID number and press ''Go'' to display the matching items. You\r\n can enter in whole words or part of a word. For example, "ooml" will\r\n match all titles with the word "Joomla!" in them.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<p>\r\n<b>Filter by Type and State</b>\r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\nIn the upper right area, above the column headings, are 2 drop-down list boxes as shown below:\r\n</p>\r\n<div class="center">\r\n<div class="floatnone">\r\n<span><span class="image"><img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/Plugin_manager_filter.png" border="0" width="210" height="151" /></span></span>\r\n</div>\r\n</div>\r\n<p>\r\nThe selections may be combined. Only items matching both selections will display in the list.\r\n</p>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Select Type.</b> Select a Type from the drop-down list box to select only Plugins of this Type.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Select State.</b> Select a state (Enabled or Disabled) from the drop-down list box to select only Plugins with this state.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<a title="Quick_Tips" name="Quick_Tips"></a>\r\n<h2> <span class="mw-headline">Quick Tips</span></h2>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n To enable or disable a group of Plugins, check the check box\r\n for each desired Plugin and then click the Enable or Disable button.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<a title="Related_Information" name="Related_Information"></a>\r\n<h2> <span class="mw-headline">Related Information</span></h2>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>To change the Details or Parameters for a Plugin: <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1523&Itemid=278" target="_self" title="Screen.plugins.edit.15">Plugin Manager - Edit</a>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>To install or uninstall Extension Plugins: <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1476&Itemid=278" target="_self" title="Screen.installer.15">Extension Manager</a>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n', '', 1, 42, 0, 185, '2007-10-18 20:00:00', 91, '', '2008-06-28 16:26:47', 166, 0, '0000-00-00 00:00:00', '2007-10-18 20:00:00', '0000-00-00 00:00:00', '', '', 'pageclass_sfx=\nback_button=\nitem_title=1\nlink_titles=\nintrotext=1\nsection=0\nsection_link=0\ncategory=0\ncategory_link=0\nrating=\nauthor=\ncreatedate=\nmodifydate=\npdf=\nprint=\nemail=\nkeyref=screen.plugins.15\ndocbook_type=', 34, 0, 12, '', '', 0, 16779),
(1466, 'News Feed Manager', 'News Feeds', '<h2> <span class="mw-headline">How to Access</span></h2>\r\n<p>\r\nSelect <b>Components --> News Feeds --> Feeds</b> from the drop-down menu on the back-end of your Joomla! installation, or select the "Feeds" link from the <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1981&Itemid=278" target="_self" title="Screen.newsfeeds.categories.15">News Feeds Manager - Categories</a>.\r\n</p>\r\n<a title="Description" name="Description"></a>\r\n<h2> <span class="mw-headline">Description</span></h2>\r\n<p>\r\nThe News Feed Manager screen allows you to add News Feeds from other\r\nsites to your Joomla! site. You can add links to these feeds for users\r\nby creating News Feed layouts in <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1517&Itemid=278#Internal_Link_-_News_Feeds" target="_self" title="Screen.menus.edit.15">Menu Item Manager - New/Edit</a>.\r\n</p>\r\n<a title="Screenshot" name="Screenshot"></a>\r\n<h2> <span class="mw-headline">Screenshot</span></h2>\r\n<p>\r\n<span class="image"><img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/News_feed_manager.png" alt="Image:News_feed_manager.png" border="0" width="668" height="516" /></span>\r\n</p>\r\n<a title="Column_Headers" name="Column_Headers"></a>\r\n<h2> <span class="mw-headline">Column Headers</span></h2>\r\n<p>\r\nClick on the column heading to sort the list by that column''s value.\r\n</p>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <b>#</b>. An indexing number automatically assigned by Joomla! for ease of reference.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <b>Checkbox</b>. Check this box to select one or more items.\r\n To select all items, check the box in the column heading. After one or\r\n more boxes are checked, click a toolbar button to take an action on the\r\n selected item or items. Many toolbar actions, such as Publish and\r\n Unpublish, can work with multiple items. Others, such as Edit, only\r\n work on one item at a time. If multiple items are checked and you press\r\n Edit, the first item will be opened for editing. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <b>News Feed Name</b>. The name of the feed. Make it as descriptive as possible.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <b>Published</b>. Whether the item has been published or not. You can change the Published state by clicking on the icon in this column. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <b>Order</b>. The order to display items. If the list is\r\n sorted by this column, you can change the order by clicking the arrows\r\n or by entering the sequential order and clicking ''Save Order''. Note\r\n that the display order on a page is set in the Parameters - Advanced\r\n section for each <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1517&Itemid=278" target="_self" title="Screen.menus.edit.15">Menu Item</a>.\r\n If that order is set to use something other than ''Order'' (for example,\r\n ''Title - Alphabetical''), then the order value in this screen will be\r\n ignored. If the Menu Item Order parameter is set to use ''Order'', then\r\n the items will display on the page based on the order in this screen. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <b>Group</b>. The user''s group is displayed here. This can be:\r\n Registered, Author, Editor, Publisher, Manager, Administrator or Super\r\n Administrator. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Category.</b> The Category this News Feed belongs to. Clicking on the Category title opens the Category for editing. See <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1980&Itemid=278" target="_self" title="Screen.newsfeeds.categories.edit.15">Category Manager - Edit (News Feeds)</a>. Note that News Feed Categories are separate from other Categories, such as those for Articles, Banners, Contact, and Web Links.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <b># Articles</b>. The number of articles to display. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <b>Cache Time</b>. The number of seconds to cache the feed locally.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <b>ID</b>. The ID number. This is a unique identification\r\n number for this item assigned automatically by Joomla!. It is used to\r\n identify the item internally, for example in internal links. You can\r\n not change this number.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Display #.</b> The number of items to display on one page.\r\n If there are more items than this number, you can use the page\r\n navigation buttons (Start, Prev, Next, End, and page numbers) to\r\n navigate between pages. Note that if you have a large number of items,\r\n it may be helpful to use the Filter options, located above the column\r\n headings, to limit which items display.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<a title="Toolbar" name="Toolbar"></a>\r\n<h2> <span class="mw-headline">Toolbar</span></h2>\r\n<p>\r\nAt the top right you will see the toolbar:\r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\n<span class="image"><img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/News_feed_toolbar.png" alt="Image:News_feed_toolbar.png" border="0" width="373" height="51" /></span>\r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\nThe functions are:\r\n</p>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <b>Publish</b>. To publish one or more items, select them and click on this button.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <b>Unpublish</b>. To unpublish one or more items, select them and click on this button.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <b>Delete</b>. To delete one or more items, select them and click this button. The selected items will be deleted.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <b>Edit</b>. Select one item and click on this button to open\r\n it in edit mode. If you have more than one item selected, the first\r\n item will be opened. You can also open an item for editing by clicking\r\n on its Title or Name.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <b>New</b>. Click on this button to create a new item. You will enter the New page for this item.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Parameters.</b> Click this button to open the Global\r\n Configuration window. This window allows you to set default parameters\r\n for this type of item. See <a href="#Global_Configuration" target="_self">Global Configuration</a> below.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <b>Help</b>. Opens this Help Screen.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<a title="Global_Configuration" name="Global_Configuration"></a>\r\n<h2> <span class="mw-headline">Global Configuration</span></h2>\r\n<p>\r\nClick on the Parameters button to open the News Feeds Global\r\nConfiguration window. This window allows you to set default parameters\r\nfor News Feeds, as shown below.\r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\n<span class="image"><img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/Screen_newsfeeds_params_15.png" alt="Image:Screen_newsfeeds_params_15.png" border="0" width="711" height="449" /></span>\r\n</p>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Table Headings.</b> Hide or Show column headings above the fields for the item.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Name Column.</b> Hide or Show the Feed Name column.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <b># Articles Column.</b> Hide or Show the number of Articles in the News Feed.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Link Column.</b> Hide or Show the News Feed link.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Category Description</b> Hide or Show the Description for each Category.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <b># Category Items.</b> Hide or Show the number of Articles in each Category.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Feed Image.</b> Hide or Show the image of the News Feed.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Feed Description.</b> Hide or Show the description text of the News Feed.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Item Description.</b> Hide or Show the Description/Intro Text of an item.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Word Count.</b> The maximum number of words to display in the Item Description. A value of 0 will display all of the text.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<a title="List_Filters" name="List_Filters"></a>\r\n<h2> <span class="mw-headline">List Filters</span></h2>\r\n<p>\r\n<b>Filter by Partial Title</b>\r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\nYou can filter the list of items either by entering in part of\r\nthe title or the ID number. You can also select a combination of\r\nCategory and Published State.\r\n</p>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Filter.</b> In the upper left corner just above the column headings is a Filter field and two buttons, as shown below:\r\n </p>\r\n <div class="center">\r\n <div class="floatnone">\r\n <span><span class="image"><img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/Article_manager_filter1.png" border="0" width="254" height="28" /></span></span>\r\n </div>\r\n </div>\r\n <p>\r\n If you have a large number of items on the list, you can use this\r\n filter to find the desired item(s) quickly. Enter either part of the\r\n title or an ID number and press ''Go'' to display the matching items. You\r\n can enter in whole words or part of a word. For example, "ooml" will\r\n match all titles with the word "Joomla!" in them.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<p>\r\n<b>Filter by Category and Published State</b>\r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\nIn the upper right area, above the column headings, there are 2 drop-down list boxes as shown below:\r\n</p>\r\n<div class="center">\r\n<div class="floatnone">\r\n<span><span class="image"><img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/Banner_filter.png" border="0" width="236" height="26" /></span></span>\r\n</div>\r\n</div>\r\n<p>\r\nThe selections may be combined. Only items matching both selections will display in the list.\r\n</p>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Select Category.</b> Use the drop-down list box to select\r\n the desired Category. Only items in this Category will display. You may\r\n also select ''Uncategorized''.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Select State.</b> Use the drop-down list box to select the published state: Published or Unpublished. For Articles, you may also select Archived.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<a title="Quick_Tips" name="Quick_Tips"></a>\r\n<h2> <span class="mw-headline">Quick Tips</span></h2>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n You need to add at least one Category for News Feeds <i>before</i> you add the first News Feed. Categories are added using the <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1981&Itemid=278" target="_self" title="Screen.categories.15">News Feeds Category Manager</a> by clicking on ''News Feeds'', and then on ''Categories'' in the ''Components'' menu.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<a title="Related_Information" name="Related_Information"></a>\r\n<h2> <span class="mw-headline">Related Information</span></h2>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n To create or Edit News Feeds: <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1533&Itemid=278" target="_self" title="Screen.newsfeeds.edit.15">News Feeds Manager - New/Edit</a>\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n To work with News Feed Categories: <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1981&Itemid=278" target="_self" title="Screen.newsfeeds.categories.15">Category Manager (News Feeds)</a>\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n', '', 1, 42, 0, 265, '2007-10-18 20:00:00', 150, '', '2008-06-21 17:22:17', 166, 0, '0000-00-00 00:00:00', '2007-10-18 20:00:00', '0000-00-00 00:00:00', '', '', 'pageclass_sfx=\nback_button=\nitem_title=1\nlink_titles=\nintrotext=1\nsection=0\nsection_link=0\ncategory=0\ncategory_link=0\nrating=\nauthor=\ncreatedate=\nmodifydate=\npdf=\nprint=\nemail=\nkeyref=screen.newsfeeds.15\ndocbook_type=', 53, 0, 15, '', '', 0, 10943),
(1467, 'Poll Manager', 'Poll Manager', '<h2> <span class="mw-headline">How to access</span></h2>\r\n<p>\r\nSelect <b>Components --> Polls</b> from the drop-down menu on the Back-end of your Joomla! installation.\r\n</p>\r\n<a title="Description" name="Description"></a>\r\n<h2> <span class="mw-headline">Description</span></h2>\r\n<p>\r\nThe Poll Component allows you to create poll questions for your\r\nsite. Site visitors can then respond to the poll questions. This\r\nComponent allows you to place up to 12 questions, or ''options'', in each\r\npoll question.\r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\nYou can place a Poll on a web page using either a Poll Module (in the <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1983&Itemid=278#Poll" target="_self" title="Screen.modulessite.edit.15">Modules Site - Poll</a>) or a Poll Layout Menu Item (in the <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1517&Itemid=278#Internal_Link_-_Polls" target="_self" title="Screen.menus.edit.15">Menu Item Manager - New/Edit - Internal Link - Polls</a>).\r\n</p>\r\n<a title="Screenshot" name="Screenshot"></a>\r\n<h2> <span class="mw-headline">Screenshot</span></h2>\r\n<p>\r\n<span class="image"><img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/Poll_manager.png" alt="Image:Poll_manager.png" border="0" width="553" height="227" /></span>\r\n</p>\r\n<a title="Column_Headers" name="Column_Headers"></a>\r\n<h2> <span class="mw-headline">Column Headers</span></h2>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <b>#</b>. An indexing number automatically assigned by Joomla! for ease of reference.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <b>Checkbox</b>. Check this box to select one or more items.\r\n To select all items, check the box in the column heading. After one or\r\n more boxes are checked, click a toolbar button to take an action on the\r\n selected item or items. Many toolbar actions, such as Publish and\r\n Unpublish, can work with multiple items. Others, such as Edit, only\r\n work on one item at a time. If multiple items are checked and you press\r\n Edit, the first item will be opened for editing.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Poll Title:</b> The Title of the Poll. You can click this Title to open the Poll for editing.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <b>Published</b>. Whether the item has been published or not. You can change the Published state by clicking on the icon in this column.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Votes:</b> The number of total votes in each poll.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Options:</b> The number of options, or questions, in each poll.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Lag:</b> The number of seconds before a poll can be voted again by the same User.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <b>ID</b>. The ID number. This is a unique identification\r\n number for this item assigned automatically by Joomla!. It is used to\r\n identify the item internally, for example in internal links. You can\r\n not change this number.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Display #.</b> The number of items to display on one page.\r\n If there are more items than this number, you can use the page\r\n navigation buttons (Start, Prev, Next, End, and page numbers) to\r\n navigate between pages. Note that if you have a large number of items,\r\n it may be helpful to use the Filter options, located above the column\r\n headings, to limit which items display.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<a title="Toolbar" name="Toolbar"></a>\r\n<h2> <span class="mw-headline">Toolbar</span></h2>\r\n<p>\r\n<span class="image"><img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/Poll_comp_toolbar.jpg" alt="Image:Poll comp toolbar.jpg" border="0" width="314" height="62" /></span>\r\n</p>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <b>Publish</b>. To publish one or more items, select them and click on this button.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <b>Unpublish</b>. To unpublish one or more items, select them and click on this button.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <b>Delete</b>. To delete one or more items, select them and click this button. The selected items will be deleted.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <b>Edit</b>. Select one item and click on this button to open\r\n it in edit mode. If you have more than one item selected, the first\r\n item will be opened. You can also open an item for editing by clicking\r\n on its Title or Name.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <b>New</b>. Click on this button to create a new item. You will enter the New page for this item.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <b>Help</b>. Opens this Help Screen.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<a title="List_Filters" name="List_Filters"></a>\r\n<h2> <span class="mw-headline">List Filters</span></h2>\r\n<p>\r\n<b>Filter by Partial Title</b>\r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\nYou can filter the list of items either by entering in part of the title. You can also select a Published State.\r\n</p>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Filter.</b> In the upper left corner just above the column headings is a Filter field and two buttons, as shown below:\r\n </p>\r\n <div class="center">\r\n <div class="floatnone">\r\n <span><span class="image"><img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/Article_manager_filter1.png" border="0" width="254" height="28" /></span></span>\r\n </div>\r\n </div>\r\n <p>\r\n If you have a large number of items on the list, you can use this\r\n filter to find the desired item(s) quickly. Enter either part of the\r\n title or an ID number and press ''Go'' to display the matching items. You\r\n can enter in whole words or part of a word. For example, "ooml" will\r\n match all titles with the word "Joomla!" in them.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<p>\r\n<b>Filter by Published State</b>\r\nIn the upper right area, above the column headings, is a drop-down list box as shown below:\r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\n<span class="image"><img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/Banner_category_filter.png" alt="Image:banner_category_filter.png" border="0" width="106" height="27" /></span> \r\n</p>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Select State.</b> Use the drop-down list box to select the published state: Published or Unpublished. For Articles, you may also select Archived.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<a title="Related_information" name="Related_information"></a>\r\n<h2> <span class="mw-headline">Related information</span></h2>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n To add or edit a Poll: <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1534&Itemid=278" target="_self" title="Screen.polls.edit.15">Poll Manager - New/Edit</a>\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n To place a Poll on a page as a Menu Item: <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1517&Itemid=278#Internal_Link_-_Polls" target="_self" title="Screen.menus.edit.15">Menu Item Manager - New/Edit - Internal Link - Polls</a>\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n To place a Poll on a page as a Module: <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1983&Itemid=278#Poll" target="_self" title="Screen.modulessite.edit.15">Modules Site - Poll</a>\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n', '', 1, 42, 0, 265, '2007-10-18 20:00:00', 150, '', '2008-06-28 19:06:28', 166, 0, '0000-00-00 00:00:00', '2007-10-18 20:00:00', '0000-00-00 00:00:00', '', '', 'pageclass_sfx=\nback_button=\nitem_title=1\nlink_titles=\nintrotext=1\nsection=0\nsection_link=0\ncategory=0\ncategory_link=0\nrating=\nauthor=\ncreatedate=\nmodifydate=\npdf=\nprint=\nemail=\nkeyref=screen.polls.15\ndocbook_type=', 17, 0, 12, '', '', 0, 12879),
(1440, 'Control Panel', 'Control Panel', '<!-- .style1 {color: #999999} -->\r\n<h1 align="center" class="hs15">Control Panel</h1>\r\n<h2>How to access</h2>\r\n<p>\r\nYou can access the Control Panel by logging into Joomla!''s back-end. After you log in, the first screen you will see is the Control Panel. If you want to access the Control Panel from another area in the back-end, simply go to Site > Control Panel. \r\n</p>\r\n<h2>Description</h2>\r\n<p>\r\nThe Control Panel provides access to many default Joomla! functions and features. From the Control Panel, you can create and manage articles, sections, and categories. Other features available in the Control Panel are the media, menu, language, and user managers. You can also access your site''s Global Configuration from here. \r\n</p>\r\n<h2>Screenshot</h2>\r\n<p>\r\n<img width="650" src="images/stories/1_5_help_screens/screenshots/control_panel.png" alt="control_panel.png" height="356" style="width: 650px; height: 356px" title="control_panel.png" /> \r\n</p>\r\n<h2>Icons</h2>\r\n<p>\r\nThe icons available to you in control panel are: \r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\n<strong>Add New Article.</strong> This will take you to a new article creation page where you can create new content, select a section and category, and then save the article. Its useful for quick and easy additions to your site''s content. \r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\n<strong>Article Manager.</strong> This will take you directly to the Article Manager where you can manage all of your current articles. \r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\n<strong>Category Manager.</strong> As you might guess, this takes you to the Category Manager. You can create new categories, and publish/unpublish current ones. You can also change which section each category is published in. \r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\n<strong>Front Page Manager.</strong> Similar to the Article Manager, this icon will take you to the Front Page Manager so that you can manage all of the articles published to the Front Page. \r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\n<strong>Global Configuration.</strong> Perhaps one of the most important areas in your Joomla! back end is the Global Configuration. The global configuration has parameters that, when adjusted, will effect your entire Joomla! site. Here you can change many options including, but certainly not limited to: FTP Layer, Site Time Zone, Site Language, Server Configurations, Session settings, and Meta Data. \r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\n<strong>Language Manager.</strong> Following suit with all of the other ''managers'' in the control panel, the Language Manager allows you to manage installed languages by setting one to be the site''s default language. \r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\n<strong>Media Manager.</strong> The Media Manager will allow you to manage files on your web server. You can delete existing files or upload different ones from your hard drive. You can also create new directories on your web server''s file system. \r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\n<strong>Menu Manager.</strong> The Menu Manager icon takes you to the Menu Manager. Here you can manage the current menus by creating new ones, deleting current ones, or directly managing each menu''s subsequent menu items. \r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\n<strong>Section Manager.</strong> The Section Manager icon directs you to the Section Manager. You can create new sections, and publish/unpublish current ones. \r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\n<strong>User Manager.</strong> The User Manager does just what you might guess by it''s title. It manages users. You can create new users, delete existing ones, change passwords, change language and time preferences, and even change which WYSIWYG editor the user has access too. Lastly, but perhaps most importantly, you can change the user''s user group, giving the user different access levels and different abilities in your site. \r\n</p>\r\n<h2>Quick Tips</h2>\r\n<p>\r\nUse the ''Add New Article'' button to quickly open a new article edit page to create articles quickly. Use the ''Front Page Manager'' button to quickly get to the front page manager and publish/unpublish or modify any front page articles. \r\n</p>\r\n<h2>Related information</h2>\r\n<p>\r\n<a target="_self" href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1526&Itemid=278">New Article</a> \r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\n<a target="_self" href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1456&Itemid=278">Article Manager</a> \r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\n<a target="_self" href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1457&Itemid=278">Front Page Manager</a> \r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\n<a target="_self" href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1460&Itemid=278">Section Manager</a> \r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\n<a target="_self" href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1461&Itemid=278">Category Manager</a> \r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\n<a target="_self" href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1447&Itemid=278">Media Manager</a> \r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\n<a target="_self" href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1454&Itemid=278">Menu Manager</a> \r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\n<a target="_self" href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1446&Itemid=278">Language Manager</a> \r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\n<a target="_self" href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1452&Itemid=278">User Manager</a> \r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\n<a target="_self" href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1445&Itemid=278">Global Configuration</a> \r\n</p>\r\n', '', 1, 42, 0, 206, '2007-10-17 20:00:00', 150, '', '2008-04-03 10:41:22', 165, 0, '0000-00-00 00:00:00', '2007-10-17 20:00:00', '0000-00-00 00:00:00', '', '', 'pageclass_sfx=\nback_button=\nitem_title=0\nlink_titles=\nintrotext=1\nsection=0\nsection_link=0\ncategory=0\ncategory_link=0\nrating=\nauthor=\ncreatedate=\nmodifydate=\npdf=\nprint=\nemail=\nkeyref=screen.cpanel.15\ndocbook_type=', 47, 0, 1, 'control panel, administration, administration back-end, administrator back-end, administrator, back-end, backend, ', 'The Control Panel is a container for the functionality of many other Joomla! elements such as Menu Components, Display Modules', 0, 23385);
INSERT INTO `jos_content` (`id`, `title`, `title_alias`, `introtext`, `fulltext`, `state`, `sectionid`, `mask`, `catid`, `created`, `created_by`, `created_by_alias`, `modified`, `modified_by`, `checked_out`, `checked_out_time`, `publish_up`, `publish_down`, `images`, `urls`, `attribs`, `version`, `parentid`, `ordering`, `metakey`, `metadesc`, `access`, `hits`) VALUES
(1445, 'Global Configuration', 'Configurations', '<h2>How to access</h2>\r\n<p>\r\nTo access the page, either click on <i>Global Configuration</i> in the main Control panel or go to <b>Site > Global Configuration</b>. \r\n</p>\r\n<h2>Description</h2>\r\n<p>\r\nThe Global Configuration screen allows you to configure the Joomla! site with your personal settings. \r\n</p>\r\n<h2>Site</h2>\r\n<p>\r\n<b><u>Screenshot</u></b> \r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\n<img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/500px-Gc-site.jpg" border="0" width="500" height="368" /> \r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\n<u><b>Site Settings</b></u> \r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\n<b>Site Offline</b>. This setting shows when the site is offline. Only Administrators will be able to see the site when <i>Site Offline</i> is set to Yes. The default setting is <b>No</b>. \r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\n<b>Offline Message</b>. The message that will be displayed on the site when the site is offline. \r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\n<b>Site Name</b>. The name of the site. \r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\n<b>Default WYSIWYG Editor</b>. (WYSIWYG stands for What You See Is What You Get) The default <a href=index2.php?option=com_content&task=findkey&tmpl=component;1&keyref=Content_creators#Content_Editors title="Content creators">editor</a> to use when creating articles. \r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\n<b>List Length</b>. The length of lists in the Control Panel for all Users. By default, this is set to <b>20</b>. \r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\n<b>Feed Length</b>. The number of content items to be shown in the feed(s). By default, this is set to <b>10</b>. \r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\n<b><u>Metadata Settings</u></b> \r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\n<b>Global Site Meta Description</b>. This is the description of the site which is indexed by search engine spiders. \r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\n<b>Global Site Meta Keywords</b>. These keywords describe the site and are the basis for improving the ability of search engine spiders ability to index the site. \r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\n<b>Show Title Meta Tag</b>. It shows the Meta information of each article. This Meta information is used by search engine spiders when indexing the site. Each article can have its own Meta Data information (set under the <b>Metadata Information</b> pane when creating or editing an article). \r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\n<b>Show Author Meta Tag</b>. It shows the Author Meta information for articles and is used by search engine spiders when indexing the site. \r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\n<b><u>SEO Settings</u></b> \r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\nSEO stands for <i>Search Engine Optimization</i>. \r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\n<b>Search Engine Friendly URLs</b>. When set to <i>Yes</i>, URLs are rewritten to be more friendly for search engine spiders. For example, the URL: <i>www.example.com/index2.php?option=com_content&view=etc...</i>, would turn into: <i>www.example.com/alias</i>. Most of the items created in Joomla! have an Alias box where a search engine friendly URL can be inserted. The default setting is <b>No</b>. \r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\n<b>Use Apache <i>mod_rewrite</i></b>. When set to <i>Yes</i>, Joomla! will use the <i>mod_rewrite</i> settings of Apache when creating search engine friendly URLs. Please note: it is advised that you do not modify any <b>.htaccess</b> file without an understanding of how it works. You must use the <b>.htaccess</b> file provided with Joomla! in order to use this setting. To use this file, rename the <b>htaccess.txt</b> file (found in the root directory) to <b>.htaccess</b>. By default, this setting is set to <b>No</b>. \r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\n<b>Add suffix to URLs</b>. When set to <i>Yes</i>, Joomla! will add <b>.html</b> to the end of the URLs. The default setting is <b>No</b>. \r\n</p>\r\n<h2>System</h2>\r\n<p>\r\n<u><b>Screenshot</b></u> \r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\n<a href=index2.php?option=com_content&task=findkey&tmpl=component;1&keyref=Image:Gc-system.jpg title="Gc-system.jpg" class="image"><img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/500px-Gc-system.jpg" border="0" width="500" height="368" /></a> \r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\n<u><b>System Settings</b></u> \r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\n<b>Secret Word</b>. This is generated when Joomla! is first installed and is not changeable. It is used internally by Joomla! for security purposes. \r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\n<b>Path to Log folder</b>. The path where the logs should be stored. The Joomla! installer should automatically fill in this folder. \r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\n<b>Enable Web Services</b>. This feature enables Joomla! to make RPC (Remote Procedure Calls) using HTTP as the transport medium and XML as the encoding language. This function should remain on to ensure that many third party extensions works. The default setting <b>Yes</b>. \r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\n<b>Help Server</b>. The place Joomla! looks for help information when you click the <b>Help</b> button (visible in many screens and options of the administration panel). By default, it uses Joomla!''s main help site. \r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\n<a title="User_Settings" name="User_Settings"></a><b><u>User Settings</u></b> \r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\n<b>Allow User Registration</b>. This determines whether users can register on the site. The default setting is <b>Yes</b>. \r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\n<b>New User Registration Type</b>. If <i>Allow User Registration</i> is set to <i>Yes</i>, this setting tells Joomla! what level of access should be given to new users who register. The default setting is <b>Registered</b>. \r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\n<b>New User Account Activation</b>. This setting determines whether a new user will have to activate their account before they can use it. If set to <b>Yes</b>, users will be sent an email containing a link to a web address. The user must follow this link to activate his/her account. By default, this setting is set to <b>Yes</b>. \r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\n<b>Front-end User Parameters</b>. When set to <i>Show</i>, users will be able to select their language, article editor, and help site preferences from within their Details screen. The default setting is <b>Show</b>. \r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\n<b><u>Media Settings</u></b> \r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\n<b>Legal Extensions (File Types)</b>. These are the file types users are allowed to upload. By default, when Joomla! is installed, basic image and document files are allowed. \r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\n<b>Maximum Size (in bytes)</b>. The maximum file size users are allowed to upload, in bytes. The default setting is <b>10000000</b> (or 10mb). \r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\n<b>Path to File Folder</b>. The path where non-image media files are located, including videos and document files. Upon installation, this path is automatically filled in. It may be modified to fit how a site''s directories are setup. \r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\n<b>Path to Image Folder</b>. The path where images are stored. Upon installation, this path is automatically filled in. It may be modified to fit how the directories are setup on the site. \r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\n<b>Restrict Uploads</b>. This feature restricts uploads by user type. The default setting is <b>Yes</b>. \r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\n<b>Check MIME Types</b>. This uses MIME Magic or Fileinfo to verify files. The default setting is <b>Yes</b>. By checking the MIME information, you help ensure users don''t upload malicious files to your site. If invalid MIME type errors are received then change the setting to <i>No</i>. \r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\n<b>Legal Image Extensions (File Types)</b>. This allows you to limit the types of images that can be uploaded. It operates by checking the file image headers. By default, Joomla! only allows <b>bmp,gif,jpg,png</b>. \r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\n<b>Ignored Extensions</b>. This sets which extensions are ignored for MIME type checking and restricts uploads. By default, no extensions are ignored. \r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\n<b>Legal MIME Types</b>. This sets the list of legal MIME types for uploads. By default, Joomla! automatically includes some standard file types. It is recommended that you do not touch this setting unless you know what you are doing. \r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\n<b>Illegal MIME Types</b>. This sets the list of illegal MIME types for uploads. By default, Joomla! automatically blocks HTML MIME types. It is recommended that you do not touch this setting unless you know what you are doing. \r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\n<b><u>Debug Settings</u></b> \r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\n<b>Debug System</b>. This will turn on the debugging system of Joomla!. When set to <b>Yes</b>, this tool will provide diagnostic information, language translations, and SQL errors. If any such issues or errors occur, they will be displayed at the bottom of each page, in both the front-end and back-end. \r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\n<b>Debug Language</b>. This will turn on the debugging indicators (*...*) or (?...?) for the Joomla! Language files. Debug Language will work without the Debug System tool set to on. But it will not provide additional detailed references which would help in correcting any errors. \r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\n<b><u><a name="Cache_Settings" title="Cache_Settings"></a>Cache Settings</u></b> \r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\n<b>Cache</b>. This setting sets whether site caching is enabled or not. When enabled, it keeps a local copy of the content on the server to speed up accessing and lessen stress on the database. The default setting is <b>No</b>. \r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\n<b>Cache Time</b>. This setting sets the maximum length of time (in minutes) for a cache file to be stored before it is refreshed. The default setting is <b>15</b> minutes. \r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\n<b>Cache Handler</b>. This setting sets how the cache operates. There is only one caching mechanism which is file-based. \r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\n<b><u>Session Settings</u></b> \r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\n<b>Session Lifetime</b>. This setting sets how long a session should last and how long a user can remain signed in for (before logging them off for being inactive). The default setting is <b>15</b> minutes. \r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\n<b>Session Handler</b>. This setting sets how the session should be handled once a user connects and logs into the site. The default setting is set to <b>Database</b>. \r\n</p>\r\n<h2>Server</h2>\r\n<p>\r\n<b><u>Screenshot</u></b> \r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\n<img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/500px-Gc-server.jpg" border="0" width="500" height="368" /> \r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\n<b><u>Server Settings</u></b> \r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\n<b>Path to Temp-folder</b>. The path where files are temporarily stored. This is filled in by default when Joomla! is installed. \r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\n<b>GZIP Page Compression</b>. Compressing pages typically increases your site''s speed. The default setting is <b>No</b>. \r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\n<b>Error Reporting</b>. This sets the appropriate level of reporting. The default setting is <b>System Default</b>. \r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\n<b><u>Locale Settings</u></b> \r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\n<b>Time Zone</b>. This tool sets the current date and time. The set time should be where the site''s server is located. The default setting is <b>(UTC 00:00) Western Europe Time, London, Lisbon, Casablanca</b>. \r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\n<b><u>FTP Settings</u></b> \r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\nFTP stands for File Transfer Protocol. Most of these settings are set during the initial Joomla! installation. \r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\n<b>Enable FTP</b>. This setting tells Joomla! to use it''s built-in FTP function instead of the normal upload process used by PHP. \r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\n<b>FTP Host</b>. The host server''s URL connecting the FTP. \r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\n<b>FTP Port</b>. The port where the FTP is accessed. The default setting is <b>21</b>. \r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\n<b>FTP Username</b>. The username that Joomla! will use when accessing the FTP server. Security recommendation: create another FTP user account to access a folder where files will be uploaded to. \r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\n<b>FTP Password</b>. The password that Joomla! will use when accessing the FTP server. Security recommendation: create another FTP user account to access the folder where files will be uploaded to. \r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\n<b>FTP Root</b>. The root directory where files should be uploaded to. \r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\n<b><u>Database Settings</u></b> \r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\nThese settings are set during the initial setup of Joomla! It is advised to leave these settings the way they are, unless you have a good understanding of how databases work. \r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\n<b>Database Type</b>. The type of databased to be used. The default setting is <b>mysql</b>, but this can be changed during the initial setup of Joomla!. \r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\n<b>Hostname</b>. The hostname where the database is located. It is typically set to <b>localhost</b> for most servers. It is possible for the hostname to be located on a different server all together. \r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\n<b>Username</b>. The username to access the database. \r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\n<b>Database</b>. The name of the database. \r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\n<b>Database Prefix</b>. The prefix used before the actual table''s name. This allows you to have multiple Joomla! installations in the same database. The default setting is <b>jos_</b>, but this can be changed during initial setup of Joomla!. \r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\n<b><u>Mail Settings</u></b> \r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\nThe mail settings are set during the initial setup of Joomla!. These settings can be changed whenever needed. \r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\n<b>Mailer</b>. This setting sets which mailer to use to deliver emails from the site. The default setting is <b>PHP Mail Function</b>. This can be changed during the initial setup of Joomla!. \r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\n<b>PHP Mail Function</b>. This uses the mail function that is built into PHP. \r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\n<b> Sendmail</b>. This uses the Sendmail program, which is typically used when creating HTML email forms. \r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\n<b> SMTP Server</b>. This uses the site''s SMTP server. \r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\n<b>Mail from</b>. The email address used by Joomla! to send site email. \r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\n<b>From Name</b>. The name Joomla! will use when sending site emails. By default, Joomla! uses the site name during the initial setup. \r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\n<b>Sendmail Path</b>. The path where the Sendmail program is located. This is typically filled in by Joomla! during the initial setup. This path is only used if <b>Mailer</b> is set to <b>Sendmail</b>. \r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\n<b>SMTP Authentication</b>. If the SMTP server requires authentication to send mail, set this to <b>Yes</b>. Otherwise leave it at <b>No</b>. This is only used if <b>Mailer</b> is set to <b>Sendmail</b>. \r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\n<b>SMTP Username</b>. The username to use for access to the SMTP host. This is only used if <b>Mailer</b> is set to <b>Sendmail</b>. \r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\n<b>SMTP Password</b>. The password to use for access to the SMTP host. This is only used if <b>Mailer</b> is set to <b>Sendmail</b>. \r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\n<b>SMTP Host</b>. The SMTP address to use when sending mail. This is only used if <b>Mailer</b> is set to <b>Sendmail</b>. \r\n</p>\r\n<h2>Toolbar</h2>\r\n<p>\r\nAt the top right you will see the toolbar: \r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\n<img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/Config.toolbar.jpg" alt="Image:Config.toolbar.jpg" border="0" width="188" height="54" /> \r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\nThe functions are: \r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\n<b>Save</b>. Save the modifications you made to the Global Configuration. You will be redirected to the Control Panel. \r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\n<b>Apply</b>. Save it, but stay in the same screen. \r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\n<b>Close</b>. Return to the Control Panel without saving the modifications you made to the Global configuration. \r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\n<b>Help</b>. Open this Help Screen. \r\n</p>\r\n<h2>Quick Tips</h2>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n Most, if not all, of these settings can be set once and then left alone. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n If major modifications need to be made, then consider taking the site offline to test it and to make sure everything is in working order. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n The settings are saved in ''<Joomla! root>/configuration.php''. You have to either activate the FTP-layer or make the ''configuration.php'' file writable to save your changes. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<h2>Related Information</h2>\r\n<p>\r\n<a href="content/view/1440/278/" target="_self" title="Screen.cpanel.15">Control panel</a> \r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\n<a href=index2.php?option=com_content&task=findkey&tmpl=component;1&keyref=Screen.content.edit.15 title="Screen.content.edit.15">Article Manager - New/Edit</a> \r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\n<a href="http://httpd.apache.org/docs/1.3/howto/htaccess.html%7CInfo" rel="nofollow" title="http://httpd.apache.org/docs/1.3/howto/htaccess.html|Info" class="external text">About .htaccess</a> \r\n</p>\r\n', '', 1, 42, 0, 206, '2007-10-18 20:00:00', 150, '', '2008-06-30 12:52:58', 166, 0, '0000-00-00 00:00:00', '2007-10-18 20:00:00', '0000-00-00 00:00:00', '', '', 'pageclass_sfx=\nback_button=\nitem_title=1\nlink_titles=\nintrotext=1\nsection=0\nsection_link=0\ncategory=0\ncategory_link=0\nrating=\nauthor=0\ncreatedate=0\nmodifydate=\npdf=\nprint=\nemail=\nkeyref=screen.config.15\ndocbook_type=', 48, 0, 5, '', '', 0, 59534),
(1970, 'What''s New in Version 1.5', '', '<p>\r\nThe following outlines the highlights of the second major release of Joomla!\r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\nAs with previous releases, Joomla! provides a unified and easy-to-use framework for delivering content for websites of all kinds. To support the changing nature of the Internet and emerging web technologies, Joomla! required substantial restructuring of its core functionality and we also used this effort to simplify many challenges within the current user interface. Joomla! 1.5 has many new features.\r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\nThe goals for the Joomla! 1.5 release are to:\r\n</p>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n Substantially improve usability, manageability, and scalability far beyond the original Mambo foundations.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n Expand accessibility to support internationalisation, double-byte characters and Right-to-Left support for Arabic and Hebrew languages.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n Extend the integration of external applications through Web Services and remote authentication such as the Lightweight Directory Access Protocol (LDAP).\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n Enhance the content delivery, template and presentation capabilities to support accessibility standards and content delivery to any destination.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n Achieve a more sustainable and flexible framework for component and extension developers.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n Deliver backwards compatibility with previous releases of components, templates, modules and other extensions.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<h2>What are "extensions"?</h2>\r\n<p>\r\nComponents, languages, modules, plugins and templates are now collectively known as Extensions.\r\n</p>\r\n<h2>Where did the installer go?</h2>\r\n<p>\r\nThe improved installer can be found under the extensions option. With versions prior to 1.5 you needed to select a specific extension type when you wanted to install it. With Joomla! 1.5 you just select the extension you want to upload, and click on install. The installer will do all the hard work for you.\r\n</p>\r\n<h2>What happened to the locale setting?</h2>\r\n<p>\r\nThis is now defined in the language .xml file in the language metadata settings. If you are having locale problems (dates don''t appear in your language, for example) you might want to check/edit the entries in the locale tag. Note that multiple locale strings can be set and the host will usually accept the first one recognised.\r\n</p>\r\n<h2>Only one edit window! How do I create "Read more..."?</h2>\r\n<p>\r\nThis is now implemented by inserting a tag (button is in the editor area) a dotted line appears in the edited text showing the split location for the "Read more...". A new bot takes care of the rest.\r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\nIt is worth mentioning that this does not have a negative effect on migrated data from older sites. The new implementation is fully backwards compatible.\r\n</p>\r\n<h2>Where did the Mambots go?</h2>\r\n<p>\r\nMambots have been renamed as "Plugins". Mambots were introduced in Mambo and offered possibilities to add plugin logic to your site mainly for the purpose of manipulating content. In Joomla!, Plugins will now have much broader capabilities than Mambots. Plugins are able to extend functionality at the framework layer as well.\r\n</p>\r\n<h2>Where is the static content?</h2>\r\n<p>\r\nIn Joomla! versions prior to 1.5 there was a distinct difference between static and normal content. Both content types are still around, but are not handled as separate items. If you want to create static content, just select "uncategorised" as section and category and the content is handled as static content.\r\n</p>\r\n<h2>What about developers?</h2>\r\n<p>\r\nThis is the release that developers'' have been waiting for. A massive effort has been made to refactor and reorganise the core of Joomla! into a true extendable framework. The new features in the framework are too many to list here but additional documentation can be found on the Joomla! Developer Network site.\r\n</p>\r\n<h2>Compatibility</h2>\r\n<p>\r\nWe have made every effort to make this version backwards compatible with Joomla 1.0. In order to install 1.0 extensions you will probably need to activate the legacy code plugin. This can be found in the Plugin Manager (it''s called "System - Legacy") and you just need to enable it.\r\n</p>\r\n', '', 1, 42, 0, 183, '2008-04-23 09:30:53', 165, '', '2008-07-02 09:14:27', 166, 0, '0000-00-00 00:00:00', '2008-04-23 09:24:18', '0000-00-00 00:00:00', '', '', 'pageclass_sfx=\nback_button=\nitem_title=1\nlink_titles=\nintrotext=1\nsection=0\nsection_link=0\ncategory=0\ncategory_link=0\nrating=\nauthor=\ncreatedate=\nmodifydate=\npdf=\nprint=\nemail=\nkeyref=joomla.whatsnew15.15\ndocbook_type=', 5, 0, 3, '', '', 0, 8222),
(1971, 'What''s New in Version 1.0', '', '<p>\r\nThe following outlines the highlights of this debut version of Joomla! All comments are made in reference to Mambo 4.5.2.3 with regard to changes and improvements made.\r\n</p>\r\n<h2>Bug Fixes</h2>\r\n<p>\r\nSeveral crucial fixes have been applied to this version: \r\n</p>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n You can now properly login to different sites even if they share the same domain and are nested in sub-directories. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n Slow queries in the User Manager have been corrected. This bug affected sites with thousands of registered users. Registered users (that don''t have edit rights) are also excluded from the Author select list shown when editing content pages. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n Variable references that caused notices in PHP 4.4 have been fixed. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<p>\r\nCheck the CHANGELOG.php file for more information.\r\n</p>\r\n<h2>Security Fixes</h2>\r\n<p>\r\nSeveral important vulnerabilities have been patched in this version: \r\n</p>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n Known vulnerabilities in the phpMailer class \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n SQL injection vulnerability via the user activation feature \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n SQL injection vulnerability via the polls component \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n Files such as the CHANGELOG have been converted to PHP files to prevent them being visible. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n The "Email from Friend" form has been hardened to reduce the risk of it being used as a gateway for spam \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n The mosGetParam has been hardened by using phpInputFilter for NO_HTML mode \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n An alternative version of globals.php has been provided. If you rename globals.php-off to globals.php Joomla! will emulate the php setting register_globals=off. This affords some protection against certainly types of malicious attacks but may prevent some third party applications from working correctly. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<h2>Joomla! Site (Front End)</h2>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n The site is now visibile to Administrators even when the site is in Offline mode. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n Frontend Users can select the WYSIWYG editor they want to use rather than having to use the default. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<h2>Joomla! Administrator (Back End)</h2>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n The System Information link has been added back to the System Menu. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n "Force Logout" in the User Manager toolbar has been renamed to simply "Logout". \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n "Submit - Content" is a new menu type available \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n HTML output is now buffered to improve performance of non-display actions (like saving content)\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n Users can select the WYSIWYG editor they want to use rather than having to use the default. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n Contact component: added parameter to define a certain category for a contact menu. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<h2>Templates</h2>\r\n<p>\r\nThe Solar Flare 2 template has been freshened with the new name. Andy Miller joined forces with Robert Deutz to deliver a stunning new Adminstrator Template for Joomla!\r\nToolbar icons in the Administrator toolbar are now shown in full colour rather than greyed out (which would normally indicate they were unavailable).\r\n</p>\r\n<h2>Miscellaneous Bits</h2>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n A "check again" button has been added to the first page of the web installer. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<h2>Support for MySQL 4.1.x</h2>\r\n<p>\r\nJoomla! will support installation and use with PHP 5 and MySQL 4.1. An alternative database file is provided in the /includes directory. SImply copy database.mysqli.php over the existing databased.php file. Following this you can use the web installer normally to install Joomla!.\r\n</p>\r\n<h2>Library Upgrades</h2>\r\n<p>\r\nThe following developer libraries have been upgraded: \r\n</p>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n patTemplate (this version now supports the short tag modifiers) \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n Overlib \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n TinyMCE \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n Walter Zorn tooltips \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n JSCookMenu \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n DOMIT! \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n DOMIT! RSS \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<h2>Useability and Accessibility</h2>\r\n<p>\r\nA huge thrust is being made to make Joomla! compliant with web standards for useability and accessibility. While much more will be done in future versions, the following first steps have been taken to achieve this goal: \r\n</p>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n Label tags have been added to Site module and component output \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n mosHTML::selectList and mosHTML::radioList automatically provide the correct label tags \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<h2>Developer Extras</h2>\r\n<p>\r\nA number of new things are available for developers. These include: \r\n</p>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n patHTML class provides several utility methods for handling selection lists \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n mosAbstractTasker class now auto-maps public methods to tasks \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n setTemplateVars method has been added to both the Site and Administrator page navigation classes \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n mosHash function provides a convenient method for producing secure hashes\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n A now separates content items in lists \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n mosParameter::_jos_filelist has been added to supportXML params \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n Paramater files can now use the root element <mosparams>. This enables you to have more than one XML params file in your component installation files. <br />\r\n </mosparams>\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <mosparams>A number of new mambot triggers have been included: onStart, onAfterMainframe <br />\r\n </mosparams>\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <mosparams>A number of new toolbar icons have been added <br />\r\n </mosparams>\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <mosparams>The mosToolBar::help method now correctly supports local help files in a components /help folder. <br />\r\n </mosparams>\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <mosparams>mosDBTable::isCheckedOut method has been added <br />\r\n </mosparams>\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <mosparams>CSS styles have been added to the administrator template to support Joomla! 1.5-like (Mambo 4.5.3-like) screen layouts. <br />\r\n </mosparams>\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <mosparams>The dTree javascript tree library has been added <br />\r\n </mosparams>\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <mosparams>database:setQuery now takes arguments for query limit offset and number of records to be returned. \r\n </mosparams>\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<h2>Compatibility</h2>\r\n<p>\r\nWe have made every effort to make this version backwardly compatible with Mambo 4.5.2.3 but there are a few changes that may affect a small selection of existing addons. If you are a developer of Mambo addons (and soon to be Joomla! developer) then your attention should be drawn to the following points: \r\n</p>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n patTemplate::createTemplate arguments have changed \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n database:setQuery arguments have changed but this is unlikely to affect most sites\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n', '', 1, 42, 0, 183, '2008-04-23 13:05:36', 165, '', '2008-04-23 13:30:29', 165, 0, '0000-00-00 00:00:00', '2008-04-23 12:48:03', '0000-00-00 00:00:00', '', '', 'pageclass_sfx=\nback_button=\nitem_title=1\nlink_titles=\nintrotext=1\nsection=0\nsection_link=0\ncategory=0\ncategory_link=0\nrating=\nauthor=\ncreatedate=\nmodifydate=\npdf=\nprint=\nemail=\nkeyref=joomla.whatsnew10.15\ndocbook_type=', 3, 0, 1, '', '', 0, 3165);
INSERT INTO `jos_content` (`id`, `title`, `title_alias`, `introtext`, `fulltext`, `state`, `sectionid`, `mask`, `catid`, `created`, `created_by`, `created_by_alias`, `modified`, `modified_by`, `checked_out`, `checked_out_time`, `publish_up`, `publish_down`, `images`, `urls`, `attribs`, `version`, `parentid`, `ordering`, `metakey`, `metadesc`, `access`, `hits`) VALUES
(1517, 'Menu Item Manager - New/Edit', 'Menu Item Manager - New/Edit', '<a title="How_To_Access" name="How_To_Access"></a>\r\n<h2> <span class="mw-headline">How To Access</span></h2>\r\n<p>\r\nTo access the New Menu Creation wizard, navigate to the <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1455&Itemid=278" target="_self">Menu Item Manager</a> for the desired menu and press the New button on the toolbar.\r\n</p>\r\n<a title="Description" name="Description"></a>\r\n<h2> <span class="mw-headline">Description</span></h2>\r\n<p>\r\nIn this screen, you will select the Menu Item Type for this Menu Item. The Menu Item Type determines the type of page that will display when this menu choice is selected by the User.\r\n</p>\r\n<a title="Screenshot" name="Screenshot"></a>\r\n<h2 class="mw-headline">Screenshot</h2>\r\n<p>\r\n<span class="image"><img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/Menu_Item_New.png" alt="Image:Menu_Item_New.png" border="0" height="407" width="557" /></span>\r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\n \r\n</p>\r\n<p class="hsnote">\r\nIf you install one or more Joomla! extensions, these extensions may add new Menu Item Types. In this case, your list will have additional types.\r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\n \r\n</p>\r\n<a title="Menu_Item_Types" name="Menu_Item_Types"></a>\r\n<h2> <span class="mw-headline">Menu Item Types</span></h2>\r\n<p>\r\nMenu Item Types are organized into four groups: Internal Link, External Link, Separator, and Alias. Internal Links are the most commonly used and will display pages on your web site. External Links are used to display links to external web sites. Separators are used to place a graphic or other separator between menu options. Alias Item Types are used to point back to an already existing Menu Item.\r\n</p>\r\n<a title="Internal_Link_-_Articles" name="Internal_Link_-_Articles"></a>\r\n<h2> <span class="mw-headline">Internal Link - Articles</span></h2>\r\n<p>\r\nWhen the Articles link is selected, it expands to show the options shown below.\r\n</p>\r\n<div class="center">\r\n<div class="thumb tnone">\r\n<div class="thumbinner" style="width: 323px">\r\n<span class="thumbimage"><img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/Menu_item_type_articles.png" border="0" height="371" width="321" /></span> \r\n<div class="thumbcaption">\r\n</div>\r\n</div>\r\n</div>\r\n</div>\r\n<p>\r\nEach of these is described below.\r\n</p>\r\n<a title="Archived_Article_List" name="Archived_Article_List"></a>\r\n<h3> <span class="mw-headline">Archived Article List</span></h3>\r\n<p>\r\nUsed to show a list of Articles that have been Archived and can be searched by date. Archived articles are no longer published but are still stored on the site. Articles are Archived using the <a href=index2.php?option=com_content&task=findkey&tmpl=component;1&keyref=Screen.content.15 title="Screen.content.15">Article Manager</a> screen. Note that Articles assigned to the "Uncategoried" Section will not show on the Archived Article List layout.\r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\n<b>Parameters - Basic</b>\r\nThis Menu Item Type Archived Article List allows you to set the sort order of Archived Articles, as shown in the screenshot below. \r\n</p>\r\n<div class="center">\r\n<div class="thumb tnone">\r\n<div class="thumbinner" style="width: 335px">\r\n<span class="thumbimage"><img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/Menu_item_archive_parameters.png" border="0" height="175" width="333" /></span> \r\n<div class="thumbcaption">\r\n</div>\r\n</div>\r\n</div>\r\n</div>\r\n<p>\r\nThe Default order is most recent first. The Order option sorts Articles by the Order column in the <a href=index2.php?option=com_content&task=findkey&tmpl=component;1&keyref=Screen.content.15 title="Screen.content.15">Article Manager</a>.\r\n</p>\r\n<a title="Article_Layout" name="Article_Layout"></a>\r\n<h3> <span class="mw-headline">Article Layout</span></h3>\r\n<p>\r\nUsed to show a single article on the page. Note: This layout replaces the <i>Static Content</i> and <i>Link Content</i> used in Joomla! version 1.0.\r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\n<b>Parameters - Basic</b>\r\nThe Article Layout has one Parameter, the Article to include in the layout, as shown below.\r\n</p>\r\n<div class="center">\r\n<div class="thumb tnone">\r\n<div class="thumbinner" style="width: 374px">\r\n<span class="thumbimage"><img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/Menu_item_article_parameters.png" border="0" height="55" width="372" /></span> \r\n<div class="thumbcaption">\r\n</div>\r\n</div>\r\n</div>\r\n</div>\r\nPress the Select button to select the desired Article for this layout.\r\n<a title="Article_Submission_Layout" name="Article_Submission_Layout"></a>\r\n<h3> <span class="mw-headline">Article Submission Layout</span></h3>\r\n<p>\r\nAllows users to submit an article. This only works for users who are members of the Authors, Publishers, or Editors groups. Members of the Registered or Public groups will not be able to submit articles even if this page is visible to them. If the page is visible to a user without the correct access level, they will get an error message when trying to load the page.\r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\nThis type has no Basic or Advanced Parameters.\r\n</p>\r\n<a title="Category_Blog_Layout" name="Category_Blog_Layout"></a>\r\n<h3> <span class="mw-headline">Category Blog Layout</span></h3>\r\n<p>\r\nUsed to show articles belonging to a specific Category, in a blog layout.\r\n</p>\r\nA Blog Layout in Joomla! has 3 main areas: Leading, Intro, and Links. These are shown in the diagram below.\r\n<div class="center">\r\n<div class="thumb tnone">\r\n<div class="thumbinner" style="width: 526px">\r\n<span class="thumbimage"><img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/Blog_layout_diagram.png" border="0" height="378" width="524" /></span> \r\n<div class="thumbcaption">\r\n</div>\r\n</div>\r\n</div>\r\n</div>\r\nArticles in the Leading Area always display in one column, using the full display width. Articles in the Intro Area may display in one, two, or three columns, depending on the Columns setting. The parameters below control the number of Articles in each area and the order in which they display. If an Article has a "Read more..." break, only the text before the break (called the Intro Text) will display, along with a "Read more..." link.\r\n<p>\r\n<b>Parameters - Basic</b>\r\nThe Category Blog Layout has the following Basic Parameters, as shown below.\r\n</p>\r\n<div class="center">\r\n<div class="thumb tnone">\r\n<div class="thumbinner" style="width: 372px">\r\n<span class="thumbimage"><img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/Category_blog_basic_parameters.png" border="0" height="246" width="370" /></span> \r\n<div class="thumbcaption">\r\n</div>\r\n</div>\r\n</div>\r\n</div>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li><b>Category.</b> Category selected for this Layout.\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li><b>Description.</b> Hide or Show the Category and Section Descriptions on the Layout. If ''Show'' is selected, the Description will display above the first Article, just below the Page Title.\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li><b>Description Image.</b> Hide or show the Description Image on the Layout. If ''Show'' is selected, the Image for this Category or Section will display on the left or right of the Description, depending on the Image Position specified in the <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1527&Itemid=278" target="_self">Category Edit Screen</a> or the <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1529&Itemid=278" target="_self">Section Edit Screen</a> .\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li> <b># Leading.</b> Number of Articles to show using the full width of the main display area. "0" means that no Articles will show when using the full width. If an Article has a "Read more..." break, only the part of the text before the break (the Intro text) will display.\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li> <b># Intro.</b> Determines the number of Articles to display after the leading Article. These Articles will display in the number of columns set in the Columns parameter below. If an Article has a "Read more..." break, only the text before the break (Intro text) will display, followed by a "Read more..." link. The order order in which to display the articles is determined by the Primary Order parameter in the Parameters - Advanced section below.\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li><b>Columns.</b> The number of columns to use in the Intro Text area. This is normally between 1 and 3. If 1 is used, the Into Text Articles will display using the full width of the display area, just like the Leading Articles.\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li> <b># Links.</b> The number of Links to display in the ''Links'' area of the page. These links allow a User to link to additional Articles, if there are more Articles than can fit on the first page of the Blog Layout.\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<p>\r\n<b>Parameters - Advanced</b>\r\nThe Category Blog Layout has the following Advanced Parameters, as shown below.\r\n</p>\r\n<div class="center">\r\n<div class="thumb tnone">\r\n<div class="thumbinner" style="width: 372px">\r\n<span class="thumbimage"><img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/Category_blog_advanced_parameters.png" border="0" height="196" width="370" /></span> \r\n<div class="thumbcaption">\r\n</div>\r\n</div>\r\n</div>\r\n</div>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li><b>Category Order.</b> Order of Categories in this Layout. The following options are available.\r\n <div class="center">\r\n <div class="thumb tnone">\r\n <div class="thumbinner" style="width: 185px">\r\n <span class="thumbimage"><img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/Category_order.png" border="0" height="71" width="183" /></span> \r\n <div class="thumbcaption">\r\n </div>\r\n </div>\r\n </div>\r\n </div>\r\n <ul>\r\n <li><i>No. Order by Primary Order Only:</i> Articles are ordered only by the Primary Order, without regard to Category.\r\n </li>\r\n <li><i>Title - Alphabetical:</i> Categories are displayed in alphabetical order (A to Z)\r\n </li>\r\n <li><i>Title - Reverse Alphabetical:</i> Categories are displayed in reverse alphabetical order (Z to A)\r\n </li>\r\n <li><i>Order:</i> Categories are ordered according to the Order column entered in the <a href=index2.php?option=com_content&task=findkey&tmpl=component;1&keyref=Screen.categories.15 title="Screen.categories.15">Category Manager</a>.\r\n </li>\r\n </ul>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li><b>Primary Order.</b> Order of Articles within a Category. The following options are available.\r\n <div class="center">\r\n <div class="thumb tnone">\r\n <div class="thumbinner" style="width: 182px">\r\n <span class="thumbimage"><img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/Primary_order.png" border="0" height="149" width="180" /></span> \r\n <div class="thumbcaption">\r\n </div>\r\n </div>\r\n </div>\r\n </div>\r\n <ul>\r\n <li><i>Default:</i> Same as "Most recent first"\r\n </li>\r\n <li><i>Oldest first:</i> Articles are displayed starting with the oldest and ending with the most recent.\r\n </li>\r\n <li><i>Most recent first:</i> Articles are displayed starting with the most recent and ending with the oldest.\r\n </li>\r\n <li><i>Title - Alphabetical:</i> Articles are displayed by Title in alphabetical order (A to Z)\r\n </li>\r\n <li><i>Title - Reverse Alphabetical:</i> Articles are displayed by Title in reverse alphabetical order (Z to A)\r\n </li>\r\n <li><i>Author - Alphabetical:</i> Articles are displayed by Author in alphabetical order (A to Z)\r\n </li>\r\n <li><i>Author - Reverse Alphabetical:</i> Articles are displayed by Author in reverse alphabetical order (Z to A)\r\n </li>\r\n <li><i>Most Hits:</i> Articles are displayed by the number of hits, starting with the one with the most hits and ending with the one with the least hits\r\n </li>\r\n <li><i>Least Hits:</i> Articles are displayed by the number of hits, starting with the one with the least hits and ending with the one with the most hits\r\n </li>\r\n <li><i>Order:</i> Articles are ordered according to the Order column entered in the <a href=index2.php?option=com_content&task=findkey&tmpl=component;1&keyref=Screen.content.15 title="Screen.content.15">Article Manager</a>.\r\n </li>\r\n </ul>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li><b>Pagination.</b> Hide or Show Pagination support. Pagination provides page links at the bottom of the page that allow the User to navigate to additional pages. These are needed if the Articles will not fit on one page. An example is shown below.\r\n <div class="center">\r\n <div class="thumb tnone">\r\n <div class="thumbinner" style="width: 164px">\r\n <a href=index2.php?option=com_content&task=findkey&tmpl=component;1&keyref=Image:Blog_layout_pagination.png class="image" title="Blog layout pagination.png"><img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/Blog_layout_pagination.png" class="thumbimage" border="0" height="27" width="162" /></a> \r\n <div class="thumbcaption">\r\n </div>\r\n </div>\r\n </div>\r\n </div>\r\n The following options are available.\r\n <ul>\r\n <li><i>Auto:</i> Pagination links shown if needed.\r\n </li>\r\n <li><i>Show:</i> Pagination links shown if needed.\r\n </li>\r\n <li><i>Hide:</i> Pagination links not shown. Note: In this case, Users will not be able to navigate to additional pages.\r\n </li>\r\n </ul>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li><b>Pagination Results.</b> Hide or Show the current page number and total pages (e.g., "Page 1 of 2") at the bottom of each page.\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li><b>Show a Feed Link.</b> Hide or Show an RSS Feed Link.\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<a title="Category_List_Layout" name="Category_List_Layout"></a>\r\n<h3> <span class="mw-headline">Category List Layout</span></h3>\r\nUsed to show articles belonging to one Category, in a list layout. A list layout lists each Article''s Title and allows the User to link to the Article. An example is shown below:\r\n<div class="center">\r\n<div class="thumb tnone">\r\n<div class="thumbinner" style="width: 585px">\r\n<span class="thumbimage"><img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/Category_list_layout_example.png" border="0" height="322" width="583" /></span> \r\n<div class="thumbcaption">\r\n</div>\r\n</div>\r\n</div>\r\n</div>\r\n<p>\r\n<b>Parameters - Basic</b>\r\nThe Category List Layout has the following Basic Parameters, as shown below.\r\n</p>\r\n<div class="center">\r\n<div class="thumb tnone">\r\n<div class="thumbinner" style="width: 372px">\r\n<span class="thumbimage"><img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/Category_list_basic_parameters.png" border="0" height="221" width="370" /></span> \r\n<div class="thumbcaption">\r\n</div>\r\n</div>\r\n</div>\r\n</div>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li><b>Category.</b> Category selected for this Layout.\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li><b>Table Headings.</b> Hide or Show column headings above the fields for the item.\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li><b>Date Column.</b> Hide or Show the Created Date for the Article in a column between the Title and Author.\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li><b>Date Format.</b> The format of the Created Date. You may leave this blank to use the default date format from your Language file. This value uses the <a href="http://us2.php.net/strftime" class="external text" title="http://us2.php.net/strftime" rel="nofollow">PHP strftime Command Format</a>.\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li><b>Filter.</b> Hide or show a Filter form. A Filter allow the user to limit what Articles are displayed. An example is shown below.\r\n <div class="center">\r\n <div class="thumb tnone">\r\n <div class="thumbinner" style="width: 314px">\r\n <span class="thumbimage"><img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/Article_filter.png" border="0" height="32" width="312" /></span> \r\n <div class="thumbcaption">\r\n </div>\r\n </div>\r\n </div>\r\n </div>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li><b>Filter Field.</b> Field to use for filtering Articles. Available options are Title, Author, and Hits.\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<a title="Front_Page_Blog_Layout" name="Front_Page_Blog_Layout"></a>\r\n<h3> <span class="mw-headline">Front Page Blog Layout</span></h3>\r\n<p>\r\nUsed to show all Articles that have been published to the Front Page, in a Blog Layout.\r\n</p>\r\nA Blog Layout in Joomla! has 3 main areas: Leading, Intro, and Links. These are shown in the diagram below.\r\n<div class="center">\r\n<div class="thumb tnone">\r\n<div class="thumbinner" style="width: 526px">\r\n<span class="thumbimage"><img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/Blog_layout_diagram.png" border="0" height="378" width="524" /></span> \r\n<div class="thumbcaption">\r\n</div>\r\n</div>\r\n</div>\r\n</div>\r\nArticles in the Leading Area always display in one column, using the full display width. Articles in the Intro Area may display in one, two, or three columns, depending on the Columns setting. The parameters below control the number of Articles in each area and the order in which they display. If an Article has a "Read more..." break, only the text before the break (called the Intro Text) will display, along with a "Read more..." link.\r\n<p>\r\n<b>Parameters - Basic</b>\r\nThe Front Page Blog Layout has the following Basic Parameters, as shown below.\r\n</p>\r\n<div class="center">\r\n<div class="thumb tnone">\r\n<div class="thumbinner" style="width: 365px">\r\n<span class="thumbimage"><img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/Front_page_basic_parameters.png" border="0" height="146" width="363" /></span> \r\n<div class="thumbcaption">\r\n</div>\r\n</div>\r\n</div>\r\n</div>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li> <b># Leading.</b> Number of Articles to show using the full width of the main display area. "0" means that no Articles will show when using the full width. If an Article has a "Read more..." break, only the part of the text before the break (the Intro text) will display.\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li> <b># Intro.</b> Determines the number of Articles to display after the leading Article. These Articles will display in the number of columns set in the Columns parameter below. If an Article has a "Read more..." break, only the text before the break (Intro text) will display, followed by a "Read more..." link. The order order in which to display the articles is determined by the Primary Order parameter in the Parameters - Advanced section below.\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li><b>Columns.</b> The number of columns to use in the Intro Text area. This is normally between 1 and 3. If 1 is used, the Into Text Articles will display using the full width of the display area, just like the Leading Articles.\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li> <b># Links.</b> The number of Links to display in the ''Links'' area of the page. These links allow a User to link to additional Articles, if there are more Articles than can fit on the first page of the Blog Layout.\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<p>\r\n<b>Parameters - Advanced</b>\r\nThe Category Blog Layout has the following Advanced Parameters, as shown below.\r\n</p>\r\n<div class="center">\r\n<div class="thumb tnone">\r\n<div class="thumbinner" style="width: 372px">\r\n<span class="thumbimage"><img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/Category_blog_advanced_parameters.png" border="0" height="196" width="370" /></span> \r\n<div class="thumbcaption">\r\n</div>\r\n</div>\r\n</div>\r\n</div>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li><b>Category Order.</b> Order of Categories in this Layout. The following options are available.\r\n <div class="center">\r\n <div class="thumb tnone">\r\n <div class="thumbinner" style="width: 185px">\r\n <span class="thumbimage"><img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/Category_order.png" border="0" height="71" width="183" /></span> \r\n <div class="thumbcaption">\r\n </div>\r\n </div>\r\n </div>\r\n </div>\r\n <ul>\r\n <li><i>No. Order by Primary Order Only:</i> Articles are ordered only by the Primary Order, without regard to Category.\r\n </li>\r\n <li><i>Title - Alphabetical:</i> Categories are displayed in alphabetical order (A to Z)\r\n </li>\r\n <li><i>Title - Reverse Alphabetical:</i> Categories are displayed in reverse alphabetical order (Z to A)\r\n </li>\r\n <li><i>Order:</i> Categories are ordered according to the Order column entered in the <a href=index2.php?option=com_content&task=findkey&tmpl=component;1&keyref=Screen.categories.15 title="Screen.categories.15">Category Manager</a>.\r\n </li>\r\n </ul>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li><b>Primary Order.</b> Order of Articles within a Category. The following options are available.\r\n <div class="center">\r\n <div class="thumb tnone">\r\n <div class="thumbinner" style="width: 182px">\r\n <span class="thumbimage"><img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/Primary_order.png" border="0" height="149" width="180" /></span> \r\n <div class="thumbcaption">\r\n </div>\r\n </div>\r\n </div>\r\n </div>\r\n <ul>\r\n <li><i>Default:</i> Same as "Most recent first"\r\n </li>\r\n <li><i>Oldest first:</i> Articles are displayed starting with the oldest and ending with the most recent.\r\n </li>\r\n <li><i>Most recent first:</i> Articles are displayed starting with the most recent and ending with the oldest.\r\n </li>\r\n <li><i>Title - Alphabetical:</i> Articles are displayed by Title in alphabetical order (A to Z)\r\n </li>\r\n <li><i>Title - Reverse Alphabetical:</i> Articles are displayed by Title in reverse alphabetical order (Z to A)\r\n </li>\r\n <li><i>Author - Alphabetical:</i> Articles are displayed by Author in alphabetical order (A to Z)\r\n </li>\r\n <li><i>Author - Reverse Alphabetical:</i> Articles are displayed by Author in reverse alphabetical order (Z to A)\r\n </li>\r\n <li><i>Most Hits:</i> Articles are displayed by the number of hits, starting with the one with the most hits and ending with the one with the least hits\r\n </li>\r\n <li><i>Least Hits:</i> Articles are displayed by the number of hits, starting with the one with the least hits and ending with the one with the most hits\r\n </li>\r\n <li><i>Order:</i> Articles are ordered according to the Order column entered in the <a href=index2.php?option=com_content&task=findkey&tmpl=component;1&keyref=Screen.content.15 title="Screen.content.15">Article Manager</a>.\r\n </li>\r\n </ul>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li><b>Pagination.</b> Hide or Show Pagination support. Pagination provides page links at the bottom of the page that allow the User to navigate to additional pages. These are needed if the Articles will not fit on one page. An example is shown below.\r\n <div class="center">\r\n <div class="thumb tnone">\r\n <div class="thumbinner" style="width: 164px">\r\n <span class="thumbimage"><img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/Blog_layout_pagination.png" border="0" height="27" width="162" /></span> \r\n <div class="thumbcaption">\r\n </div>\r\n </div>\r\n </div>\r\n </div>\r\n The following options are available.\r\n <ul>\r\n <li><i>Auto:</i> Pagination links shown if needed.\r\n </li>\r\n <li><i>Show:</i> Pagination links shown if needed.\r\n </li>\r\n <li><i>Hide:</i> Pagination links not shown. Note: In this case, Users will not be able to navigate to additional pages.\r\n </li>\r\n </ul>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li><b>Pagination Results.</b> Hide or Show the current page number and total pages (e.g., "Page 1 of 2") at the bottom of each page.\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li><b>Show a Feed Link.</b> Hide or Show an RSS Feed Link.\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<a title="Section_Blog_Layout" name="Section_Blog_Layout"></a>\r\n<h3> <span class="mw-headline">Section Blog Layout</span></h3>\r\n<p>\r\nUsed to show Articles belonging to one Section, in a Blog Layout.\r\n</p>\r\nA Blog Layout in Joomla! has 3 main areas: Leading, Intro, and Links. These are shown in the diagram below.\r\n<div class="center">\r\n<div class="thumb tnone">\r\n<div class="thumbinner" style="width: 526px">\r\n<span class="thumbimage"><img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/Blog_layout_diagram.png" border="0" height="378" width="524" /></span> \r\n<div class="thumbcaption">\r\n</div>\r\n</div>\r\n</div>\r\n</div>\r\nArticles in the Leading Area always display in one column, using the full display width. Articles in the Intro Area may display in one, two, or three columns, depending on the Columns setting. The parameters below control the number of Articles in each area and the order in which they display. If an Article has a "Read more..." break, only the text before the break (called the Intro Text) will display, along with a "Read more..." link.\r\n<p>\r\n<b>Parameters - Basic</b>\r\nThe Section Blog Layout has the following Basic Parameters, as shown below.\r\n</p>\r\n<div class="center">\r\n<div class="thumb tnone">\r\n<div class="thumbinner" style="width: 362px">\r\n<span class="thumbimage"><img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/Section_blog_basic_parameters.png" border="0" height="244" width="360" /></span> \r\n<div class="thumbcaption">\r\n</div>\r\n</div>\r\n</div>\r\n</div>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li><b>Section.</b> Section selected for this Layout.\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li><b>Description.</b> Hide or Show the Category and Section Descriptions on the Layout. If ''Show'' is selected, the Description will display above the first Article, just below the Page Title.\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li><b>Description Image.</b> Hide or show the Description Image on the Layout. If ''Show'' is selected, the Image for this Category or Section will display on the left or right of the Description, depending on the Image Position specified in the <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1527&Itemid=278" target="_self">Category Edit Screen</a> or the <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1529&Itemid=278" target="_self">Section Edit Screen</a><a href=index2.php?option=com_content&task=findkey&tmpl=component;1&keyref=Screen.sections.edit.15 title="Screen.sections.edit.15"></a>.\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li> <b># Leading.</b> Number of Articles to show using the full width of the main display area. "0" means that no Articles will show when using the full width. If an Article has a "Read more..." break, only the part of the text before the break (the Intro text) will display.\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li> <b># Intro.</b> Determines the number of Articles to display after the leading Article. These Articles will display in the number of columns set in the Columns parameter below. If an Article has a "Read more..." break, only the text before the break (Intro text) will display, followed by a "Read more..." link. The order order in which to display the articles is determined by the Primary Order parameter in the Parameters - Advanced section below.\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li><b>Columns.</b> The number of columns to use in the Intro Text area. This is normally between 1 and 3. If 1 is used, the Into Text Articles will display using the full width of the display area, just like the Leading Articles.\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li> <b># Links.</b> The number of Links to display in the ''Links'' area of the page. These links allow a User to link to additional Articles, if there are more Articles than can fit on the first page of the Blog Layout.\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<p>\r\n<b>Parameters - Advanced</b>\r\nThe Section Blog Layout has the following Advanced Parameters, as shown below.\r\n</p>\r\n<div class="center">\r\n<div class="thumb tnone">\r\n<div class="thumbinner" style="width: 372px">\r\n<span class="thumbimage"><img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/Category_blog_advanced_parameters.png" border="0" height="196" width="370" /></span> \r\n<div class="thumbcaption">\r\n</div>\r\n</div>\r\n</div>\r\n</div>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li><b>Category Order.</b> Order of Categories in this Layout. The following options are available.\r\n <div class="center">\r\n <div class="thumb tnone">\r\n <div class="thumbinner" style="width: 185px">\r\n <span class="thumbimage"><img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/Category_order.png" border="0" height="71" width="183" /></span> \r\n <div class="thumbcaption">\r\n </div>\r\n </div>\r\n </div>\r\n </div>\r\n <ul>\r\n <li><i>No. Order by Primary Order Only:</i> Articles are ordered only by the Primary Order, without regard to Category.\r\n </li>\r\n <li><i>Title - Alphabetical:</i> Categories are displayed in alphabetical order (A to Z)\r\n </li>\r\n <li><i>Title - Reverse Alphabetical:</i> Categories are displayed in reverse alphabetical order (Z to A)\r\n </li>\r\n <li><i>Order:</i> Categories are ordered according to the Order column entered in the <a href=index2.php?option=com_content&task=findkey&tmpl=component;1&keyref=Screen.categories.15 title="Screen.categories.15">Category Manager</a>.\r\n </li>\r\n </ul>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li><b>Primary Order.</b> Order of Articles within a Category. The following options are available.\r\n <div class="center">\r\n <div class="thumb tnone">\r\n <div class="thumbinner" style="width: 182px">\r\n <span class="thumbimage"><img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/Primary_order.png" border="0" height="149" width="180" /></span> \r\n <div class="thumbcaption">\r\n </div>\r\n </div>\r\n </div>\r\n </div>\r\n <ul>\r\n <li><i>Default:</i> Same as "Most recent first"\r\n </li>\r\n <li><i>Oldest first:</i> Articles are displayed starting with the oldest and ending with the most recent.\r\n </li>\r\n <li><i>Most recent first:</i> Articles are displayed starting with the most recent and ending with the oldest.\r\n </li>\r\n <li><i>Title - Alphabetical:</i> Articles are displayed by Title in alphabetical order (A to Z)\r\n </li>\r\n <li><i>Title - Reverse Alphabetical:</i> Articles are displayed by Title in reverse alphabetical order (Z to A)\r\n </li>\r\n <li><i>Author - Alphabetical:</i> Articles are displayed by Author in alphabetical order (A to Z)\r\n </li>\r\n <li><i>Author - Reverse Alphabetical:</i> Articles are displayed by Author in reverse alphabetical order (Z to A)\r\n </li>\r\n <li><i>Most Hits:</i> Articles are displayed by the number of hits, starting with the one with the most hits and ending with the one with the least hits\r\n </li>\r\n <li><i>Least Hits:</i> Articles are displayed by the number of hits, starting with the one with the least hits and ending with the one with the most hits\r\n </li>\r\n <li><i>Order:</i> Articles are ordered according to the Order column entered in the <a href=index2.php?option=com_content&task=findkey&tmpl=component;1&keyref=Screen.content.15 title="Screen.content.15">Article Manager</a>.\r\n </li>\r\n </ul>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li><b>Pagination.</b> Hide or Show Pagination support. Pagination provides page links at the bottom of the page that allow the User to navigate to additional pages. These are needed if the Articles will not fit on one page. An example is shown below.\r\n <div class="center">\r\n <div class="thumb tnone">\r\n <div class="thumbinner" style="width: 164px">\r\n <span class="thumbimage"><img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/Blog_layout_pagination.png" border="0" height="27" width="162" /></span> \r\n <div class="thumbcaption">\r\n </div>\r\n </div>\r\n </div>\r\n </div>\r\n The following options are available.\r\n <ul>\r\n <li><i>Auto:</i> Pagination links shown if needed.\r\n </li>\r\n <li><i>Show:</i> Pagination links shown if needed.\r\n </li>\r\n <li><i>Hide:</i> Pagination links not shown. Note: In this case, Users will not be able to navigate to additional pages.\r\n </li>\r\n </ul>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li><b>Pagination Results.</b> Hide or Show the current page number and total pages (e.g., "Page 1 of 2") at the bottom of each page.\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li><b>Show a Feed Link.</b> Hide or Show an RSS Feed Link.\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<a title="Section_Layout" name="Section_Layout"></a>\r\n<h3> <span class="mw-headline">Section Layout</span></h3>\r\nUsed to show Articles by Category in one Section, in a list layout. This layout shows a list Categories in the Section. Each Category links to a page that is similar to a Category List Layout, providing links to each Article in that Category. An example is shown below: \r\n<div class="center">\r\n<div class="thumb tnone">\r\n<div class="thumbinner" style="width: 564px">\r\n<span class="thumbimage"><img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/Section_layout_example.png" border="0" height="216" width="562" /></span> \r\n<div class="thumbcaption">\r\n</div>\r\n</div>\r\n</div>\r\n</div>\r\n<p>\r\n<b>Parameters - Basic</b>\r\nThe Section Layout has the following Basic Parameters, as shown below.\r\n</p>\r\n<div class="center">\r\n<div class="thumb tnone">\r\n<div class="thumbinner" style="width: 362px">\r\n<span class="thumbimage"><img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/Section_layout_basic_parameters.png" border="0" height="262" width="360" /></span> \r\n<div class="thumbcaption">\r\n</div>\r\n</div>\r\n</div>\r\n</div>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li><b>Section.</b> Section selected for this Layout.\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li><b>Description.</b> Hide or Show the Section Description. If ''Show'' is selected, the Description will display at the top of the page, just under the Title.\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li><b>Description Image.</b> Hide or show the Description Image on the Layout. If ''Show'' is selected, the Image for this Category or Section will display on the left or right of the Description, depending on the Image Position specified in the <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1527&Itemid=278" target="_self">Category Edit Screen</a> or the <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1529&Itemid=278" target="_self">Section Edit Screen</a><a href=index2.php?option=com_content&task=findkey&tmpl=component;1&keyref=Screen.sections.edit.15 title="Screen.sections.edit.15"></a>.\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li><b>Category List - Section.</b> Hide or Show the list of Categories in this Section. Normally, you will want this set to ''Show''. If this is set to ''Hide'', no Categories will display and Users will be unable to navigate to the Articles in a Category.\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li><b>Empty Categories in Section</b> Show or Hide Categories that contain no Articles.\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li> <b># Category Items.</b> Hide or Show the number of Articles in each Category.\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li><b>Category Description</b> Hide or Show the Description for each Category.\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<p>\r\n<b>Parameters - Advanced</b>\r\nThe Section Layout has the following Advanced Parameters, as shown below.\r\n</p>\r\n<div class="center">\r\n<div class="thumb tnone">\r\n<div class="thumbinner" style="width: 362px">\r\n<span class="thumbimage"><img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/Section_layout_advanced_parameters.png" border="0" height="98" width="360" /></span> \r\n<div class="thumbcaption">\r\n</div>\r\n</div>\r\n</div>\r\n</div>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li><b>Category Order.</b> Order of Categories in this Layout. The following options are available.\r\n <div class="center">\r\n <div class="thumb tnone">\r\n <div class="thumbinner" style="width: 185px">\r\n <span class="thumbimage"><img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/Category_order.png" border="0" height="71" width="183" /></span> \r\n <div class="thumbcaption">\r\n </div>\r\n </div>\r\n </div>\r\n </div>\r\n <ul>\r\n <li><i>No. Order by Primary Order Only:</i> Articles are ordered only by the Primary Order, without regard to Category.\r\n </li>\r\n <li><i>Title - Alphabetical:</i> Categories are displayed in alphabetical order (A to Z)\r\n </li>\r\n <li><i>Title - Reverse Alphabetical:</i> Categories are displayed in reverse alphabetical order (Z to A)\r\n </li>\r\n <li><i>Order:</i> Categories are ordered according to the Order column entered in the <a href=index2.php?option=com_content&task=findkey&tmpl=component;1&keyref=Screen.categories.15 title="Screen.categories.15">Category Manager</a>.\r\n </li>\r\n </ul>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li><b>Primary Order.</b> Order of Articles within a Category. The following options are available.\r\n <div class="center">\r\n <div class="thumb tnone">\r\n <div class="thumbinner" style="width: 182px">\r\n <span class="thumbimage"><img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/Primary_order.png" border="0" height="149" width="180" /></span> \r\n <div class="thumbcaption">\r\n </div>\r\n </div>\r\n </div>\r\n </div>\r\n <ul>\r\n <li><i>Default:</i> Same as "Most recent first"\r\n </li>\r\n <li><i>Oldest first:</i> Articles are displayed starting with the oldest and ending with the most recent.\r\n </li>\r\n <li><i>Most recent first:</i> Articles are displayed starting with the most recent and ending with the oldest.\r\n </li>\r\n <li><i>Title - Alphabetical:</i> Articles are displayed by Title in alphabetical order (A to Z)\r\n </li>\r\n <li><i>Title - Reverse Alphabetical:</i> Articles are displayed by Title in reverse alphabetical order (Z to A)\r\n </li>\r\n <li><i>Author - Alphabetical:</i> Articles are displayed by Author in alphabetical order (A to Z)\r\n </li>\r\n <li><i>Author - Reverse Alphabetical:</i> Articles are displayed by Author in reverse alphabetical order (Z to A)\r\n </li>\r\n <li><i>Most Hits:</i> Articles are displayed by the number of hits, starting with the one with the most hits and ending with the one with the least hits\r\n </li>\r\n <li><i>Least Hits:</i> Articles are displayed by the number of hits, starting with the one with the least hits and ending with the one with the most hits\r\n </li>\r\n <li><i>Order:</i> Articles are ordered according to the Order column entered in the <a href=index2.php?option=com_content&task=findkey&tmpl=component;1&keyref=Screen.content.15 title="Screen.content.15">Article Manager</a>.\r\n </li>\r\n </ul>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li><b>Show a Feed Link.</b> Hide or Show an RSS Feed Link.\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<a title="Parameters_-_Component_for_Articles" name="Parameters_-_Component_for_Articles"></a>\r\n<h3> <span class="mw-headline">Parameters - Component for Articles</span></h3>\r\nAll Articles Layouts have the same options under Parameters - Component. For each of these components, you may select one of three options: No/Hide, Yes/Show, or Use Global. An example of this section is shown below.\r\n<div class="center">\r\n<div class="thumb tnone">\r\n<div class="thumbinner" style="width: 315px">\r\n<span class="thumbimage"><img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/Article_parameters_component.png" border="0" height="646" width="313" /></span> \r\n<div class="thumbcaption">\r\n</div>\r\n</div>\r\n</div>\r\n</div>\r\n<p>\r\nThese values work with the values set in the <a href=index2.php?option=com_content&task=findkey&tmpl=component;1&keyref=Screen.content.15 title="Screen.content.15">Article Manager/Parameters</a> and the values set in the <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1526&Itemid=278" target="_self" title="Screen.content.edit.15">Article Manager New/Edit</a> to determine the action on the page. The parameters in all three places work together in a hierarchy, as follows. \r\n</p>\r\n<ol>\r\n <li> The value from the Parameters - Advanced section of the <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1526&Itemid=278" target="_self" title="Screen.content.edit.15">Article Manager New/Edit</a> is examined. If this value is set to Yes/Show or No/Hide, then that action is taken and no further checking is done.\r\n </li>\r\n <li> If the value above is set to "Use Global" then the value from the Parameters - Component section of the <span class="new">Menu Item Type</span> (this screen) is examined. If this value is set to Yes/Show or No/Hide, then that action is taken and no further checking is done.\r\n </li>\r\n <li> If <i>both</i> of the values above are set to "Use Global" then the value from <a href=index2.php?option=com_content&task=findkey&tmpl=component;1&keyref=Screen.content.15 title="Screen.content.15">Article Manager/Parameters</a> is used to determine the result.\r\n </li>\r\n</ol>\r\n<p>\r\nThe individual Parameters are described below.\r\n</p>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li><b>Show Unauthorized Links.</b> (No/Yes/Use Global). Whether or not to show links that the User is not authorized to access. If set to No, Users will only see Menu Items that they may access. If set to Yes, every User will see all Menu Items, whether or not they can access them. In this case, if an unauthorized user selects a Menu Item that they cannot access, a Login screen will display.\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li><b>Show Article Title.</b> (No/Yes/Use Global) Whether or not to show the title of the article.\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li><b>Title Linkable.</b> (No/Yes/Use Global) Whether or not the Title of the Article will be a hyperlink to the Article.\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li><b>Show Intro Text.</b> (Hide/Show/Use Global) Whether or not the Intro Text will display.\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li><b>Section Name.</b> (Hide/Show/Use Global) Whether or not the Section Name will display.\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li><b>Section Title Linkable.</b> (No/Yes/Use Global) Whether or not the Title of the Section will be a hyperlink to the Section page.\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li><b>Category Title.</b> (Hide/Show/Use Global) Whether or not the Category Title will display.\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li><b>Category Title Linkable.</b> (No/Yes/Use Global) Whether or not the Title of the Category will be a hyperlink to the Category page.\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li><b>Author Name.</b> (Hide/Show/Use Global) Whether or not to display the Author Name.\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li><b>Created Date and Time.</b> (Hide/Show/Use Global) Whether or not to display the date and time the Article was created.\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li><b>Modified Date and Time.</b> (Hide/Show/Use Global) Whether or not to display the date and time the Article was last modified.\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li><b>Show Navigation.</b> (Hide/Show/Use Global) Whether or not to show a navigation link (e.g., Next, Previous) between Articles.\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li><b>Read More... Link.</b> (Hide/Show/Use Global) Whether or not to show the "Read More..." link to link from the part of the Article before the "Read More..." break to the rest of the Article.\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li><b>Article Rating/Voting.</b> (Hide/Show/Use Global) Whether or not to display the Article Rating/Voting module.\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li><b>Icons.</b> (Hide/Show/Use Global) Whether the PDF, Print, and E-mail buttons for the Article will display as Icons or Text. If set to Hide, these buttons will display as Text ("PDF", "Print", and "E-mail"). If set to Show, they will display as Icons. Note that these buttons only display if the individual options are set to Show.\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li><b>PDF Icon.</b> (Hide/Show/Use Global) Whether or not to display a button to allow the Article to be rendered in a new window in PDF format. This allows the User to view, print, or save the Article as a PDF file.\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li><b>Print Icon.</b> (Hide/Show/Use Global) Whether or not to display a button to allow the Article to be printed. This allows the User to print the current Article in a printer-friendly format.\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li><b>E-mail Icon.</b> (Hide/Show/Use Global) Whether or not to display a button to allow a link to the Article to be e-mailed. This displays a form that allows the user to send an e-mail with a link to the current Article.\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li><b>Hits.</b> (Hide/Show/Use Global) Whether or not to display the number of hits for an Article.\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li><b>For each feed item show.</b> (Hide/Show/Use Global) If set to Hide, only the intro text of each feed item will display. If set to Show, the full text of the feed item will display.\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<a title="Internal_Link_-_Contacts" name="Internal_Link_-_Contacts"></a>\r\n<h2> <span class="mw-headline">Internal Link - Contacts</span></h2>\r\n<p>\r\nWhen the Contacts link is selected, it expands to display the options shown below.\r\n</p>\r\n<div class="center">\r\n<div class="thumb tnone">\r\n<div class="thumbinner" style="width: 325px">\r\n<span class="thumbimage"><img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/Menu_item_type_contacts.png" border="0" height="202" width="323" /></span> \r\n<div class="thumbcaption">\r\n</div>\r\n</div>\r\n</div>\r\n</div>\r\n<p>\r\nEach of these is described below.\r\n</p>\r\n<a title="Contact_Category_Layout" name="Contact_Category_Layout"></a>\r\n<h3> <span class="mw-headline">Contact Category Layout</span></h3>\r\n<p>\r\nUsed to show all of the published Contacts in a given Category. Note that Contact Categories are separate from Article Categories. Contacts and Contact Categories are entered by selecting Components/Contacts. See <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1464&Itemid=278" target="_self">Contact Manager</a> and <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1977&Itemid=278" target="_self">Category Manager</a> for more information.\r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\n<b>Parameters - Basic</b>\r\n</p>\r\nThe Contact Category Layout has the following Basic Parameters, as shown below. \r\n<div class="center">\r\n<div class="thumb tnone">\r\n<div class="thumbinner" style="width: 372px">\r\n<span class="thumbimage"><img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/Contact_category_basic_parameters.png" border="0" height="174" width="370" /></span> \r\n<div class="thumbcaption">\r\n</div>\r\n</div>\r\n</div>\r\n</div>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li><b>Category.</b> Category selected for this Layout.\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li><b>Contact Image.</b> Image for this Page. Image must be located in the folder "images/stories".\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li><b>Image Align.</b> Align the image on the left or right side of the page.\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li><b>Limit Box.</b> Hide or Show the Limit Box, shown below. \r\n <div class="center">\r\n <div class="thumb tnone">\r\n <div class="thumbinner" style="width: 119px">\r\n <span class="thumbimage"><img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/Contact_limit_box.png" border="0" height="29" width="117" /></span> \r\n <div class="thumbcaption">\r\n </div>\r\n </div>\r\n </div>\r\n </div>\r\n This allows the User to limit the number of items that will display per page.\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li><b>Show a Feed Link.</b> Hide or Show an RSS Feed Link.\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<a title="Standard_Contact_Layout" name="Standard_Contact_Layout"></a>\r\n<h3> <span class="mw-headline">Standard Contact Layout</span></h3>\r\n<p>\r\nUsed to show the details of a single Contact.\r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\n<b>Parameters - Basic</b>\r\n</p>\r\nThe Standard Contact Layout has the following Basic Parameters, as shown below. \r\n<div class="center">\r\n<div class="thumb tnone">\r\n<div class="thumbinner" style="width: 372px">\r\n<span class="thumbimage"><img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/Contact_standard_basic_parameters.png" border="0" height="111" width="370" /></span> \r\n<div class="thumbcaption">\r\n</div>\r\n</div>\r\n</div>\r\n</div>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li><b>Contact.</b> Select the desired Contact from the drop-down list box.\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li><b>Drop Down.</b> Hide or Show a drop-down list box that allows a User to select a different Contact from the same Category.\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li><b>Show the Category in Breadcrumbs.</b> Hide or Show the Contact Category in the Breadcrumbs display.\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<a title="Parameters_-_Component_for_Contacts" name="Parameters_-_Component_for_Contacts"></a>\r\n<h3> <span class="mw-headline">Parameters - Component for Contacts</span></h3>\r\n<p>\r\nAll Contacts Layouts have the same options under Parameters - Component. An example of this section is \r\nshown below.\r\n</p>\r\n<div class="center">\r\n<div class="floatnone">\r\n<img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/Contact_parameters_component1.png" border="0" height="792" width="329" />\r\n</div>\r\n</div>\r\n<p>\r\nThese settings work with the settings in the <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1464&Itemid=278" target="_self" title="Screen.contactmanager.15">Contacts: Global Configuration</a> and the <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1532&Itemid=278" target="_self">Contact Manager - New/Edit</a> . The setting in the <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1532&Itemid=278" target="_self">Contact Manager - New/Edit</a> takes priority. If the setting there is ''Use Global'', then the setting here takes effect. If both of these settings are ''Use Global'', then the setting in <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1464&Itemid=278" target="_self" title="Screen.contactmanager.15">Contacts: Global Configuration</a> takes effect.\r\n</p>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li><b>Icons/Text.</b> What to display next to the Contacts fields. Options are Icons/Text/None/Use Global.\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li><b>Address Icon.</b> Icon to use for Address. Select an image file in the drop-down list box. These images are located in the ''images/M_images'' folder.\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li><b>E-mail Icon.</b> Icon to use for E-mail. Select an image file in the drop-down list box. These images are located in the ''images/M_images'' folder.\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li><b>Telephone Icon.</b> Icon to use for Telephone. Select an image file in the drop-down list box. These images are located in the ''images/M_images'' folder.\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li><b>Mobile Icon.</b> Icon to use for Mobile phone. Select an image file in the drop-down list box. These images are located in the ''images/M_images'' folder.\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li><b>Fax Icon.</b> Icon to use for Fax. Select an image file in the drop-down list box. These images are located in the ''images/M_images'' folder.\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li><b>Miscellaneous Icon.</b> Icon to use for Miscellaneous. Select an image file in the drop-down list box. These images are located in the ''images/M_images'' folder.\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li><b>Show Table Headings.</b> Hide or Show the column headings (Name, Address, and so on) in the Contact Category Layout.\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li><b>Show Contact Position.</b> Hide or Show the Contact''s Position.\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li><b>Show E-mail Address.</b> Hide or Show the Contact''s E-mail address.\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li><b>Show Telephone Number.</b> Hide or Show the Contact''s Telephone number.\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li><b>Show Mobile Number.</b> Hide or Show the Contact''s Mobile phone number.\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li><b>Show Fax Number.</b> Hide or Show the Contact''s Fax number.\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li><b>Enable vCard.</b> Whether or not to enable vCard support for Contacts. vCard is a special file format for electronic business cards. This allows contact information to be sent in a standard way via e-mail.\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li><b>Banned E-mail.</b> Enter any e-mails to be banned from the site. E-mail addresses containing any of the listed text will be banned. Separate different words with semi-colons '';''. For example, the entry "spam;junk" would ban e-mail addresses such as "myspam@.com" or "aeddie@junkisgood.com".\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li><b>Banned Subject.</b> Enter any e-mail subject words to be banned from the site. Separate different words with semi-colons '';''. For example, the entry "spam;junk" would ban e-mail subjects such as "This is not spam" or "I Like Junk".\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li><b>Banned Text.</b> Enter any e-mail text words to be banned from the site. Separate different words with semi-colons '';''. For example, the entry "spam;junk" would ban e-mail content such as "This is not spam" or "I Like Junk".\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li><b>Session Check.</b> Whether or not to check for the existence of a Session Cookie on the User''s computer. If set to ''Yes'', Users without Cookies enabled will not be able to send e-mails.\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li><b>Custom Reply.</b> Whether or not to use the Custom Reply. Setting this to ''No'' allows integration to other systems.\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<a title="Internal_Link_-_News_Feeds" name="Internal_Link_-_News_Feeds"></a>\r\n<h2> <span class="mw-headline">Internal Link - News Feeds</span></h2>\r\n<p>\r\nWhen the News Feeds link is selected, it expands to display the options shown below.\r\n</p>\r\n<div class="center">\r\n<div class="thumb tnone">\r\n<div class="thumbinner" style="width: 272px">\r\n<span class="thumbimage"><img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/Menu_item_type_news_feeds.png" border="0" height="260" width="270" /></span> \r\n<div class="thumbcaption">\r\n</div>\r\n</div>\r\n</div>\r\n</div>\r\n<p>\r\nEach of these is described below. Note that News Feed Categories are separate from Article Categories. News Feeds and News Feed Categories are entered by selecting Components → News Feeds. See <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1466&Itemid=278" target="_self">News Feeds Manager</a> and <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1977&Itemid=278" target="_self">Category Manager</a> for more information.\r\n</p>\r\n<a title="Category_List_Layout_2" name="Category_List_Layout_2"></a>\r\n<h3> <span class="mw-headline">Category List Layout</span></h3>\r\n<p>\r\nUsed to show a list of all News Feed Categories.\r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\n<b>Parameters - Basic</b>\r\n</p>\r\nThe Category List Layout has the following Basic Parameters, as shown below. \r\n<div class="center">\r\n<div class="thumb tnone">\r\n<div class="thumbinner" style="width: 372px">\r\n<span class="thumbimage"><img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/News_category_list_parameters.png" border="0" height="247" width="370" /></span> \r\n<div class="thumbcaption">\r\n</div>\r\n</div>\r\n</div>\r\n</div>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li><b>Limit Box.</b> Hide or Show the Limit Box, shown below. \r\n <div class="center">\r\n <div class="thumb tnone">\r\n <div class="thumbinner" style="width: 119px">\r\n <span class="thumbimage"><img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/Contact_limit_box.png" border="0" height="29" width="117" /></span> \r\n <div class="thumbcaption">\r\n </div>\r\n </div>\r\n </div>\r\n </div>\r\n This allows the User to limit the number of items that will display per page.\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li><b>Description.</b> Hide or Show the News Feed Description Text, entered below. If ''Show'' is selected, the Description text will be displayed just below the Page Title.\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li><b>Description Text.</b> The text to display as the News Feed Description.\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li><b>Image.</b> Image for this Page. Image must be located in the folder "images/stories".\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li><b>Image Align.</b> Align the image on the left or right side of the page.\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<a title="Category_Layout" name="Category_Layout"></a>\r\n<h3> <span class="mw-headline">Category Layout</span></h3>\r\n<p>\r\nUsed to show a list of News Feeds in a Category.\r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\n<b>Parameters - Basic</b>\r\n</p>\r\nThe Category Layout has the following Basic Parameters, as shown below. \r\n<div class="center">\r\n<div class="thumb tnone">\r\n<div class="thumbinner" style="width: 372px">\r\n<span class="thumbimage"><img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/News_category_layout_parameters.png" border="0" height="76" width="370" /></span> \r\n<div class="thumbcaption">\r\n</div>\r\n</div>\r\n</div>\r\n</div>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li><b>Category.</b> Category selected for this Layout.\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li><b>Limit Box.</b> Hide or Show the Limit Box, shown below. \r\n <div class="center">\r\n <div class="thumb tnone">\r\n <div class="thumbinner" style="width: 119px">\r\n <span class="thumbimage"><img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/Contact_limit_box.png" border="0" height="29" width="117" /></span> \r\n <div class="thumbcaption">\r\n </div>\r\n </div>\r\n </div>\r\n </div>\r\n This allows the User to limit the number of items that will display per page.\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<a title="Single_Feed_Layout" name="Single_Feed_Layout"></a>\r\n<h3> <span class="mw-headline">Single Feed Layout</span></h3>\r\n<p>\r\nUsed to show a single News Feed.\r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\n<b>Parameters - Basic</b>\r\n</p>\r\nThe Single Feed Layout has the following Basic Parameter, as shown below. \r\n<div class="center">\r\n<div class="thumb tnone">\r\n<div class="thumbinner" style="width: 362px">\r\n<span class="thumbimage"><img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/News_single_parameters.png" border="0" height="48" width="360" /></span> \r\n<div class="thumbcaption">\r\n</div>\r\n</div>\r\n</div>\r\n</div>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li><b>Feed.</b> The News Feed for this page. Select one of the available News Feeds from the drop-down menu. News Feeds are added using the <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1466&Itemid=278" target="_self">News Feeds Manager</a>.\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<a title="Parameters_-_Component_for_News_Feeds" name="Parameters_-_Component_for_News_Feeds"></a>\r\n<h3> <span class="mw-headline">Parameters - Component for News Feeds</span></h3>\r\nAll News Feed Layouts have the same options under Parameters - Component. An example of this section is shown below.\r\n<div class="center">\r\n<div class="thumb tnone">\r\n<div class="thumbinner" style="width: 315px">\r\n<span class="thumbimage"><img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/News_feed_parameters_component1.png" border="0" height="330" width="313" /></span> \r\n<div class="thumbcaption">\r\n</div>\r\n</div>\r\n</div>\r\n</div>\r\n<p>\r\nThese settings work with the settings in the <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1466&Itemid=278" target="_self">News Feeds : Global Configuration</a>. If a parameter here is set to ''Hide'' or ''Show'' then that action is taken. If a parameter here is set to ''Use Global'', then the setting in <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1466&Itemid=278" target="_self">News Feeds : Global Configuration</a><a href=index2.php?option=com_content&task=findkey&tmpl=component;1&keyref=Screen.newsfeeds.15#Global_Configuration title="Screen.newsfeeds.15"></a> is used.\r\n</p>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li><b>Table Headings.</b> Hide or Show column headings above the fields for the item.\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li><b>Name Column.</b> Hide or Show the Feed Name column.\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li> <b># Articles Column.</b> Hide or Show the number of Articles in the News Feed.\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li><b>Link Column.</b> Hide or Show the News Feed link.\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li><b>Category Description</b> Hide or Show the Description for each Category.\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li> <b># Category Items.</b> Hide or Show the number of Articles in each Category.\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li><b>Feed Image.</b> Hide or Show the image of the News Feed.\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li><b>Feed Description.</b> Hide or Show the description text of the News Feed.\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li><b>Item Description.</b> Hide or Show the Description/Intro Text of an item.\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li><b>Word Count.</b> The maximum number of words to display in the Item Description. A value of 0 will display all of the text.\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<a title="Internal_Link_-_Polls" name="Internal_Link_-_Polls"></a>\r\n<h2> <span class="mw-headline">Internal Link - Polls</span></h2>\r\nWhen the Polls link is selected, it expands to display the Poll Layout. This is used to show the results of a Poll, as shown below.\r\n<div class="center">\r\n<div class="thumb tnone">\r\n<div class="thumbinner" style="width: 280px">\r\n<span class="thumbimage"><img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/Poll_layout_example.png" border="0" height="425" width="278" /></span> \r\n<div class="thumbcaption">\r\n</div>\r\n</div>\r\n</div>\r\n</div>\r\n<p>\r\n<b>Parameters - Basic</b>\r\n</p>\r\nThe Poll Layout has the following Basic Parameter, as shown below.\r\n<div class="center">\r\n<div class="thumb tnone">\r\n<div class="thumbinner" style="width: 362px">\r\n<span class="thumbimage"><img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/Poll_parameters.png" border="0" height="48" width="360" /></span> \r\n<div class="thumbcaption">\r\n</div>\r\n</div>\r\n</div>\r\n</div>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li><b>Poll.</b> Select the desired Poll from the drop-down list box. Polls are entered using the <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1467&Itemid=278" target="_self">Poll Manager</a> .\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<a title="Internal_Link_-_Search" name="Internal_Link_-_Search"></a>\r\n<h2> <span class="mw-headline">Internal Link - Search</span></h2>\r\nWhen the Search link is selected, it expands to display the Search layout. This is used to show the Search form and the Search results as shown below. \r\n<div class="center">\r\n<div class="thumb tnone">\r\n<div class="thumbinner" style="width: 535px">\r\n<span class="thumbimage"><img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/Search_layout_example.png" border="0" height="204" width="533" /></span> \r\n<div class="thumbcaption">\r\n</div>\r\n</div>\r\n</div>\r\n</div>\r\n<p>\r\n<b>Parameters - Basic</b>\r\n</p>\r\nThe Search Layout has the following Basic Parameters, as shown below.\r\n<div class="center">\r\n<div class="thumb tnone">\r\n<div class="thumbinner" style="width: 372px">\r\n<span class="thumbimage"><img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/Search_basic_parameters.png" border="0" height="77" width="370" /></span> \r\n<div class="thumbcaption">\r\n</div>\r\n</div>\r\n</div>\r\n</div>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li><b>Use Search Areas.</b> Whether or not to show the Search Areas check boxes. These check boxes allow a User to limit the search to any combination of Articles, Web Links, Contacts, Categories, Sections, and News Feeds.\r\n </li>\r\n <li><b>Show Created Date.</b> Hide or Show the Date and Time the Article was created when displaying the Search results.\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<p>\r\n<b>Parameters - Component</b>\r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\nSearch Layout has the following options under Parameters - Component:\r\n</p>\r\n<div class="center">\r\n<div class="thumb tnone">\r\n<div class="thumbinner" style="width: 259px">\r\n<span class="thumbimage"><img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/Search_parameters_component1.png" border="0" height="76" width="257" /></span> \r\n<div class="thumbcaption">\r\n</div>\r\n</div>\r\n</div>\r\n</div>\r\n<p>\r\nThese setting work with the settings in the <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1448&Itemid=278" target="_self" title="Screen.stats.searches.15">Search Statistics</a>. If a parameter here is set to ''Yes'', ''No'', ''Show'', or ''Hide'', then that action is taken. If a parameter here is set to ''Use Global'', then the setting in <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1448&Itemid=278" target="_self" title="Screen.stats.searches.15">Search Statistics</a><a href=index2.php?option=com_content&task=findkey&tmpl=component;1&keyref=Screen.stats.searches.15 title="Screen.stats.searches.15"></a> is used.\r\n</p>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li><b>Gather Search Statistics.</b> Whether or not to enable the gathering of Search Statistics. Yes/No/Use Global.\r\n </li>\r\n <li><b>Show Created Date.</b> Whether to Hide or Show the Created Date for an Article. This parameter can be overridden at the Menu Item and Article level.\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<a title="Internal_Link_-_User" name="Internal_Link_-_User"></a>\r\n<h2> <span class="mw-headline">Internal Link - User</span></h2>\r\n<p>\r\nWhen the User link is selected, it expands to display the options shown below.\r\n</p>\r\n<div class="center">\r\n<div class="thumb tnone">\r\n<div class="thumbinner" style="width: 297px">\r\n<span class="thumbimage"><img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/Menu_item_type_user.png" border="0" height="430" width="295" /></span> \r\n<div class="thumbcaption">\r\n</div>\r\n</div>\r\n</div>\r\n</div>\r\n<p>\r\nEach of these is described below.\r\n</p>\r\n<a title="Default_Login_Layout" name="Default_Login_Layout"></a>\r\n<h3> <span class="mw-headline">Default Login Layout</span></h3>\r\n<p>\r\nAllows a user to login to the site, as shown below.\r\n</p>\r\n<div class="center">\r\n<div class="thumb tnone">\r\n<div class="thumbinner" style="width: 170px">\r\n<span class="thumbimage"><img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/Default_login_layout.png" border="0" height="200" width="168" /></span> \r\n<div class="thumbcaption">\r\n</div>\r\n</div>\r\n</div>\r\n</div>\r\n<p>\r\n<b>Parameters - Basic</b>\r\n</p>\r\nThe Default Login Layout has the following Basic Parameters, as shown below.\r\n<div class="center">\r\n<div class="thumb tnone">\r\n<div class="thumbinner" style="width: 362px">\r\n<span class="thumbimage"><img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/Default_login_parameters.png" border="0" height="638" width="360" /></span> \r\n<div class="thumbcaption">\r\n</div>\r\n</div>\r\n</div>\r\n</div>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li><b>Show Login Page Title.</b> Hide or Show the Title of this Page.\r\n </li>\r\n <li><b>Login Page Title.</b> Title to display as the Page Title. If blank, the Title of the Menu Item will be used.\r\n </li>\r\n <li><b>Login Redirection URL.</b> The URL of the Page that the User will be redirected to after a successful login. If blank, the Front Page will be used.\r\n </li>\r\n <li><b>Login JS Message.</b> Hide or Show the JavaScript pop-up that indicates a successful login.\r\n </li>\r\n <li><b>Login Description.</b> Hide or Show the Login Description Text, entered below.\r\n </li>\r\n <li><b>Login Description Text.</b> Text to display on a successful login. If blank, the variable "_LOGIN_DESCRIPTION" will be used.\r\n </li>\r\n <li><b>Login Image.</b> Image for the Login Page. This must be in the "images/stories" folder.\r\n </li>\r\n <li><b>Login Image Align.</b> Align image to the left or right of the page.\r\n </li>\r\n <li><b>Show Logout Page Title.</b> Hide or Show the Logout Page Title.\r\n </li>\r\n <li><b>Logout Page Title.</b> Text to display at the top of the Page. If blank, the Menu Item Title will be used.\r\n </li>\r\n <li><b>Logout Redirection URL.</b> The URL of the Page the User will be directed to after a successful logout. If blank, the Front Page will be used.\r\n </li>\r\n <li><b>Logout JS Message.</b> Hide or Show the JavaScript pop-up that indicates a successful logout.\r\n </li>\r\n <li><b>Logout Description.</b> Hide or Show the Logout Description Text, entered below.\r\n </li>\r\n <li><b>Logout Description Text.</b> Text to display on a successful logout. If blank, the variable "_LOGOUT_DESCRIPTION" will be used.\r\n </li>\r\n <li><b>Logout Image.</b> Image for the Logout Page. This must be in the "images/stories" folder.\r\n </li>\r\n <li><b>Logout Image Align.</b> Align image to the left or right of the page.\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<a title="Default_Registration_Layout" name="Default_Registration_Layout"></a>\r\n<h3> <span class="mw-headline">Default Registration Layout</span></h3>\r\n<p>\r\nAllows a user to register for the site, as shown below.\r\n</p>\r\n<div class="center">\r\n<div class="thumb tnone">\r\n<div class="thumbinner" style="width: 426px">\r\n<span class="thumbimage"><img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/Default_user_registration_layout.png" border="0" height="297" width="424" /></span> \r\n<div class="thumbcaption">\r\n</div>\r\n</div>\r\n</div>\r\n</div>\r\nThis Layout has no unique Parameters.\r\n<a title="Default_Remind_Layout" name="Default_Remind_Layout"></a>\r\n<h3> <span class="mw-headline">Default Remind Layout</span></h3>\r\n<p>\r\nAllows the user to receive an e-mail with their username, as shown below.\r\n</p>\r\n<div class="center">\r\n<div class="thumb tnone">\r\n<div class="thumbinner" style="width: 521px">\r\n<span class="thumbimage"><img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/Default_remind_layout.png" border="0" height="134" width="519" /></span> \r\n<div class="thumbcaption">\r\n</div>\r\n</div>\r\n</div>\r\n</div>\r\nThis Layout has no unique Parameters.\r\n<a title="Default_Reset_Layout" name="Default_Reset_Layout"></a>\r\n<h3> <span class="mw-headline">Default Reset Layout</span></h3>\r\n<p>\r\nAllows the user to reset their password, as shown below.\r\n</p>\r\n<div class="center">\r\n<div class="thumb tnone">\r\n<div class="thumbinner" style="width: 528px">\r\n<span class="thumbimage"><img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/Default_reset_layout.png" border="0" height="131" width="526" /></span> \r\n<div class="thumbcaption">\r\n</div>\r\n</div>\r\n</div>\r\n</div>\r\nThis Layout has no unique Parameters.\r\n<a title="Default_User_Layout" name="Default_User_Layout"></a>\r\n<h3> <span class="mw-headline">Default User Layout</span></h3>\r\n<p>\r\nShows a welcome message when the User enters the registered zone. This Layout has no unique Parameters.\r\n</p>\r\n<a title="User_Form_Layout" name="User_Form_Layout"></a>\r\n<h3> <span class="mw-headline">User Form Layout</span></h3>\r\nAllows a User to edit their account details, choose a new password, change the language for both the Back-end and Front-end, and modify their time zone. Users with publishing permissions may choose a text editor. Users with administrator permissions may choose the Help Site they want to use in the back-end. The layout for users in the Registered and Author groups is shown below.\r\n<div class="center">\r\n<div class="thumb tnone">\r\n<div class="thumbinner" style="width: 596px">\r\n<span class="thumbimage"><img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/User_form_layout.png" border="0" height="340" width="594" /></span> \r\n<div class="thumbcaption">\r\n</div>\r\n</div>\r\n</div>\r\n</div>\r\nThis Layout has no unique Parameters.\r\n<a title="Internal_Link_-_Web_Links" name="Internal_Link_-_Web_Links"></a>\r\n<h2> <span class="mw-headline">Internal Link - Web Links</span></h2>\r\n<p>\r\nWhen the ''Web Links'' link is selected, it expands to display the options shown below.\r\n</p>\r\n<div class="center">\r\n<div class="thumb tnone">\r\n<div class="thumbinner" style="width: 314px">\r\n<span class="thumbimage"><img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/Menu_item_web_links.png" border="0" height="343" width="312" /></span> \r\n<div class="thumbcaption">\r\n</div>\r\n</div>\r\n</div>\r\n</div>\r\n<p>\r\nEach of these is described below.\r\n</p>\r\n<a title="Web_Link_Category_List_Layout" name="Web_Link_Category_List_Layout"></a>\r\n<h3> <span class="mw-headline">Web Link Category List Layout</span></h3>\r\n<p>\r\nShows a list of all the Web Link Categories. The User may click on a Category to see the links for that Category.\r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\n<b>Parameters - Basic</b>\r\n</p>\r\nThe Web Link Category List Layout has the following Basic Parameters, as shown below. \r\n<div class="center">\r\n<div class="thumb tnone">\r\n<div class="thumbinner" style="width: 362px">\r\n<span class="thumbimage"><img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/Web_link_category_list_parameters1.png" border="0" height="100" width="360" /></span> \r\n<div class="thumbcaption">\r\n</div>\r\n</div>\r\n</div>\r\n</div>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li><b>Image.</b> Image for this Page. Image must be located in the folder "images/stories".\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li><b>Image Align.</b> Align the image on the left or right side of the page.\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li><b>Show a Feed Link.</b> Hide or Show an RSS Feed Link.\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<a title="Category_List_Layout_3" name="Category_List_Layout_3"></a>\r\n<h3> <span class="mw-headline">Category List Layout</span></h3>\r\n<p>\r\nShows a list of all of the Web Links in a Category.\r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\n<b>Parameters - Basic</b>\r\n</p>\r\nThe Category List Layout has the following Basic Parameters, as shown below. \r\n<div class="center">\r\n<div class="thumb tnone">\r\n<div class="thumbinner" style="width: 362px">\r\n<span class="thumbimage"><img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/Category_list_web_parameters.png" border="0" height="75" width="360" /></span> \r\n<div class="thumbcaption">\r\n</div>\r\n</div>\r\n</div>\r\n</div>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li><b>Category.</b> Web Link Category for this Page. Select a Web Link Category from the drop-down list box. Note that these Categories are different from Article Categories and are entered from the selection Components/Web Links/Categories.\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li><b>Show a Feed Link.</b> Hide or Show an RSS Feed Link.\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<a title="Web_Link_Submission_Layout" name="Web_Link_Submission_Layout"></a>\r\n<h3> <span class="mw-headline">Web Link Submission Layout</span></h3>\r\nShows a form that allows a Registered User to submit a Web Link, as shown below. \r\n<div class="center">\r\n<div class="thumb tnone">\r\n<div class="thumbinner" style="width: 622px">\r\n<span class="thumbimage"><img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/Submit_web_link.png" border="0" height="331" width="620" /></span> \r\n<div class="thumbcaption">\r\n</div>\r\n</div>\r\n</div>\r\n</div>\r\nThis only works for users who are members of the Authors, Publishers, or Editors group. Members of the Registered or Public groups will not be able to submit articles even if this page is visible to them. If the page is visible to a user without the correct access level, they will get an error message when trying to load the page.\r\n<a title="Parameters_-_Component_for_Web_Links" name="Parameters_-_Component_for_Web_Links"></a>\r\n<h3> <span class="mw-headline">Parameters - Component for Web Links</span></h3>\r\nAll Web Links Layouts have the same options under Parameters - Component. An example of this section is shown below.\r\n<div class="center">\r\n<div class="thumb tnone">\r\n<div class="thumbinner" style="width: 460px">\r\n<span class="thumbimage"><img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/Web_link_parameters_component1.png" border="0" height="337" width="458" /></span> \r\n<div class="thumbcaption">\r\n</div>\r\n</div>\r\n</div>\r\n</div>\r\n<p>\r\nThese settings work with the settings in the <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1469&Itemid=278" target="_self" title="Screen.weblink.15">Web Links: Global Configuration</a>. The a parameter here is set to ''Hide'' or ''Show'' then that action is taken. If a parameter here is set to ''Use Global'', then the setting in <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1469&Itemid=278" target="_self" title="Screen.weblink.15">Web Links: Global Configuration</a><a href=index2.php?option=com_content&task=findkey&tmpl=component;1&keyref=Screen.weblink.15#Global_Configuration title="Screen.weblink.15"></a> is used.\r\n</p>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li><b>Description.</b> Hide or Show the Web Links Introduction below. If this value is set to ''Show'' and the Web Links Introduction field below is empty, then the text from the <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1469&Itemid=278" target="_self" title="Screen.weblink.15">Web Links: Global Configuration</a> parameter will be used instead.\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li><b>Web Links Introduction.</b> Optional text to display above the first Category on the Web Link Category List Layout.\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li><b>Hits.</b> Whether to Hide or Show the number of hits for each Web Link.\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li><b>Link Descriptions.</b> Hide or Show the Link Description for each Web Link.\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li><b>Other Categories.</b> (This doesn''t appear to have any effect on any of the layouts.)\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li><b>Table Headings.</b> Hide or Show column headings above the fields for the item.\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li><b>Target.</b> How to open the link. Options are: \r\n <ul>\r\n <li><i>Parent Window with Browser Navigation.</i> Open the link in the current browser window, allowing Back and Forward navigation.\r\n </li>\r\n <li><i>New Window with Browser Navigation.</i> Open the link in a new browser window, allowing Back and Forward navigation.\r\n </li>\r\n <li><i>New Window without Browser Navigation.</i> Open link in a new browser window, not allowing Back and Forward navigation.\r\n </li>\r\n </ul>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li><b>Icon.</b> The Icon to be displayed to the left of the Web Links URL. Select an image file from the drop-down list box. The images are listed from the ''images/M_images'' folder.\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<a title="Internal_Link_-_Wrapper" name="Internal_Link_-_Wrapper"></a>\r\n<h2> <span class="mw-headline">Internal Link - Wrapper</span></h2>\r\nWhen the Wrapper link is selected, it expands to display the Wrapper layout. This is used to show an external web site inside a page in your web site, using an HTML <a href="http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/IFrame" class="extiw" title="wikipedia:IFrame">IFrame</a>. The external web site is contained inside the Wrapper. You can navigate to different pages in the wrapped web site, all inside the page of your web site. The example below shows the Joomla! web site inside a Wrapper. \r\n<div class="center">\r\n<div class="thumb tnone">\r\n<div class="thumbinner" style="width: 716px">\r\n<span class="thumbimage"><img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/Menu_item_type_wrapper.jpg" border="0" height="524" width="652" /></span> \r\n<div class="thumbcaption">\r\n</div>\r\n</div>\r\n</div>\r\n</div>\r\n<p>\r\n<b>Parameters - Basic</b>\r\n</p>\r\nThe Wrapper Layout has the following Basic Parameters, as shown below. \r\n<div class="center">\r\n<div class="thumb tnone">\r\n<div class="thumbinner" style="width: 372px">\r\n<span class="thumbimage"><img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/Wrapper_basic_parameters.png" border="0" height="166" width="370" /></span> \r\n<div class="thumbcaption">\r\n</div>\r\n</div>\r\n</div>\r\n</div>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li><b>Wrapper URL.</b> URL for the web site to open inside the Wrapper IFrame.\r\n </li>\r\n <li><b>Scroll Bars.</b> Whether or not to include horizontal and vertical scroll bars. Auto will add the scroll bars automatically when needed.\r\n </li>\r\n <li><b>Width.</b> Width of the IFrame Window. You can enter in a number of pixels or enter in a percentage by including a "%" at the end of the number. For example, "550" means 550 pixels. "75%" means 75% of the page width.\r\n </li>\r\n <li><b>Height.</b> Height of the IFrame window, either in pixels or percent (by adding "%" to the number).\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<a title="External_Link" name="External_Link"></a>\r\n<h2> <span class="mw-headline">External Link</span></h2>\r\n<p>\r\nThis Menu Item Type is used to create a menu choice that links to an external web site or page.\r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\n<b>Parameters - Basic</b>\r\nThe External Link has one Basic Parameter.\r\n</p>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li><b>Menu Image.</b> Optional image to display to the left or right of the Menu Item. Image must be in the folder "images/stories".\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<a title="Separator" name="Separator"></a>\r\n<h2> <span class="mw-headline">Separator</span></h2>\r\n<p>\r\nThis Menu Item type creates a Menu Placeholder or a Separator within a Menu. These can be used to break up a long Menu.\r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\n<b>Parameters - Basic</b>\r\nThe Separator has one Basic Parameter.\r\n</p>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li><b>Menu Image.</b> Optional image to display to the left or right of the Menu Item. Image must be in the folder "images/stories".\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<a title="Alias" name="Alias"></a>\r\n<h2> <span class="mw-headline">Alias</span></h2>\r\n<p>\r\nThis Menu Item Type creates a Link to an existing Menu Item. It allows you to have identical Menu Items on two or more different Menus without duplicating the settings. So, for example, if you change a parameter of a Menu Item that has an Alias linked to it, the Alias will automatically acquire the same change.\r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\n<b>Parameters - Basic</b>\r\nThe Alias has one Basic Parameter.\r\n</p>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li><b>Menu Item.</b> The Menu Item that this Alias links to. Select the Menu Item from the drop-down list box.\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<a title="Menu_Item_Details_and_Parameters_-_System" name="Menu_Item_Details_and_Parameters_-_System"></a>\r\n<h2> <span class="mw-headline">Menu Item Details and Parameters - System</span></h2>\r\n<p>\r\nWhen any of the Menu Item Types listed above are selected, a details screen similar to the one below displays. \r\n<a href=index2.php?option=com_content&task=findkey&tmpl=component;1&keyref=Image:Category_blog_layout1.png class="image" title="Image:category_blog_layout1.png"><img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/Category_blog_layout1.png" alt="Image:category_blog_layout1.png" border="0" height="467" width="725" /></a>\r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\nThe ''Menu Item Details'' and the ''Parameters - System'' parts are the same for each Menu Item. These are documented below. The ''Parameters - Component'' part is different for each Internal Link group -- Articles, Contacts, News Feeds, Polls, Search, User, Web Links, and Wrapper. Therefore, these are documented in each group''s section above.\r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\nThe Parameters - Basic section is different for each Menu Type. Also, some Menu Types contain a Parameters - Advanced section, which is also different for each Menu Type. These are documented for each individual Menu Type above.\r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\n<b>Menu Item Details</b>\r\n</p>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li><b>Title.</b> The Title for this item. This may or may not display on the page, depending on the parameter values you choose.\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li><b>Alias.</b> The internal name of the item. Normally, you can leave this blank and Joomla! will fill in a default value. The default value is the Title or Name in lower case and with dashes instead of spaces. You may enter the Alias manually. The Alias should consist of lowercase letters, and no blank spaces are allowed. Use a hyphen (-) instead. The Alias will be used in the URL when SEF is activated.\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li><b>Link.</b> The internal link to the web page. Joomla! fills this in for you. No entry is allowed.\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li><b>Display in.</b> Menu where this Menu Item will display. Normally, no entry is needed, since this defaults to the current Menu. However, this may be changed to any Menu using the drop-down list box. Note that if you change this to a different menu, when you press "Save" you will be returned to the Menu Item Manager for the new parent Menu.\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li><b>Parent Item.</b> Used to determine whether a Menu Item is a top-level item or a submenu item. Select ''Top'' (the default value) if this is a top-level Menu Item. Otherwise, select the Menu Item that is this item''s parent.\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li><b>Published.</b> Whether or not this item is published. Select <i>Yes</i> or <i>No</i> from the radio button group to set the Published state for this item.\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li><b>Order.</b> Indicates the order of this Menu Item in the Menu. The default Order is to add the Menu Item to the end of the Menu. This Menu Item will moved to the order position just <b>after</b> the Menu Item selected from the drop-down list. Note that the Order of Menu Items can also be changed in the <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1455&Itemid=278" target="_self" title="Screen.menus.15">Menu Item Manager</a>.\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li> <b>Access Level</b>. Who has access to this item. Current options are:\r\n <ul>\r\n <li> <span style="color: green">Public</span>: Everyone has access\r\n </li>\r\n <li> <span style="color: red">Registered</span>: Only registered users have access\r\n </li>\r\n <li> <span style="color: black">Special</span>: Only users with author status or higher have access\r\n </li>\r\n </ul>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<dl><dd>Enter the desired level using the drop-down list box.\r\n</dd></dl>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li><b>On Click, Open in.</b> Controls whether the page is opened in the Parent Window with Browser Navigation, in a New Window with Browser Navigation, or in a New Window without Browser Navigation. For Menu Items that reference pages inside your web site, you will mostly use the first option, which is the default. Links to external web pages normally use one of the "New Window" options so the user can see the external link without leaving your site.\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<p>\r\n<b>Parameters - System</b>\r\n</p>\r\nThis section, shown below, allows setting additional parameters. \r\n<div class="center">\r\n<div class="thumb tnone">\r\n<div class="thumbinner" style="width: 331px">\r\n<span class="thumbimage"><img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/Menu_item_parameters_system.png" border="0" height="202" width="329" /></span> \r\n<div class="thumbcaption">\r\n</div>\r\n</div>\r\n</div>\r\n</div>\r\n<p>\r\nThese are described below.\r\n</p>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li><b>Page Title.</b> Optional entry for Page Title. The Page Title displays in the title area of browser window. If this is left blank, the Menu Title is used. If the Show Page Title parameter is set to ''Yes'', this title also displays as the title of the page.\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li><b>Show Page Title.</b> Whether or not to display the Page Title. If this is set to Yes, then a Page Title will display on the page above the first Article. The title that displays will either be the Page Title set in Parameters - System above, if entered, or the Menu Item Title (if the Page Title is blank). Note that this does not work on the Article, Section Table, and Category Table layouts.\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li><b>Page Class Suffix.</b> Optional entry. Allows you to enter a CSS class suffix that will be attached to all classes of this page. This allows you to create customized CSS styles that will apply just to selected pages. To use this feature, you would need to edit the template.css file of your template.\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li><b>Menu Image.</b> Optional image to display to the left or right of the Menu Item. Image must be in the folder "images/stories".\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li><b>SSL Enabled.</b> Whether or not this page should use SSL (Secure Sockets Layer) and the Secure Site URL. This is used to encrypt the information sent between the browser and the web site.\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<a title="Quick_Tips" name="Quick_Tips"></a>\r\n<h2> <span class="mw-headline">Quick Tips</span></h2>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>Parameters for Articles and Contacts can be set at 3 different levels:\r\n <ol>\r\n <li> the individual Article or Contact New or Edit screen (Article:[Edit] or Contact:[Edit]).\r\n </li>\r\n <li> the Menu Item that displays the Article or Contact (this screen).\r\n </li>\r\n <li> the Global Configuration screen, accessed using the Parameters button on the Article Manager and Contact Manager screens.\r\n </li>\r\n </ol>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<dl><dd> The parameter set for the individual Article or Contact always takes first priority. If the individual parameter is set to "Use Global", then the parameter set in the Menu Item takes priority. If both of these are set to "Use Global", then the parameter in the Global Configuration takes priority.\r\n</dd></dl>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>Parameters for News Feeds, Search, and Web Links work in a similar way, except that they are only set in this screen and in the Global Configuration screens. No parameters are set for individual items of these types. As with Articles and Contacts, the Menu Item setting takes priority over the Global Configuration setting.\r\n </li>\r\n <li>Use the Global Configuration parameters whenever possible. This way, if you want to change a parameter setting for all content items, you can just change it once in the Global Configuration and it will automatically be reflected in all affected content items.\r\n </li>\r\n <li>Often on the Front Page component, Joomla! users do not want their Articles to display in 2 columns, which is the default value. The first Article displays in one column (using the full width), but subsequent Articles display in 2 columns. This can be adjusted by changing the values of the Parameters - Basic for the Front Page.\r\n </li>\r\n <li>If you are trying to manually change the order of articles on the Front Page or in a Blog or List Layout, make sure that you have the Primary Order and Category Order parameters set correctly in the Parameters - Advanced Section. If these parameters are set incorrectly, changing the order manually will have no effect on the order on the web page.\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<a title="Toolbar" name="Toolbar"></a>\r\n<h2> <span class="mw-headline">Toolbar</span></h2>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li><b>Cancel</b>. Go back to the main screen of the Manager, without saving the modifications you made.\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <b>Help</b>. Opens this Help Screen.\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<a title="Related_Information" name="Related_Information"></a>\r\n<h2> <span class="mw-headline">Related Information</span></h2>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li> To add or edit Articles: <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1526&Itemid=278" target="_self" title="Screen.content.edit.15">Article Manager - New/Edit</a>\r\n </li>\r\n <li> To work with Banners: <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1462&Itemid=278" target="_self" title="Screen.banners.15">Banner Manager</a>\r\n </li>\r\n <li> To work with Categories: <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1461&Itemid=278" target="_self">Category Manager</a> \r\n </li>\r\n <li> To work with Contacts: <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1464&Itemid=278" target="_self" title="Screen.contactmanager.15">Contact Manager</a>\r\n </li>\r\n <li> To add or edit Menus: <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1524&Itemid=278" target="_self" title="Screen.menumanager.new.15">Menu Manager New/Edit</a>\r\n </li>\r\n <li> To create a ''mainmenu'' Module to Add a Menu to One or More Pages: <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1471&Itemid=278" target="_self" title="Screen.modules.15">Module Manager</a>\r\n </li>\r\n <li> To work with News Feeds: <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1466&Itemid=278" target="_self" title="Screen.newsfeeds.15">News Feeds Manager</a>\r\n </li>\r\n <li> To work with Polls: <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1467&Itemid=278" target="_self" title="Screen.polls.15">Polls Manager</a>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n', '', 1, 42, 0, 184, '2007-10-18 20:00:00', 65, '', '2008-06-22 18:07:33', 165, 0, '0000-00-00 00:00:00', '2007-10-18 20:00:00', '0000-00-00 00:00:00', '', '', 'pageclass_sfx=\nback_button=\nitem_title=1\nlink_titles=\nintrotext=1\nsection=0\nsection_link=0\ncategory=0\ncategory_link=0\nrating=\nauthor=\ncreatedate=\nmodifydate=\npdf=\nprint=\nemail=\nkeyref=screen.menus.edit.15\ndocbook_type=', 58, 0, 3, '', '', 0, 26286);
INSERT INTO `jos_content` (`id`, `title`, `title_alias`, `introtext`, `fulltext`, `state`, `sectionid`, `mask`, `catid`, `created`, `created_by`, `created_by_alias`, `modified`, `modified_by`, `checked_out`, `checked_out_time`, `publish_up`, `publish_down`, `images`, `urls`, `attribs`, `version`, `parentid`, `ordering`, `metakey`, `metadesc`, `access`, `hits`) VALUES
(1532, 'Contact Manager : New / Edit', 'Contact Manager : New / Edit', '<h2> <span class="mw-headline">How to Access</span></h2>\r\n<p>\r\nNavigate to the <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1464&Itemid=278" target="_self" title="Screen.contactmanager.15">Contact Manager</a>.\r\nTo add a new Contact, press the "New" icon in the toolbar. To edit an\r\nexisting Contact, click on the Contact''s Name or click the Contact''s\r\ncheckbox and then click on the "Edit" icon in the toolbar.\r\n</p>\r\n<a title="Description" name="Description"></a>\r\n<h2> <span class="mw-headline">Description</span></h2>\r\n<p>\r\nThis is where you can add a Contact or edit an existing Contact.\r\nContacts allow you to list people on your web site. They also allow\r\nusers to send e-mails to those people.\r\n</p>\r\n<a title="Screenshot" name="Screenshot"></a>\r\n<h2> <span class="mw-headline">Screenshot</span></h2>\r\n<p>\r\n<span class="image"><img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/Contact_edit.png" alt="Image:contact_edit.png" border="0" width="650" height="609" /></span>\r\n</p>\r\n<a title="Details_and_Parameters" name="Details_and_Parameters"></a>\r\n<h2> <span class="mw-headline">Details and Parameters</span></h2>\r\n<p>\r\nIn this section, you can enter information about the Contact, such\r\nas name, address, e-mail, and so on. The Parameters allow you to\r\ncontrol what information gets displayed for each Contact.\r\n</p>\r\n<a title="Details" name="Details"></a>\r\n<h3> <span class="mw-headline">Details</span></h3>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Name.</b> The full name of the Contact.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Alias.</b> The internal name of the item. Normally, you can\r\n leave this blank and Joomla! will fill in a default value. The default\r\n value is the Title or Name in lower case and with dashes instead of\r\n spaces. You may enter the Alias manually. The Alias should consist of\r\n lowercase letters, and no blank spaces are allowed. Use a hyphen (-)\r\n instead. The Alias will be used in the URL when SEF is activated.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Published.</b> Whether or not Users can view this Contact''s information\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Category.</b> Select the Category for this Contact from the\r\n drop-down list box. Note that you must have at least one Contact\r\n Category defined before you can add a Contact.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Linked to User.</b> Select the User, if any, that this\r\n Contact is linked to from the drop-down list box. This allows you to\r\n link this Contact''s information to a registered Joomla! User. If this\r\n Contact is not linked to a User, select "-No User-".\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Order.</b> Indicates the order of this Contact in the\r\n Contact Manager. The default Order is to add the item to the end of the\r\n list. This Contact will move to the position just after the Contact\r\n selected from the drop-down list. Note that the Order of Contacts can\r\n also be changed in the <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1464&Itemid=278" target="_self" title="Screen.contactmanager.15">Contact Manager</a>.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <b>Access Level</b>. Who has access to this item. Current options are:\r\n </p>\r\n <ul>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <span style="color: green">Public</span>: Everyone has access\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <span style="color: red">Registered</span>: Only registered users have access\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <span style="color: black">Special</span>: Only users with author status or higher have access\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n </ul>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<dl><dd>Enter the desired level using the drop-down list box.\r\n</dd></dl>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <b>ID</b>. The ID number. This is a unique identification\r\n number for this item assigned automatically by Joomla!. It is used to\r\n identify the item internally, for example in internal links. You can\r\n not change this number.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<a title="Information" name="Information"></a>\r\n<h3> <span class="mw-headline"> Information </span></h3>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Contact''s Position:</b> The Contact''s current position. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>E-mail.</b> The Contact''s e-mail address. Note that e-mail\r\n addresses in Joomla! can be protected from "spambots" by enabling\r\n "Content-Email Cloaking" in the <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1465&Itemid=278" target="_self" title="Screen.plugins.15">Plugin Manager</a>. This is enabled by default. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Street Address.</b> The Contact''s street address. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Town/Suburb.</b> The Contact''s town or suburb. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>State/County.</b> The Contact''s state or county. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Postal Code/ZIP.</b> The Contact''s postal code. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Country.</b> The Contact''s country. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Telephone.</b> The Contact''s phone number. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Mobile Phone Number:</b> The Contact''s mobile phone number. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Fax.</b> The Contact''s fax number. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Web URL.</b> The Contact''s web site address. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Miscellaneous Information.</b> Other information about this Contact. No HTML is allowed in this field. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Contact Image.</b> Image to display for this Contact.\r\n Select an image file from the drop-down list box. This lists images in\r\n the ''images/stories'' folder. Images can be uploaded using the <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1447&Itemid=278" target="_self" title="Screen.mediamanager.15">Media Manager</a>.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<a title="Contact_Parameters" name="Contact_Parameters"></a>\r\n<h3> <span class="mw-headline"> Contact Parameters </span></h3>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <b>Name.</b> Hide or Show the Contact''s Name.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <b>Contact''s Position.</b> Hide or Show the Contact''s Position.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>E-mail.</b> Hide or Show the Contact''s e-mail address.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <b>Street Address.</b> Hide or Show the Contact''s street address.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <b>Town/Suburb.</b> Hide or Show the Contact''s town or suburb.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <b>State/County.</b> Hide or Show the Contact''s state or county.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <b>Postal/Zip Code.</b> Hide or Show the Contact''s postal code.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <b>Country.</b> Hide or Show the Contact''s country.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <b>Telephone.</b> Hide or Show the Contact''s telephone number.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <b>Mobile Phone Number.</b> Hide or Show the Contact''s mobile phone number.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <b>Fax.</b> Hide or Show the Contact''s fax number.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <b>Web URL.</b> Hide or Show the Contact''s web site URL.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <b>Miscellaneous Information.</b> Hide or Show any miscellaneous information entered for this Contact.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <b>Contact Image.</b> Hide or Show the Contact''s image.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <b>vCard.</b> Hide or Show the vCard link for this Contact.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<a title="Advanced_Parameters" name="Advanced_Parameters"></a>\r\n<h3> <span class="mw-headline"> Advanced Parameters </span></h3>\r\nClicking on the "Advanced Parameters" heading displays the Advanced Parameters screen, as shown below: \r\n<div class="center">\r\n<div class="thumb tnone">\r\n<div class="thumbinner" style="width: 356px">\r\n<span class="image"><img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/Contact_new_advanced.png" class="thumbimage" border="0" width="354" height="192" /></span> \r\n</div>\r\n</div>\r\n</div>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Icons/Text.</b> Whether to display an Icon, Text or nothing next to the Contact fields.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Address Icon.</b> Icon to use for Address. Select an image\r\n file in the drop-down list box. These images are located in the\r\n ''images/M_images'' folder.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>E-mail Icon.</b> (Hide/Show/Use Global) Whether or not to\r\n display a button to allow a link to the Article to be e-mailed. This\r\n displays a form that allows the user to send an e-mail with a link to\r\n the current Article.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Telephone Icon.</b> Icon to use for Telephone. Select an\r\n image file in the drop-down list box. These images are located in the\r\n ''images/M_images'' folder.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Mobile Icon.</b> Icon to use for Mobile phone. Select an\r\n image file in the drop-down list box. These images are located in the\r\n ''images/M_images'' folder.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Fax Icon.</b> Icon to use for Fax. Select an image file in the drop-down list box. These images are located in the ''images/M_images'' folder.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Miscellaneous Icon.</b> Icon to use for Miscellaneous.\r\n Select an image file in the drop-down list box. These images are\r\n located in the ''images/M_images'' folder.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<a title="E-mail_Parameters" name="E-mail_Parameters"></a>\r\n<h3> <span class="mw-headline">E-mail Parameters</span></h3>\r\n<p>\r\nClicking on the "Advanced Parameters" heading displays the E-mail Parameters screen, as shown below: \r\n</p>\r\n<div class="center">\r\n<div class="thumb tnone">\r\n<div class="thumbinner" style="width: 354px">\r\n<span class="image"><img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/Contact_new_email.png" class="thumbimage" border="0" width="352" height="310" /></span> \r\n</div>\r\n</div>\r\n</div>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>E-mail Form.</b> Hide or Show the E-mail form. If Show is\r\n selected, a form is displayed as shown below that allows the user to\r\n send an e-mail to the Contact from the web site.\r\n </p>\r\n <div class="center">\r\n <div class="thumb tnone">\r\n <div class="thumbinner" style="width: 444px">\r\n <span class="image"><img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/Contact_email_form.png" class="thumbimage" border="0" width="442" height="387" /></span> \r\n </div>\r\n </div>\r\n </div>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Description Text.</b> Optional description text for the E-mail form.\r\n <b>E-mail copy.</b> Hide or Show the checkbox: ''E-mail a copy of this message to your own address.''\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Banned E-mail.</b> Enter any e-mails to be banned from the\r\n site. E-mail addresses containing any of the listed text will be\r\n banned. Separate different words with semi-colons '';''. For example, the\r\n entry "spam;junk" would ban e-mail addresses such as "myspam@.com" or\r\n "aeddie@junkisgood.com".\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Banned Subject.</b> Enter any e-mail subject words to be\r\n banned from the site. Separate different words with semi-colons '';''.\r\n For example, the entry "spam;junk" would ban e-mail subjects such as\r\n "This is not spam" or "I Like Junk".\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Banned Text.</b> Enter any e-mail text words to be banned\r\n from the site. Separate different words with semi-colons '';''. For\r\n example, the entry "spam;junk" would ban e-mail content such as "This\r\n is not spam" or "I Like Junk".\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<a title="Toolbar" name="Toolbar"></a>\r\n<h2> <span class="mw-headline">Toolbar</span></h2>\r\n<p>\r\nAt the top right you will see the toolbar: \r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\n<span class="image"><img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/Section_edit_toolbar.png" alt="Image:section_edit_toolbar.png" border="0" width="185" height="51" /></span>\r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\nThe functions are: \r\n</p>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <b>Save</b>. Save it and return to the main screen of the Manager.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <b>Apply</b>. Save it, but stay in the same screen. If you\r\n have been working on a screen for a long time and don''t want to risk\r\n losing your work, pressing Apply saves your work and lets you continue\r\n working. If, for example, you lost your Internet connection, your work\r\n will be saved up this point.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <b>Close</b>. Return to the previous screen without saving\r\n your work. If you press Close while adding a new item, this new item\r\n will not be created. If you were modifying an existing item, the\r\n modifications will not be saved.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <b>Help</b>. Opens this Help Screen.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<a title="Points_to_Watch" name="Points_to_Watch"></a>\r\n<h2> <span class="mw-headline">Points to Watch</span></h2>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n At least one Contact Category must be added <i>before</i> adding the first Contact.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<a title="Related_Information" name="Related_Information"></a>\r\n<h2> <span class="mw-headline">Related Information</span></h2>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n To add or edit Contact Categories: <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1976&Itemid=278" target="_self" title="Screen.contact_details.categories.15">Banner Category Manager</a>\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n To find and edit existing Contacts: <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1464&Itemid=278" target="_self" title="Screen.contactmanager.15">Contact Manager</a>\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n To create a page layout for Contacts: <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1517&Itemid=278#Internal_Link_-_Contacts" target="_self" title="Screen.menus.edit.15">Menu Item Manager - New/Edit - Contacts</a>\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n', '', 1, 42, 0, 265, '2007-10-18 20:00:00', 91, '', '2008-06-21 16:27:19', 166, 0, '0000-00-00 00:00:00', '2007-10-18 20:00:00', '0000-00-00 00:00:00', '', '', 'pageclass_sfx=\nback_button=\nitem_title=1\nlink_titles=\nintrotext=1\nsection=0\nsection_link=0\ncategory=0\ncategory_link=0\nrating=\nauthor=\ncreatedate=\nmodifydate=\npdf=\nprint=\nemail=\nkeyref=screen.contactmanager.edit.15\ndocbook_type=', 22, 0, 16, '', '', 0, 9523),
(1520, 'Module: New', 'Module: New', '<p>\r\nWhich Help Screen did you mean? \r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\n \r\n</p>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li><a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1983&Itemid=278" target="_self">Site Modules</a> </li>\r\n <li><a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1984&Itemid=278" target="_self">Administrator Modules</a> </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n', '', 1, 42, 0, 185, '2007-10-18 20:00:00', 65, '', '2008-06-30 14:25:50', 166, 0, '0000-00-00 00:00:00', '2007-10-18 20:00:00', '0000-00-00 00:00:00', '', '', 'pageclass_sfx=\nback_button=\nitem_title=1\nlink_titles=\nintrotext=1\nsection=0\nsection_link=0\ncategory=0\ncategory_link=0\nrating=\nauthor=\ncreatedate=\nmodifydate=\npdf=\nprint=\nemail=\nkeyref=screen.modules.new.15\ndocbook_type=', 20, 0, 9, '', '', 0, 12791),
(1987, 'Private Messaging Configuration', '', '<h2> <span class="mw-headline">How to Access</span></h2>\r\n<p>\r\nNavigate to the <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1474&Itemid=278" target="_self" title="Screen.messages.inbox.15">Private messages - inbox</a> screen. Then click the Settings button in the toolbar.\r\n</p>\r\n<a name="Description"></a>\r\n<h2> <span class="mw-headline">Description</span></h2>\r\n<p>\r\nThe Private Messaging Configuration screen allows you to set\r\nparameters to control how Private Messaging works in your Joomla! web\r\nsite.\r\n</p>\r\n<a name="Screenshot"></a>\r\n<h2> <span class="mw-headline">Screenshot</span></h2>\r\n<p>\r\n<span class="image"><img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/Private_message_config.png" alt="Image:Private_message_config.png" border="0" width="554" height="216" /></span>\r\n</p>\r\n<a name="Details"></a>\r\n<h2> <span class="mw-headline">Details</span></h2>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Lock Inbox.</b> Whether or not to lock the Private Messaging inbox. If set to "Yes", no Private Messages can be sent. Default is "No."\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Mail me on new Message.</b> Whether or not to send an e-mail to a User when a new Private Message is received. Default is "No."\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Auto Purge Messages.</b> The number of days after which to delete Private Messages. Default is 7 days.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<a name="Toolbar"></a>\r\n<h2> <span class="mw-headline">Toolbar</span></h2>\r\n<p>\r\nAt the top right you will see the toolbar:\r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\n<span class="image"><img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/Private_message_config_toolbar.png" alt="Image:Private_message_config_toolbar.png" border="0" width="141" height="52" /></span>\r\n</p>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <b>Save</b>. Save it and return to the main screen of the Manager.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <b>Cancel</b>. Go back to the main screen of the Manager, without saving the modifications you made.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <b>Help</b>. Opens this Help Screen.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<a name="Related_Information"></a>\r\n<h2> <span class="mw-headline">Related Information</span></h2>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n To write a Private Message: <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1967&Itemid=278" target="_self" title="Screen.messages.edit.15">Private messages - Write</a>\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n To read Private Messages: <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1473&Itemid=278" target="_self" title="Screen.messages.read.15">Private messages - Read</a>\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=findkey&tmpl=component;1&keyref=screen.messages.conf.15" class="extiw" title="jhelp:screen.messages.conf.15"></a>\r\n', '', 1, 42, 0, 186, '2008-07-01 21:34:38', 166, '', '2008-07-01 21:38:24', 166, 0, '0000-00-00 00:00:00', '2008-07-01 21:33:50', '0000-00-00 00:00:00', '', '', 'pageclass_sfx=\nback_button=\nitem_title=1\nlink_titles=\nintrotext=1\nsection=0\nsection_link=0\ncategory=0\ncategory_link=0\nrating=\nauthor=\ncreatedate=\nmodifydate=\npdf=\nprint=\nemail=\nkeyref=screen.messages.conf.15\ndocbook_type=', 2, 0, 1, '', '', 0, 354),
(1985, 'Module: Edit', 'Module: Edit', '<h2> <span class="mw-headline">How to Access</span></h2>\r\n<p>\r\nNavigate to the <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1471&Itemid=278" target="_self" title="Screen.modules.15">Module Manager</a>.\r\nTo create a new Module, press the "New" button on the toolbar. To edit\r\nan existing Module, click on the Module Name or click on the Module''s\r\ncheckbox and press the Edit button on the toolbar.\r\n</p>\r\n<a title="Description" name="Description"></a>\r\n<h2> <span class="mw-headline">Description</span></h2>\r\n<p>\r\nThis is where you create new Modules or edit existing Modules. This\r\nscreen has two links in the upper left: Site and Administrator. The\r\nSite link is selected by default. The Site link allows you to work with\r\nModules that will be visible on your web site''s Front-end. This is\r\nwhere you will place most of your Modules.\r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\nThe Administrator link allows you to work with Modules that\r\nshow on your web site''s Back-end. In many cases, it is not necessary to\r\nmodify the back-end Modules for Joomla!. All of the standard Joomla!\r\nadministrator functions are available with no modifications here. You\r\nonly need to make changes here if you want to change the standard\r\nadministrator functions.\r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\nWhen you create a new Module, you will select the Module Type.\r\nThis will determine what type of content this Module can display. If\r\nyou edit an existing Module, the Module Type will already be\r\ndetermined. Note that you cannot change the Module Type of an existing\r\nModule.\r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\nFor detailed information about each Module type for your web site, see the <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1983&Itemid=278" target="_self" title="Screen.modulessite.edit.15">Modules Site</a> screen. For detailed information about modifying the Modules for the back end of your site, see <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1984&Itemid=278" target="_self" title="Screen.modulesadministrator.edit.15">Modules Administrator</a>.\r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\nAll Modules have two sections that are the same: Details and Menu Assignment. The Parameters are different for each Module Type.\r\n</p>\r\n<a title="Screenshot" name="Screenshot"></a>\r\n<h2><span class="mw-headline">Screenshot</span></h2>\r\n<p>\r\n<a href=index2.php?option=com_content&task=findkey&tmpl=component;1&keyref=Image:Module_new_details.png class="image" title="Image:Module new details.png"><img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/Module_new_details.png" alt="Image:Module new details.png" border="0" width="650" height="499" /></a>\r\n</p>\r\n<a title="Details" name="Details"></a>\r\n<h2> <span class="mw-headline">Details</span></h2>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <div>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Module Type.</b> This displays the system name of the module. No entry is allowed.\r\n </p>\r\n </div>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Title.</b> The Title of the Module.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <div>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Show Title.</b> Whether or not to show the Title of the Module.\r\n </p>\r\n </div>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Enabled.</b> Whether or not the Module is enabled. If "No", the Module will not be shown on the page.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Position</b>. The Position on the page to show the Module. There are two types of Positions you can use.\r\n </p>\r\n <ol>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n You can select a Position from the drop-down list box. The\r\n Positions in the list box are those provided by your Template. You can\r\n see the available Positions on the page by adding the letters "?tp=1"\r\n to the end of any front-end Joomla! URL. For example, if your home page\r\n is "www.mysite.com", you can type the URL "www.mysite.com?tp=1". The\r\n page will display with labeled rectangles indicating each pre-defined\r\n Position for the current Template.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n You can type in a Position that is different from the\r\n pre-defined positions (for example, "myposition1"). This type of\r\n Position can be used to insert a Module into an Article. If you enter\r\n the code "{loadposition xxx}" inside the text of an Article, where\r\n "xxx" matches the Position of a Module, and if the Module is assigned\r\n to the the Menu Selection where the Article is displayed (see <a href="#Menu_Assignment" target="_self">Menu Assignment</a> below), then the Module will be displayed at that point in the Article.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n </ol>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Order.</b> The Order that this Module will be displayed\r\n within the Position. If more than one Module is displayed at the same\r\n position, this will determine the order of display. The drop-down list\r\n box shows all Modules displaying at the current Position. Select the\r\n Module that you want the current Module to <i>follow</i>. \r\n </p>\r\n <ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n You can also change the order of display in the <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1471&Itemid=278" target="_self" title="Screen.modules.15">Module Manager</a>.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n The Module Order is only important when two or more Modules are displaying at the <i>same Position</i> and on the s<i>ame Menu Selections</i>.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n </ul>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <b>Access Level</b>. Who has access to this item. Current options are:\r\n </p>\r\n <ul>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <span style="color: green">Public</span>: Everyone has access\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <span style="color: red">Registered</span>: Only registered users have access\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <span style="color: black">Special</span>: Only users with author status or higher have access\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n </ul>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<dl><dd>Enter the desired level using the drop-down list box.\r\n</dd></dl>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <b>ID</b>. The ID number. This is a unique identification\r\n number for this item assigned automatically by Joomla!. It is used to\r\n identify the item internally, for example in internal links. You can\r\n not change this number.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Description.</b> A description of what the Module does. No entry is allowed.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<a title="Menu_Assignment" name="Menu_Assignment"></a>\r\n<h2> <span class="mw-headline">Menu Assignment</span></h2>\r\n<p>\r\nThis is where you tell Joomla! which pages to show this Module on.\r\nThis Module will show on the page when this Menu Item is selected. If\r\nthe Menu Item allows the user to navigate to sub-pages, then this\r\nModule will also show on these sub-pages. For example, if the Menu item\r\nis a Blog Layout, the Module will also show when the user clicks on a\r\n"Read more..." link, an Article Link, or a Page Navigation link from\r\nthat Blog Layout.\r\n</p>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Menus.</b> "All" means show the current Module on all Menu\r\n Items. "None" means don''t show the Module on any Menu Items. "Select\r\n Menu Item(s) from the List" allows you to select which Menu Items to\r\n show the Module on. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Menu Selection.</b> If "Select Menu Items(s) from the List" above is selected, select individual Menu Items that will display the Module.\r\n </p>\r\n <ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n Use Ctrl+Click to select multiple Menu Items.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n Use Shift+Click to select a range of Menu Items.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n If you want to select most of the Menu Items, first click\r\n "All" above under Menus and then click "Select Menu Items(s) from the\r\n List". All of the Menu Items will be selected. Then use Ctrl+Click to\r\n deselect the Menu Items you don''t want to include.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n </ul>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<a title="Toolbar" name="Toolbar"></a>\r\n<h2> <span class="mw-headline">Toolbar</span></h2>\r\n<p>\r\n<span class="image"><img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/Banner_edit_toolbar.png" alt="Image:banner_edit_toolbar.png" border="0" width="188" height="55" /></span>\r\n</p>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <b>Save</b>. Save it and return to the main screen of the Manager.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <b>Apply</b>. Save it, but stay in the same screen. If you\r\n have been working on a screen for a long time and don''t want to risk\r\n losing your work, pressing Apply saves your work and lets you continue\r\n working. If, for example, you lost your Internet connection, your work\r\n will be saved up this point.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <b>Close</b>. Return to the previous screen without saving\r\n your work. If you press Close while adding a new item, this new item\r\n will not be created. If you were modifying an existing item, the\r\n modifications will not be saved.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <b>Help</b>. Opens this Help Screen.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<a title="Quick_Tips" name="Quick_Tips"></a>\r\n<h2> <span class="mw-headline">Quick Tips</span></h2>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n You can insert a Joomla! Module inside an Article by typing\r\n "{loadposition xxx}", where "xxx" is the position entered for the\r\n desired Module. Note that the position name must not conflict with a\r\n position used by your Joomla! template. It can be any name (e.g.,\r\n "mymoduleposition1") as long as it matches the position name typed in\r\n for the Module. The Menu Assignment for the Module must include the\r\n Menu Item where the Article is displayed, and the Plugin called\r\n "Content - Load Module" must be enabled (which it is by default). This\r\n feature allows you, for example, to insert a Custom HTML Module\r\n anywhere in an Article. See <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1985&Itemid=278 " target="_self" title="Screen.content.edit.15">Article Manager - New/Edit</a> for information about adding and editing Articles.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n You can easily change the order of display of Modules using the <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1471&Itemid=278" target="_self" title="Screen.modules.15">Module Manager</a>.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<a title="Related_Information" name="Related_Information"></a>\r\n<h2> <span class="mw-headline">Related Information</span></h2>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n To see a description and Parameters for the different front-end Module types: <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1983&Itemid=278" target="_self" title="screen.modulessite.edit.15">Modules Site</a><a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1983&Itemid=278" target="_self" title="screen.modulessite.edit.15"></a> \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n To see a description and Parameters for the different back-end Module types: <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1984&Itemid=278" target="_self" title="Screen.modulesadministrator.edit.15">Modules Administrator</a>\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n To work with existing Modules: <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1471&Itemid=278" target="_self" title="Screen.modules.15">Module Manager</a>\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n', '', 1, 42, 0, 185, '2007-10-18 20:00:00', 91, '', '2008-07-05 20:23:03', 166, 0, '0000-00-00 00:00:00', '2007-10-18 20:00:00', '0000-00-00 00:00:00', '', '', 'pageclass_sfx=\nback_button=\nitem_title=1\nlink_titles=\nintrotext=1\nsection=0\nsection_link=0\ncategory=0\ncategory_link=0\nrating=\nauthor=\ncreatedate=\nmodifydate=\npdf=\nprint=\nemail=\nkeyref=screen.modules.edit.15\ndocbook_type=', 8, 0, 1, '', '', 0, 5193);
INSERT INTO `jos_content` (`id`, `title`, `title_alias`, `introtext`, `fulltext`, `state`, `sectionid`, `mask`, `catid`, `created`, `created_by`, `created_by_alias`, `modified`, `modified_by`, `checked_out`, `checked_out_time`, `publish_up`, `publish_down`, `images`, `urls`, `attribs`, `version`, `parentid`, `ordering`, `metakey`, `metadesc`, `access`, `hits`) VALUES
(1523, 'Plugins: Edit', 'Plugins: Edit', '<h2> <span class="mw-headline">How to Access</span></h2>\r\n<p>\r\nNavigate to the <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1465&Itemid=278" target="_self" title="Screen.plugins.15">Plugin Manager</a>. Click on the Plugin''s Name or click on the Plugin''s checkbox and press the Edit button in the toolbar.\r\n</p>\r\n<a title="Description" name="Description"></a>\r\n<h2> <span class="mw-headline">Description</span></h2>\r\n<p>\r\nThis is where you can edit details and parameters for Plugins. Some\r\nPlugins have several parameters, while others don''t have any.\r\n</p>\r\n<a title="Screenshot" name="Screenshot"></a>\r\n<h2> <span class="mw-headline">Screenshot</span></h2>\r\n<p>\r\n<img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/Plugin_edit.png" alt="Image:Plugin_edit.png" border="0" width="650" height="279" />\r\n</p>\r\n<a title="Details" name="Details"></a>\r\n<h2> <span class="mw-headline">Details</span></h2>\r\n<p>\r\nThe Details section is the same for all Plugins, as follows:\r\n</p>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Name.</b> The Name of the Plugin.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Enabled.</b> Whether or not this Plugin is enabled.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Type.</b> The Type of the Plugin. This value cannot be changed.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Plugin File.</b> The name of the Plugin file. Each Plugin\r\n has two files with this name. One has the file extension ".php" and the\r\n other has the file extension ".xml".\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <b>Access Level</b>. Who has access to this item. Current options are:\r\n </p>\r\n <ul>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <span style="color: green">Public</span>: Everyone has access\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <span style="color: red">Registered</span>: Only registered users have access\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <span style="color: black">Special</span>: Only users with author status or higher have access\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n </ul>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<dl><dd>Enter the desired level using the drop-down list box.\r\n</dd></dl>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Order.</b> The order this item will display in the Manager\r\n screen. Use the drop-down list box to change the Order. You can select\r\n ''First'' or ''Last'' to make this the first or last item. Or you can\r\n select an item from the list. In this case, the current item will be\r\n listed just <i>after</i> the item you select. Note that the Order can also be changed in the Manager screen.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Description.</b> The description of what this Plugin does. This cannot be changed.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<a title="Plugin_Description_and_Parameters" name="Plugin_Description_and_Parameters"></a>\r\n<h2> <span class="mw-headline">Plugin Description and Parameters</span></h2>\r\n<p>\r\nWhen Joomla! is installed, 32 Plugins are included in the\r\ninstallation. These are described below, along with any parameters for\r\nthe Plugin.\r\n</p>\r\n<a title="Authentication_-_Joomla" name="Authentication_-_Joomla"></a>\r\n<h3> <span class="mw-headline">Authentication - Joomla</span></h3>\r\n<p>\r\nThis Plugin processes the default User Authentication in Joomla!. It has no parameters.\r\n</p>\r\n<a title="Authentication_-_LDAP" name="Authentication_-_LDAP"></a>\r\n<h3> <span class="mw-headline">Authentication - LDAP</span></h3>\r\n<p>\r\nThis Plugin processes User Authentication against an LDAP server. It has the following parameters:\r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\n<img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/Plugin_ldap_parameters.png" alt="Image:Plugin_ldap_parameters.png" border="0" width="272" height="437" />\r\n</p>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Host.</b> The host URL. For example, "openklap.mycompany.org". \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Port.</b> The port number. The default is 389. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>LDAP V3.</b> Whether or not this host uses LDAP version 3. The default is LDAP v2. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Negotiate TLS.</b> Whether or not to use TLS encryption with this host. If set to "Yes", all traffic to and from this server must be encrypted. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Follow Referrals.</b> Whether to set the LDAP_OPT_REFERRALS flag to Yes or No. For Windows 2003 hosts this must be set to No. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Authorization Method.</b> "Bind Directly as User" or "Bind and Search". \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Base DN.</b> The Base DN of your LDAP server. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Search String.</b> A query string used to search for a\r\n given User. The [search] keyword is replaced by the login typed by the\r\n User. For example: "uid=[search]". More than one Search String can be\r\n entered. Separate each by a semi-colon ";" character. This is only used\r\n when searching. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Users DN.</b> The [username] keyword is dynamically\r\n replaced by the username typed by the User. An example string is:\r\n "uid=[username], dc=[my-domain], dc=[com]". More than one string can be\r\n entered. Separate each with a semi-colon ";" character. This is only\r\n used if the Authorization Method above is set to "Bind Directly as\r\n User". \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Connect username and Connect password.</b> These define\r\n connection parameters for the DN lookup phase. For anonymous lookup,\r\n leave both of these fields blank. For an Administrative Connection, the\r\n "Connect username" is the username of an administrative account (for\r\n example, "Administrator"). In this case, the "Connect password" is the\r\n actual password to this administrative account. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Map: Full Name.</b> The LDAP attribute that contains the User''s full name. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Map:E-mail.</b> The LDAP attribute that contains the User''s e-mail address. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Map: User ID.</b> The LDAP attribute that contains the User''s login ID. For Active Directory, this is "sAMAccountName".<a title="Authentication_-_OpenID" name="Authentication_-_OpenID"></a>\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<h3> <span class="mw-headline">Authentication - OpenID</span></h3>\r\n<p>\r\nThis Plugin processes user authentication with an OpenID. It requires PHP version 5 or above. This Plugin has no parameters.\r\n</p>\r\n<a title="Authentication_-_GMail" name="Authentication_-_GMail"></a>\r\n<h3> <span class="mw-headline">Authentication - GMail</span></h3>\r\n<p>\r\nThis Plugin processes User Authentication with a GMail account. It requires that the cURL software package be installed.\r\n</p>\r\n<a title="Content_-_Page_Navigation" name="Content_-_Page_Navigation"></a>\r\n<h3><span class="mw-headline">Content - Page Navigation</span></h3>\r\n<p>\r\nThis Plugin allows you to add Next & Previous navigation links\r\nto Articles, for example when using a blog or list layout. This feature\r\ncan be controlled with the following Joomla! parameters: \r\n</p>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n "Show Navigation" in the <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1456&Itemid=278 #Global_Configuration" target="_self" title="Screen.content.15">Article Manager - Global_Configuration</a> screen\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n "Show Navigation" in the Parameters - Component section of the <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1517&Itemid=278#Parameters_-_Component_for_Articles" target="_self" title="Screen.menus.edit.15">Menu Item Manager - New/Edit - Parameters - Component for Articles</a> screen for Article layouts. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<p>\r\nNote that, if the Page Navigation plugin is disabled in this screen,\r\nno Page Navigation will show and the parameter settings above will have\r\nno effect.\r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\n<img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/Plugin_page_nav_parameters.png" alt="Image:Plugin_page_nav_parameters.png" border="0" width="272" height="50" />\r\n</p>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Position.</b> Position of the navigation link. Options are "Above" the Article or "Below" the Article.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<a title="Content_-_Rating" name="Content_-_Rating"></a>\r\n<h3> <span class="mw-headline">Content - Rating</span></h3>\r\n<p>\r\nThis Plugin adds the Voting functionality to Articles. It has no Parameters.\r\n</p>\r\n<a title="Content_-_Email_Cloaking" name="Content_-_Email_Cloaking"></a>\r\n<h3> <span class="mw-headline">Content - Email Cloaking</span></h3>\r\n<p>\r\nThis Plugin cloaks all e-mails in content from spambots using\r\nJavaScript. This helps prevent e-mails contained in the site from \r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\n <img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/Plugin_email_cloaking_parameters.png" alt="Image:Plugin_email_cloaking_parameters.png" border="0" width="272" height="80" />\r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\nbeing\r\nadded to spam e-mail lists. It has the following parameter: <span class="image"></span>\r\n</p>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Mode.</b> How the e-mails will be displayed. Options are "As linkable mailto address" or as "Non-Linkable text".\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<a title="Content_-_Code_Hightlighter_.28GeSHi.29" name="Content_-_Code_Hightlighter_.28GeSHi.29"></a>\r\n<h3> <span class="mw-headline">Content - Code Hightlighter (GeSHi)</span></h3>\r\n<p>\r\nThis Plugin displays formatted code in Articles based on the GeSHi highlighting engine. It has no parameters.\r\n</p>\r\n<a title="Content_-_Load_Module" name="Content_-_Load_Module"></a>\r\n<h3> <span class="mw-headline">Content - Load Module</span></h3>\r\n<p>\r\nThis Plugin allows you to place a Module inside an Article with the\r\nsyntax: {loadposition xx}, where "xx" is a user-defined position code.\r\nFor example, if you create a Module with the Position value of\r\n"myposition1", then typing the text "{loadposition myposition1}" inside\r\nan Article will cause that Module to show at that point in the Article.\r\nSee <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1520&Itemid=278#Quick_Tips" target="_self" title="Screen.modules.edit.15">Module Manager - New/Edit</a> for more information about showing Modules inside Articles.\r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\nThis Plugin has the following parameters:\r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\n<img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/Plugin_load_module_parameters.png" alt="Image:Plugin_load_module_parameters.png" border="0" width="272" height="139" />\r\n</p>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Enable Plugin.</b> Whether or not to enable this Plugin.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Style.</b> The Style for the loaded Module.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<a title="Content_-_Pagebreak" name="Content_-_Pagebreak"></a>\r\n<h3> <span class="mw-headline">Content - Pagebreak</span></h3>\r\n<p>\r\nThis Plugin adds table of contents functionality to a paginated\r\nArticle. This is done automatically through the use of the Pagebreak\r\nbutton added to the lower part of the text panel in an Article. The\r\nHTML code is included here as a reference of what is available. The\r\nPagebreak will itself display in the text window as a simple horizontal\r\nline. \r\n</p>\r\n<blockquote>\r\n <p>\r\n <i>HTML Code: </i>\r\n </p>\r\n <p>\r\n Syntax: Usage: <hr class="system-pagebreak" />\r\n </p>\r\n <p>\r\n <hr class="system-pagebreak" title="The page title" /> or\r\n </p>\r\n <p>\r\n <hr class="system-pagebreak" alt="The first page" /> or\r\n </p>\r\n <p>\r\n <hr class="system-pagebreak" title="The page title" alt="The first page" /> or\r\n </p>\r\n <p>\r\n <hr class="system-pagebreak" alt="The first page" title="The page title" />\r\n </p>\r\n</blockquote>\r\n<blockquote>\r\n</blockquote>\r\n<p>\r\nThis Plugin has the following parameters:\r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\n<img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/Plugin_pagebreak_parameters.png" alt="Image:Plugin_pagebreak_parameters.png" border="0" width="272" height="132" />\r\n</p>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Enable Plugin.</b> Whether or not to enable this Plugin. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Site Title.</b> Whether or not the title and heading attributes from the Plugin will be added to the Site Title tag.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Table of Contents.</b> Whether to Hide or Show a table of contents for multi-page Articles.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Show all.</b> Whether or not to give Users the option to show all pages of an Article.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<a title="Editor_-_No_Editor" name="Editor_-_No_Editor"></a>\r\n<h3> <span class="mw-headline">Editor - No Editor</span></h3>\r\n<p>\r\nThis Plugin loads a basic text editor. This option can be used when\r\nyou are pasting HTML code from another source and you don''t want the\r\nHTML to be altered by a WYSIWYG editor. This Plugin has no Parameters.\r\n</p>\r\n<a title="Editor_-_TinyMCE_2.0" name="Editor_-_TinyMCE_2.0"></a>\r\n<h3> <span class="mw-headline">Editor - TinyMCE 2.0</span></h3>\r\n<p>\r\nThis Plugin loads the TinyMCE 2.0 editor. This is the default editor\r\nin Joomla!. This Plugin has the following Plugin parameters:\r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\n<img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/Plugin_tinymce_parameters.png" alt="Image:Plugin_tinymce_parameters.png" border="0" width="390" height="534" />\r\n</p>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Functionality.</b> Select "Advanced" or "Simple"\r\n functionality. With "Simple" selected, the User has only 9 toolbar\r\n buttons: Bold, Italic, Underline, Strikethrough, Undo, Re-do, Clean up\r\n messy code, Bullets, and Numbering. With "Advanced" selected, the User\r\n has all of the TinyMCE toolbar buttons. "Advanced" is the default\r\n setting. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Code Cleanup on Startup.</b> Whether or not to automatically clean up the HTML code when the editor first loads. Default value is "Off".\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Code Cleanup on save.</b> Whether to run HTML code cleanup\r\n when a file is saved. Options are "Never", "Front Only", and "Always".\r\n The default setting is "Always".\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Do not clean HTML entities.</b> Whether or not to skip\r\n cleaning of HTML entities. The default value is "No", which means that\r\n HTML entities will be stripped from the file.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Save Warning.</b> Whether or not to give a warning if the User cancels without saving the file. The default value is "Off".\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Compressed Version.</b> Whether or not to use the\r\n compressed version of TinyMCE. Note that this does not work reliably\r\n with Windows IE, so "Off" is the recommended setting and is the\r\n default.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>URLs.</b> Whether to use Relative or Absolute URLs for links. The default is "Relative".\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Text Direction.</b> Whether the language reads "Left to Right" or "Right to Left" (for example, like Arabic). Default is "Left to Right".\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Automatic Language Selection.</b> Whether or not to match\r\n the selected UI language. Do not set to "Yes" unless the appropriate\r\n editor languages are installed. Default is "No".\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Language Code.</b> Editor UI language code. This must be entered if Automatic Language Selection is "Off". Default is "en" for British English.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Prohibited Elements.</b> The elements that will be cleaned from the text. Default is "applet", which will remove applet elements from the text.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Template CSS classes.</b> Whether or not to load the\r\n "editor.css" file. If no such file is found for the default template,\r\n the "editor.css" file from the system template is used. Default is\r\n "Yes".\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Custom CSS Classes.</b> Optional full URL path to a custom CSS file. If entered, this overrides the Template CSS classes setting.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>New Lines.</b> Whether to interpret new lines as "P Elements" or "BR Elements". Default is "P Elements". \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Extended Valid Elements.</b> Optional list of valid HTML elements to add to the existing rule set.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<p>\r\nThis Plugin has the following advanced parameters:\r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\n<img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/Plugin_tinymce_advanced.png" alt="Image:Plugin_tinymce_advanced.png" border="0" width="272" height="551" />\r\n</p>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Horizontal Rule.</b> Whether to Hide or Show the Horizontal Rule button.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<p>\r\nThe following settings only apply if the editor is in Advanced mode.\r\n</p>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Smilies.</b> Hide or Show the ''Smilies'' button.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Table.</b> Hide or Show the Table buttons.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Style.</b> Hide or Show the ''CSS Style'' button.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Layer.</b> Hide or Show the Layer buttons.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>XHTMLxtras.</b> Hide or Show the additional XHTML features.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Template.</b> Hide or Show the ''Template'' button.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Directionality.</b> Hide or Show the ''Directionality'' button.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Fullscreen.</b> Hide or Show the ''Fullscreen'' button.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>HTML Height.</b> The height, in pixels, of the HTML mode pop-up window.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>HTML Width.</b> The width, in pixels, of the HTML mode pop-up window.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Preview.</b> Hide or Show the ''Preview'' button.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Element Path.</b> If set to "On", show the ''Set Classes'' button for the marked text.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Insert Date.</b> Hide or Show the ''Insert Date'' button.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Date Format.</b> The Date format to use for Insert Date.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Insert Time.</b> Hide or Show the ''Insert Time'' button.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <div>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Date Format.</b> The Time format to use for Insert Time.\r\n </p>\r\n </div>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<a title="Editor_-_XStandard_Lite_2.0" name="Editor_-_XStandard_Lite_2.0"></a>\r\n<h3> <span class="mw-headline">Editor - XStandard Lite 2.0</span></h3>\r\n<p>\r\nThis Plugin provides the XStandard editor. It has the following parameters:\r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\n<img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/Plugin_xstandard_parameters.png" alt="Image:Plugin_xstandard_parameters.png" border="0" width="390" height="76" />\r\n</p>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Editor Mode.</b> Three modes of operation are possible: WYSIWYG, Source, or Screen Reader.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Word Wrap.</b> Whether to have Word Wrap turned Off or On.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<a title="Editor_Button_-_Image" name="Editor_Button_-_Image"></a>\r\n<h3> <span class="mw-headline">Editor Button - Image</span></h3>\r\n<p>\r\nThis Plugin displays the Image button below the editor box when you\r\nare using a Joomla! editor (for example, when writing an Article). It\r\nallows you to insert an image into an Article. This Plugin has no\r\nparameters.\r\n</p>\r\n<a title="Editor_Button_-_Pagebreak" name="Editor_Button_-_Pagebreak"></a>\r\n<h3> <span class="mw-headline">Editor Button - Pagebreak</span></h3>\r\n<p>\r\nThis Plugin displays the Pagebreak button below the editor box when\r\nyou are using a Joomla! editor (for example, when writing an Article).\r\nIt inserts a page break in the Article. This Plugin has no parameters.\r\n</p>\r\n<a title="Editor_Button_-_Readmore" name="Editor_Button_-_Readmore"></a>\r\n<h3> <span class="mw-headline">Editor Button - Readmore</span></h3>\r\n<p>\r\nThis Plugin displays the "Read more..." button below the editor box\r\nwhen you are using a Joomla! editor (for example, when writing an\r\nArticle). It inserts a "read more..." break in the Article that allows\r\nyou to display just the first portion of an Article on a page. This\r\nPlugin has no parameters.\r\n</p>\r\n<a title="Search_-_Content" name="Search_-_Content"></a>\r\n<h3> <span class="mw-headline">Search - Content</span></h3>\r\n<p>\r\nThis Plugin enables searching for Articles. It has the following parameters:\r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\n<img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/Plugin_search_parameters.png" alt="Image:Plugin_search_parameters.png" border="0" width="272" height="154" />\r\n</p>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Search Limit.</b> The maximum number of search results to return after a search is done.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Articles.</b> Whether or not to search Articles.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Uncategorized Articles.</b> Whether or not to search Uncategorized Articles.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Archived Articles.</b> Whether or not to search Archived Articles.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<a title="Search_-_Weblinks" name="Search_-_Weblinks"></a>\r\n<h3> <span class="mw-headline">Search - Weblinks</span></h3>\r\n<p>\r\nThis Plugin enables searching for Web Links. It has the following parameters: \r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\n<img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/Plugin_search_weblinks_parameters.png" alt="Image:Plugin_search_weblinks_parameters.png" border="0" width="272" height="50" />\r\n</p>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Search Limit.</b> The maximum number of search results to return after a search is done.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<a title="Search_-_Contacts" name="Search_-_Contacts"></a>\r\n<h3> <span class="mw-headline">Search - Contacts</span></h3>\r\n<p>\r\nThis Plugin enables searching for Contacts. It has the following parameters: \r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\n<img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/Plugin_search_weblinks_parameters.png" alt="Image:Plugin_search_weblinks_parameters.png" border="0" width="272" height="50" />\r\n</p>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Search Limit.</b> The maximum number of search results to return after a search is done.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<a title="Search_-_Categories" name="Search_-_Categories"></a>\r\n<h3> <span class="mw-headline">Search - Categories</span></h3>\r\n<p>\r\nThis Plugin enables searching for Category information. It has the following parameters: \r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\n<img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/Plugin_search_weblinks_parameters.png" alt="Image:Plugin_search_weblinks_parameters.png" border="0" width="272" height="50" />\r\n</p>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Search Limit.</b> The maximum number of search results to return after a search is done.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<a title="Search_-_Sections" name="Search_-_Sections"></a>\r\n<h3> <span class="mw-headline">Search - Sections</span></h3>\r\n<p>\r\nThis Plugin enables searching for Section information. It has the following parameters: \r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\n<img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/Plugin_search_weblinks_parameters.png" alt="Image:Plugin_search_weblinks_parameters.png" border="0" width="272" height="50" />\r\n</p>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Search Limit.</b> The maximum number of search results to return after a search is done.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<a title="Search_-_Newsfeeds" name="Search_-_Newsfeeds"></a>\r\n<h3> <span class="mw-headline">Search - Newsfeeds</span></h3>\r\n<p>\r\nThis Plugin enables searching for News Feeds. It has the following parameters: \r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\n<img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/Plugin_search_weblinks_parameters.png" alt="Image:Plugin_search_weblinks_parameters.png" border="0" width="272" height="50" />\r\n</p>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Search Limit.</b> The maximum number of search results to return after a search is done.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<a title="System_-_SEF" name="System_-_SEF"></a>\r\n<h3> <span class="mw-headline">System - SEF</span></h3>\r\n<p>\r\nThis Plugin adds SEF support to links in the document. It operates\r\ndirectly on the HTML and does not require a special tag. This Plugin\r\nhas no parameters.\r\n</p>\r\n<a title="System_-_Debug" name="System_-_Debug"></a>\r\n<h3> <span class="mw-headline">System - Debug</span></h3>\r\n<p>\r\nThis Plugin provides debugging information. It has the following parameters (note, screenshot needs updating):\r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\n<img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/Plugin_debug_parameters.png" alt="Image:Plugin_debug_parameters.png" border="0" width="272" height="114" />\r\n</p>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Display Profiling Information</b> (New in 1.5.4) Whether or not to display the time profiling information.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Display SQL query log.</b> Whether or not to include the SQL query log in the debug information.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Display memory usage.</b> Whether or not to include memory usage data in the debug information.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Display undefined language strings.</b> Whether or not to include undefined language strings in the debug information.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Display loaded language files</b> (New in 1.5.4) Whether or\r\n not to display the language files that have been loaded to generate the\r\n page. This has two modes: diagnostic and designer. Diagnostic mode\r\n displays the untranslated string and the likely file location whether\r\n the JText call was made. Designer mode displays the strings in a format\r\n that can be copy-pasted into a .ini language file (displays the list in\r\n KEY=String format).\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Strip Key Prefix</b> (New in 1.5.4) When untranslated\r\n strings are displayed in Designer mode, this allows you to strip a\r\n prefix from the string to form the key. This is useful if the designer\r\n uses a common prefix for their extension(s) when using JText methods.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<p>\r\nNote that the display of untranslated strings will only display the\r\nvalue passed to the appropriate JText method. For example, with the\r\nfollowing code: \r\n</p>\r\n<blockquote>\r\n <span class="kw2"><?php</span> <span class="kw3">echo</span> JText::<span class="kw3">_</span><span class="br0">(</span> <span class="st0">''Reports Import Configuration''</span> <span class="br0">)</span>; <span class="kw2">?></span>\r\n</blockquote>\r\n<div dir="ltr" style="text-align: left">\r\n</div>\r\n<p>\r\nIf untranslated, Designer mode will display this as:\r\n</p>\r\n<blockquote>\r\n <p>\r\n # /administrator/components/com_reports/views/reports/tmpl/default.php\r\n </p>\r\n <p>\r\n REPORTS IMPORT CONFIGURATION=Reports Import Configuration\r\n </p>\r\n</blockquote>\r\n<p>\r\nIf the Strip Key Prefix is set to "Reports", then the display would change slightly to:\r\n</p>\r\n<blockquote>\r\n <p>\r\n # /administrator/components/com_reports/views/reports/tmpl/default.php\r\n </p>\r\n <p>\r\n REPORTS IMPORT CONFIGURATION=Import Configuration\r\n </p>\r\n</blockquote>\r\n<p>\r\nFinally, the path shown is only a best guess based on a call to the\r\nPHP debug_backtrace function. Sometimes it is accurate, sometimes it is\r\nnot and there are also cases where no file could be determined. In\r\nthose cases you have to use your best judgement.\r\n</p>\r\n<a title="System_-_Legacy" name="System_-_Legacy"></a>\r\n<h3> <span class="mw-headline">System - Legacy</span></h3>\r\n<p>\r\nThis Plugin allows you to use Extensions in "1.5 Legacy" mode. Note\r\nthat this Plugin is disabled by default and must be enabled before you\r\ncan use this type of Extension. This Plugin has the following\r\nparameter:\r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\n<img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/Plugin_legacy_parameters.png" alt="Image:Plugin_legacy_parameters.png" border="0" width="272" height="51" />\r\n</p>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Use Legacy URL Routing.</b> Whether or not to use the legacy URL routing mechanism for legacy Extensions. The default value is "No".\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<a title="System_-_Cache" name="System_-_Cache"></a>\r\n<h3> <span class="mw-headline">System - Cache</span></h3>\r\n<p>\r\nThis Plugin enables page caching. Page caching allows the web server\r\nto save snapshots of pages and use them when serving web pages. This\r\nimproves the performance of your web site and reduces the workload of\r\nthe server. This Plugin has the following parameters:\r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\n<img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/Plugin_cache_parameters.png" alt="Image:Plugin_cache_parameters.png" border="0" width="272" height="77" />\r\n</p>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Use Browser Caching.</b> Whether or not to use the mechanism for storing a page cache in the local browser. Default is "No". \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Cache Lifetime.</b> The time, in minutes, to save a cached page. Default is 15 minutes.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<a title="System_-_Log" name="System_-_Log"></a>\r\n<h3> <span class="mw-headline">System - Log</span></h3>\r\n<p>\r\nThis Plugin enables system logging. A log is a file that contains\r\ninformation about the web site activity. It can be used to see a\r\nhistory of activity and to troubleshoot problems on the site. This\r\nPlugin has no parameters.\r\n</p>\r\n<a title="System_-_Remember_Me" name="System_-_Remember_Me"></a>\r\n<h3> <span class="mw-headline">System - Remember Me</span></h3>\r\n<p>\r\nThis Plugin provides "Remember Me" functionality. This allows the\r\nwebsite to "remember" your username and password so that you can\r\nautomatically be logged in when you return to the site. This plugin has\r\nno parameters.\r\n</p>\r\n<a title="System_-_Backlink" name="System_-_Backlink"></a>\r\n<h3> <span class="mw-headline">System - Backlink</span></h3>\r\n<p>\r\nThe Backlink Plugin provides support for legacy Joomla! 1.0.x links.\r\nIt redirects old style URL and document links to the correct Joomla!\r\n1.5 targets. It has the following parameters:\r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\n<img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/Plugin_backlink_parameters.png" alt="Image:Plugin_backlink_parameters.png" border="0" width="272" height="105" />\r\n</p>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Search Query Strings.</b> If "Yes", the system will search\r\n for version 1.0 query strings that might match and then redirects to\r\n the new URL. Default is "Yes".\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Search SEF.</b> If "Yes", the system will use the Joomla! 1.0 style SEF format and will redirect to the new link. Default is "Yes".\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Attempt Legacy SEF.</b> If "Yes", the system will use the Joomla! 1.0 style of SEF format and will attempt to generate a valid link. Default is "Yes".\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<a title="User_-_Joomla.21" name="User_-_Joomla.21"></a>\r\n<h3> <span class="mw-headline">User - Joomla!</span></h3>\r\n<p>\r\nThis Plugin handles the default User synchronisation. It has the following paramemters:\r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\n<img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/Plugin_user_joomla_parameters.png" alt="Image:Plugin_user_joomla_parameters.png" border="0" width="272" height="51" />\r\n</p>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Auto-create Users.</b> Whether or not to automatically create registered Joomla! users where possible. Default is "Yes".\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<a title="XML-RPC_-_Joomla" name="XML-RPC_-_Joomla"></a>\r\n<h3> <span class="mw-headline">XML-RPC - Joomla</span></h3>\r\n<p>\r\nThis Plugin provides the XML-RPC API to Joomla! users. It has no parameters.\r\n</p>\r\n<a title="XML-RPC_-_Blogger_API" name="XML-RPC_-_Blogger_API"></a>\r\n<h3> <span class="mw-headline">XML-RPC - Blogger API</span></h3>\r\n<p>\r\nThis Plugin enables the Blogger XML-RPC API protocol for your\r\nJoomla! web site. If enabled, this allows bloggers to add Articles to\r\nthe site from any application that supports this API. This Plugin has\r\nthe following parameters:\r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\n<img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/Plugin_xmlrpc_parameters.png" alt="Image:Plugin_xmlrpc_parameters.png" border="0" width="272" height="76" />\r\n</p>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>New posts.</b> The Category in which to place new posts received via this API. Select from the drop-down list of Categories.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Edit posts.</b> The Section from which to retrieve new posts from. Select from the drop-down list of Sections.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<a title="Toolbar" name="Toolbar"></a>\r\n<h2> <span class="mw-headline">Toolbar</span></h2>\r\n<p>\r\nAt the top right you will see the toolbar: \r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\n<img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/Plugin_edit_toolbar.png" alt="Image:Plugin_edit_toolbar.png" border="0" width="181" height="56" />\r\n</p>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <b>Save</b>. Save it and return to the main screen of the Manager.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <b>Apply</b>. Save it, but stay in the same screen. If you\r\n have been working on a screen for a long time and don''t want to risk\r\n losing your work, pressing Apply saves your work and lets you continue\r\n working. If, for example, you lost your Internet connection, your work\r\n will be saved up this point.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <b>Close</b>. Return to the previous screen without saving\r\n your work. If you press Close while adding a new item, this new item\r\n will not be created. If you were modifying an existing item, the\r\n modifications will not be saved.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <b>Help</b>. Opens this Help Screen.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<a title="Quick_Tips" name="Quick_Tips"></a>\r\n<h2> <span class="mw-headline">Quick Tips</span></h2>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n If you want to use any Extensions in "1.5 Legacy" mode, you\r\n need to enable the "System - Legacy" Plugin. This Plugin is disabled by\r\n default.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n If you are using the TinyMCE 2.0 editor, you can control\r\n which options appear on the editor''s toolbar by setting the parameters\r\n in the "Editor - TinyMCE 2.0" Plugin.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<a title="Related_Information" name="Related_Information"></a>\r\n<h2> <span class="mw-headline">Related Information</span></h2>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n To install new Plugin Extensions: <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1476&Itemid=278" target="_self" title="Screen.installer.15">Extension Manager - Install Screen</a>\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n To uninstall third-party Plugins: <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1476&Itemid=278#Plugins_Screen" target="_self" title="Screen.installer.15">Extension Manager - Plugins Screen</a>\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n', '', 1, 42, 0, 185, '2007-10-18 20:00:00', 65, '', '2008-07-05 14:11:32', 166, 0, '0000-00-00 00:00:00', '2007-10-18 20:00:00', '0000-00-00 00:00:00', '', '', 'pageclass_sfx=\nback_button=\nitem_title=1\nlink_titles=\nintrotext=1\nsection=0\nsection_link=0\ncategory=0\ncategory_link=0\nrating=\nauthor=\ncreatedate=\nmodifydate=\npdf=\nprint=\nemail=\nkeyref=screen.plugins.edit.15\ndocbook_type=', 37, 0, 4, '', '', 0, 18882),
(1524, 'Menu Manager - New/Edit', 'Menu Manager - New/Edit', '<h2>How to access</h2>\r\n<p>\r\nGo to the Menu Manager by clicking on the Menu Manager icon in the Control Panel, or by clicking on ''Menu Manager'' in the ''Menus'' menu. After that, click on the ''New'' button in the toolbar, or select a menu and click on the ''Edit'' button.\r\n</p>\r\n<h2>Description</h2>\r\n<p>\r\nYou can add or modify menus in this screen.\r\n</p>\r\n<h2><span class="mw-headline">Screenshot</span></h2>\r\n<p>\r\n<span class="image"><img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/Menu_manager_new.png" alt="Image:Menu_manager_new.png" border="0" height="230" width="598" /></span>\r\n</p>\r\n<h2>Column Headers</h2>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>\r\n Unique Name.</b> The identification name used by Joomla! to identify this menu. It must be unique. Spaces are not recommended. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Title.</b> The name of the item. For a Menu Item, the Title will display in the Menu. For an Article, Section, or Category, the Title may optionally be displayed on the web page. This entry is required. You can open the item for editing by clicking on the Title. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Description.</b> The description for the item. Section and Category descriptions for Articles may be shown on web pages, depending on the parameter settings. These descriptions are entered using the same editor that is used for Articles. Note that Section and Category descriptions may not be edited from the front end. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Module Title.</b> The title that will be given to the mod_mainmenu module in the Module Manager. If left blank, a module will not be created and you will not be able to show this menu in the front-end. This will only be displayed when creating a new menu. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<h2>Toolbar</h2>\r\n<p>\r\nAt the top right you will see the toolbar:\r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\n <img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/Menumanager.new.toolbar.jpg" alt=" " style="margin: 5px; float: left" />\r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\n \r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\n \r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\n \r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\nThe functions are: \r\n</p>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Save.</b> Save it and return to the main screen of the Manager. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Cancel.</b> Go back to the main screen of the Manager, without saving the modifications you made. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Help.</b> Opens this Help Screen. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<h2>Quick Tips</h2>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n Hover your mouse over the ''i'' icon next to the input box, and extra information will be shown. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n If you forgot to create a module for this menu, you can do so by using the Module Manager, found by going to Extensions -> Module Manager. Click on ''New'', and then on ''Menu''. Fill in a title and select the Menu in the Module Parameters. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n It is a good idea to give a descriptive title for new menus. This is how the menu will be identified in the Backend Menus menu. It is also a good idea to fill in the Description field with information about the menu. This is how the menu''s module will be referred to in the Module Manager. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n When you create a new menu, use only alphanumeric characters without spaces in the Unique Name field. It is a good idea to use only a-z, 0-9 and underscore (_) characters. Please read the tooltips as well. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<h2>Related information</h2>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1454&Itemid=278" target="_self">\r\n Menu Manager</a>\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1440&Itemid=278" target="_self">Control Panel</a>\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n', '', 1, 42, 0, 184, '2007-11-01 20:00:00', 65, '', '2008-06-22 07:03:27', 165, 0, '0000-00-00 00:00:00', '2007-11-01 20:00:00', '0000-00-00 00:00:00', '', '', 'pageclass_sfx=\nback_button=\nitem_title=1\nlink_titles=\nintrotext=1\nsection=0\nsection_link=0\ncategory=0\ncategory_link=0\nrating=\nauthor=\ncreatedate=\nmodifydate=\npdf=\nprint=\nemail=\nkeyref=screen.menumanager.new.15\ndocbook_type=', 26, 0, 4, '', '', 0, 30010);
INSERT INTO `jos_content` (`id`, `title`, `title_alias`, `introtext`, `fulltext`, `state`, `sectionid`, `mask`, `catid`, `created`, `created_by`, `created_by_alias`, `modified`, `modified_by`, `checked_out`, `checked_out_time`, `publish_up`, `publish_down`, `images`, `urls`, `attribs`, `version`, `parentid`, `ordering`, `metakey`, `metadesc`, `access`, `hits`) VALUES
(1526, 'Article Manager: New / Edit', 'Content Items : New / Edit', '<h2><span class="mw-headline">How to Access</span></h2>\r\n<p>\r\nYou can access the Article:[New] page either by pressing the ''Add New Article'' button on the Control Panel or by clicking the ''New'' button on the Article Manager. You can access the Article:[Edit] page from the Article Manager either by clicking on an Article''s Title or by clicking the Article''s check box and then clicking the ''Edit'' button. Both screens have the same functionality. \r\n</p>\r\n<a name="Description" title="Description"></a>\r\n<h2><span class="mw-headline">Description</span></h2>\r\n<p>\r\nThis is the back-end screen where you can add and edit Articles. The same screen is used for adding a new Article and editing an existing Article. You can also select the Section and Category for an Article and indicate whether or not it is Published and if it is selected to appear on the Front Page. \r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\nThe Article''s content is edited using the default editor selected in the <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1540&Itemid=278" target="_self" title="Screen.users.edit.15">User Manager - New/Edit</a>. The Joomla! default editor is called TinyMCE. \r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\nA number of Parameters can be set for the Article. Metadata can also be entered. \r\n</p>\r\n<a name="Screenshot" title="Screenshot"></a>\r\n<h2><span class="mw-headline">Screenshot</span></h2>\r\n<p>\r\n<span><span class="image"><img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/Article_edit.png" border="0" width="711" height="395" /></span></span> \r\n</p>\r\n<a name="Heading_Information" title="Heading_Information"></a>\r\n<h2><span class="mw-headline">Heading Information</span></h2>\r\n<p>\r\nEnter the heading information for the Article, as shown below: \r\n</p>\r\n<div class="center">\r\n<div class="floatnone">\r\n<span><span class="image"><img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/Article_edit_header1.png" border="0" width="625" height="75" /></span></span> \r\n</div>\r\n</div>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Title.</b> The Title for this item. This may or may not display on the page, depending on the parameter values you choose. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Published.</b> Whether or not this item is published. Select <i>Yes</i> or <i>No</i> from the radio button group to set the Published state for this item. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Alias.</b> The internal name of the item. Normally, you can leave this blank and Joomla! will fill in a default value. The default value is the Title or Name in lower case and with dashes instead of spaces. You may enter the Alias manually. The Alias should consist of lowercase letters, and no blank spaces are allowed. Use a hyphen (-) instead. The Alias will be used in the URL when SEF is activated. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Front Page.</b> Select No or Yes from the radio button group to indicate whether this Article will show on the Front Page. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Section.</b> Select the Section for this Article from the drop-down list box. Note that you can select ''Uncategorized'' if you do not want this Article associated with a Section or Category. This can be used for Articles that are displayed in an Article Layout as static content. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Category.</b> Select the Category for this Article from the drop-down list box. If you selected ''Uncategorized'' for the Section, the Category will automatically be ''Uncategorized''. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<p>\r\nOn the right side of the header area, information about the Article is displayed, as shown below: \r\n</p>\r\n<div class="center">\r\n<div class="floatnone">\r\n<span><span class="image"><img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/Article_edit_header2.png" border="0" width="287" height="125" /></span></span> \r\n</div>\r\n</div>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li><b>Reset button.</b> Press this button to change the Hits to 0. </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<a name="Image.2C_Pagebreak.2C_and_Read_More_Buttons" title="Image.2C_Pagebreak.2C_and_Read_More_Buttons"></a>\r\n<h2><span class="mw-headline">Image, Pagebreak, and Read More Buttons</span></h2>\r\n<p>\r\nThree buttons are located just below the edit window, as shown below: \r\n</p>\r\n<div class="center">\r\n<div class="floatnone">\r\n<span><span class="image"><img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/Article_edit_bottom_buttons.png" border="0" width="248" height="28" /></span></span> \r\n</div>\r\n</div>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Image.</b> This button provides an easy way to insert an image into an Article. Images may be inserted from the ''images/stories'' folder and may also be uploaded. When you click the Image button, a window pops up, as shown below: \r\n </p>\r\n <div class="center">\r\n <div class="floatnone">\r\n <span><span class="image"><img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/Article_image_popup.png" border="0" width="552" height="398" /></span></span> \r\n </div>\r\n </div>\r\n <ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Directory.</b> The current directory on the host server. This is the ''images/stories'' directory under your Joomla! home directory. Use the drop-down list box to select a subdirectory. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Up.</b> Navigate to the parent directory. Note that the top directory for this function is ''images/stories''. You can not navigate to a higher directory. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Insert.</b> Insert the selected image. The insert point will be the current cursor position. You will see the image display inside the edit window. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Cancel</b>. Cancel the operation and close the popup window. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Thumbnail Browse Area.</b> Click on an image thumbnail to select the image. Click on a folder icon to navigate to that subdirectory. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Image URL.</b> Click on one of the image thumbnails and the URL for the image will be entered for you. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Align.</b> Select the desired alignment (left or right) from the drop-down list box. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Image Description.</b> Enter a description for the image. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Image Title.</b> Enter a Title for this image. This displays when a User hovers the mouse on the image. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Caption.</b> If checked, image title will display as a caption below the image. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Browse files.</b> Click this button to browse to an image file to upload from your local computer. A file dialog will open allowing you to select a file. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Start Upload.</b> Once you have selected a file, press this button to upload the file to your Joomla! ''images/stories'' folder. When the upload is done, a ''Completed'' message will display. The thumbnail for the new image will now show in the thumbnail area. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Clear Completed.</b> Clears the ''Completed'' message. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n </ul>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <div>\r\n <b>Pagebreak.</b> This button allows you to insert a pagebreak inside an Article. A pagebreak allows for page navigation when the article is displayed on a layout. This is useful for long articles. When this button is pressed, a popup window is displayed as shown below: \r\n </div>\r\n <div class="center">\r\n <div class="floatnone">\r\n <span><span class="image"><img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/Article_pagebreak_popup.png" border="0" width="399" height="85" /></span></span> \r\n </div>\r\n </div>\r\n <ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Page Title</b>. Enter the title to display for the new page (for example, ''Page 2''). \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Table of Contents Alias</b>. Optional field to display in the table of contents for this page. In a multi-page article, Joomla! displays a ''table of contents'' for the page that allows the user to select any page. If this field is blank, the Page Title will be used. If you want a different title in the table of contents, enter it here. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Insert Pagebreak.</b> Click this button to insert the pagebreak with the entered fields. The Pagebreak will display as a gray dashed line across the Article. Note that a pagebreak cannot be edited. If you need to change a field in the pagebreak, click on the Article just past the pagebreak, press Backspace until the pagebreak is deleted, then insert a new pagebreak with the desired information. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n </ul>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Read more...</b> This button inserts a ''Read more...'' break in the Article. This shows as a red dotted line across the Article. If an Article has a ''Read more...'' break, only the text before the break, called the Into Text, will initially display, along with a ''Read more...'' link. If the User clicks this link, either the entire Article or just the part after the ''Read more...'' link is displayed. This depends on the setting of the ''Intro Text'' parameters for the Article and in the Global Configuration. The ''Read more...'' break allows you to save space on pages by just showing the Intro Text. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<a name="TinyMCE_editor" title="TinyMCE_editor"></a>\r\n<h2><span class="mw-headline">TinyMCE editor</span></h2>\r\n<p>\r\nThe default editor for both front-end and back-end users in Joomla! is the TinyMCE editor. \r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\nTinyMCE is a WYSIWYG (what you see is what you get) editor that allows users a familiar word-processing interface to use when editing Articles and other content. The 3-row toolbar below provides many standard editing commands: \r\n</p>\r\n<div class="center">\r\n<div class="floatnone">\r\n<span><span class="image"><img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/Article_tinymce_buttons.png" border="0" width="617" height="77" /></span></span> \r\n</div>\r\n</div>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Top Row.</b>\r\n </p>\r\n <ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n Buttons in the upper left allow you to make text bold, italic, underlined, or strikethrough. Next to that are buttons for align left, right, center, and full. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n Styles. Caption and System Pagebreak styles can be set. Highlight the desired text and select the style. This will allow this text to be formatted based on CSS rules. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n Format. Select pre-defined formats for Paragraph, Address, Heading1, and so on. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n Font Family. Select the desired font. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n </ul>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Second Row.</b>\r\n </p>\r\n <ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n Unordered List, Ordered list, Outdent (move left) and Indent (indent right). \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n Undo (Ctrl+Z) and Re-do (Ctrl+Y). \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n Insert/Edit Link. To insert or edit a link, select the linked text and press this button. A popup dialog displays that lets you enter details about the link. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n Unlink. To remove a link, highlight the linked text and press this button. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n Insert/Edit Image. To insert and image, place the cursor in the desired location and press this button. A popup dialog displays that lets you enter in the Image URL and other information about how the image will display. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n Cleanup Messy Code. This button allows you to clean up HTML code, perhaps from HTML text that you copied in from another source. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n Edit HTML Source. A popup displays showing the HTML source code, allowing you to edit the HTML source code. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n Find and Find/Replace. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n Insert Date, Time, or Emotions. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n Insert Embedded Media. To insert embedded media (such as Flash), place the cursor at the desired location and press this button. A popup dialog will display that allows you to enter the Type, File or URL, and other information about the media. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n Direction Left to Right and Direction Right to Left. These buttons allow you to enter or change the text direction, for example for languages that read right to left. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n Insert New Layer, Move Forward, Move Backware, Toggle Absolute Position. For working with layered items. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n Select Text Color. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n </ul>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Third Row.</b>\r\n </p>\r\n <ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n Insert Horizontal Ruler. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n Remove Formatting. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n Toggle Guidelines/Invisible elements. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n Subscript, Superscript, Insert Custom Character, Horizontal Rule. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n Insert New Table, Table Row Properties, Table Cell Properties, Insert Row Before, Insert Row After, Delete Row, Insert Column Before, Insert Column After, Delete Column, Split Merged Table Cells, Merge Table Cells. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n Toggle Full Screen Mode. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n Edit CSS Style. A popup dialog box displays that allows you to enter CSS style information for the selected text. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n </ul>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<a name="No_editor" title="No_editor"></a>\r\n<h2><span class="mw-headline">No editor</span></h2>\r\n<p>\r\nIf ''No editor'' is selected for a User, then a simple text editor displays. This allows you to enter in raw, unformatted HTML. You can use the toolbar ''Preview'' button to preview how the HTML will display. \r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\nNote that the ''No Editor'' option can be useful if you are entering in ''boilerplate'' or custom HTML, for example to create a PayPal link. TinyMCE automatically re-formats and strips some HTML when a file is saved. This can cause complex HTML to not work correctly. \r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\nIf this happens, you can temporarily change the editor to ''No Editor'' and create the desired content. Note that if you wish to edit this content in the future, you should be careful to change your editor to ''No Editor''. Otherwise, if you open and save the content with TinyMCE, you may lose your custom HTML. \r\n</p>\r\n<a name="Parameters_-_Article" title="Parameters_-_Article"></a>\r\n<h2><span class="mw-headline">Parameters - Article</span></h2>\r\n<p>\r\nThis section allows you to enter parameters for this Article, as shown below: \r\n</p>\r\n<div class="center">\r\n<div class="floatnone">\r\n<span><span class="image"><img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/Article_parameters_article.png" border="0" width="287" height="222" /></span></span> \r\n</div>\r\n</div>\r\n<p>\r\nThese entries are optional. Joomla! automatically creates default entries for these values. \r\n</p>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Author.</b> Select the Author from the drop-down list box. Default is the current user. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Author Alias.</b> This optional field allows you to enter in an alias for this Author for this Article. This allows you to display a different Author name for this Article. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Access Level</b>. Who has access to this item. Current options are: \r\n </p>\r\n <ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <span style="color: green">Public</span>: Everyone has access \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <span style="color: red">Registered</span>: Only registered users have access \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <span style="color: black">Special</span>: Only users with author status or higher have access \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n </ul>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<dl><dd>You can change an item''s Access Level by clicking on the icon in the column. </dd></dl>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Created Date.</b> This field defaults to the current time when the Article was created. You can enter in a different date and time or click on the calendar icon to find the desired date. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Start Publishing.</b> Date and time to start publishing. Use this field if you want to enter content ahead of time and then have it published automatically at a future time. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Finish Publishing.</b> Date and time to finish publishing. Use this field if you want to have content automatically changed to Unpublished state at a future time (for example, when it is no longer applicable). \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<a name="Parameters_-_Advanced" title="Parameters_-_Advanced"></a>\r\n<h2><span class="mw-headline">Parameters - Advanced</span></h2>\r\n<p>\r\nThis section allows you to enter additional parameters for this Article, as shown below: \r\n</p>\r\n<div class="center">\r\n<div class="floatnone">\r\n<span><span class="image"><img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/Article_parameters_advanced.png" border="0" width="287" height="480" /></span></span> \r\n</div>\r\n</div>\r\n<p>\r\nThese parameters allow you to override the parameters set in the Parameter/Global Configuration setup in the <a href=index2.php?option=com_content&task=findkey&tmpl=component;1&keyref=Screen.content.15 title="Screen.content.15">Article Manager</a> and the Parmeters - Component settings in the <a href=index2.php?option=com_content&task=findkey&tmpl=component;1&keyref=Screen.menus.15 title="Screen.menus.15">Menu Item Manager</a>. \r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\nA value of ''Use Global'' means that either the setting from the Menu Item or the setting from the Global Configuration will control the action. A setting other than ''Use Global'' will always control the action and override settings from these other areas. The setting here takes top priority. The setting in the Menu Item is second priority. The setting in the Global Configuration controls if both of the other setting are set to ''Use Global''. \r\n</p>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Show Title.</b> (Use Global/No/Yes). Whether or not to show the Article''s Title. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Title Linkable.</b> (No/Yes/Use Global) Whether or not the Title of the Article will be a hyperlink to the Article. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Intro Text.</b> (Use Global/Hide/Show). Hide or Show the Article''s Intro Text when the ''Read more...'' link is selected. Intro Text is the first part of the Article before a ''Read more...'' break. If this parameter is ''Show'', when the User selects the ''Read more...'' link, the entire article will display. If this parameter is ''Hide'', when the User selects the ''Read more...'' link, only the part of the Article after the ''Read more...'' link will display. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Section Name.</b> (Hide/Show/Use Global) Whether or not the Section Name will display. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Section Title Linkable.</b> (No/Yes/Use Global) Whether or not the Title of the Section will be a hyperlink to the Section page. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Category Title.</b> (Hide/Show/Use Global) Whether or not the Category Title will display. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Category Title Linkable.</b> (No/Yes/Use Global) Whether or not the Title of the Category will be a hyperlink to the Category page. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Article Rating.</b> (Use Global/Hide/Show). Hide or show the Article Rating. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Author Name.</b> (Hide/Show/Use Global) Whether or not to display the Author Name. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Created Date and Time.</b> (Hide/Show/Use Global) Whether or not to display the date and time the Article was created. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Modified Date and Time.</b> (Hide/Show/Use Global) Whether or not to display the date and time the Article was last modified. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>PDF Icon.</b> (Hide/Show/Use Global) Whether or not to display a button to allow the Article to be rendered in a new window in PDF format. This allows the User to view, print, or save the Article as a PDF file. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Print Icon.</b> (Hide/Show/Use Global) Whether or not to display a button to allow the Article to be printed. This allows the User to print the current Article in a printer-friendly format. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>E-mail Icon.</b> (Hide/Show/Use Global) Whether or not to display a button to allow a link to the Article to be e-mailed. This displays a form that allows the user to send an e-mail with a link to the current Article. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Content Language.</b> Language in which this Article is written. This is optional. If no language is selected, the default language for the site is assumed. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Key Reference.</b> Optional text key that an Article may be referenced by (for example, a help reference). \r\n A normal Joomla! link to an Article is in the form "<i><home URL>/index2.php?option=com_content&view=article&id=22&Itemid=34</i>". In this example, Joomla! is using the "<i>com_content</i>" component, using an "<i>article</i>" layout, showing the Article whose ID is "<i>22</i>", and using the Menu Item whose ItemID is "<i>34</i>".\r\n The Key Reference of an Article can be used in a URL instead of the\r\n Article''s ID. For example, if an Article''s Key Reference is\r\n "whats.new", then the URL "<i><home URL>/index2.php/?option=com_content&view=article&Itemid=34&task=findkey&keyref=whats.new</i>" could also be used to display the page. The "<i>task=findkey</i>" tells Joomla! to search by Key Reference, and the "<i>keyref=whats.new</i>"\r\n provides the Key Reference to search for. Using the Key Reference to\r\n link to Articles is more flexible than using Article ID, since you can\r\n edit the Key Reference field of existing Articles. Note that, if more\r\n than one Article has the same Key Reference, this URL will only find\r\n the first Article with this Key Reference.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Alternative Read more: text.</b> Optional text to display next to the ''Read more...'' link. If no entry is made, the Article Title is used. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<a name="Metadata_Information" title="Metadata_Information"></a>\r\n<h2><span class="mw-headline">Metadata Information</span></h2>\r\n<p>\r\nThis section allows you to enter Metadata Information for this Article. Metadata is information about the Article that is not displayed but is available to Search Engines and other systems to classify the Article. This gives you more control over how the content will be analyzed by these programs. All of these entries are optional. The entry screen is shown below: \r\n</p>\r\n<div class="center">\r\n<div class="floatnone">\r\n<span><span class="image"><img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/Article_metadata.png" border="0" width="287" height="268" /></span></span> \r\n</div>\r\n</div>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Metadata Description.</b> Optional Metadata Description for this Article. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Metadata Keywords.</b> Optional entry for keywords to help Search Engines and other systems to classify the content of the Article. Keywords in Articles can also be used in combination with Banner tags to display specific Banners based on the Article content. For example, say you have one Banner with an ad for dog products and another Banner for cat products. You can have your dog Banner display when a User is viewing a dog-related Article and your cat Banner display for a cat-related Article. To do this, you would: \r\n </p>\r\n <ol>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n Add the keywords ''dog'' and ''cat'' to the appropriate Articles. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n Add the Tags ''dog'' and ''cat'' to the appropriate Banners. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n Set the Banner module Parameter ''Search By Tags'' to ''Yes. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n </ol>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Robots.</b> Optional keywords for Robots. Robots are automated software programs that surf the web and catalog web content. If special keywords are desired for Robots to use, enter them here. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Author.</b> Optional entry for an Author name within the metadata. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<a name="Toolbar" title="Toolbar"></a>\r\n<h2><span class="mw-headline">Toolbar</span></h2>\r\n<p>\r\nAt the top right you will see the toolbar: \r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\n<span class="image"><img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/Article_edit_toolbar.png" alt="Image:article_edit_toolbar.png" border="0" width="252" height="54" /></span> \r\n</p>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Preview.</b> Opens a popup window that displays a preview of the Article. This is normally not needed when using a WYSIWYG editor, such as TinyMCE. However, if you are using a plain text editor (for example, the ''No Editor'' option), this preview lets you see what the Article will look like when shown on the web site. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Save</b>. Save it and return to the main screen of the Manager. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Apply</b>. Save it, but stay in the same screen. If you have been working on a screen for a long time and don''t want to risk losing your work, pressing Apply saves your work and lets you continue working. If, for example, you lost your Internet connection, your work will be saved up this point. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Close</b>. Return to the previous screen without saving your work. If you press Close while adding a new item, this new item will not be created. If you were modifying an existing item, the modifications will not be saved. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Help</b>. Opens this Help Screen. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<a name="Quick_Tips" title="Quick_Tips"></a>\r\n<h2><span class="mw-headline">Quick Tips</span></h2>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n The hierarchy of display parameters is as follows: \r\n </p>\r\n <ol>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <i>Parameters - Advanced</i> for the specific Article. A setting other than ''Use Global'' here always controls the setting. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <i>Parameters - Component</i> for the Menu Item. If the Parameters - Advanced above is ''Use Global'' and this setting is not ''Use Global'', then this controls the setting. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <i>Global Configuration</i> settings in the Article Manager/Parameters section. Settings here only apply if both of the above are set to ''Use Global''. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n </ol>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<dl><dd>Example: The ''Title Linkable'' setting in the Article''s ''Parameters - Advanced'' section is set to ''Use Global''. The Menu Item is an Article Layout, and ''Title Linkable'' in the ''Parameters - Component'' is ''No''. The Global Configuration ''Title Linkable'' is set to ''Yes''. The result will be ''Yes'', since the Menu Item overrides the Global Configuration. </dd></dl>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n You can add images using either the TinyMCE Insert/Edit Image icon or the Image button below the edit area. For adding new images in an Article, it is easier to use the Image button (below the edit area). This is because it lets you browse to the image file and also lets you upload images. However, for editing an existing image, you need to use the TinyMCE icon. The Image button only supports adding new images. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n ''Read more...'' breaks allow you to save space on the Front Page or on any blog layout page by showing just the first portion of an Article. ''Pagebreaks'' allow you to provide multi-page navigation for long Articles. You can use both on one Article, if desired. For example, you could put a ''Read more...'' break after the first paragraph of a multi-page article, and have Pagebreaks after each page. No page navigation would display on the Front Page until the User selects the ''Read more...'' link. At that time, the Article''s table of contents would display showing links to every page. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n You can insert a Joomla! Module inside an Article by typing "{loadposition xxx}", where "xxx" is the position entered for the desired Module. Note that the position name must not conflict with a position used by your Joomla! template. It can be any name (e.g., "mymoduleposition1") as long as it matches the position name typed in for the Module. The Menu Assignment for the Module must include the Menu Item where the Article is displayed, and the Plugin called "Content - Load Module" must be enabled (which it is by default). This feature allows you, for example, to insert a Custom HTML Module anywhere in an Article. See <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1520&Itemid=278" target="_self" title="Screen.modules.edit.15">Module Manager - New/Edit</a> for information about adding modules. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<a name="Related_Information" title="Related_Information"></a>\r\n<h2><span class="mw-headline">Related Information</span></h2>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>To find and edit existing Articles: <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1456&Itemid=278" target="_self" title="Screen.content.15">Article Manager</a> </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n', '', 1, 42, 0, 264, '2007-10-18 20:00:00', 150, '', '2008-07-07 12:28:27', 166, 0, '0000-00-00 00:00:00', '2007-10-18 20:00:00', '0000-00-00 00:00:00', '', '', 'pageclass_sfx=\nback_button=\nitem_title=1\nlink_titles=\nintrotext=1\nsection=0\nsection_link=0\ncategory=0\ncategory_link=0\nrating=\nauthor=\ncreatedate=\nmodifydate=\npdf=\nprint=\nemail=\nkeyref=screen.content.edit.15\ndocbook_type=', 34, 0, 10, '', '', 0, 56954),
(1527, 'Category Manager : New / Edit', 'Category Manager : New / Edit', '<p>\r\nWhich Help Screen did you mean? \r\n</p>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li><a target="_self" href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1975&Itemid=278" title="Screen.banner.categories.edit.15">Banner Category Manager New / Edit</a> </li>\r\n <li><a target="_self" href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1974&Itemid=278" title="Screen.contact_details.categories.edit.15">Contact Category Manager New / Edit</a> </li>\r\n <li><a target="_self" href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1979&Itemid=278" title="Screen.content.categories.edit.15">Content Category Manager New / Edit</a> </li>\r\n <li><a target="_self" href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1980&Itemid=278">News Feeds Category Manager New / Edit</a> </li>\r\n <li><a target="_self" href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1973&Itemid=278" title="Screen.weblinks.categories.edit.15">Weblink Category Manager New / Edit</a></li>\r\n</ul>\r\n', '', 1, 42, 0, 264, '2007-10-18 20:00:00', 65, '', '2008-06-30 14:34:47', 166, 0, '0000-00-00 00:00:00', '2007-10-18 20:00:00', '0000-00-00 00:00:00', '', '', 'pageclass_sfx=\nback_button=\nitem_title=1\nlink_titles=\nintrotext=1\nsection=0\nsection_link=0\ncategory=0\ncategory_link=0\nrating=\nauthor=\ncreatedate=\nmodifydate=\npdf=\nprint=\nemail=\nkeyref=screen.categories.edit.15\ndocbook_type=', 17, 0, 8, '', '', 0, 11378),
(1469, 'Web Link Manager', 'Web Link Manager', '<h2> <span class="mw-headline">How to Access</span></h2>\r\n<p>\r\nSelect <b>Components --> Web Links --> Links</b> from the drop-down menu on the back-end of your Joomla! installation. Or select the ''Links'' link from the <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1978&Itemid=278" target="_self" title="Screen.weblinks.categories.15">Web Links Category Manager</a>.\r\n</p>\r\n<a title="Description" name="Description"></a>\r\n<h2> <span class="mw-headline">Description</span></h2>\r\n<p>\r\nThe Web Links Manager allows you to add links to other web sites at\r\nyour Joomla! web site. You can add links to these sites by creating Web\r\nLink layouts in the <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1517&Itemid=278#Internal_Link_-_Web_Links" target="_self" title="Screen.menus.edit.15">Menu Item Manager - New/Edit</a>.\r\n</p>\r\n<a title="Screenshot" name="Screenshot"></a>\r\n<h2> <span class="mw-headline">Screenshot</span></h2>\r\n<div class="center">\r\n<div class="thumb tnone">\r\n<div class="thumbinner" style="width: 700px">\r\n<span class="image"><img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/Web_link_manager.png" class="thumbimage" border="0" width="698" height="459" /></span> \r\n</div>\r\n</div>\r\n</div>\r\n<a title="Column_Headers" name="Column_Headers"></a>\r\n<h2> <span class="mw-headline">Column Headers</span></h2>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <b>#</b>. An indexing number automatically assigned by Joomla! for ease of reference.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <b>Checkbox</b>. Check this box to select one or more items.\r\n To select all items, check the box in the column heading. After one or\r\n more boxes are checked, click a toolbar button to take an action on the\r\n selected item or items. Many toolbar actions, such as Publish and\r\n Unpublish, can work with multiple items. Others, such as Edit, only\r\n work on one item at a time. If multiple items are checked and you press\r\n Edit, the first item will be opened for editing. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Title.</b> Web Link Title. Click on the Title to open the Web Link for editing.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <b>Published</b>. Whether the item has been published or not. You can change the Published state by clicking on the icon in this column. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <b>Order</b>. The order to display items. If the list is\r\n sorted by this column, you can change the order by clicking the arrows\r\n or by entering the sequential order and clicking ''Save Order''. Note\r\n that the display order on a page is set in the Parameters - Advanced\r\n section for each <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1517&Itemid=278" target="_self" title="Screen.menus.edit.15">Menu Item</a>.\r\n If that order is set to use something other than ''Order'' (for example,\r\n ''Title - Alphabetical''), then the order value in this screen will be\r\n ignored. If the Menu Item Order parameter is set to use ''Order'', then\r\n the items will display on the page based on the order in this screen.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Category.</b> The Category this Web Link belongs to. Clicking on the Category title opens the Category for editing. See <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1973&Itemid=278" target="_self" title="Screen.weblinks.categories.edit.15">Web Links Category Manager - Edit</a>.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Hits.</b> The number of hits for this Web Link. A hit is the number of times a page has been viewed.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <b>ID</b>. The ID number. This is a unique identification\r\n number for this item assigned automatically by Joomla!. It is used to\r\n identify the item internally, for example in internal links. You can\r\n not change this number.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Display #.</b> The number of items to display on one page.\r\n If there are more items than this number, you can use the page\r\n navigation buttons (Start, Prev, Next, End, and page numbers) to\r\n navigate between pages. Note that if you have a large number of items,\r\n it may be helpful to use the Filter options, located above the column\r\n headings, to limit which items display.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<a title="Toolbar" name="Toolbar"></a>\r\n<h2> <span class="mw-headline">Toolbar</span></h2>\r\n<p>\r\nAt the top right you will see the toolbar:\r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\n<span class="image"><img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/Web_link_manager_toolbar.png" alt="Image:web_link_manager_toolbar.png" border="0" width="372" height="51" /></span>\r\n</p>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <b>Publish</b>. To publish one or more items, select them and click on this button.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <b>Unpublish</b>. To unpublish one or more items, select them and click on this button.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <b>Delete</b>. To delete one or more items, select them and click this button. The selected items will be deleted.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <b>Edit</b>. Select one item and click on this button to open\r\n it in edit mode. If you have more than one item selected, the first\r\n item will be opened. You can also open an item for editing by clicking\r\n on its Title or Name.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <b>New</b>. Click on this button to create a new item. You will enter the New page for this item.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Parameters.</b> Click this button to open the Global\r\n Configuration window. This window allows you to set default parameters\r\n for this type of item. See <a href="#Global_Configuration" target="_self">Global Configuration</a>.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <b>Help</b>. Opens this Help Screen.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<a title="Global_Configuration" name="Global_Configuration"></a>\r\n<h2> <span class="mw-headline">Global Configuration</span></h2>\r\n<p>\r\nClick the Parameters button to open the Web links Global\r\nConfiguration window as shown below. These parameters are the default\r\nvalues for Web Links. These setting can be overridden with settings in\r\nthe <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1517&Itemid=278#Parameters_-_Component_for_Web_Links" target="_self" title="Screen.menus.edit.15">Menu Item Manager - New/Edit / Parameters - Component for Web Links</a> screen. \r\n</p>\r\n<div class="center">\r\n<div class="thumb tnone">\r\n<div class="thumbinner" style="width: 574px">\r\n<span class="image"><img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/Web_link_global_configuration.png" class="thumbimage" border="0" width="572" height="361" /></span> \r\n</div>\r\n</div>\r\n</div>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Save.</b> Press Save to save your settings.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Cancel.</b> Press Cancel to cancel your changes.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Description.</b> Show or Hide the Web Links Introduction below.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Web Links Introduction.</b> Optional text to display above the first Category on the Web Link Category List Layout.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Hits.</b> Whether to Hide or Show the number of hits for each Web Link.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Link Descriptions.</b> Hide or Show the Link Description for each Web Link.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Other Categories.</b> (This doesn''t appear to have any effect on any of the layouts.)\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Table Headings.</b> Hide or Show column headings above the fields for the item.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Target.</b> How to open the link. Options are: \r\n </p>\r\n <ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <i>Parent Window with Browser Navigation.</i> Open the link in the current browser window, allowing Back and Forward navigation.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <i>New Window with Browser Navigation.</i> Open the link in a new browser window, allowing Back and Forward navigation.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <i>New Window without Browser Navigation.</i> Open link in a new browser window, not allowing Back and Forward navigation.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n </ul>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Icon.</b> The Icon to be displayed to the left of the Web\r\n Links URL. Select an image file from the drop-down list box. The images\r\n are listed from the ''images/M_images'' folder.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<a title="List_Filters" name="List_Filters"></a>\r\n<h2> <span class="mw-headline">List Filters</span></h2>\r\n<p>\r\n<b>Filter by Partial Title</b>\r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\nYou can filter the list of items by typing in part of the Title\r\nor the ID number. Or you can select a combination of Category and\r\nPublished State.\r\n</p>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Filter.</b> In the upper left corner just above the column headings is a Filter field and two buttons, as shown below:\r\n </p>\r\n <div class="center">\r\n <div class="floatnone">\r\n <span><span class="image"><img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/Article_manager_filter1.png" border="0" width="254" height="28" /></span></span>\r\n </div>\r\n </div>\r\n <p>\r\n If you have a large number of items on the list, you can use this\r\n filter to find the desired item(s) quickly. Enter either part of the\r\n title or an ID number and press ''Go'' to display the matching items. You\r\n can enter in whole words or part of a word. For example, "ooml" will\r\n match all titles with the word "Joomla!" in them.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<p>\r\n<b>Filter by Category and Published State</b>\r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\nIn the upper right area, above the column headings, are 2 drop-down list boxes as shown below:\r\n</p>\r\n<div class="center">\r\n<div class="floatnone">\r\n<span><span class="image"><img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/Banner_filter.png" border="0" width="236" height="26" /></span></span>\r\n</div>\r\n</div>\r\n<p>\r\nThe selections may be combined. Only items matching both selections will display in the list.\r\n</p>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Select Category.</b> Use the drop-down list box to select\r\n the desired Category. Only items in this Category will display. You may\r\n also select ''Uncategorized''.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Select State.</b> Use the drop-down list box to select the published state: Published or Unpublished. For Articles, you may also select Archived.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<a title="Quick_Tips" name="Quick_Tips"></a>\r\n<h2> <span class="mw-headline">Quick Tips</span></h2>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <div>\r\n <p>\r\n You need to add at least one Category for Web Links <i>before</i> you can add your first Web Link. Categories are added using the <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1978&Itemid=278" target="_self" title="Screen.weblinks.categories.15">Web Link Category Manager</a>.\r\n </p>\r\n </div>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<a title="Related_Information" name="Related_Information"></a>\r\n<h2> <span class="mw-headline">Related Information</span></h2>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n To add or edit Web Links: <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1470&Itemid=278" target="_self" class="new" title="Screen.weblink.edit.15">Web Link Manager - New/Edit</a>\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n To work with Web Links Categories: <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1978&Itemid=278" target="_self" title="Screen.weblinks.categories.15">Web Link Category Manager</a>\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n', '', 1, 42, 0, 265, '2007-10-18 20:00:00', 150, '', '2008-06-28 19:16:31', 166, 0, '0000-00-00 00:00:00', '2007-10-18 20:00:00', '0000-00-00 00:00:00', '', '', 'pageclass_sfx=\nback_button=\nitem_title=1\nlink_titles=\nintrotext=1\nsection=0\nsection_link=0\ncategory=0\ncategory_link=0\nrating=\nauthor=\ncreatedate=\nmodifydate=\npdf=\nprint=\nemail=\nkeyref=screen.weblink.15\ndocbook_type=', 15, 0, 11, '', '', 0, 7865);
INSERT INTO `jos_content` (`id`, `title`, `title_alias`, `introtext`, `fulltext`, `state`, `sectionid`, `mask`, `catid`, `created`, `created_by`, `created_by_alias`, `modified`, `modified_by`, `checked_out`, `checked_out_time`, `publish_up`, `publish_down`, `images`, `urls`, `attribs`, `version`, `parentid`, `ordering`, `metakey`, `metadesc`, `access`, `hits`) VALUES
(1470, 'Web Link Manager : New / Edit', 'Web Link Manager : New / Edit', '<h2> <span class="mw-headline">How to Access</span></h2>\r\n<p>\r\nNavigate to the the <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1469&Itemid=278" target="_self" title="Screen.weblink.15">Web Link Manager</a>.\r\nTo add a new Web Link, click the "New" icon in the toolbar. To edit an\r\nexisting Web Link, click the Web Link''s Name, or check the Web Link''s\r\ncheckbox and press the "Edit" icon in the toolbar.\r\n</p>\r\n<a title="Description" name="Description"></a>\r\n<h2> <span class="mw-headline">Description</span></h2>\r\n<p>\r\nThis is where you add a new Web Link or edit an existing one. Note that you need to create at least one <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1973&Itemid=278" target="_self" title="Screen.weblinks.categories.edit.15">Web Link Category</a> before you can create your first Web Link.\r\n</p>\r\n<a title="Screenshot" name="Screenshot"></a>\r\n<h2> <span class="mw-headline">Screenshot</span></h2>\r\n<p>\r\n<span class="image"><img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/Web_link_edit.png" alt="Image:Web_link_edit.png" border="0" width="650" height="305" /></span>\r\n</p>\r\n<a title="Details" name="Details"></a>\r\n<h2> <span class="mw-headline">Details</span></h2>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Name.</b> The Name of the Web Link. This field is required.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Alias.</b> The internal name of the item. Normally, you can\r\n leave this blank and Joomla! will fill in a default value. The default\r\n value is the Title or Name in lower case and with dashes instead of\r\n spaces. You may enter the Alias manually. The Alias should consist of\r\n lowercase letters, and no blank spaces are allowed. Use a hyphen (-)\r\n instead. The Alias will be used in the URL when SEF is activated.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Published.</b> Whether or not this item is published. Select <i>Yes</i> or <i>No</i> from the radio button group to set the Published state for this item.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Category.</b> Category for this Web Link. Select from the\r\n drop-down list box of Web Link Categories. Note that Web Link\r\n Categories are separate from other Categories, such as those for\r\n Articles, Contacts, Banners, and News Feeds.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>URL.</b> The URL of the Web Link.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Order.</b> Indicates the order of this Web Link in the Web\r\n Link Manager. The default Order is to add the item to the end of the\r\n list. To select a different position, use the drop-down list box. This\r\n item will moved to the position just after the item selected from the\r\n drop-down list. Note that the Order in which the Web Link are displayed\r\n can also be changed in the <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1469&Itemid=278" target="_self" title="Screen.weblink.15">Web Link Manager</a>.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<p>\r\n<b>Parameters</b>\r\n</p>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Target.</b> How to open the link. Options are: \r\n </p>\r\n <ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <i>Parent Window with Browser Navigation.</i> Open the link in the current browser window, allowing Back and Forward navigation.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <i>New Window with Browser Navigation.</i> Open the link in a new browser window, allowing Back and Forward navigation.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <i>New Window without Browser Navigation.</i> Open link in a new browser window, not allowing Back and Forward navigation.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n </ul>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<p>\r\n<b>Description</b>\r\nEnter an optional description to display below the Web Link.\r\n</p>\r\n<a title="Toolbar" name="Toolbar"></a>\r\n<h2> <span class="mw-headline">Toolbar</span></h2>\r\n<p>\r\nAt the top right you will see the toolbar: \r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\n<span class="image"><img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/Web_link_edit_toolbar.png" alt="Image:web_link_edit_toolbar.png" border="0" width="136" height="53" /></span>\r\n</p>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <b>Save</b>. Save it and return to the main screen of the Manager.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <b>Cancel</b>. Go back to the main screen of the Manager, without saving the modifications you made.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <b>Help</b>. Opens this Help Screen.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<a title="Quick_Tips" name="Quick_Tips"></a>\r\n<h2> <span class="mw-headline">Quick Tips</span></h2>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n At least one Web Link Category must be added <i>before</i> any Web Links can be created.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<a title="Related_Information" name="Related_Information"></a>\r\n<h2> <span class="mw-headline">Related Information</span></h2>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n To add or edit Web Link Categories: <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1978&Itemid=278" target="_self" title="Screen.weblinks.categories.15">Web Link Category Manager</a>\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n To find and edit existing Web Links: <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1469&Itemid=278" target="_self" title="Screen.weblink.15">Web Link Manager</a>\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n To create a page layout for Web Links: <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1517&Itemid=278#Internal_Link_-_Web_Links" target="_self" title="Screen.menus.edit.15">Menu Item Manager - New/Edit - Internal Link - Web Links</a>\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n', '', 1, 42, 0, 265, '2007-10-18 20:00:00', 150, '', '2008-06-28 19:26:00', 166, 0, '0000-00-00 00:00:00', '2007-10-18 20:00:00', '0000-00-00 00:00:00', '', '', 'pageclass_sfx=\nback_button=\nitem_title=1\nlink_titles=\nintrotext=1\nsection=0\nsection_link=0\ncategory=0\ncategory_link=0\nrating=\nauthor=\ncreatedate=\nmodifydate=\npdf=\nprint=\nemail=\nkeyref=screen.weblink.edit.15\ndocbook_type=', 19, 0, 10, '', '', 0, 5394),
(1986, 'Clean Cache', '', '<h2> <span class="mw-headline">How to Access</span></h2>\r\n<p>\r\nSelect <b>Tools --> Clean Cache</b> from the drop-down menu on the Back-end of your Joomla! installation.\r\n</p>\r\n<a title="Description" name="Description"></a>\r\n<h2> <span class="mw-headline">Description</span></h2>\r\n<p>\r\nThe Cache Manager allows you to delete the Cache files from your web\r\nserver. Cache files are temporary files that are created to improve the\r\nperformance of your site. If you have made significant changes to your\r\nweb site, such as changing your Template or Language, your cache files\r\nmay be out of date. To avoid any problems caused by out of date cache\r\nfiles, you can delete all of the cache files. This will cause Joomla!\r\nto create new copies of these files that will be current with your web\r\nsite.\r\n</p>\r\n<a title="Screenshot" name="Screenshot"></a>\r\n<h2> <span class="mw-headline">Screenshot</span></h2>\r\n<p>\r\n<span class="image"><img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/Cache_manager.png" alt="Image:Cache_manager.png" border="0" width="483" height="376" /></span>\r\n</p>\r\n<a title="Column_Headers" name="Column_Headers"></a>\r\n<h2> <span class="mw-headline">Column Headers</span></h2>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <b>#</b>. An indexing number automatically assigned by Joomla! for ease of reference.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <b>Checkbox</b>. Check this box to select one or more items.\r\n To select all items, check the box in the column heading. After one or\r\n more boxes are checked, click a toolbar button to take an action on the\r\n selected item or items. Many toolbar actions, such as Publish and\r\n Unpublish, can work with multiple items. Others, such as Edit, only\r\n work on one item at a time. If multiple items are checked and you press\r\n Edit, the first item will be opened for editing.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Cache Group.</b> The type of item being cached in this\r\n file. This is also the name of the subdirectory where this type of\r\n cache file is stored. The cache files are stored in the directory\r\n "<path-to-Joomla!>/cache/<Cache Group Name>".\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Number of Files.</b> The number of files currently in this cache group.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Size.</b> The total size, in KB, of the cache files in this group.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Display #.</b> The number of items to display on one page.\r\n If there are more items than this number, you can use the page\r\n navigation buttons (Start, Prev, Next, End, and page numbers) to\r\n navigate between pages. Note that if you have a large number of items,\r\n it may be helpful to use the Filter options, located above the column\r\n headings, to limit which items display.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<a title="Toolbar" name="Toolbar"></a>\r\n<h2> <span class="mw-headline">Toolbar</span></h2>\r\n<p>\r\nAt the top right you will see the toolbar:\r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\n<span class="image"><img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/Cache_manager_toolbar.png" alt="Image:Cache_manager_toolbar.png" border="0" width="93" height="54" /></span>\r\n</p>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <b>Delete</b>. To delete one or more items, select them and click this button. The selected items will be deleted.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <b>Help</b>. Opens this Help Screen.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<p>\r\n<b>Site and Administrator Links</b>\r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\nAt the top left, above the columns, you will see the following two links:\r\n</p>\r\n<div class="center">\r\n<div class="thumb tnone">\r\n<div class="thumbinner" style="width: 145px">\r\n<span class="image"><img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/Module_manager_links.png" class="thumbimage" border="0" width="143" height="19" /></span> \r\n</div>\r\n</div>\r\n</div>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Site.</b> Opens the Site tab. This is the default tab and allows you to see the cache files for the Front-end of the web site. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Administrator.</b> This tab allows you to see the cache files for the Back-end of the web site.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<a title="Quick_Tips" name="Quick_Tips"></a>\r\n<h2> <span class="mw-headline">Quick Tips</span></h2>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n Normally you want to delete all cache files. To do this, click\r\n the check box in the column heading to select all files and then click\r\n the Delete icon in the toolbar.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<a title="Related_Information" name="Related_Information"></a>\r\n<h2> <span class="mw-headline">Related Information</span></h2>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n To change the cache settings for your site: <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1445&Itemid=278#Cache_Settings" target="_self" title="Screen.config.15">Global Configuration - Cache Settings</a>\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n', '', 1, 42, 0, 186, '2008-06-29 19:33:50', 166, '', '2008-06-29 19:37:31', 166, 0, '0000-00-00 00:00:00', '2008-06-29 19:33:10', '0000-00-00 00:00:00', '', '', 'pageclass_sfx=\nback_button=\nitem_title=1\nlink_titles=\nintrotext=1\nsection=0\nsection_link=0\ncategory=0\ncategory_link=0\nrating=\nauthor=\ncreatedate=\nmodifydate=\npdf=\nprint=\nemail=\nkeyref=screen.cache.15\ndocbook_type=', 3, 0, 2, '', '', 0, 539),
(1471, 'Module Manager', 'Module Manager', '<h2> <span class="mw-headline">How to Access</span></h2>\r\n<p>\r\nSelect <b>Extensions --> Module Manager</b> from the drop-down menu on\r\nthe back-end of your Joomla! installation. Or click the "Site" link\r\nfrom the Module Manager / Administrator screen.\r\n</p>\r\n<a title="Description" name="Description"></a>\r\n<h2> <span class="mw-headline">Description</span></h2>\r\n<p>\r\nThe Module Manager is where you add and edit Joomla! Modules. In\r\nJoomla!, Modules are used to display content and/or media around the\r\nmain content. \r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\n<b>Module Facts:</b>\r\n</p>\r\n<ol>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n All Joomla! websites require at least 1 Menu Module\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n All Other Module Types are Optional. (Examples: News, Banner, Latest News, Polls)\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n Every Menu is accompanied by a menu module. (Example mod_mainmenu)\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n Multiple occurrences of similar module types.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n Some Modules are linked to components. For example, each Menu\r\n Module is related to one Menu component. To define a Menu in Joomla!,\r\n you need to create the Menu and Menu Items using the Menus screens and\r\n then create the Module for the Menu using this screen. Other Modules,\r\n such as Custom HTML and Breadcrumbs, do not depend on any other\r\n content. See <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1983&Itemid=278" target="_self" title="screen.modulessite.edit.15">Modules Site</a> or <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1984&Itemid=278" target="_blank" title="screen.modulesadministrator.edit.15">Modules Administrator</a> for information about the different Module Types.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ol>\r\n<p>\r\nThe Joomla! installation is accompanied with 20 module types, additional 3rd party modules can be located at the <a href="http://extensions.joomla.org/" class="external text" title="http://extensions.joomla.org/" rel="nofollow" target= "_blank">JED</a>.\r\n</p>\r\n<a title="Screenshot" name="Screenshot"></a>\r\n<h2> <span class="mw-headline">Screenshot</span></h2>\r\n<p>\r\n<span class="image"><img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/Module_manager.png" alt="Image:Module_manager.png" border="0" width="650" height="370" /></span>\r\n</p>\r\n<a title="Column_Headers" name="Column_Headers"></a>\r\n<h2> <span class="mw-headline">Column Headers</span></h2>\r\n<p>\r\nClick on the column heading to sort the list by that column''s value.\r\n</p>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <b>#</b>. An indexing number automatically assigned by Joomla! for ease of reference.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <b>Checkbox</b>. Check this box to select one or more items.\r\n To select all items, check the box in the column heading. After one or\r\n more boxes are checked, click a toolbar button to take an action on the\r\n selected item or items. Many toolbar actions, such as Publish and\r\n Unpublish, can work with multiple items. Others, such as Edit, only\r\n work on one item at a time. If multiple items are checked and you press\r\n Edit, the first item will be opened for editing.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Module Name.</b> The name of the Module. You can click on the name to open the Module for editing.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <b>Enabled</b>. A green tick or a red X showing whether the\r\n use of the component is enabled/disabled. Click the icon to toggle the\r\n item between enabled and disabled.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Order.</b> The order to display modules within a Position.\r\n If the list is sorted by this column, you can change the display order\r\n of modules within a Position by selecting a Position in the "Select\r\n Position" filter and then clicking the arrows or by entering the\r\n sequential order and clicking ''Save Order''.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <b>Access Level</b>. Who has access to this item. Current options are:\r\n </p>\r\n <ul>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <span style="color: green">Public</span>: Everyone has access\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <span style="color: red">Registered</span>: Only registered users have access\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <span style="color: black">Special</span>: Only users with author status or higher have access\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n </ul>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<dl><dd>You can change an item''s Access Level by clicking on the icon in the column.\r\n</dd></dl>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Position.</b> The position on the page where this module is\r\n displayed. Positions are locations on the page where modules can be\r\n placed (for example, "left" or "right"). Positions are defined in the\r\n Template in use for the page. Positions can also be used to insert a\r\n Module inside an Article using the syntax "{loadposition xxx}", where\r\n "xxx" is a unique position for the module.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Pages.</b> The Menu Items where this Module will be\r\n displayed. Options are "All" for all Menu Items, "None" for no Menu\r\n Items, and "Varies" for selected Menu Items. A Module will only display\r\n on Menu Items where it is selected.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Type.</b> The system name of the Module. Joomla! installs 20\r\n standard Modules. Many Joomla! Extensions contribute additional\r\n Modules. See <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1983&Itemid=278" target="_self" title="screen.modulessite.edit.15">Modules Site</a> or <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1984&Itemid=278" target="_blank" title="screen.modulesadministrator.edit.15">Modules Administrator</a><a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1984&Itemid=278" target="_blank" title="screen.modulesadministrator.edit.15"></a> for information about each of the standard Modules.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <b>ID</b>. The ID number. This is a unique identification\r\n number for this item assigned automatically by Joomla!. It is used to\r\n identify the item internally, for example in internal links. You can\r\n not change this number.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Display #.</b> The number of items to display on one page.\r\n If there are more items than this number, you can use the page\r\n navigation buttons (Start, Prev, Next, End, and page numbers) to\r\n navigate between pages. Note that if you have a large number of items,\r\n it may be helpful to use the Filter options, located above the column\r\n headings, to limit which items display.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<a title="Toolbar" name="Toolbar"></a>\r\n<h2> <span class="mw-headline">Toolbar</span></h2>\r\n<p>\r\nAt the top right you will see the toolbar:\r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\n<span class="image"><img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/Module_manager_toolbar.png" alt="Image:Module_manager_toolbar.png" border="0" width="344" height="54" /></span>\r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\nThe functions are:\r\n</p>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Enable.</b> To enable one or more items, select them using\r\n the Checkbox and press this button. You may also toggle between Enabled\r\n and Disabled by clicking on the icon in the "Enabled" column.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Disable.</b> To disable one or more items, select them using\r\n the Checkbox and press this button. You may also toggle between Enabled\r\n and Disabled by clicking on the icon in the "Enabled" column. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Copy.</b> To copy one or more Modules, select them using the\r\n Checkbox and press this button. A new Module will be created for each\r\n selected Module. The new Module will have the name "Copy of" plus the\r\n original Module name. Note that the new copies are initially disabled.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <b>Delete</b>. To delete one or more items, select them and click this button. The selected items will be deleted.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <b>Edit</b>. Select one item and click on this button to open\r\n it in edit mode. If you have more than one item selected, the first\r\n item will be opened. You can also open an item for editing by clicking\r\n on its Title or Name.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>New.</b> To create a new instance of a Module, press this\r\n button. You will be taken to a screen that lists all of the available\r\n Modules. See <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1983&Itemid=278" target="_self" title="screen.modulessite.edit.15">Modules Site</a> or <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1984&Itemid=278" target="_blank" title="screen.modulesadministrator.edit.15">Modules Administrator</a><a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1984&Itemid=278" target="_blank" title="screen.modulesadministrator.edit.15"></a> for information about adding Modules.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <b>Help</b>. Opens this Help Screen.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<p>\r\n<b>Site and Administrator Links</b>\r\n</p>\r\nAt the top left, above the Filter, you will see the following two links:\r\n<div class="center">\r\n<div class="thumb tnone">\r\n<div class="thumbinner" style="width: 145px">\r\n<span class="image"><img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/Module_manager_links.png" class="thumbimage" border="0" width="143" height="19" /></span> \r\n</div>\r\n</div>\r\n</div>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Site.</b> Opens the Site tab. This is the default tab and allows you to manage the Modules for the front end of the web site. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Administrator.</b> This tab allows you to manage the\r\n Modules for the back end administration of the web site. If you do not\r\n need to change the Joomla! administrator menus, no modifications are\r\n required here.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<a title="List_Filters" name="List_Filters"></a>\r\n<h2> <span class="mw-headline">List Filters</span></h2>\r\n<p>\r\n<b>Filter by Partial Title</b>\r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\nYou can filter the list of items by typing part of the title or\r\nthe ID number. Or, you can select a combination of Category and\r\nPublished State.\r\n</p>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Filter.</b> In the upper left corner just above the column headings is a Filter field and two buttons, as shown below:\r\n </p>\r\n <div class="center">\r\n <div class="floatnone">\r\n <span><span class="image"><img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/Article_manager_filter1.png" border="0" width="254" height="28" /></span></span>\r\n </div>\r\n </div>\r\n <p>\r\n If you have a large number of items on the list, you can use this\r\n filter to find the desired item(s) quickly. Enter either part of the\r\n title or an ID number and press ''Go'' to display the matching items. You\r\n can enter in whole words or part of a word. For example, "ooml" will\r\n match all titles with the word "Joomla!" in them.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<p>\r\n<b>Filter by Category and Published State</b>\r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\nIn the upper right area, above the column headings, are 2 drop-down list boxes as shown below:\r\n</p>\r\n<div class="center">\r\n<div class="floatnone">\r\n<span><span class="image"><img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/Module_manager_filters.png" border="0" width="466" height="24" /></span></span>\r\n</div>\r\n</div>\r\n<p>\r\nThe selections may be combined. Only items matching both selections will display in the list.\r\n</p>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Select Template.</b> Select the Template from the drop-down\r\n list box of available Templates. Only Templates that are enabled for\r\n this site will display.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Select Position.</b> Select a Position from the drop-down list box of available Positions.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Select Type.</b> Select the Module Type from the drop-down\r\n list box of available Module Types. Joomla! installs with 20 available\r\n Module Types. Additional ones may be available if you have installed\r\n any Joomla! Extensions. See <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1983&Itemid=278" target="_self" title="screen.modulessite.edit.15">Modules Site</a> or <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1984&Itemid=278" target="_blank" title="screen.modulesadministrator.edit.15">Modules Administrator</a><a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1984&Itemid=278" target="_blank" title="screen.modulesadministrator.edit.15"></a> for information about the available Module Types.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Select State.</b> Use the drop-down list box to select the published state: Enabled or Disabled.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<a title="Quick_Tips" name="Quick_Tips"></a>\r\n<h2> <span class="mw-headline">Quick Tips</span></h2>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n You can change the order of Modules within a Module Position as follows:\r\n </p>\r\n <ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n Select the desired Position using the Position Filter. This will limit the list to Modules that are assigned to this Position.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n Change the order using the Up or Down arrows or by typing the\r\n order number and pressing the Save Order icon. The Modules will display\r\n in the new order within the Position.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n </ul>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n You can open a Module for editing by clicking on the Module Name. This opens the <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1985&Itemid=278" target="_self" title="Screen.modules.edit.15">Module Manager - New/Edit</a> screen.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<a title="Related_Information" name="Related_Information"></a>\r\n<h2> <span class="mw-headline">Related Information</span></h2>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n To create or edit Modules: <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1985&Itemid=278" target="_self" title="Screen.modules.edit.15">Module Manager - New/Edit</a>\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n To see the function and Parameters for all available front-end Modules: <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1983&Itemid=278" target="_self" title="Screen.modulessite.edit.15">Modules Site</a>\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n To see the function and Parameters for all available back-end (administrator) Modules: <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1984&Itemid=278" target="_self" title="Screen.modulesadministrator.edit.15">Modules Administrator</a>\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n To view a list of all installed Modules and install or uninstall Modules: <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1476&Itemid=278#Modules_Screen" target="_self" title="Screen.installer.15">Extension Manager - Modules Screen</a>\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n To work with Menus: <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1454&Itemid=278" target="_self" title="sceen.menus.15">Menu Manager</a> \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n To work with Banners: <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1462&Itemid=278" target="_self" title="Screen.banners.15">Banner Manager</a>\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n', '', 1, 42, 0, 185, '2007-10-18 20:00:00', 150, '', '2008-07-06 23:43:06', 166, 0, '0000-00-00 00:00:00', '2007-10-18 20:00:00', '0000-00-00 00:00:00', '', '', 'pageclass_sfx=\nback_button=\nitem_title=1\nlink_titles=\nintrotext=1\nsection=0\nsection_link=0\ncategory=0\ncategory_link=0\nrating=\nauthor=\ncreatedate=\nmodifydate=\npdf=\nprint=\nemail=\nkeyref=screen.modules.15\ndocbook_type=', 89, 0, 7, '', '', 0, 30765),
(1473, 'Private Messages - Read', 'Private Messages - Read', '<a title="How_to_Access" name="How_to_Access"></a>\r\n<h2> <span class="mw-headline">How to Access</span></h2>\r\n<p>\r\nNavigate to the <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1474&Itemid=278" target="_self">Private Messaging</a> screen and click the subject of the desired message.\r\n</p>\r\n<a title="Description" name="Description"></a>\r\n<h2> <span class="mw-headline">Description</span></h2>\r\n<p>\r\nThis screen allows you to view, reply to, and delete a Private Message.\r\n</p>\r\n<a title="Screenshot" name="Screenshot"></a>\r\n<h2> <span class="mw-headline">Screenshot</span></h2>\r\n<p>\r\n<span class="image"><img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/View_private_message.png" style="border: 0px none #000000; width: 507px; height: 277px" alt="Image:View_private_message.png" border="0" height="277" width="507" /></span>\r\n</p>\r\n<a title="Details" name="Details"></a>\r\n<h2> <span class="mw-headline">Details</span></h2>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li><b>From.</b> The sender of the message.\r\n </li>\r\n <li><b>Posted.</b> The date and time the message was sent.\r\n </li>\r\n <li><b>Subject.</b> The subject of the message.\r\n </li>\r\n <li><b>Message.</b> The body of the message.\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<a title="Toolbar" name="Toolbar"></a>\r\n<h2> <span class="mw-headline">Toolbar</span></h2>\r\n<p>\r\nAt the top right you will see the toolbar: \r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\n<span class="image"><img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/View_private_message_toolbar.png" style="border: 0px none #000000; width: 186px; height: 51px" alt="Image:View_private_message_toolbar.png" border="0" height="51" width="186" /></span>\r\n</p>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li><b>Reply.</b> Reply to this message. Read more about this in the <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1967&Itemid=278" target="_self" title="Screen.messages.edit.15">Write Private Message</a> screen\r\n </li>\r\n <li><b>Delete.</b> Delete this message.\r\n </li>\r\n <li> <b>Cancel</b>. Go back to the main screen of the Manager, without saving the modifications you made.\r\n </li>\r\n <li> <b>Help</b>. Opens this Help Screen.\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<a title="Quick_Tips" name="Quick_Tips"></a>\r\n<h2> <span class="mw-headline">Quick Tips</span></h2>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>Private Messages can only be received by Users who are members of the "Super Administrator" group.\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<a title="Related_Information" name="Related_Information"></a>\r\n<h2> <span class="mw-headline">Related Information</span></h2>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>To write Private Messages: <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1967&Itemid=278" target="_self" title="Screen.messages.edit.15">Write Private Message</a>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n', '', 1, 42, 0, 186, '2004-12-24 14:19:18', 91, '', '2008-06-26 21:25:50', 165, 0, '0000-00-00 00:00:00', '2004-12-24 00:00:00', '0000-00-00 00:00:00', '', '', 'pageclass_sfx=\nback_button=\nitem_title=1\nlink_titles=\nintrotext=1\nsection=0\nsection_link=0\ncategory=0\ncategory_link=0\nrating=\nauthor=\ncreatedate=\nmodifydate=\npdf=\nprint=\nemail=\nkeyref=screen.messages.read.15\ndocbook_type=', 17, 0, 5, '', '', 0, 12147),
(1474, 'Messages Inbox', 'Messages Inbox', '<a title="How_to_Access" name="How_to_Access"></a>\r\n<h2> <span class="mw-headline">How to Access</span></h2>\r\n<p>\r\nSelect <b>Tools --> Read Messages</b> from the drop-down menu on the Back-end of your Joomla! installation.\r\n</p>\r\n<a title="Description" name="Description"></a>\r\n<h2> <span class="mw-headline">Description</span></h2>\r\n<p>\r\nThe Private Messaging screen allows you to send messages to other Back-end Joomla! users. You can read, write, send, and delete messages here.\r\n</p>\r\n<a title="Screenshot" name="Screenshot"></a>\r\n<h2> <span class="mw-headline">Screenshot</span></h2>\r\n<p>\r\n<span class="image"><img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/Private_messaging.png" style="border: 0px none #000000; width: 523px; height: 352px" alt="Image:Private_messaging.png" border="0" width="523" height="352" /></span>\r\n</p>\r\n<a title="Column_Headers" name="Column_Headers"></a>\r\n<h2> <span class="mw-headline">Column Headers</span></h2>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <b>#</b>. An indexing number automatically assigned by Joomla! for ease of reference.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Checkbox.</b> Check this box to select one or more messages. To select all messages, check the box in the column heading. After one or more boxes are checked, click the Delete button in the toolbar to delete the selected messages.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Subject.</b> The Subject line of the message. Click this to open the message for viewing. This takes you to the <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1473&Itemid=278" target="_self">View Private Message</a> screen where you view, reply to, or delete the message.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Read.</b> A green tick indicates that the message has been read. A red X indicates that it has not been read.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>From.</b> The User who sent the message.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Date.</b> The date and time the message was sent.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Display #.</b> The number of items to display on one page. If there are more items than this number, you can use the page navigation buttons (Start, Prev, Next, End, and page numbers) to navigate between pages. Note that if you have a large number of items, it may be helpful to use the Filter options, located above the column headings, to limit which items display.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<a title="Toolbar" name="Toolbar"></a>\r\n<h2> <span class="mw-headline">Toolbar</span></h2>\r\n<p>\r\nAt the top right you will see the toolbar:\r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\n<span class="image"><img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/Private_messaging_toolbar.png" style="border: 0px none #000000; width: 201px; height: 55px" alt="Image:Private_messaging_toolbar.png" border="0" width="201" height="55" /></span>\r\n</p>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <b>Delete</b>. To delete one or more items, select them and click this button. The selected items will be deleted.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <div>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>New.</b> To write a new message, click this button. A window called <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1967&Itemid=278" target="_self" title="Screen.messages.edit.15">Write Private Message</a> will open.\r\n </p>\r\n </div>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Settings.</b> To change the Private Messaging settings, click this button. A window called <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1987&Itemid=278" target="_self" title="Screen.messages.conf.15">Private Messaging Configuration</a> will open.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Help</b>. Opens this Help Screen.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<a title="List_Filters" name="List_Filters"></a>\r\n<h2> <span class="mw-headline">List Filters</span></h2>\r\n<p>\r\n<b>Filter by Partial Title</b>\r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\nYou can filter the list of messages by typing part of the subject, or you can select read or unread messages.\r\n</p>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li><b>Search.</b> In the upper left corner just above the column headings is a Search field and two buttons, as shown below:\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<div class="center">\r\n<div class="floatnone">\r\n<span><span class="image"><img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/Private_messaging_search.png" style="border: 0px none #000000; width: 222px; height: 27px" alt=" " border="0" width="222" height="27" /></span></span>\r\n</div>\r\n</div>\r\n<dl><dd>If you have a large number of messages on the list, you can use this filter to find the desired messages quickly. Enter part of the subject and press ''Go'' to display the matching messages. You can enter in whole words or part of a word. For example, "ooml" will match all subjects with the word "Joomla!" in them. \r\n</dd></dl>\r\n<p>\r\n<b>Filter by Read or Unread State</b>\r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\nIn the upper right area, above the column headings, is a drop-down list box as shown below:\r\n</p>\r\n<div class="center">\r\n<div class="floatnone">\r\n<span><span class="image"><img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/Private_messaging_select.png" style="border: 0px none #000000; width: 110px; height: 67px" alt=" " border="0" width="110" height="67" /></span></span>\r\n</div>\r\n</div>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Select State.</b> Use the drop-down list box to select: Read or Unread. Only messages with this state will show on the list.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<a title="Quick_Tips" name="Quick_Tips"></a>\r\n<h2> <span class="mw-headline">Quick Tips</span></h2>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n Only Users who are members of the "Super Administrator" group have access to this screen.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<a title="Related_Information" name="Related_Information"></a>\r\n<h2> <span class="mw-headline">Related Information</span></h2>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n Read about writing messages: <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1967&Itemid=278" target="_self" title="Screen.messages.edit.15">Private messages - Write</a>\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n Read about reading messages: <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1473&Itemid=278" target="_self" title="Screen.messages.read.15">Private messages - Read</a>\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n', '', 1, 42, 0, 186, '2004-12-24 14:21:12', 65, '', '2008-07-01 21:41:43', 166, 0, '0000-00-00 00:00:00', '2004-12-24 00:00:00', '0000-00-00 00:00:00', '', '', 'pageclass_sfx=\nback_button=\nitem_title=1\nlink_titles=\nintrotext=1\nsection=0\nsection_link=0\ncategory=0\ncategory_link=0\nrating=\nauthor=\ncreatedate=\nmodifydate=\npdf=\nprint=\nemail=\nkeyref=screen.messages.inbox.15\ndocbook_type=', 14, 0, 6, '', '', 0, 12527),
(1475, 'System Information', 'System Information', '<h2> <span class="mw-headline">How to access</span></h2>\r\n<p>\r\nSelect <b>Help --> System Info</b> from the drop-down menu on the Back-end of your Joomla! installation.\r\n</p>\r\n<a title="Description" name="Description"></a>\r\n<h2> <span class="mw-headline">Description</span></h2>\r\n<p>\r\nThe System Info screens provides useful information about your host\r\nserver environment, including operating system, PHP settings, and\r\ndirectory access settings. You can navigate to five different screens:\r\nSystem Info, PHP Settings, Configuration File, Directory Permissions,\r\nand PHP Information. Each screen provides detailed information about\r\nthat aspect of your Joomla! web site.\r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\nThis information is very helpful when you are troubleshooting\r\nsetup problems. Note that none of these settings can be changed from\r\nthese screens. That must be done in other places, depending on the\r\nspecific setting. The settings in the Configuration File screen can be\r\nchanged from the <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1445&Itemid=278" target="_self" title="Screen.config.15">Global Configuration</a> screen. The other settings shown here depend on your host server configuration and cannot be changed from inside Joomla!\r\n</p>\r\n<a title="Screenshot" name="Screenshot"></a>\r\n<h2> <span class="mw-headline">Screenshot</span></h2>\r\n<p>\r\n<span class="image"><img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/System_info_system.png" alt="Image:System_info_system.png" border="0" width="622" height="540" /></span>\r\n</p>\r\n<a title="System_Info" name="System_Info"></a>\r\n<h2> <span class="mw-headline">System Info</span></h2>\r\n<p>\r\nThis screen shows information about the operating environment for your Joomla! web site, as follows:\r\n</p>\r\n<dl><dt> PHP Built on</dt><dd> Provides details of the principle operating system which the web server that Joomla is running on.\r\n</dd><dt> Database Version</dt><dd> Provides the current version of the MySQL database being used by the installation of Joomla!.\r\n</dd><dt> Database Collation</dt><dd> How the MySQL databased is structured for the information used by Joomla!.\r\n</dd><dt> PHP Version</dt><dd> Provides the current version of PHP server side script that is being used for this installation of Joomla!.\r\n</dd><dt> Web Server</dt><dd> Provides the current type and version of web server which the installation of Joomla! is running on.\r\n</dd><dt> Web Server to PHP interface</dt><dd> The script that permits interaction between the web server (in most cases, Apache) and the PHP scripting language.\r\n</dd><dt> Joomla! Version</dt><dd> Provides the current version of Joomla!. It is recommended that it is always to to day and using the current stable release.\r\n</dd><dt> User Agent</dt><dd> The summary of the current user''s local\r\nmachine''s operating system and browser information which is used to\r\ncreate an unique session ID for access and functionality within the\r\nJoomla! web site.\r\n</dd></dl>\r\n<a title="PHP_Settings" name="PHP_Settings"></a>\r\n<h2> <span class="mw-headline">PHP Settings</span></h2>\r\n<p>\r\nThese screen shows the Relevant PHP Settings information. If any of\r\nthese is highlighted as incorrect should be taken care of to rectify\r\nthe situation.\r\n</p>\r\n<dl><dt> Safe Mode</dt><dd> Recommended setting: ON\r\n</dd><dt> Open basedir</dt><dd> Recommended setting: Site dependent\r\n</dd><dt> Display Errors</dt><dd> Recommended setting: OFF\r\n</dd><dt> Short Open Tags</dt><dd> Recommended setting:\r\n</dd><dt> File Uploads</dt><dd> Recommended setting: ON\r\n</dd><dt> Magic Quotes</dt><dd> Recommended setting: ON\r\n</dd><dt> Register Globals</dt><dd> Recommended setting: OFF\r\n</dd><dt> Output Buffering</dt><dd> Recommended setting: OFF\r\n</dd><dt> Session Save Path</dt><dd> Recommended setting: Site dependent\r\n</dd><dt> Session Auto Start</dt><dd> Recommended setting: OFF\r\n</dd><dt> XML Enabled</dt><dd> Recommended setting: ON\r\n</dd><dt> Zlib Enabled</dt><dd> Recommended setting: ON\r\n</dd><dt> Disabled Functions</dt><dd> Recommended setting: Site dependent\r\n</dd><dt> Mbstring Enabled</dt><dd> Recommended setting: ON\r\n</dd><dt> Iconv Available</dt><dd> Recommended setting:\r\n</dd><dt> WYSIWYG Editor</dt><dd> Recommended setting: Depends on preference\r\n</dd></dl>\r\n<a title="Configuration_File" name="Configuration_File"></a>\r\n<h2> <span class="mw-headline">Configuration File</span></h2>\r\n<p>\r\nThis screen shows the contents of the current Joomla! <i>configuration.php</i> file which is stored under the main <b>joomla_root/</b>\r\ndirectory. This file is created for you automatically when you first\r\ninstall Joomla! and where most changes of the Global Configuration\r\nsection of Joomla! are recorded. Please note that none of the settings\r\ncan be changed from this page. Use the <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1445&Itemid=278" target="_self" title="Screen.config.15">Global Configuration</a> to see more information about these settings and to make changes.\r\n</p>\r\n<a title="Directory_Permissions" name="Directory_Permissions"></a>\r\n<h2> <span class="mw-headline">Directory Permissions</span></h2>\r\n<p>\r\nThis screen shows a list of the directories that the webserver\r\nshould have write access to. Please note that all directories listed on\r\nthis page should say <b style="color: green">Writable</b>. If not, you may need to change the permissions to be able to install and use Joomla! successfully.\r\n</p>\r\n<a title="PHP_Information" name="PHP_Information"></a>\r\n<h2> <span class="mw-headline">PHP Information</span></h2>\r\n<p>\r\nThis screen displays the full configuration of the PHP server side\r\nscripting language that Joomla! runs on, together with all the\r\nassociated system information that goes towards the creation of the web\r\nserver. It is the output of an integrated php.info script built into\r\nJoomla!. \r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\nPHP is installed, and runs on the server (hence the server\r\nside above), and therefore all the settings are made on the server. The\r\nvisitor to the web site does not need to have anything special running\r\non their local machine in order to view or use any of the extra\r\nfunctionality that PHP gives to the web site.\r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\nAll the settings that are ever likely to be needed are displayed here. Any changes that are required would be made within the <i>php.ini</i> and other configuration files on the web server.\r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\nHow much control a web site owner has over this information\r\ndepends on whether they own the server or if the server host is\r\nflexible in their customer approach.\r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\nIt is a good practice to know the limitations of a particular\r\nserver installation. This screens output is used to find detailed\r\ninformation about how PHP is implemented on the server.\r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\nFor full details on the information contained within the PHP Info screen visit: <a href="http://php.net/phpinfo" class="external free" title="http://php.net/phpinfo" rel="nofollow">http://php.net/phpinfo</a>.\r\n</p>\r\n<a title="Toolbar" name="Toolbar"></a>\r\n<h2> <span class="mw-headline">Toolbar</span></h2>\r\n<p>\r\nAt the top right you will see the toolbar: \r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\n<span class="image"><img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/Help_toolbar.png" alt="Image:Help_toolbar.png" border="0" width="42" height="53" /></span>\r\n</p>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li> <b>Help</b>. Opens this Help Screen.\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<a title="Quick_Tips" name="Quick_Tips"></a>\r\n<h2> <span class="mw-headline">Quick Tips</span></h2>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <div>\r\n <p>\r\n If you are having problems installing extensions, uploading, or\r\n changing configuration options, check the Directory Permissions screen\r\n to make sure you have permission to write to files on your web server.\r\n The "Status" of the directories should be "Writable". If not, you may\r\n be unable to upload or edit files in these directories.\r\n </p>\r\n </div>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n When you are seeking help with setup problems, for example in\r\n a Joomla! web forum, it is very helpful to post specific information\r\n about your Joomla! installation. This screen is an easy way to find all\r\n of this information in one place.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n', '', 1, 42, 0, 267, '2007-11-01 20:00:00', 150, '', '2008-06-29 19:49:26', 166, 0, '0000-00-00 00:00:00', '2007-11-01 20:00:00', '0000-00-00 00:00:00', '', '', 'pageclass_sfx=\nback_button=\nitem_title=1\nlink_titles=\nintrotext=1\nsection=0\nsection_link=0\ncategory=0\ncategory_link=0\nrating=\nauthor=\ncreatedate=\nmodifydate=\npdf=\nprint=\nemail=\nkeyref=screen.system.info.15\ndocbook_type=', 15, 0, 1, '', '', 0, 21464);
INSERT INTO `jos_content` (`id`, `title`, `title_alias`, `introtext`, `fulltext`, `state`, `sectionid`, `mask`, `catid`, `created`, `created_by`, `created_by_alias`, `modified`, `modified_by`, `checked_out`, `checked_out_time`, `publish_up`, `publish_down`, `images`, `urls`, `attribs`, `version`, `parentid`, `ordering`, `metakey`, `metadesc`, `access`, `hits`) VALUES
(1476, 'Install/Uninstal', 'Install/Uninstall', '<a title="How_to_Access" name="How_to_Access"></a>\r\n<h2> <span class="mw-headline">How to Access</span></h2>\r\n<p>\r\nSelect <b>Extensions -> Install/Uninstall</b> from the drop-down menu in the Back-end of your Joomla! installation.\r\n</p>\r\n<a title="Description" name="Description"></a>\r\n<h2> <span class="mw-headline">Description</span></h2>\r\n<p>\r\nExtensions are add-ons that expand the functionality of Joomla!. Extensions are used to add capabilities to Joomla! that do not exist in the standard package. Hundreds of Extensions are available for Joomla!, with more being developed all of the time. \r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\nExtensions are categorized into five types, as follows:\r\n</p>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li> A <i>Component</i> is a mini-application that renders the main body of the page. Examples of Components are Contacts, the Front Page, and News Feeds.\r\n </li>\r\n <li> A <i>Module</i> is a smaller Extension typically used for rendering a small element that displays across multiple pages. Examples of Modules include Menus and Related Items.\r\n </li>\r\n <li> A <i>Plugin</i> is a section of code that runs when a pre-defined event happens within Joomla!. For example, editors are Plugins that run when an edit session is opened.\r\n </li>\r\n <li> The <i>Language</i> Extension allows for the Front-end and Back-end of Joomla! to be presented in any language for which a language Extension exists. This way, Joomla! can be released in a new language with no changes to the core program.\r\n </li>\r\n <li> A <i>Template</i> controls the way the content of a web site is displayed, including the location and layout of elements, colors, fonts, and so on. Templates allow the appearance of the web site to be separated from it''s content.\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<p>\r\nThis screen is organized into six sections as follows:\r\n</p>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li> <b>Install:</b> Allows you to install all types of Extensions.\r\n </li>\r\n <li> <b>Components, Modules, Plugins, Languages, Templates:</b> Allow you to enable, disable, and uninstall Extensions of each type.\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<a title="Install_Screen" name="Install_Screen"></a>\r\n<h2> <span class="mw-headline">Install Screen</span></h2>\r\n<a title="Screenshot" name="Screenshot"></a>\r\n<h3> <span class="mw-headline">Screenshot</span></h3>\r\n<p>\r\n<span class="image"><img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/Extension_manager_install.png" style="border: 0px none #000000; width: 640px; height: 372px" alt="Image:Extension_manager_install.png" border="0" height="372" width="640" /></span>\r\n</p>\r\n<a title="Details" name="Details"></a>\r\n<h3> <span class="mw-headline">Details</span></h3>\r\n<p>\r\nJoomla! Extensions can be installed using one of three methods, as indicated below. Only one method is needed to install a given Extension.\r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\nThe normal procedure for installing a Joomla! Extension is as follows:\r\n</p>\r\n<ol>\r\n <li> Download one or more archive files (normally ".zip" or "tar.gz" format) from the Extension provider''s web site to a local directory on your computer. Note that some Extensions are installed as one file (for example, one Component or Module) while other Extensions might have two or more files (for example, a Component and a Module). If there are two or more parts, each one will have its own archive file.\r\n </li>\r\n <li> Use the "Browse" button in the "Upload Package File" to browse to each archive file.\r\n </li>\r\n <li> Use the "Upload Package File" button to install the Extension. Joomla! then unpacks the archive file and installs the Extension.\r\n </li>\r\n <li> Depending on the Extension, it may be necessary to enable the Extension (for example, in the <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1471&Itemid=278" target="_self" title="Screen.modules.15">Module Manager</a> or <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1465&Itemid=278" target="_self">Plugin Manager</a>).\r\n </li>\r\n</ol>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li><b>Package File.</b> Browse to the location where you downloaded the Extension''s archive file. Then press "Upload File & Install". Joomla! will read the contents of the archive file and install the Extension. When it is finished, the screen will display the message "Install Component Success". If the installation is not successful, an error message will display. \r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li><b>Install Directory.</b> As an alternative to installing from an archive file, you can follow the steps below:\r\n <ol>\r\n <li>Create a temporary directory on your local hard drive and unpack the Extension''s archive file in this temporary directory.\r\n </li>\r\n <li>Using FTP, upload the contents of this directory (including files and subdirectories) to a directory on your server.\r\n </li>\r\n <li>In the <i>Install Directory</i> field specify the directory where you have uploaded the files and subdirectories of the package. \r\n </li>\r\n <li>Click on the <i>Install</i> button and Joomla! will install the contents of the given directory. \r\n </li>\r\n </ol>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<p>\r\nWhen it is finished, the screen will display the message "Install Component Success". If the installation is not successful, an error message will display. \r\n</p>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li><b>Install URL.</b> A third alternative for installing an Extension is as follows. Instead of downloading the archive file to your local computer, just specify the URL of the target archive file. Then click the "Install" button and Joomla! automatically installs it directly from this URL. Again, the screen will display the message "Install Component Success". If the installation is not successful, an error message will display. Note that, with this method, you will not have a copy of the archive file on your local computer.\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<a title="Components_Screen" name="Components_Screen"></a>\r\n<h2> <span class="mw-headline">Components Screen</span></h2>\r\n<a title="Screenshot_2" name="Screenshot_2"></a>\r\n<h3> <span class="mw-headline">Screenshot</span></h3>\r\n<p>\r\n<span class="image"><img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/Extension_manager_components.png" style="border: 0px none #000000; width: 608px; height: 370px" alt="Image:Extension_manager_components.png" border="0" height="370" width="608" /></span>\r\n</p>\r\n<a title="Column_Headers" name="Column_Headers"></a>\r\n<h3> <span class="mw-headline">Column Headers</span></h3>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li> <b>#</b>. An indexing number automatically assigned by Joomla! for ease of reference.\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li> <b>Component</b>. The name of the installed component.\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li> <b>Enabled</b>. A green tick or a red X showing whether the use of the component is enabled/disabled. Click the icon to toggle the item between enabled and disabled.\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li> <b>Version</b>. The version number of the Extension.\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li><b>Date.</b> The date this extension was released.\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li><b>Author.</b> The author of this extension.\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li><b>Compatibility.</b> A green tick in this column indicates that this extension is compatible with the current Joomla! version. A red "X" indicates that it is not compatible.\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li><b>Display #.</b> The number of items to display on one page. If there are more items than this number, you can use the page navigation buttons (Start, Prev, Next, End, and page numbers) to navigate between pages. Note that if you have a large number of items, it may be helpful to use the Filter options, located above the column headings, to limit which items display.\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<a title="Modules_Screen" name="Modules_Screen"></a>\r\n<h2> <span class="mw-headline">Modules Screen</span></h2>\r\n<a title="Screenshot_3" name="Screenshot_3"></a>\r\n<h3> <span class="mw-headline">Screenshot</span></h3>\r\n<p>\r\n<span class="image"><img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/Extension_manager_modules.png" style="border: 0px none #000000; width: 608px; height: 429px" alt="Image:Extension_manager_modules.png" border="0" height="429" width="608" /></span>\r\n</p>\r\n<a title="Column_Headers_2" name="Column_Headers_2"></a>\r\n<h3> <span class="mw-headline">Column Headers</span></h3>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li><b>All / Site Modules / Admin Modules.</b> Optional filter to limit list to selected Modules. \r\n <ul>\r\n <li><i>All.</i> List all Modules.\r\n </li>\r\n <li><i>Site Modules.</i> List only Site Modules. \r\n </li>\r\n <li><i>Admin Modules.</i> List only Admin Modules.\r\n </li>\r\n </ul>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li> <b>#</b>. An indexing number automatically assigned by Joomla! for ease of reference.\r\n </li>\r\n <li><b>Module.</b> The name of the Module.\r\n </li>\r\n <li><b>Client.</b> "Site" indicates a Module that is used for the Joomla! Front-end site. "Admin" indicates a Module that is only used in the Joomla! Back-end of the web site.\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li> <b>Version</b>. The version number of the Extension.\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li><b>Date.</b> The date this extension was released.\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li><b>Author.</b> The author of this extension.\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li><b>Compatibility.</b> A green tick in this column indicates that this extension is compatible with the current Joomla! version. A red "X" indicates that it is not compatible.\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li><b>Display #.</b> The number of items to display on one page. If there are more items than this number, you can use the page navigation buttons (Start, Prev, Next, End, and page numbers) to navigate between pages. Note that if you have a large number of items, it may be helpful to use the Filter options, located above the column headings, to limit which items display.\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<a title="Plugins_Screen" name="Plugins_Screen"></a>\r\n<h2> <span class="mw-headline">Plugins Screen</span></h2>\r\n<a title="Screenshot_4" name="Screenshot_4"></a>\r\n<h3> <span class="mw-headline">Screenshot</span></h3>\r\n<p>\r\n<span class="image"><img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/Extension_manager_plugins.png" style="border: 0px none #000000; width: 643px; height: 441px" alt="Image:Extension_manager_plugins.png" border="0" height="441" width="643" /></span>\r\n</p>\r\n<a title="Column_Headers_3" name="Column_Headers_3"></a>\r\n<h3> <span class="mw-headline">Column Headers</span></h3>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li><b>All / specific type.</b> Optional filter to limit list to Plugins of one Type. Select a Plugin type (for example, "authentication", "content", "editors", "editors-xtd", "search", "system", "user", or "xmlpc") from the drop-down list box to limit the list to Plugins of this Type.\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li> <b>#</b>. An indexing number automatically assigned by Joomla! for ease of reference.\r\n </li>\r\n <li><b>Plugin.</b> The name of the Plugin.\r\n </li>\r\n <li><b>Type.</b> The Type of the Plugin.\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li> <b>Version</b>. The version number of the Extension.\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li><b>Date.</b> The date this extension was released.\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li><b>Author.</b> The author of this extension.\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li><b>Compatibility.</b> A green tick in this column indicates that this extension is compatible with the current Joomla! version. A red "X" indicates that it is not compatible.\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li><b>Display #.</b> The number of items to display on one page. If there are more items than this number, you can use the page navigation buttons (Start, Prev, Next, End, and page numbers) to navigate between pages. Note that if you have a large number of items, it may be helpful to use the Filter options, located above the column headings, to limit which items display.\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<a title="Languages_Screen" name="Languages_Screen"></a>\r\n<h2> <span class="mw-headline">Languages Screen</span></h2>\r\n<a title="Screenshot_5" name="Screenshot_5"></a>\r\n<h3> <span class="mw-headline">Screenshot</span></h3>\r\n<p>\r\n<span class="image"><img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/Extension_manager_languages.png" style="border: 0px none #000000; width: 644px; height: 321px" alt="Image:Extension_manager_languages.png" border="0" height="321" width="644" /></span>\r\n</p>\r\n<a title="Column_Headers_4" name="Column_Headers_4"></a>\r\n<h3> <span class="mw-headline">Column Headers</span></h3>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li><b>All / Site Languages / Admin Languages.</b> Optional filter to limit list to selected Languages. \r\n <ul>\r\n <li><i>All.</i> List all Languages.\r\n </li>\r\n <li><i>Site Languages.</i> List only Site Languages. Site Languages are Languages applied to the Front-end of the web site. \r\n </li>\r\n <li><i>Admin Languages.</i> List only Admin Languages. Admin Languages are Languages applied to the Back-end of the web site.\r\n </li>\r\n </ul>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li> <b>#</b>. An indexing number automatically assigned by Joomla! for ease of reference.\r\n </li>\r\n <li><b>Language.</b> The name of the Language.\r\n </li>\r\n <li><b>Client.</b> "Site" indicates a Language that is used for the Joomla! Front-end site. "Admin" indicates a Language that is only used in the Joomla! Back-end of the web site.\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li> <b>Version</b>. The version number of the Extension.\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li><b>Date.</b> The date this extension was released.\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li><b>Author.</b> The author of this extension.\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li><b>Display #.</b> The number of items to display on one page. If there are more items than this number, you can use the page navigation buttons (Start, Prev, Next, End, and page numbers) to navigate between pages. Note that if you have a large number of items, it may be helpful to use the Filter options, located above the column headings, to limit which items display.\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<a title="Templates_Screen" name="Templates_Screen"></a>\r\n<h2> <span class="mw-headline">Templates Screen</span></h2>\r\n<a title="Screenshot_6" name="Screenshot_6"></a>\r\n<h3> <span class="mw-headline">Screenshot</span></h3>\r\n<p>\r\n<span class="image"><img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/Extension_manager_templates.png" style="border: 0px none #000000; width: 644px; height: 360px" alt="Image:Extension_manager_templates.png" border="0" height="360" width="644" /></span>\r\n</p>\r\n<a title="Column_Headers_5" name="Column_Headers_5"></a>\r\n<h3> <span class="mw-headline">Column Headers</span></h3>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li><b>All / Site Templates / Admin Templates.</b> Optional filter to limit list to selected Templates. \r\n <ul>\r\n <li><i>All.</i> List all Templates.\r\n </li>\r\n <li><i>Site Templates.</i> List only Site Templates. Site Templates are Templates applied to the Front-end of the web site. \r\n </li>\r\n <li><i>Admin Templates.</i> List only Admin Templates. Admin Templates are Templates applied to the Back-end of the web site.\r\n </li>\r\n </ul>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li> <b>#</b>. An indexing number automatically assigned by Joomla! for ease of reference.\r\n </li>\r\n <li><b>Template.</b> The name of the Template.\r\n </li>\r\n <li><b>Client.</b> "Site" indicates a Templates that is used for the Joomla! Front-end site. "Admin" indicates a Template that is only used in the Joomla! Back-end of the web site.\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li> <b>Version</b>. The version number of the Extension.\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li><b>Date.</b> The date this extension was released.\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li><b>Author.</b> The author of this extension.\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li><b>Compatibility.</b> A green tick in this column indicates that this extension is compatible with the current Joomla! version. A red "X" indicates that it is not compatible.\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li><b>Display #.</b> The number of items to display on one page. If there are more items than this number, you can use the page navigation buttons (Start, Prev, Next, End, and page numbers) to navigate between pages. Note that if you have a large number of items, it may be helpful to use the Filter options, located above the column headings, to limit which items display.\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<a title="Toolbar" name="Toolbar"></a>\r\n<h2> <span class="mw-headline">Toolbar</span></h2>\r\n<p>\r\nAt the top right you will see the toolbar: \r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\n<span class="image"><img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/Extension_manager_toolbar1.png" style="border: 0px none #000000; width: 106px; height: 55px" alt="Image:Extension_manager_toolbar1.png" border="0" height="55" width="106" /></span>\r\n</p>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li><b>Uninstall.</b> To uninstall an Extension, select the Extension by checking the radio button next to its name and click this button. Joomla! will uninstall the item and show a message that says "Uninstall Success". \r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li> <b>Help</b>. Opens this Help Screen.\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<p>\r\n<b>Links to Other Screens</b>\r\nAt the top left, you will see the following six links:\r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\n<span class="image"><img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/Extension_manager_links.png" style="border: 0px none #000000; width: 490px; height: 20px" alt="Image:Extension_manager_links.png" border="0" height="20" width="490" /></span>\r\n</p>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li><b>Install.</b> Links to the <a href="#Install_Screen">Install Screen</a>.\r\n </li>\r\n <li><b>Components.</b> Links to the <a href="#Components_Screen">Components Screen</a>.\r\n </li>\r\n <li><b>Modules.</b> Links to the <a href="#Modules_Screen">Modules Screen</a>.\r\n </li>\r\n <li><b>Plugins.</b> Links to the <a href="#Plugins_Screen">Plugins Screen</a>.\r\n </li>\r\n <li><b>Languages.</b> Links to the <a href="#Languages_Screen">Languages Screen</a>.\r\n </li>\r\n <li><b>Templates.</b> Links to the <a href="#Templates_Screen">Templates Screen</a>.\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<a title="Quick_Tips" name="Quick_Tips"></a>\r\n<h2> <span class="mw-headline">Quick Tips</span></h2>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>Normally it is not necessary or desirable to uninstall a Component, Module, or Plugin that comes with the standard Joomla! installation. If you don''t want something to be available on the Front-end, you can just Disable it instead of uninstalling it. Uninstalling core Joomla! Components, Modules, or Plugins can have unintended and undesirable consequences.\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>You can disable a Component just by clicking the green tick in the Enabled column of the <a href="#Components_Screen">Components Screen</a>. This makes the Component unavailable to the web site without having to uninstall it.\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>Some 1.0.x Extensions support Joomla! 1.5 in <i>Legacy Mode</i>. To use this feature, you need to open the <a href=index2.php?option=com_content&task=findkey&tmpl=component;1&keyref=Screen.plugins.15 title="Screen.plugins.15">Plugin Manager</a> screen from the <i>Extensions</i> menu and enable the Plugin called <i>System - Legacy</i>. Note that this Plugin is disabled by the default. \r\n <ul>\r\n <li>Only Extensions that are supported by the authors in "1.5 Legacy" mode should be operated in this way.\r\n </li>\r\n <li>Extensions run in "1.5 Legacy" mode will run slightly slower than "1.5 Native" Extensions. In most situations, the performance is not noticeable. However, if there is a choice, "1.5 Native" Extensions are generally preferred.\r\n </li>\r\n </ul>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>Three alternate installation methods are available, as indicated above in the <a href="#Install_Screen">Install Screen</a>. The most common one is the "Upload Package File" method.\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>Some Core or System Components, Modules, and Plugins cannot be uninstalled, so they cannot be selected to be uninstalled. Also the Default Template and Language are cannot be selected to be uninstalled.\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li><b>Important</b>: Do not delete the Default Template and Languege files using FTP because it generates errors in both the Front-end and Back-end.\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>If you want to install a third-party Module or Plugin that belongs to a Component, you will generally need to install the Component as well as the Module or Plugin in order to use the Module or Plugin. This is normally documented in the Extension''s installation instructions on the author''s web site.\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>Similarly, if you uninstall a third-party Component that also has its own Modules or Plugins, these Modules and Plugins can no longer be used. So it is normally recommended to uninstall these dependent Modules and Plugins as well.\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>Some Components developed by third party developers may have their own Modules or Plugins included in the installer. In this case, make sure these Module or Plugin directories are writable. Otherwise the Extension will not work properly.\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li><span style="color: #ff0000"><b>SECURITY WARNING:</b> It is recommended that you use only those third-party Extensions on your site that you really need. Do not use your live site for testing purposes because it may compromise your site and server. Test new extensions on a local test web site before deploying them on your live site.\r\n </span></li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <span style="color: #ff0000">\r\n <li>Do not install Joomla! Extensions downloaded from warez sites because they may be infected by a virus or malware that cause damage on the server and can contaminate the computer of your visitors! \r\n </li></span>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <span style="color: #ff0000">\r\n <li>Installing from remote URL can be dangerous. For this reason, it is generally recommended that you use the "Upload Package File" or "Install from Directory" options when installing new Extensions.\r\n </li></span>\r\n</ul>\r\n<p>\r\n \r\n</p>\r\n<a title="Related_Information" name="Related_Information"></a>\r\n<h2> <span class="mw-headline">Related Information</span></h2>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>If you install a Component Extension, it will be listed as a new Menu Item in the <i>Components</i> menu. \r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>You can assign a Menu Item to an installed Component Extension in the <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1455&Itemid=278" target="_self">Menu Item Manager</a> by clicking the <i>New</i> toolbar button. The new Component will show in the Internal Link list of Menu Item Types.\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>If you install a Module Extension, it will be added to the list of the Modules in the <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1471&Itemid=278" target="_self">Module Manager</a> , where you can enable/disable it. You can also customize it''s parameters in the <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1471&Itemid=278" target="_self" title="Screen.modules.edit.15">Module Edit</a> screen.\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>An installed Plugin Extension will be added to the list of the <a href=index2.php?option=com_content&task=findkey&tmpl=component;1&keyref=Screen.plugins.15 title="Screen.plugins.15">Plugin Manager</a>, where you can enable or disable it. You can also customize its parameters in the <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1523&Itemid=278" target="_self">Plugin Edit</a> screen.\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>An installed Template Extension will be added to the Site or Administrator list of the <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1449&Itemid=278" target="_self" title="Screen.templates.15">Template Manager</a> where you can assign it to all of the pages or to the selected ones. You can also customize its parameters, edit the HTML or CSS source, or preview the available Module positions.\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>An installed Language Extension will be added to the Site or Administrator list of the <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1446&Itemid=278" target="_self">Language Manager</a> , depending on the client attribute of the Extension. This screen let''s you assign it as the default language, if desired.\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>The System - Legacy Plugin must be enabled to be able to use Joomla! 1.0.x Extensions in "1.5 Legacy" mode.\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n', '', 1, 42, 0, 185, '2007-10-18 20:00:00', 150, '', '2008-06-26 20:37:01', 165, 0, '0000-00-00 00:00:00', '2007-10-18 20:00:00', '0000-00-00 00:00:00', '', '', 'pageclass_sfx=\nback_button=\nitem_title=1\nlink_titles=\nintrotext=1\nsection=0\nsection_link=0\ncategory=0\ncategory_link=0\nrating=\nauthor=\ncreatedate=\nmodifydate=\npdf=\nprint=\nemail=\nkeyref=screen.installer.15\ndocbook_type=', 47, 0, 8, '', '', 0, 69688),
(1515, 'Global Check-in', 'Global Check-in', '<h2> <span class="mw-headline">How to access</span></h2>\r\n<p>\r\nSelect <b>Tools --> Global Check-in</b> from the drop-down menu on the Back-end of your Joomla! installation.\r\n</p>\r\n<a name="Description"></a>\r\n<h2> <span class="mw-headline">Description</span></h2>\r\n<p>\r\nSelecting this menu option causes Joomla! to perform a global\r\ncheck-in of all checked out or locked items. It then shows the results\r\nof the Global Check-in. This is useful, for example, if an Articles is\r\nlocked by a User who opened it for editing and never finished the\r\nediting session. In this case, other Users are not able to edit this\r\nArticle. Performing a Global Check-in releases all such items.\r\n</p>\r\n<a name="Screenshot"></a>\r\n<h2> <span class="mw-headline">Screenshot</span></h2>\r\n<p>\r\n<span class="image"><img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/Global_checkin.png" alt="Image:global_checkin.png" border="0" width="585" height="419" /></span>\r\n</p>\r\n<a name="Column_Headers"></a>\r\n<h2> <span class="mw-headline">Column Headers</span></h2>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <b>Database table</b>. The name of the table checked.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <b># of Items</b>. The number of items checked out from the table.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <b>Checked in</b>. Whether the items were successfully\r\n checked in. A green tick indicates that the table was checked in\r\n successfully. A red X indicates that the table was not checked in\r\n correctly. An empty column indicates that there were no items to check\r\n in.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<a name="Toolbar"></a>\r\n<h2> <span class="mw-headline">Toolbar</span></h2>\r\n<p>\r\nAt the top right you will see the toolbar: \r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\n<span class="image"><img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/Help_toolbar.png" alt="Image:Help_toolbar.png" border="0" width="42" height="53" /></span>\r\n</p>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <b>Help</b>. Opens this Help Screen.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<a name="Quick_Tips"></a>\r\n<h2> <span class="mw-headline">Quick Tips</span></h2>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n If an Article or some other content element is locked, do a Global Check-in to unlock it.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n Make sure no one is busy editing any items before you perform a global check-in. When a Global Check-in is done, <i>all</i> items are checked in, including those currently being edited. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<a name="Related_Information"></a>\r\n<h2> <span class="mw-headline">Related Information</span></h2>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n To see all logged in users: <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1452&Itemid=278" target="_self" title="Screen.users.15">User Manager</a>\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n', '', 1, 42, 0, 186, '2005-01-25 22:05:26', 65, '', '2008-06-28 18:26:36', 166, 0, '0000-00-00 00:00:00', '2005-01-24 23:00:00', '0000-00-00 00:00:00', '', '', 'pageclass_sfx=\nback_button=\nitem_title=1\nlink_titles=\nintrotext=1\nsection=0\nsection_link=0\ncategory=0\ncategory_link=0\nrating=\nauthor=\ncreatedate=\nmodifydate=\npdf=\nprint=\nemail=\nkeyref=screen.checkin.15\ndocbook_type=', 47, 0, 4, '', '', 0, 22912),
(1446, 'Language Manager', 'Language Manager', '<h2> <span class="mw-headline">How to Access</span></h2>\r\n<p>\r\nSelect <b>Extensions --> Language Manager</b> from the drop-down menu on the back-end of your Joomla! installation.\r\n</p>\r\n<a title="Description" name="Description"></a>\r\n<h2> <span class="mw-headline">Description</span></h2>\r\n<p>\r\nIn the Language Manager you can set the default Language for both the Front-end and Back-end of your Joomla! web site.\r\n</p>\r\n<a title="Screenshot" name="Screenshot"></a>\r\n<h2> <span class="mw-headline">Screenshot</span></h2>\r\n<p>\r\n<span class="image"><img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/Language_manager.png" alt="Image:Language_manager.png" border="0" width="580" height="273" /></span>\r\n</p>\r\n<a title="Column_Headers" name="Column_Headers"></a>\r\n<h2> <span class="mw-headline">Column Headers</span></h2>\r\n<p>\r\nBoth the <i>Site</i> and <i>Administrator</i> tabs have the following column titles. These details are fetched from the XML file included in the language pack.\r\n</p>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <b>#</b>. An indexing number automatically assigned by Joomla! for ease of reference.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Checkbox.</b> Check this radio button to select the Language.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Language Name.</b> The names of the installed Languages on this web site.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Default.</b> The default language of the site, marked with a yellow graphical asterisk in this column.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Version.</b> The version number of the installed language.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Date.</b> The creation date of the language.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Author.</b> The name of the language translator is displayed in this column.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Author E-mail.</b> The e-mail address of the translator.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Display #.</b> The number of items to display on one page.\r\n If there are more items than this number, you can use the page\r\n navigation buttons (Start, Prev, Next, End, and page numbers) to\r\n navigate between pages. Note that if you have a large number of items,\r\n it may be helpful to use the Filter options, located above the column\r\n headings, to limit which items display.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<a title="Toolbar" name="Toolbar"></a>\r\n<h2> <span class="mw-headline">Toolbar</span></h2>\r\n<p>\r\nAt the top right you will see the toolbar:\r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\n<span class="image"><img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/Language_manager_toolbar.png" alt="Image:Language_manager_toolbar.png" border="0" width="92" height="52" /></span>\r\n</p>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Default.</b> Select the Language that you want to be the\r\n default Language. Then click this button. The default star symbol will\r\n show in the Default column, indicating that this is now the default\r\n Language.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <b>Help</b>. Opens this Help Screen.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<a title="Site_and_Administrator_Links" name="Site_and_Administrator_Links"></a>\r\n<h2> <span class="mw-headline">Site and Administrator Links</span></h2>\r\n<p>\r\nAt the top left, above the columns, you will see two links as shown below:\r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\n<span class="image"><img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/Template_manager_links.png" alt="Image:Template_manager_links.png" border="0" width="136" height="21" /></span>\r\n</p>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Site.</b> Shows the Languages available for the Front-end of the web site.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Administrator.</b> Shows the Languages available for the\r\n Back-end of the web site. Note that the languages for the Front and\r\n Back end can be different.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<a title="Quick_Tips" name="Quick_Tips"></a>\r\n<h2> <span class="mw-headline">Quick Tips</span></h2>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n Users can use any Language from the list of installed Languages, either by having it assigned in the <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1452&Itemid=278" target="_self" title="Screen.users.15">User Manager</a> or by filling out a <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1517&Itemid=278#User_Form_Layout" target="_self" title="Screen.menus.edit.15">Menu Item Manager - New/Edit - User Form Layout</a>\r\n at the Front end. This will cause the Joomla! system prompts to be\r\n generated in this Language just for this User. For example, if a User\r\n chooses Spanish as their language, then the Search Module will show\r\n with prompts in Spanish, as shown below:\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<div class="center">\r\n<div class="thumb tnone">\r\n<div class="thumbinner" style="width: 602px">\r\n<span class="image"><img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/Spanish_language_example.png" class="thumbimage" border="0" width="600" height="143" /></span> \r\n</div>\r\n</div>\r\n</div>\r\n<dl><dd>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>This User''s choice is not affected by the Default Language set for the Front-end.\r\n </li>\r\n <li>Changing a User''s Language or the Default Language does not affect the web site''s Articles and other content.\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n</dd></dl>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li><b>Important</b>: Do not delete the default language files (for example, with FTP). This will create errors on both the Front-end and Back-end.\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>Additional Languages can be added using the <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1476&Itemid=278#Install_Screen" target="_self" title="Screen.installer.15">Extension Manager - Install Screen</a>.\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>If desired, you can show the Front-end site in one Language and\r\n show the Back-end administration pages in a different Language. Also,\r\n individual articles can be configured to use a different language in\r\n the Advanced Parameter pane when editing the Article.\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<a title="Related_Information" name="Related_Information"></a>\r\n<h2> <span class="mw-headline">Related Information</span></h2>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>To install more Languages: <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1476&Itemid=278#Install_Screen" target="_self" title="Screen.installer.15">Extension Manager - Install Screen</a>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>To uninstall a Language: <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1476&Itemid=278#Languages_Screen" target="_self" title="Screen.installer.15">Extension Manager - Languages screen</a>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>To change the Language for a User: <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1452&Itemid=278" target="_self" title="Screen.users.15">User Manager</a>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>To create a form that allows a User to set their own Language: <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1517&Itemid=278#User_Form_Layout" target="_self" title="Screen.menus.edit.15">Menu Item Manager - New/Edit - User Form Layout</a>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>To set the Language of an Article: <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1526&Itemid=278#Parameters_-_Advanced" target="_self" title="Screen.content.edit.15">Article Manager - New/Edit - Parameters - Advanced\r\n </a>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n', '', 1, 42, 0, 185, '2007-10-18 20:00:00', 150, '', '2008-06-28 18:54:38', 166, 0, '0000-00-00 00:00:00', '2007-10-18 20:00:00', '0000-00-00 00:00:00', '', '', 'pageclass_sfx=\nback_button=\nitem_title=1\nlink_titles=\nintrotext=1\nsection=0\nsection_link=0\ncategory=0\ncategory_link=0\nrating=\nauthor=\ncreatedate=\nmodifydate=\npdf=\nprint=\nemail=\nkeyref=screen.languages.15\ndocbook_type=', 25, 0, 10, '', '', 0, 41977),
(1447, 'Media Manager', 'Media Manager', '<h2>How to access</h2>\r\n<p>\r\nYou can access the Media Manager through the Control Panel, or by going to Site > Media Manager. \r\n</p>\r\n<h2>Description</h2>\r\n<p>\r\nThe Media Manager is a very useful tool for uploading or deleting files in the <joomlaroot></joomlaroot>/images/ directory on your web server. You can upload new files, delete existing ones, and create sub-directories. The Media Manager offers two views: thumbnails view and details view. The first (thumbnails view) will show a preview of the image files. The second (details view) will show the file name, dimensions, and file size. There is also a handy ''delete'' button next to each file. \r\n</p>\r\n<h2>Screenshot</h2>\r\n<p>\r\n<img width="1000" src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/Media-Manager.jpg" alt="Media Manager" height="701" style="margin: 5px; width: 563px; height: 372px" />\r\n</p>\r\n<h2>Toolbar</h2>\r\n<p>\r\nAt the top right you will see the toolbar: \r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\n<img width="89" src="images/stories/1_5_help_screens/toolbars/delete_help.png" alt="delete_help.png" height="62" style="margin: 5px; width: 89px; height: 62px" title="delete_help.png" />\r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\nThe functions are: \r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\n<strong>Delete.</strong> Select one or more and click on this button. The selected will be deleted. \r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\n<strong>Help.</strong> Open this Help Screen. \r\n</p>\r\n<h2>Functions</h2><b>Switching Views</b> \r\n<p>\r\nTo alternate views between thumbnails and details simply select the view you want by clicking "Thumbnails View" or "Details View".\r\n</p>\r\n<b>Uploading Files</b> \r\n<p>\r\nIf you would like to upload images or other files to the <joomlaroot></joomlaroot>/images/ directory (or any of the sub directories) simply open the directory you want to upload in by clicking on it in the file navigation utility on the right side of the screen. Near the bottom of the Media Manager, there is an area marked Upload File [Max 10M]. Underneath that heading are three buttons: "Browse", "Start Upload", and "Clear Completed". To upload a file, start by using the "Browse" button to find the file you would like to upload, and then click "Open". (You can do this several times so long as the overall file size accumulation doesn''t exceed your max file upload size). Once you have all the files you want queued, hit the "Start Upload" button. The files will be uploaded to the selected directory.\r\n</p>\r\n<b>Create A Sub Directory </b>\r\n<p>\r\nIf you want to create a sub directory, you can do so using the Media Manager. Navigate to the directory you want the soon-to-be sub directory to be located in. In the upper right hand side of the Media Manager, there is a text field area next to a button labeled "Create Folder". Type the name of the desired sub directory into this text field, and then click the "Create Folder" button. The page will refresh and the sub folder will have been created. \r\n</p>\r\n<h2>Quick Tips</h2>\r\n<p>\r\nThe Media Manager''s maximum upload size can be changed to an amount other than 10M in the Global Configuration. You can upload multiple files at the same time. Click on ''Start Upload'' to upload all images displayed beneath it. Click on ''Clear completed'' to delete the completed files from the uploading list. The images will not be removed from your /images directory. \r\n</p>\r\n<h2>Related information</h2>\r\n<p>\r\n<a target="_self" href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1440&Itemid=278">Control Panel</a> \r\n</p>\r\n', '', 1, 42, 0, 206, '2007-11-01 20:00:00', 150, '', '2008-04-03 13:38:33', 165, 0, '0000-00-00 00:00:00', '2007-11-01 20:00:00', '0000-00-00 00:00:00', '', '', 'pageclass_sfx=\nback_button=\nitem_title=1\nlink_titles=\nintrotext=1\nsection=0\nsection_link=0\ncategory=0\ncategory_link=0\nrating=\nauthor=\ncreatedate=\nmodifydate=\npdf=\nprint=\nemail=\nkeyref=screen.mediamanager.15\ndocbook_type=', 19, 0, 4, '', '', 0, 26049),
(1448, 'Search Statistics', 'Search Statistics', '<h2> <span class="mw-headline">How to Access</span></h2>\r\n<p>\r\nSelect <b>Components --> Search</b> from the drop-down menu in the Back-end of your Joomla! installation.\r\n</p>\r\n<a title="Description" name="Description"></a>\r\n<h2> <span class="mw-headline">Description</span></h2>\r\n<p>\r\nThe Search Statistics screen allows you to see how many searches\r\nwere done for each keyword combination and how many results were\r\nreturned for each search.\r\n</p>\r\n<a title="Screenshot" name="Screenshot"></a>\r\n<h2> <span class="mw-headline">Screenshot</span></h2>\r\n<p>\r\n<span class="image"><img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/Search_statistics.png" alt="Image:search_statistics.png" border="0" width="503" height="295" /></span>\r\n</p>\r\n<a title="Column_Headers" name="Column_Headers"></a>\r\n<h2> <span class="mw-headline">Column Headers</span></h2>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <b>#</b>. An indexing number automatically assigned by Joomla! for ease of reference.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Search Text</b>. The search text entered by the user. You can click the column header to sort the list by this value.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Times Requested.</b> The number of times that a search with\r\n this search text was requested. You can click the column header to sort\r\n the list by this value.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Results Returned.</b> The number of search results returned to the user for this search text.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Display #.</b> The number of items to display on one page.\r\n If there are more items than this number, you can use the page\r\n navigation buttons (Start, Prev, Next, End, and page numbers) to\r\n navigate between pages. Note that if you have a large number of items,\r\n it may be helpful to use the Filter options, located above the column\r\n headings, to limit which items display.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<a title="Toolbar" name="Toolbar"></a>\r\n<h2> <span class="mw-headline">Toolbar</span></h2>\r\n<p>\r\n<span class="image"><img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/Search_statistics_toolbar.png" alt="Image:search_statistics_toolbar.png" border="0" width="170" height="58" /></span>\r\n</p>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Reset.</b> Click this button to reset the log to it''s initial state. <i>Warning: This will erase all prior search statistics information.</i>\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Parameters.</b> Click this button to open the Global\r\n Configuration window. This window allows you to set default parameters\r\n for this type of item. See <a href="#Global_Configuration" target="_self">Global Configuration</a> below.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <b>Help</b>. Opens this Help Screen.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<a title="Global_Configuration" name="Global_Configuration"></a>\r\n<h2> <span class="mw-headline">Global Configuration</span></h2>\r\n<p>\r\nClick on the Parameters button to open the Search Global\r\nConfiguration window. This window allows you to set various parameters\r\nfor Search Statistics, as shown below. \r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\n<span class="image"><img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/Search_global_configuration.png" alt="Image:search_global_configuration.png" border="0" width="571" height="152" /></span>\r\n</p>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Gather Search Statistics.</b> Whether or not to gather\r\n search statistics for the web site. If set to "No", no information will\r\n be collected from the users. This means that no information will be\r\n displayed in the Search Statistics screen.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Show Created Date.</b> Whether or not to show the Created Date for the Articles when they are displayed in search results.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<a title="List_Filters" name="List_Filters"></a>\r\n<h2> <span class="mw-headline">List Filters</span></h2>\r\n<p>\r\n<b>Filter by Partial Title</b>\r\n</p>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Filter.</b> In the upper left corner just above the column headings is a Filter field and two buttons, as shown below:\r\n </p>\r\n <div class="center">\r\n <div class="floatnone">\r\n <span><span class="image"><img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/Article_manager_filter1.png" border="0" width="254" height="28" /></span></span>\r\n </div>\r\n </div>\r\n <p>\r\n If you have a large number of items on the list, you can use this\r\n filter to find the desired item(s) quickly. Enter either part of the\r\n title or an ID number and press ''Go'' to display the matching items. You\r\n can enter in whole words or part of a word. For example, "ooml" will\r\n match all titles with the word "Joomla!" in them.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<p>\r\n<b>Search Logging Indicator and Toggle</b>\r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\nIn the upper right corner there are more fields, as shown below:\r\n</p>\r\n<div class="center">\r\n<div class="thumb tnone">\r\n<div class="thumbinner" style="width: 244px">\r\n<span class="image"><img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/Search_stats_toggles.png" class="thumbimage" border="0" width="242" height="22" /></span> \r\n</div>\r\n</div>\r\n</div>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Enabled / Disabled.</b> If the Global Configuration\r\n Parameter called "Gather Search Statistics" is set to "Yes", this will\r\n display as "Enabled". Otherwise, it will display as "Disabled".\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Hide Search Results / Show Search Results.</b> Toggle this link to Hide or Show the "Results Returned" column.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<a title="Quick_Tips" name="Quick_Tips"></a>\r\n<h2> <span class="mw-headline">Quick Tips</span></h2>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n This screen does not enable or disable searching of the web\r\n site. Searching is enabled either by adding an "Internal Link - Search"\r\n Menu Item or by adding a Search Module.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<a title="Related_Information" name="Related_Information"></a>\r\n<h2> <span class="mw-headline">Related Information</span></h2>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n To add a Search Menu Item: <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1517&Itemid=278#Internal_Link_-_Search" target="_self" title="Screen.menus.edit.15">Menu Item Manager - New/Edit - Internal Link - Search</a>\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n To add a Search Module: <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1471&Itemid=278" target="_self" title="Screen.modulessite.edit.15">Modules Site - Search</a>\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n', '', 1, 42, 0, 265, '2007-10-18 20:00:00', 150, '', '2008-06-24 18:05:08', 165, 0, '0000-00-00 00:00:00', '2007-10-18 20:00:00', '0000-00-00 00:00:00', '', '', 'pageclass_sfx=\nback_button=\nitem_title=1\nlink_titles=\nintrotext=1\nsection=0\nsection_link=0\ncategory=0\ncategory_link=0\nrating=\nauthor=\ncreatedate=\nmodifydate=\npdf=\nprint=\nemail=\nkeyref=screen.stats.searches.15\ndocbook_type=', 16, 0, 22, '', '', 0, 5683);
INSERT INTO `jos_content` (`id`, `title`, `title_alias`, `introtext`, `fulltext`, `state`, `sectionid`, `mask`, `catid`, `created`, `created_by`, `created_by_alias`, `modified`, `modified_by`, `checked_out`, `checked_out_time`, `publish_up`, `publish_down`, `images`, `urls`, `attribs`, `version`, `parentid`, `ordering`, `metakey`, `metadesc`, `access`, `hits`) VALUES
(1983, 'Modules Site', 'Modules Site', '<h2> <span class="mw-headline">How to access</span></h2>\r\n<p>\r\nNavigate to the <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1471&Itemid=278" target="_self" title="Screen.modules.15">Module Manager</a>.\r\nTo create a new Module, press the "New" button on the toolbar. To edit\r\nan existing Module, click on the Module Name or click on the Module''s\r\ncheckbox and press the Edit button on the toolbar.\r\n</p>\r\n<a title="Description" name="Description"></a>\r\n<h2> <span class="mw-headline">Description</span></h2>\r\n<p>\r\nThis is where you will add new Modules or edit existing Modules for\r\nthe front end of your Joomla! web site. When you install Joomla!, 20\r\nbuilt-in Modules are available for use in the front end of your web\r\nsite. Some Modules, like the Menu Module, are used in every Joomla! web\r\nsite. Other Modules are optional.\r\n</p>\r\n<a title="Screenshot" name="Screenshot"></a>\r\n<h2> <span class="mw-headline">Screenshot</span></h2>\r\n<div class="center">\r\n<div class="thumb tnone">\r\n<div class="thumbinner" style="width: 644px">\r\n<img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/Module_new.png" border="0" width="642" height="555" /> \r\n</div>\r\n</div>\r\n</div>\r\n<p>\r\nNote that if you install one or more Joomla! Extensions, these\r\nExtensions may add new Module Types. In this case, your screen will\r\nshow additional Types.\r\n</p>\r\n<a title="Module_Types" name="Module_Types"></a>\r\n<h2> <span class="mw-headline">Module Types</span></h2>\r\n<p>\r\nWhen the New button is pressed, the Module:[New] screen displays all\r\nof the Module Types available for new new Module. You can select the\r\ndesired type either by clicking on the Module Name or by clicking on\r\nthe Module''s radio button and pressing the Next button on the toolbar.\r\nNote that you can cancel this action by pressing the Cancel button on\r\nthe toolbar.\r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\nA standard Joomla! installation includes 20 Module Types. Each\r\nhas it''s own function and it''s own Parameters, as described below.\r\n</p>\r\n<a title="Archived_Content" name="Archived_Content"></a>\r\n<h3> <span class="mw-headline">Archived Content</span></h3>\r\n<p>\r\nThis\r\nModule shows Articles that have been set to Archived. The Articles are\r\navailable behind a Month/Year directory list, as shown in the example\r\nbelow.\r\n</p>\r\n<div class="center">\r\n<div class="thumb tnone">\r\n<div class="thumbinner" style="width: 131px">\r\n<img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/Archive_module1.png" border="0" width="129" height="79" /> \r\n</div>\r\n</div>\r\n</div>\r\n<p>\r\nSelecting a month link shows a screen like the one below.\r\n</p>\r\n<div class="center">\r\n<div class="thumb tnone">\r\n<div class="thumbinner" style="width: 489px">\r\n<img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/Archive_module2.png" border="0" width="487" height="185" /> \r\n</div>\r\n</div>\r\n</div>\r\n<p>\r\nArticles are stored by creation date not archival date. Only those\r\nmonths and years with archived Articles will be displayed. This list is\r\ngenerated automatically.\r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\nThe Module Type name for this is "mod_archive". This module\r\ndoes not relate to any other component. This Module provides\r\nfunctionality that is similar to the Archived Article List Layout\r\navailable on the <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1517&Itemid=278#Archived_Article_List" target="_self" title="Screen.menus.edit.15">Menu Item Manager New / Edit</a> screen.\r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\n<b>Module Parameters</b>\r\n</p>\r\n<div class="center">\r\n<div class="thumb tnone">\r\n<div class="thumbinner" style="width: 451px">\r\n<img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/Archive_module_parameters1.png" border="0" width="449" height="114" /> \r\n</div>\r\n</div>\r\n</div>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Count.</b> The number of Articles to display.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Module Class Suffix.</b> A suffix applied to the CSS class of the Module. This allows individual Module styling.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<p>\r\n<b>Advanced Parameters</b>\r\n</p>\r\n<div class="center">\r\n<div class="thumb tnone">\r\n<div class="thumbinner" style="width: 439px">\r\n<img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/Archive_module_parameters2.png" border="0" width="437" height="48" /> \r\n</div>\r\n</div>\r\n</div>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Caching.</b> Use Global/No Caching. Whether or not to cache\r\n the content of this Module. A setting of "Use Global" will use the\r\n Cache Settings from the <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1445&Itemid=278#Cache_Settings" target="_self" title="Screen.config.15">Global Configuration</a> screen.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<a title="Banner" name="Banner"></a>\r\n<h3> <span class="mw-headline">Banner</span></h3>\r\n<p>\r\nThis Module allows you to show active Banners from the Banner Component created in the <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1462&Itemid=278" target="_self" title="Screen.banners.15">Banner Manager</a> screen. The Module Type name for this is "mod_banners".\r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\n<b>Module Parameters</b>\r\n</p>\r\n<div class="center">\r\n<div class="thumb tnone">\r\n<div class="thumbinner" style="width: 439px">\r\n<img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/Banner_module_parameters.png" border="0" width="437" height="400" /> \r\n</div>\r\n</div>\r\n</div>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Target.</b> How to open the link. Options are: \r\n </p>\r\n <ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <i>Parent Window with Browser Navigation.</i> Open the link in the current browser window, allowing Back and Forward navigation.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <i>New Window with Browser Navigation.</i> Open the link in a new browser window, allowing Back and Forward navigation.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <i>New Window without Browser Navigation.</i> Open link in a new browser window, not allowing Back and Forward navigation.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n </ul>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Count.</b> The number of Banners to display. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Banner Client.</b> The Client for this Banner Module. Select from the drop-down list box of Banner Clients. Banner Clients are created in the <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1463&Itemid=278" target="_self" title="Screen.banners.client.15">Banner Client Manager</a> screen.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Category.</b> The Category for this Banner Module. Select\r\n from the drop-down list box of Banner Categories. Banner Categories are\r\n created in the <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1976&Itemid=278" target="_self" title="Screen.banner.categories.15">Banner Category Manager</a> screen.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Search By Tags.</b> Whether or not to select the Banner by matching the Banner Tags to the current Article keywords.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Randomise.</b> Sticky, Ordering / Sticky, Randomise.\r\n "Sticky, Ordering" means that the Banners will display in order.\r\n "Sticky, Randomise" means that the Banners will display in random\r\n order.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Header Text.</b> Text to display before the Banner group.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Footer Text.</b> Text to display after the Banner group.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Module Class Suffix.</b> A suffix applied to the CSS class of the Module. This allows individual Module styling.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<p>\r\n<b>Advanced Parameters</b>\r\n</p>\r\n<div class="center">\r\n<div class="thumb tnone">\r\n<div class="thumbinner" style="width: 439px">\r\n<img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/Banner_module_parameters_advanced.png" border="0" width="437" height="72" /> \r\n</div>\r\n</div>\r\n</div>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Caching.</b> Use Global/No Caching. Whether or not to cache\r\n the content of this Module. A setting of "Use Global" will use the\r\n Cache Settings from the <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1445&Itemid=278#Cache_Settings" target="_self" title="Screen.config.15">Global Configuration</a> screen.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Cache Time.</b> The length of time, in minutes, before the Module is re-cached.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<a title="Breadcrumbs" name="Breadcrumbs"></a>\r\n<h3> <span class="mw-headline">Breadcrumbs</span></h3>\r\n<p>\r\nThis Module shows a set of navigation links that illustrates where you\r\nare inside the web site and allows you to navigate back. An example is\r\nshown below:\r\n</p>\r\n<div class="center">\r\n<div class="thumb tnone">\r\n<div class="thumbinner" style="width: 288px">\r\n<img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/Breadcrumbs_example.png" border="0" width="286" height="22" /> \r\n</div>\r\n</div>\r\n</div>\r\n<p>\r\nThe Module Type name for this is "mod_breadcrumbs". This Module does not relate to any other component.\r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\n<b>Module Parameters</b>\r\n</p>\r\n<div class="center">\r\n<div class="thumb tnone">\r\n<div class="thumbinner" style="width: 418px">\r\n<img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/Breadcrumbs_parameters.png" border="0" width="416" height="122" /> \r\n</div>\r\n</div>\r\n</div>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Show Home.</b> Whether or not to show the Home page in the Breadcrumbs path.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Text for Home entry.</b> The text to display for the Home page in the Breadcrumbs.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Text Serarator.</b> The text to use to separate navigation elements. If blank, ">>" is used.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Module Class Suffix.</b> A suffix applied to the CSS class of the Module. This allows individual Module styling.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<p>\r\n<b>Advanced Parameters</b>\r\n</p>\r\n<div class="center">\r\n<div class="thumb tnone">\r\n<div class="thumbinner" style="width: 418px">\r\n<img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/Breadcrumbs_parameters_advanced.png" border="0" width="416" height="72" /> \r\n</div>\r\n</div>\r\n</div>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Caching.</b> The only valid value is "Never".\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Cache Time.</b> The length of time, in minutes, before the Module is re-cached.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<a title="Custom_HTML" name="Custom_HTML"></a>\r\n<h3> <span class="mw-headline">Custom HTML</span></h3>\r\n<p>\r\nThis allows you to create a Module that contains any valid HTML\r\ncode. There are many cases where you might want to put free-form HTML\r\ninside a web page. For example, you might want to create an HTML Image\r\nMap or you might want to copy HTML code from PayPal, Amazon, or some\r\nother site.\r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\nThe Custom HTML Module allows you to create a self-contained HTML unit and then put it in any valid location on a page. \r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\n<b>Custom Output</b>\r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\nWhen you create or edit a Custom HTML Module, an editor session is opened using your default editor.\r\n</p>\r\n<p class="hsnote">\r\nImportant Note: The TinyMCE editor does not allow you to\r\nenter certain HTML tags. To work around this, you can temporarily\r\nchange your User''s editor to "No Editor", create the Custom HTML\r\nModule, and then change the editor back to TinyMCE. Another option is\r\nto use an editor from an Extension that allows HTML code to be entered.\r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\nAn example of a Custom HTML editor session is shown below. Note that the "No Editor" option is being used.\r\n</p>\r\n<div class="center">\r\n<div class="thumb tnone">\r\n<div class="thumbinner" style="width: 652px">\r\n<img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/Custom_html_example.png" border="0" width="650" height="114" /> \r\n</div>\r\n</div>\r\n</div>\r\n<p>\r\n<b>Module Parameters</b>\r\n</p>\r\n<div class="center">\r\n<div class="thumb tnone">\r\n<div class="thumbinner" style="width: 428px">\r\n<img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/Custom_html_parameters.png" border="0" width="426" height="48" /> \r\n</div>\r\n</div>\r\n</div>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Module Class Suffix.</b> A suffix applied to the CSS class of the Module. This allows individual Module styling.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<a title="Feed_Display" name="Feed_Display"></a>\r\n<h3> <span class="mw-headline">Feed Display</span></h3>\r\n<p>\r\nThis Module shows an RSS News Feed from a website. An example is shown below:\r\n</p>\r\n<div class="center">\r\n<div class="thumb tnone">\r\n<div class="thumbinner" style="width: 162px">\r\n<img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/Newsfeed_module_example.png" border="0" width="160" height="220" /> \r\n</div>\r\n</div>\r\n</div>\r\n<p>\r\nThe Module Type name for this Module is "mod_feed". This Module is not\r\nrelated to the News Feeds Component or the News Feeds Layouts in the <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1517&Itemid=278#Single_Feed_Layout" target="_self" title="Screen.menus.edit.15">Menu Items - New/Edit</a> screen but is an alternative that allows a feed to display in a Module position.\r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\n<b>Module Parameters</b>\r\n</p>\r\n<div class="center">\r\n<div class="thumb tnone">\r\n<div class="thumbinner" style="width: 418px">\r\n<img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/Newsfeed_parameters.png" border="0" width="416" height="272" /> \r\n</div>\r\n</div>\r\n</div>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Module Class Suffix.</b> A suffix applied to the CSS class of the Module. This allows individual Module styling.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Feed URL.</b> The URL address of the RSS news feed.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>RTL Feed</b> Whether or not the feed is in a language that reads from right to left.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Feed Title.</b> Whether or not to display the Feed Title.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Feed Description.</b> Whether or not to display the Feed Description.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Feed Image.</b> Whether or not to display the Feed Image.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Items.</b> The number of news feed items to display.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Item Description.</b> Whether or not to show the Description or Into Text of individual items.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Word Count.</b> The maximum number of words to display in the Item Description. A value of 0 will display the entire Item Description. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<p>\r\n<b>Advanced Parameters</b>\r\n</p>\r\n<div class="center">\r\n<div class="thumb tnone">\r\n<div class="thumbinner" style="width: 418px">\r\n<img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/Newsfeed_module_advanced.png" border="0" width="416" height="72" /> \r\n</div>\r\n</div>\r\n</div>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Caching.</b> Use Global/No Caching. Whether or not to cache\r\n the content of this Module. A setting of "Use Global" will use the\r\n Cache Settings from the <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1445&Itemid=278#Cache_Settings" target="_self" title="Screen.config.15">Global Configuration</a> screen.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Cache Time.</b> The length of time, in minutes, before the Module is re-cached.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<a title="Footer" name="Footer"></a>\r\n<h3> <span class="mw-headline">Footer</span></h3>\r\n<p>\r\nThis Module displays the web site copyright and Joomla! license information, as shown in the example below:\r\n</p>\r\n<div class="center">\r\n<div class="thumb tnone">\r\n<div class="thumbinner" style="width: 366px">\r\n<span class="image"><img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/Footer_module_example.png" class="thumbimage" border="0" width="364" height="40" /></span> \r\n</div>\r\n</div>\r\n</div>\r\n<p>\r\nThe Module Type name for this Module is "mod_footer". It is not related to any other component.\r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\n<b>Module Parameters</b>\r\n</p>\r\n<div class="center">\r\n<div class="thumb tnone">\r\n<div class="thumbinner" style="width: 418px">\r\n<img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/Footer_parameters.png" border="0" width="416" height="48" /> \r\n</div>\r\n</div>\r\n</div>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Caching.</b> Use Global/No Caching. Whether or not to cache\r\n the content of this Module. A setting of "Use Global" will use the\r\n Cache Settings from the <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1445&Itemid=278#Cache_Settings" target="_self" title="Screen.config.15">Global Configuration</a> screen.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<a title="Latest_News" name="Latest_News"></a>\r\n<h3> <span class="mw-headline">Latest News</span></h3>\r\n<p>\r\nThis Module shows a list of the most recently published Articles. An example is shown below:\r\n</p>\r\n<div class="center">\r\n<div class="thumb tnone">\r\n<div class="thumbinner" style="width: 207px">\r\n<span class="image"><img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/Latest_module_example.png" class="thumbimage" border="0" width="205" height="125" /></span> \r\n</div>\r\n</div>\r\n</div>\r\n<p>\r\nThe Module Type name for this is "mod_latest". It is not related to any other component.\r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\n<b>Module Parameters</b>\r\n</p>\r\n<div class="center">\r\n<div class="thumb tnone">\r\n<div class="thumbinner" style="width: 418px">\r\n<img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/Latest_parameters.png" border="0" width="416" height="238" /> \r\n</div>\r\n</div>\r\n</div>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Count.</b> The number of Articles to show.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Order.</b> Recently Added First or Recently Modified First. Whether to show the Articles based on the date added or the date modified.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Authors.</b> Anyone, Added or modified by Me, or Not added\r\n or modified by me. Optional filter to limit the display to Articles\r\n based on whether they were authored or modified by the current user.\r\n Only applies if a user is logged in to the site.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Front Page Articles.</b> Show or Hide Articles published to the Front Page.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Section ID.</b> Optional filter to select Articles only\r\n from specific Sections. Include one or more Section ID numbers,\r\n separated by a comma (for example, "12,15").\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Category ID.</b> Optional filter to select Articles only\r\n from specific Categories. Include one or more Category ID numbers,\r\n separated by a comma (for example, "12,15").\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Module Class Suffix.</b> A suffix applied to the CSS class of the Module. This allows individual Module styling.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<div class="center">\r\n<div class="thumb tnone">\r\n<div class="thumbinner" style="width: 418px">\r\n<img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/Latest_parameters_advanced.png" border="0" width="416" height="72" /> \r\n</div>\r\n</div>\r\n</div>\r\n<a title="Login" name="Login"></a>\r\n<h3> <span class="mw-headline">Login</span></h3>\r\n<p>\r\nThis\r\nModule displays a username and password Login form. It also displays a\r\nlink to retrieve a forgotten password. An example is shown below:\r\n</p>\r\n<div class="center">\r\n<div class="thumb tnone">\r\n<div class="thumbinner" style="width: 170px">\r\n<img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/Login_module_example.png" border="0" width="168" height="232" /> \r\n</div>\r\n</div>\r\n</div>\r\n<p>\r\nThe Module Type name for this is "mod_login". If User registration is enabled in the User Settings of the <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1445&Itemid=278#User_Settings" target="_self" title="Screen.config.15">Global Configuration</a> screen, then the link "Create an Account" will be shown to invite Users to self-register.\r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\nThis module is not related to any other component. Similar\r\nfunctionality can also be provided with a Menu Item of type Default\r\nLogin Layout. See the <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1517&Itemid=278#Default_Login_Layout" target="_self" title="Screen.menus.edit.15">Menu Item New/Edit</a> screen for more information.\r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\n<b>Module Parameters</b>\r\n</p>\r\n<div class="center">\r\n<div class="thumb tnone">\r\n<div class="thumbinner" style="width: 423px">\r\n<img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/Login_module_parameters.png" border="0" width="421" height="414" /> \r\n</div>\r\n</div>\r\n</div>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Caching.</b> Caching is not allowed, so "Never" is always selected.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Module Class Suffix.</b> A suffix applied to the CSS class of the Module. This allows individual Module styling.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Pre-text.</b> Optional text or HTML to display above the login form.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Post-text.</b> Optional text or HTML to display below the login form.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Login Redirection Page.</b> The page to load after a\r\n successful login. Select from the drop-down list box. If no page is\r\n selected, the home page will be used.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Logout Redirection Page.</b> The page to load after a\r\n successful logout. Select from the drop-down list box. If no page is\r\n selected, the home page will be used.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Greeting.</b> Whether or not to show the simple greeting text, for example, "Hi Administrator".\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Name/Username.</b> Whether to use the user''s Name or Username in the simple greeting.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Encrypt Login Form.</b> Whether or not to encrypt the login\r\n form using SSL. Do not enable this option if Joomla! is not accessible\r\n using the "https://" prefix.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<a title="Menu" name="Menu"></a>\r\n<h3> <span class="mw-headline">Menu</span></h3>\r\n<p>\r\nThis Module allows you to place your Menus on the page. Every Joomla! website has at least one Menu that is created in the <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1454&Itemid=278" target="_self" title="Screen.menumanager.15">Menu Manager</a>\r\nscreen. The Menu Module allows you place all or part of the selected\r\nMenu at the desired position and on the desired web pages. The name for\r\nthis Module is "mod_mainmenu".\r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\n<b>Module Parameters</b>\r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\nThe Menu Module has the following Module Paramters: \r\n</p>\r\n<div class="center">\r\n<div class="thumb tnone">\r\n<div class="thumbinner" style="width: 418px">\r\n<img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/Menu_module_parameters.png" border="0" width="416" height="224" /> \r\n</div>\r\n</div>\r\n</div>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Menu Name.</b> The name of the Menu created in the <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1454&Itemid=278" target="_self" title="Screen.menumanager.15">Menu Manager</a>\r\n screen. The default is "mainmenu". Note that you can have more than one\r\n Menu Module with the same Menu Name specified here (for example, if you\r\n are using Start and End Levels).\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Menu Style.</b> The style of the menu. The options are as follows:\r\n </p>\r\n <ul>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <i>List.</i> Joomla! 1.5 List style. This is the style used by the menus in the Sample website.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <i>Legacy Vertical.</i> Compatible with Joomla! 1.0 vertical style.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <i>Legacy Horizontal.</i> Compatible with Joomla! 1.0 horizontal style.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <i>Legacy Flat List.</i> Compatible with Joomla! 1.0 flat list style.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n </ul>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<p>\r\n<b>Start and End Levels</b>\r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\nStart and End Levels can be used to display different parts of\r\none menu at different locations. For example, say you have one Menu\r\nwith three levels as follows:\r\n</p>\r\n<dl><dd>\r\n<p>\r\nMenu Item 1\r\n</p>\r\n</dd><dd>\r\n<p>\r\nMenu Item 2\r\n</p>\r\n<dl><dd>\r\n<p>\r\nMenu Item 2.1\r\n</p>\r\n<dl><dd>\r\n<p>\r\nMenu Item 2.1.1\r\n</p>\r\n</dd><dd>\r\n<p>\r\nMenu Item 2.1.2\r\n</p>\r\n</dd></dl>\r\n</dd><dd>\r\n<p>\r\nMenu Item 2.2\r\n</p>\r\n</dd></dl>\r\n</dd><dd>\r\n<p>\r\nMenu Item 3\r\n</p>\r\n</dd></dl>\r\n<p>\r\nUsing Start Level and End Level, you could show this one Menu as\r\nthree different small menus on your pages. To do this, you would: \r\n</p>\r\n<ol>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n Create a "Main" menu with a Start Level of 0 and End Level of 1. This Module would display on all Menu Selections. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n Your "Middle" Menu Module would have Start Level of 1 and End\r\n Level of 2. It would only display Menu Items 2.1 and 2.2. It could be\r\n placed at a different Position than the "Main" menu and might only\r\n display on Menu Selection pages for Menu Items 2, 2.1, 2.1.1, 2.1.2,\r\n and 2.2. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n The "Third" Menu Module would have Start Level of 2 and End\r\n Level of 3, so it would only display Menu Items 2.1.1 and 2.1.2. It\r\n could be placed at a different Position from the other Menu Modules. It\r\n might only have a Menu Assignment for the Menu Items 2.1, 2.1.1, and\r\n 2.1.2.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ol>\r\n<p>\r\nIn this way, you can have one large, multi-level Menu but break it\r\nup into separate Modules. Also, doing a Menu in this manner has the\r\nadvantage of making the Breadcrumbs Module display in a hierarchical\r\nmanner. \r\n</p>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Start Level.</b> Optional level to start the display of the Menu. Default is 0 for the Top Level.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>End Level.</b> Optional level to end the display of the Menu. Default is 0, which will display all levels of the menu.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Always show sub-menu Items.</b> Whether or not to show\r\n sub-menu items when the parent is not active. If "No", a sub-menu Item\r\n will only display when the parent Item is clicked. If "Yes", sub-menu\r\n Items will always display in the menu.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Target Position.</b> Optional Javascript values, in\r\n pixels, to position a Popup window (for example,\r\n "top=50,left=50,width=200,height=300"). This is used in some templates\r\n to specify the location of drop-down or pop-up menus.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<p>\r\n<b>Advanced Parameters</b>\r\n</p>\r\n<div class="center">\r\n<div class="thumb tnone">\r\n<div class="thumbinner" style="width: 418px">\r\n<img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/Menu_module_advanced_parameters.png" border="0" width="416" height="212" /> \r\n</div>\r\n</div>\r\n</div>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Show Whitespace.</b> Whether or not to show whitespace in\r\n the rendered XHTML. Whitespace includes spaces, tabs, newlines, and\r\n other formatting characters that don''t affect the XHTML content. Note\r\n that this setting does not affect the appearance of the page. It only\r\n affects the appearance of the XHTML source code (for example, if you\r\n look at the source code from your browser).\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Caching.</b> Use Global/No Caching. Whether or not to cache\r\n the content of this Module. A setting of "Use Global" will use the\r\n Cache Settings from the <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1445&Itemid=278#Cache_Settings" target="_self" title="Screen.config.15">Global Configuration</a> screen.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Menu Tag ID.</b> Optional ID attribute to be attached to the root UL tag of the Menu.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Menu Class Suffix.</b> Optional suffix applied to the CSS class of each Menu Item. This allows for Menu Item styling.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Module Class Suffix.</b> A suffix applied to the CSS class of the Module. This allows individual Module styling.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Maximum Menu Depth. </b>The maximum number of child menu levels allowed.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<p>\r\n<b>Other Parameters</b>\r\n</p>\r\n<div class="center">\r\n<div class="thumb tnone">\r\n<div class="thumbinner" style="width: 418px">\r\n<img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/Menu_module_other_parameters.png" border="0" width="416" height="440" /> \r\n</div>\r\n</div>\r\n</div>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Show Menu Images.</b> Whether or not to show Menu Images for the Menu Items.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Menu Image Alignment.</b> Whether to align the images to the left or the right.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Menu Image Link.</b> Whether or not to have the image be a link to the Menu Item.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Expand Menu.</b> Whether or not to expand the menu so that all sub-menu items are always visible.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Activate Parent.</b> Whether or not to set the ID''s of the parent Menu Items as active when a sub-menu choice is activated.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Full Active Highlighting.</b> Whether or not to enable\r\n activation of the Link - Article and Link - URL. Note that setting this\r\n to "Yes" can cause the loss of XHTML compliance if more than one item\r\n is active.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Indent Image.</b> What image will be shown for each indented sub-level of menu item. Options are:\r\n </p>\r\n <ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <i>Template.</i> The Template will control the indenting images.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <i>Joomla! default images.</i> Joomla! default images for indenting will be used.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <i>Use Parameters Below.</i> Image file for each level 1 - 6 will be as indicated in the values below.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <i>None.</i> Images will not be indented.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n </ul>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Indent Image 1 - 6.</b> Select an image file from the\r\n drop-down list box for each of the sub-levels 1 - 6. The images are\r\n selected from the "images/M_images" folder.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Spacer.</b> Spacer for horizontal menu. Enter any characters here to display between Menu Items. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>End Spacer.</b> End spacer for horizontal menu. Enter any characters here to display after the last Menu Item on a horizontal menu.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<a title="Most_Read_Content" name="Most_Read_Content"></a>\r\n<h3> <span class="mw-headline">Most Read Content</span></h3>\r\n<p>\r\nThis Module displays a list of Articles with the highest hit counts. An example is shown below:\r\n</p>\r\n<div class="center">\r\n<div class="thumb tnone">\r\n<div class="thumbinner" style="width: 225px">\r\n<img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/Most_read_example.png" border="0" width="223" height="124" /> \r\n</div>\r\n</div>\r\n</div>\r\n<p>\r\nThe Module Type name for this is "mod_mostread". This Module is not related to any other component. \r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\n<b>Module Parameters</b>\r\n</p>\r\n<div class="center">\r\n<div class="thumb tnone">\r\n<div class="thumbinner" style="width: 451px">\r\n<img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/Most_read_parameters.png" border="0" width="449" height="168" /> \r\n</div>\r\n</div>\r\n</div>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Module Class Suffix.</b> A suffix applied to the CSS class of the Module. This allows individual Module styling.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Front Page Articles.</b> Whether to Show or Hide Front Page Articles in the list.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Count.</b> The number of Articles to display in the list. The default value is 5.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Category ID.</b> Optional list of Category ID''s. This will\r\n include only Articles in the listed Categories. Type a list of Category\r\n ID''s, separated by a comma (for example, "29,31"). You can find the\r\n Category ID in the ID column of the <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1972&Itemid=278" target="_self" title="Screen.content.categories.15">Category Manager</a> screen.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Section ID.</b> Optional list of Section ID''s. This will\r\n include only Articles in the listed Sections. Type a list of Section\r\n ID''s, separated by a comma (for example, "1,4"). You can find the\r\n Section ID in the ID column of the <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1460&Itemid=278" target="_self" title="Screen.sections.15">Section Manager</a> screen.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<p>\r\n<b>Advanced Parameters</b>\r\n</p>\r\n<div class="center">\r\n<div class="thumb tnone">\r\n<div class="thumbinner" style="width: 451px">\r\n<img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/Most_read_advanced.png" border="0" width="449" height="72" /> \r\n</div>\r\n</div>\r\n</div>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Caching.</b> Use Global/No Caching. Whether or not to cache\r\n the content of this Module. A setting of "Use Global" will use the\r\n Cache Settings from the <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1445&Itemid=278#Cache_Settings" target="_self" title="Screen.config.15">Global Configuration</a> screen.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Cache Time.</b> The length of time, in minutes, before the Module is re-cached.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<a title="NewsFlash" name="NewsFlash"></a>\r\n<h3> <span class="mw-headline">NewsFlash</span></h3>\r\n<p>\r\nThis Module shows one or more Articles from one Category each time the\r\npage is refreshed. One random Article or a list of Articles can be\r\ndisplayed. An example is shown below.<img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/Newsflash_example.png" border="0" width="650" height="114" />\r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\nThe Module Type name for this Module is "mod_newsflash". This Module is not related to any other component.\r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\n<b>Module Parameters</b>\r\n</p>\r\n<div class="center">\r\n<div class="thumb tnone">\r\n<div class="thumbinner" style="width: 418px">\r\n<img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/Newsflash_parameters.png" border="0" width="416" height="246" /> \r\n</div>\r\n</div>\r\n</div>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Category.</b> Select one Category from the drop-down list box.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li><b>Layout.</b>\r\n <ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <i>Randomly choose one at a time.</i> Display one Article at random from the selected Category each time the page is refreshed.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <i>Horizontal.</i> Display the number of Articles listed in "# of Articles" Parameter in horizontal columns. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <i>Vertical.</i> Display the number of Articles listed in "# of Articles" Parameter in a vertical layout.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n </ul>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Show Images.</b> Whether or not to show any images in the Article.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Title Linkable.</b> (No/Yes/Use Global) Whether or not the Title of the Article will be a hyperlink to the Article.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Show last separator.</b> Whether or not to show a separator after the last Article.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Read more... link.</b> Whether to Hide or Show the Read more... link.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Article Title.</b> Whether or not to show the Article Title.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b># of Articles.</b> The number of Articles to display if a\r\n Horizontal or Vertical Layout is selected above. If blank, 5 Articles\r\n will display. Articles are displayed based on their order within the\r\n Category in the <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1456&Itemid=278" target="_self" title="Screen.content.15">Article Manager</a> screen.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Module Class Suffix.</b> A suffix applied to the CSS class of the Module. This allows individual Module styling.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<p>\r\n<b>Advanced Parameters</b>\r\n</p>\r\n<div class="center">\r\n<div class="thumb tnone">\r\n<div class="thumbinner" style="width: 451px">\r\n<img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/Most_read_advanced.png" border="0" width="449" height="72" /> \r\n</div>\r\n</div>\r\n</div>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Caching.</b> Use Global/No Caching. Whether or not to cache\r\n the content of this Module. A setting of "Use Global" will use the\r\n Cache Settings from the <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1445&Itemid=278#Cache_Settings" target="_self" title="Screen.config.15">Global Configuration</a> screen.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Cache Time.</b> The length of time, in minutes, before the Module is re-cached.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<a title="Poll" name="Poll"></a>\r\n<h3> <span class="mw-headline">Poll</span></h3>\r\n<p>\r\nThis Module shows a Poll that was created using the <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1467&Itemid=278" target="_self" title="Screen.polls.15">Poll Manager</a> screen. The user can vote for an option or see the results of the Poll. An example is shown below:\r\n</p>\r\n<div class="center">\r\n<div class="thumb tnone">\r\n<div class="thumbinner" style="width: 187px">\r\n<img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/Poll_module_example.png" border="0" width="185" height="239" /> \r\n</div>\r\n</div>\r\n</div>\r\n<p>\r\nThe Module Type name for this Module is "mod_poll". If you press the\r\n"Results" button, the current Poll results display, similar to the\r\nInternal Link - Polls Layout available in the <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1517&Itemid=278#Internal_Link_-_Polls" target="_self" title="Screen.menus.edit.15">Menu Item Manager - New/Edit</a> screen. An example of pressing the "Results" button is shown below:\r\n</p>\r\n<div class="center">\r\n<div class="thumb tnone">\r\n<div class="thumbinner" style="width: 302px">\r\n<img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/Poll_module_results_example.png" border="0" width="300" height="488" /> \r\n</div>\r\n</div>\r\n</div>\r\n<p>\r\nThe Poll Module works with the Polls Component created in the <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1467&Itemid=278" target="_self" title="Screen.polls.15">Poll Manager</a> screen.\r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\n<b>Module Parameters</b>\r\n</p>\r\n<div class="center">\r\n<div class="thumb tnone">\r\n<div class="thumbinner" style="width: 451px">\r\n<img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/Poll_module_parameters.png" border="0" width="449" height="72" /> \r\n</div>\r\n</div>\r\n</div>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Poll.</b> Select the Poll to display from the drop-down list box. Only Polls created in the <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1467&Itemid=278" target="_self" title="Screen.polls.15">Poll Manager</a>\r\n </p>\r\n screen will display.\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Module Class Suffix.</b> A suffix applied to the CSS class of the Module. This allows individual Module styling.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<p>\r\n<b>Advanced Parameters</b>\r\n</p>\r\n<div class="center">\r\n<div class="thumb tnone">\r\n<div class="thumbinner" style="width: 451px">\r\n<img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/Most_read_advanced.png" border="0" width="449" height="72" /> \r\n</div>\r\n</div>\r\n</div>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Caching.</b> Use Global/No Caching. Whether or not to cache\r\n the content of this Module. A setting of "Use Global" will use the\r\n Cache Settings from the <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1445&Itemid=278#Cache_Settings" target="_self" title="Screen.config.15">Global Configuration</a> screen.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Cache Time.</b> The length of time, in minutes, before the Module is re-cached.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<a title="Random_Image" name="Random_Image"></a>\r\n<h3> <span class="mw-headline">Random Image</span></h3>\r\n<p>\r\nThis Module displays a random image from a directory. An example is shown below:\r\n</p>\r\n<div class="center">\r\n<div class="thumb tnone">\r\n<div class="thumbinner" style="width: 143px">\r\n<img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/Random_image_example.png" border="0" width="141" height="97" /> \r\n</div>\r\n</div>\r\n</div>\r\n<p>\r\nThe Module Type name for this Module is "mod_random_image". It is not related to any other component.\r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\n<b>Module Parameters</b>\r\n</p>\r\n<div class="center">\r\n<div class="thumb tnone">\r\n<div class="thumbinner" style="width: 418px">\r\n<img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/Random_image_parameters.png" border="0" width="416" height="190" /> \r\n</div>\r\n</div>\r\n</div>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Image Type.</b> The type of image to display. Options are "jpg", "png", "gif", and so on. The default is "jpg".\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Image Folder.</b> The folder on the server that stores the image files. The path is relative to the site URL (for example, "images/stories"). \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Link.</b> Optional web site to link to when image is clicked. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Width (px).</b> Optional image width, in pixels. If entered, image will be forced to this width.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Height (px).</b> Optional image height, in pixels. If entered, image will be forced to this height.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<p>\r\n<b>Advanced Parameters</b>\r\n</p>\r\n<div class="center">\r\n<div class="thumb tnone">\r\n<div class="thumbinner" style="width: 451px">\r\n<img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/Most_read_advanced.png" border="0" width="449" height="72" /> \r\n</div>\r\n</div>\r\n</div>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Caching.</b> Use Global/No Caching. Whether or not to cache\r\n the content of this Module. A setting of "Use Global" will use the\r\n Cache Settings from the <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1445&Itemid=278#Cache_Settings" target="_self" title="Screen.config.15">Global Configuration</a> screen.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Cache Time.</b> The length of time, in minutes, before the Module is re-cached.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<a title="Related_Articles" name="Related_Articles"></a>\r\n<h3> <span class="mw-headline">Related Articles</span></h3>\r\n<p>\r\nThis Module shows a list of Articles that are related to the current\r\nArticle being viewed by the user (for example, a Article Layout or a\r\nBlog or List layout where the user has clicked on an Article link).\r\nArticles are considered to be related to each other if they share at\r\nleast one Keyword in the Article''s Metadata Information. Article\r\nKeywords are entered in the Metadata Information section of the <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1526&Itemid=278#Metadata_Information" target="_self" title="Screen.content.edit.15">Article Manager - New/Edit</a> screen.\r\n</p>\r\nAn example is shown below:\r\n<div class="center">\r\n<div class="thumb tnone">\r\n<div class="thumbinner" style="width: 160px">\r\n<img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/Related_items_example.png" border="0" width="158" height="118" /> \r\n</div>\r\n</div>\r\n</div>\r\n<p>\r\nThe Module Type name for this Module is "mod_related_items". It is not related to any other component.\r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\n<b>Module Parameters</b>\r\n</p>\r\n<div class="center">\r\n<div class="thumb tnone">\r\n<div class="thumbinner" style="width: 427px">\r\n<img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/Related_items_parameters.png" border="0" width="425" height="96" /> \r\n</div>\r\n</div>\r\n</div>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Show Date.</b> Whether to Hide or Show the Article''s creation date.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Module Class Suffix.</b> A suffix applied to the CSS class of the Module. This allows individual Module styling.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<p>\r\n<b>Advanced Parameters</b>\r\n</p>\r\n<div class="center">\r\n<div class="thumb tnone">\r\n<div class="thumbinner" style="width: 451px">\r\n<span class="image"><img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/Most_read_advanced.png" class="thumbimage" border="0" width="449" height="72" /></span> \r\n</div>\r\n</div>\r\n</div>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Caching.</b> Use Global/No Caching. Whether or not to cache\r\n the content of this Module. A setting of "Use Global" will use the\r\n Cache Settings from the <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1445&Itemid=278#Cache_Settings" target="_self" title="Screen.config.15">Global Configuration</a> screen.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Cache Time.</b> The length of time, in minutes, before the Module is re-cached.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<a title="Search" name="Search"></a>\r\n<h3> <span class="mw-headline">Search</span></h3>\r\n<p>\r\nThis Module displays a Search entry field where the user can type in\r\na phrase and press Enter to search the web site. An example of a Search\r\nresults screen is shown below:\r\n</p>\r\n<div class="center">\r\n<div class="thumb tnone">\r\n<div class="thumbinner" style="width: 619px">\r\n<img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/Search_module_example.png" border="0" width="617" height="285" /> \r\n</div>\r\n</div>\r\n</div>\r\n<p>\r\nThe Module Type name for this module is "mod_search". It is similar\r\nin function to the Internal Link - Search Layout available in the <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1517&Itemid=278#Internal_Link_-_Search" target="_self" title="Screen.menus.edit.15">Menu Item Manager - New/Edit</a> screen. This Module is not related to any other components.\r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\n<b>Module Parameters</b>\r\n</p>\r\n<div class="center">\r\n<div class="thumb tnone">\r\n<div class="thumbinner" style="width: 418px">\r\n<img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/Search_module_parameters.png" border="0" width="416" height="240" /> \r\n</div>\r\n</div>\r\n</div>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Module Class Suffix.</b> A suffix applied to the CSS class of the Module. This allows individual Module styling.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Box Width.</b> The size of the search box, in characters. Default value is 20.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Text.</b> Default text to display in the Search box. If blank, the "search box" field from the language file will be used.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Search button.</b> Whether or not to display a Search button. If no button is displayed, the user starts the search by pressing Enter.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Button Position.</b> Position of the Search button. Options are Right, Left, Top, or Bottom.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Search button as image.</b> Whether or not to display the\r\n Search button as an image. If yes, the image file must be named\r\n "searchButton.gif" and be located in the "images/M_images" folder.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Button Text.</b> The text to display in the Search button. If left blank, the "search" string from the language file will be used.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<p>\r\n<b>Advanced Parameters</b>\r\n</p>\r\n<div class="center">\r\n<div class="thumb tnone">\r\n<div class="thumbinner" style="width: 451px">\r\n<img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/Most_read_advanced.png" border="0" width="449" height="72" /> \r\n</div>\r\n</div>\r\n</div>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Caching.</b> Use Global/No Caching. Whether or not to cache\r\n the content of this Module. A setting of "Use Global" will use the\r\n Cache Settings from the <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1445&Itemid=278#Cache_Settings" target="_self" title="Screen.config.15">Global Configuration</a> screen.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Cache Time.</b> The length of time, in minutes, before the Module is re-cached.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<a title="Sections" name="Sections"></a>\r\n<h3> <span class="mw-headline">Sections</span></h3>\r\n<p>\r\nThis Module shows a list of all Sections in the web site database. Sections are set up using the <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1460&Itemid=278" target="_self" title="Screen.sections.15">Section Manager</a> screen. If the parameter <i>Show Unauthorized Links</i> is set to "No", only Sections that the User can access will be shown. An example of the Sections Module is shown below:\r\n</p>\r\n<div class="center">\r\n<div class="thumb tnone">\r\n<div class="thumbinner" style="width: 149px">\r\n<img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/Sections_module_example.png" border="0" width="147" height="96" /> \r\n</div>\r\n</div>\r\n</div>\r\n<p>\r\nThe Module Type name for this Module is "mod_sections". It is not related to any other component.\r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\n<b>Module Parameters</b>\r\n</p>\r\n<div class="center">\r\n<div class="thumb tnone">\r\n<div class="thumbinner" style="width: 447px">\r\n<img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/Sections_module_parameters.png" border="0" width="445" height="130" /> \r\n</div>\r\n</div>\r\n</div>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Count.</b> The number of Sections to display. The default value is 5.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Module Class Suffix.</b> A suffix applied to the CSS class of the Module. This allows individual Module styling.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Show Unauthorized Links.</b> Whether or not to show\r\n Sections that the current User can not access. If set to "No", only\r\n Sections that the User can access will display. A User can access a\r\n Section if the User''s Access Level (for example, Public, Registered,\r\n and so on) is equal to or higher than the Section''s Access Level.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<p>\r\n<b>Advanced Parameters</b>\r\n</p>\r\n<div class="center">\r\n<div class="thumb tnone">\r\n<div class="thumbinner" style="width: 451px">\r\n<img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/Most_read_advanced.png" border="0" width="449" height="72" /> \r\n</div>\r\n</div>\r\n</div>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Caching.</b> Use Global/No Caching. Whether or not to cache\r\n the content of this Module. A setting of "Use Global" will use the\r\n Cache Settings from the <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1445&Itemid=278#Cache_Settings" target="_self" title="Screen.config.15">Global Configuration</a> screen.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Cache Time.</b> The length of time, in minutes, before the Module is re-cached.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<a title="Statistics" name="Statistics"></a>\r\n<h3> <span class="mw-headline">Statistics</span></h3>\r\n<p>\r\nThis Module shows a set of web site statistics. An example is shown below:\r\n</p>\r\n<div class="center">\r\n<div class="thumb tnone">\r\n<div class="thumbinner" style="width: 154px">\r\n<img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/Stats_module_example.png" border="0" width="152" height="191" /> \r\n</div>\r\n</div>\r\n</div>\r\n<p>\r\nThe Module Type name for this Module is "mod_stats". It is not related to any other component.\r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\n<b>Module Paramters</b>\r\n</p>\r\n<div class="center">\r\n<div class="thumb tnone">\r\n<div class="thumbinner" style="width: 447px">\r\n<img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/Stats_module_parameters.png" border="0" width="445" height="150" /> \r\n</div>\r\n</div>\r\n</div>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Server Info.</b> Whether or not to show server information.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Site Info.</b> Whether or not to show site information.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Hit Counter.</b> Whether or not to show hit counter information.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Increase Counter.</b> Optional number to increase "Content View Hits" by. This number is added to the actual number of hits.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Module Class Suffix.</b> A suffix applied to the CSS class of the Module. This allows individual Module styling.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<p>\r\n<b>Advanced Parameters</b>\r\n</p>\r\n<div class="center">\r\n<div class="thumb tnone">\r\n<div class="thumbinner" style="width: 451px">\r\n<img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/Most_read_advanced.png" border="0" width="449" height="72" /> \r\n</div>\r\n</div>\r\n</div>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Caching.</b> Use Global/No Caching. Whether or not to cache\r\n the content of this Module. A setting of "Use Global" will use the\r\n Cache Settings from the <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1445&Itemid=278#Cache_Settings" target="_self" title="Screen.config.15">Global Configuration</a> screen.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Cache Time.</b> The length of time, in minutes, before the Module is re-cached.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<a title="Syndicate" name="Syndicate"></a>\r\n<h3> <span class="mw-headline">Syndicate</span></h3>\r\n<p>\r\nThis Module creates a RSS Feed link for the page. This allows a User\r\nto create a newsfeed for the current page. An example is shown below.\r\n</p>\r\n<div class="center">\r\n<div class="thumb tnone">\r\n<div class="thumbinner" style="width: 121px">\r\n<img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/Syndicate_module_example.png" border="0" width="119" height="42" /> \r\n</div>\r\n</div>\r\n</div>\r\n<p>\r\nThe Module Type name for this Module is "mod_syndicate". It is not related to any other component.\r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\n<b>Module Parameters</b>\r\n</p>\r\n<div class="center">\r\n<div class="thumb tnone">\r\n<div class="thumbinner" style="width: 447px">\r\n<img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/Syndicate_module_parameters.png" border="0" width="445" height="142" /> \r\n</div>\r\n</div>\r\n</div>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Caching.</b> Always set to "Never".\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Text.</b> Text to be displayed next to the RSS Link button.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Format.</b> Format of the newsfeed. Options are RSS 2.0 or Atom 1.0.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Module Class Suffix.</b> A suffix applied to the CSS class of the Module. This allows individual Module styling.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<a title="Who.27s_Online" name="Who.27s_Online"></a>\r\n<h3> <span class="mw-headline">Who''s Online</span></h3>\r\n<p>\r\nThis Module displays information about Users currently browsing the web site. An example is shown below:\r\n</p>\r\n<div class="center">\r\n<div class="thumb tnone">\r\n<div class="thumbinner" style="width: 146px">\r\n<img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/Whosonline_module_example.png" border="0" width="144" height="55" /> \r\n</div>\r\n</div>\r\n</div>\r\n<p>\r\nThe Module Type name for this Module is "mod_whosonline". It is not related to any other component.\r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\n<b>Module Parameters</b>\r\n</p>\r\n<div class="center">\r\n<div class="thumb tnone">\r\n<div class="thumbinner" style="width: 447px">\r\n<img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/Whosonline_module_parameters.png" border="0" width="445" height="118" /> \r\n</div>\r\n</div>\r\n</div>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Caching.</b> Always set to "Never".\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Display.</b>\r\n </p>\r\n <ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <i># of Guests / Members.</i> Display the total number of Guests (Users who are not logged in) and Members (Users who are logged in).\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <i>Member Names.</i> Display a list of the names of Members logged in. No count of Guests will display.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <i>Both.</i> A count of users and a list of Member Names will both display.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n </ul>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Module Class Suffix.</b> A suffix applied to the CSS class of the Module. This allows individual Module styling.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<a title="Wrapper" name="Wrapper"></a>\r\n<h3> <span class="mw-headline">Wrapper</span></h3>\r\n<p>\r\nThis Module allows you to insert an external web site into an IFrame\r\nat the Module position. If the web page is bigger than the Module size,\r\nscroll bars can be displayed. An example is shown below.\r\n</p>\r\n<div class="center">\r\n<div class="thumb tnone">\r\n<div class="thumbinner" style="width: 180px">\r\n<img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/Wrapper_module_example.png" border="0" width="178" height="230" /> \r\n</div>\r\n</div>\r\n</div>\r\n<p>\r\nThis Module provides functionality similar to the Internal Link - Wrapper Layout in the <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1517&Itemid=278#Internal_Link_-_Wrapper" target="_self" title="Screen.menus.edit.15">Menu Item Manager - New/Edit</a> screen. The Module Type name for this Module is "mod_wrapper". It is not related to any other component.\r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\n<b>Module Parameters</b>\r\n</p>\r\n<div class="center">\r\n<div class="thumb tnone">\r\n<div class="thumbinner" style="width: 447px">\r\n<img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/Wrapper_module_parameters.png" border="0" width="445" height="288" /> \r\n</div>\r\n</div>\r\n</div>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Module Class Suffix.</b> A suffix applied to the CSS class of the Module. This allows individual Module styling.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>URL.</b> URL for the web site to be wrapped.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Scroll Bars.</b> Whether or not to provide scroll bars for\r\n the IFrame. If the setting is "Auto", scroll bars will be provided\r\n automatically if needed.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Width.</b> Width of the IFrame, in pixels. If you add a "%" to the end of the number, it is read as a percentage instead of pixels.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Height.</b> Height of the IFrame, in pixels.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Auto Height.</b> Whether or not to set the height automatically to the size of the external page.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Auto Add.</b> Whether or not to automatically add "http:" or "https:" to the beginning of the URL. This will be added only if it is missing.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Target Name.</b> Optional name of the IFrame when used as a target.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<p>\r\n<b>Advanced Parameters</b>\r\n</p>\r\n<div class="center">\r\n<div class="thumb tnone">\r\n<div class="thumbinner" style="width: 451px">\r\n<img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/Most_read_advanced.png" border="0" width="449" height="72" /> \r\n</div>\r\n</div>\r\n</div>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Caching.</b> Use Global/No Caching. Whether or not to cache\r\n the content of this Module. A setting of "Use Global" will use the\r\n Cache Settings from the <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1445&Itemid=278#Cache_Settings" target="_self" title="Screen.config.15">Global Configuration</a> screen.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Cache Time.</b> The length of time, in minutes, before the Module is re-cached.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<a title="Toolbar" name="Toolbar"></a>\r\n<h2> <span class="mw-headline">Toolbar</span></h2>\r\n<p>\r\nAt the top right you will see the toolbar:\r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\n<img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/Banner_edit_toolbar.png" alt="Image:banner_edit_toolbar.png" border="0" width="188" height="55" />\r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\nThe functions are:\r\n</p>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <b>Save</b>. Save it and return to the main screen of the Manager.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <b>Apply</b>. Save it, but stay in the same screen. If you\r\n have been working on a screen for a long time and don''t want to risk\r\n losing your work, pressing Apply saves your work and lets you continue\r\n working. If, for example, you lost your Internet connection, your work\r\n will be saved up this point.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <b>Close</b>. Return to the previous screen without saving\r\n your work. If you press Close while adding a new item, this new item\r\n will not be created. If you were modifying an existing item, the\r\n modifications will not be saved.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <b>Help</b>. Opens this Help Screen.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<a title="Quick_Tips" name="Quick_Tips"></a>\r\n<h2> <span class="mw-headline">Quick Tips</span></h2>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n Some Joomla! Extensions provide new Module Types. If you have\r\n installed any Extensions, your Joomla! site might have Module Types\r\n that are not listed here. In this case, please refer to the\r\n documentation for the Extension for information about these Module\r\n Types.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<a title="Related_information" name="Related_information"></a>\r\n<h2> <span class="mw-headline">Related information</span></h2>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n To add or edit Modules: <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1471&Itemid=278" target="_self" title="Screen.modules.15">Module Manager</a>\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n To work with Administrator Modules: <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1984&Itemid=278" target="_self" title="Screen.modulesadministrator.edit.15">Modules Administrator</a>\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n', '', 1, 42, 0, 185, '2008-06-24 17:13:59', 165, '', '2008-06-30 12:46:59', 166, 0, '0000-00-00 00:00:00', '2008-06-24 17:12:34', '0000-00-00 00:00:00', '', '', 'pageclass_sfx=\nback_button=\nitem_title=1\nlink_titles=\nintrotext=1\nsection=0\nsection_link=0\ncategory=0\ncategory_link=0\nrating=\nauthor=\ncreatedate=\nmodifydate=\npdf=\nprint=\nemail=\nkeyref=screen.modulessite.edit.15\ndocbook_type=', 19, 0, 3, '', '', 0, 2159);
INSERT INTO `jos_content` (`id`, `title`, `title_alias`, `introtext`, `fulltext`, `state`, `sectionid`, `mask`, `catid`, `created`, `created_by`, `created_by_alias`, `modified`, `modified_by`, `checked_out`, `checked_out_time`, `publish_up`, `publish_down`, `images`, `urls`, `attribs`, `version`, `parentid`, `ordering`, `metakey`, `metadesc`, `access`, `hits`) VALUES
(1984, 'Modules Administrator', 'Modules Administrator', '<h2> <span class="mw-headline">How to access</span></h2>\r\n<p>\r\nNavigate to the <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1471&Itemid=278" target="_self" title="Screen.modules.15">Module Manager</a>\r\nand press the "Administrator" link. To create a new Module, press the\r\n"New" button on the toolbar. To edit an existing Module, click on the\r\nModule Name or click on the Module''s checkbox and press the Edit button\r\non the toolbar.\r\n</p>\r\n<a title="Description" name="Description"></a>\r\n<h2> <span class="mw-headline">Description</span></h2>\r\n<p>\r\nThis is where you will add new Modules or edit existing Modules for\r\nthe back end of your Joomla! web site. When you install Joomla!, 16\r\nbuilt-in Modules are available for use in the back end of your web\r\nsite. \r\n</p>\r\n<a title="Screenshot" name="Screenshot"></a>\r\n<h2> <span class="mw-headline">Screenshot</span></h2>\r\n<div class="center">\r\n<div class="thumb tnone">\r\n<div class="thumbinner" style="width: 691px">\r\n<span class="image"><img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/Module_new_administrator.png" class="thumbimage" border="0" width="689" height="481" /></span> \r\n</div>\r\n</div>\r\n</div>\r\n<p>\r\nNote that if you install one or more Joomla! Extensions, these\r\nExtensions may add new Administrator Module Types. In this case, your\r\nscreen will show additional Types.\r\n</p>\r\n<a title="Module_Types" name="Module_Types"></a>\r\n<h2> <span class="mw-headline">Module Types</span></h2>\r\n<p>\r\nWhen the New button is pressed, the Module:[New] screen displays all\r\nof the Module Types available for new new Module. You can select the\r\ndesired type either by clicking on the Module Name or by clicking on\r\nthe Module''s radio button and pressing the Next button on the toolbar.\r\nNote that you can cancel this action by pressing the Cancel button on\r\nthe toolbar.\r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\nA standard Joomla! installation includes 16 Module Types. Each\r\nhas it''s own function and it''s own Parameters, as described below.\r\n</p>\r\n<a title="Admin_Menu" name="Admin_Menu"></a>\r\n<h3> <span class="mw-headline">Admin Menu</span></h3>\r\n<p>\r\nThis Module shows the main admin navigation menu. An example of this module is shown below: \r\n</p>\r\n<div class="center">\r\n<div class="thumb tnone">\r\n<div class="thumbinner" style="width: 475px">\r\n<span class="image"><img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/Admin_menu_example.png" class="thumbimage" border="0" width="473" height="28" /></span> \r\n</div>\r\n</div>\r\n</div>\r\n<p>\r\nThe Type for this Module is "mod_menu". It has no Module Parameters. \r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\n<b>Advanced Parameters</b>\r\n</p>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Caching.</b> Use Global/No Caching. Whether or not to cache\r\n the content of this Module. A setting of "Use Global" will use the\r\n Cache Settings from the <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1445&Itemid=278#Cache_Settings" target="_self" title="Screen.config.15">Global Configuration</a> screen.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<a title="Admin_Sub_Menu" name="Admin_Sub_Menu"></a>\r\n<h3> <span class="mw-headline">Admin Sub Menu</span></h3>\r\n<p>\r\nThis Module shows the submenu navigation Module. This is used in the\r\nBanner, Contacts, News Feeds, Web Links, and Module Managers to allow\r\nnavigation to the different element types (for example, Banners,\r\nClients, and Categories). An example of this Module is shown below. \r\n</p>\r\n<div class="center">\r\n<div class="thumb tnone">\r\n<div class="thumbinner" style="width: 250px">\r\n<span class="image"><img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/Admin_submenu_example.png" class="thumbimage" border="0" width="248" height="101" /></span> \r\n</div>\r\n</div>\r\n</div>\r\n<p>\r\nThe Type for this Module is "mod_submenu". It has one Module Parameter called "Caching", which is always set to <i>Never</i>.\r\n</p>\r\n<a title="Custom_HTML" name="Custom_HTML"></a>\r\n<h3> <span class="mw-headline">Custom HTML</span></h3>\r\n<p>\r\nThis Module allows you to display custom HTML. This is used to display the "Wecome to Joomla!" panel in the <b>Site --> Control Panel</b>, as shown in the example below:\r\n</p>\r\n<div class="center">\r\n<div class="thumb tnone">\r\n<div class="thumbinner" style="width: 396px">\r\n<span class="image"><img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/Admin_custom_html_example.png" class="thumbimage" border="0" width="394" height="556" /></span> \r\n</div>\r\n</div>\r\n</div>\r\n<p>\r\nThe Type for this Module is "mod_custom". This Module is the same as the Custom HTML Module under <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1983&Itemid=278#Custom_HTML" target="_self" title="Screen.modulessite.edit.15">Modules Site</a>.\r\n</p>\r\n<a title="Feed_Display" name="Feed_Display"></a>\r\n<h3> <span class="mw-headline">Feed Display</span></h3>\r\n<p>\r\nThis Module is not used by default in the Joomla! back end. This Module is the same as the Feed Display Module under <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1983&Itemid=278#Feed_Display" target="_self" title="Screen.modulessite.edit.15">Modules Site</a>.\r\n</p>\r\n<a title="Footer" name="Footer"></a>\r\n<h3> <span class="mw-headline">Footer</span></h3>\r\n<p>\r\nThis Module displays the footer information in the Joomla! back end. An example is shown below: \r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\n \r\n</p>\r\n<div class="center">\r\n<div class="thumb tnone">\r\n<div class="thumbinner" style="width: 317px">\r\n<span class="image"><img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/Admin_footer_example.png" class="thumbimage" border="0" width="315" height="17" /></span>\r\n</div>\r\n<div class="thumbinner" style="width: 317px">\r\n \r\n</div>\r\n</div>\r\n</div>\r\n<p>\r\nThis Module is the same as the Footer Module under <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1983&Itemid=278#Footer" target="_self" title="Screen.modulessite.edit.15">Modules Site</a>.\r\n</p>\r\n<a title="Item_Stats" name="Item_Stats"></a>\r\n<h3> <span class="mw-headline">Item Stats</span></h3>\r\n<p>\r\nThis Module shows details of the number of Menu Items that are still current on each of the Menus. This is displayed in the <b>Site --> Control Panel</b> by expanding the "Menu Stats" link. An example is shown below:\r\n</p>\r\n<div class="center">\r\n<div class="thumb tnone">\r\n<div class="thumbinner" style="width: 347px">\r\n<span class="image"><img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/MenuStatsExample.png" class="thumbimage" border="0" width="345" height="301" /></span> \r\n</div>\r\n</div>\r\n</div>\r\n<p>\r\nThe Type for this Module is "mod_stats".\r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\n<b>Module Parameters</b>\r\n</p>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Caching.</b> Use Global/No Caching. Whether or not to cache\r\n the content of this Module. A setting of "Use Global" will use the\r\n Cache Settings from the <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1445&Itemid=278#Cache_Settings" target="_self" title="Screen.config.15">Global Configuration</a> screen.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<a title="Latest_News" name="Latest_News"></a>\r\n<h3> <span class="mw-headline">Latest News</span></h3>\r\n<p>\r\nThis Module is used to display the "Recent added Articles" in the <b>Site --> Control Panel</b>. An example is shown below:\r\n</p>\r\n<div class="center">\r\n<div class="thumb tnone">\r\n<div class="thumbinner" style="width: 583px">\r\n<span class="image"><img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/Admin_latest_example.png" class="thumbimage" border="0" width="581" height="404" /></span> \r\n</div>\r\n</div>\r\n</div>\r\n<p>\r\nThis Module is the same as the Latest News Module under <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1983&Itemid=278#Latest_News" target="_self" title="Screen.modulessite.edit.15">Modules Site</a>.\r\n</p>\r\n<a title="Logged_In_Users" name="Logged_In_Users"></a>\r\n<h3> <span class="mw-headline">Logged In Users</span></h3>\r\n<p>\r\nThis Module shows a list of users who are currently logged into the site. This is displayed in the <b>Site --> Control Panel</b> by expanding the "Logged in Users" link. An example is shown below:\r\n</p>\r\n<div class="center">\r\n<div class="thumb tnone">\r\n<div class="thumbinner" style="width: 394px">\r\n<span class="image"><img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/Logged_in_users_example.png" class="thumbimage" border="0" width="392" height="80" /></span> \r\n</div>\r\n</div>\r\n</div>\r\n<p>\r\nThe Type for this Module is "mod_logged". This Module has one Module Parameter called Caching, which is always set to <i>Never</i>.\r\n<a title="Login_Form" name="Login_Form"></a>\r\n</p>\r\n<h3> <span class="mw-headline">Login Form</span></h3>\r\n<p>\r\nThis Module displays a Username and Password Login form. It cannot be disabled. The Module Type name for this is "mod_login". \r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\n<b>Module Parameters</b>\r\n</p>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Caching.</b> Always set to <i>Never</i>.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Encrypt Login Form.</b> Whether or not to encrypt the login\r\n data. This requires SSL and should not be set to "Yes" unless Joomla!\r\n is accessible using the "https://" protocol prefix.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<a title="Online_Users" name="Online_Users"></a>\r\n<h3> <span class="mw-headline">Online Users</span></h3>\r\n<p>\r\nThis Module shows a count of users currently logged into the Joomla!\r\nback end. The Module Type name for this Module is "mod_online". It has\r\none Module Parameter called "Caching", which is always set to <i>Never</i>.\r\n</p>\r\n<a title="Popular_Articles" name="Popular_Articles"></a>\r\n<h3> <span class="mw-headline">Popular Articles</span></h3>\r\n<div>\r\n<p>\r\nThis Module shows a list of the most popular articles, based on the number of hits. This is displayed in the <b>Site --> Control Panel</b> by expanding the "Popular" link. An example is shown below:\r\n</p>\r\n</div>\r\n<div class="center">\r\n<div class="thumb tnone">\r\n<div class="thumbinner" style="width: 426px">\r\n<span class="image"><img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/Admin_popular_articles_example.png" class="thumbimage" border="0" width="424" height="406" /></span> \r\n</div>\r\n</div>\r\n</div>\r\n<p>\r\nThe Type for this Module is "mod_popular". It has one Module Parameter called "Caching", which is always set to <i>Never</i>.\r\n</p>\r\n<a title="Quick_Icons" name="Quick_Icons"></a>\r\n<h3> <span class="mw-headline">Quick Icons</span></h3>\r\n<p>\r\nThis Module shows the Quick Icons on the <b>Site --> Control Panel</b>. An example is shown below: \r\n</p>\r\n<div class="center">\r\n<div class="thumb tnone">\r\n<div class="thumbinner" style="width: 576px">\r\n<span class="image"><img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/Admin_quick_icons_example.png" class="thumbimage" border="0" width="574" height="202" /></span> \r\n</div>\r\n</div>\r\n</div>\r\n<p>\r\nThe Module Type name for this Module is "mod_quickicon". \r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\n<b>Module Paramters</b>\r\n</p>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Caching.</b> Use Global/No Caching. Whether or not to cache\r\n the content of this Module. A setting of "Use Global" will use the\r\n Cache Settings from the <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1445&Itemid=278#Cache_Settings" target="_self" title="Screen.config.15">Global Configuration</a> screen.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<a title="Title" name="Title"></a>\r\n<h3> <span class="mw-headline">Title</span></h3>\r\n<p>\r\nThis Module shows the Titles for each back-end screen. An example is shown below:\r\n</p>\r\n<div class="center">\r\n<div class="thumb tnone">\r\n<div class="thumbinner" style="width: 234px">\r\n<span class="image"><img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/Admin_title_example.png" class="thumbimage" border="0" width="232" height="51" /></span> \r\n</div>\r\n</div>\r\n</div>\r\n<p>\r\nThe Module Type name for this Module is "mod_title". It has a Module Parameter called "Caching", which is always set to <i>Never</i>.\r\n</p>\r\n<a title="Toolbar" name="Toolbar"></a>\r\n<h3> <span class="mw-headline">Toolbar</span></h3>\r\n<p>\r\nThis Module shows the toolbars used in the Joomla! back end. An example is shown below:\r\n</p>\r\n<div class="center">\r\n<div class="thumb tnone">\r\n<div class="thumbinner" style="width: 187px">\r\n<span class="image"><img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/Modules_site_toolbar.png" class="thumbimage" border="0" width="185" height="56" /></span> \r\n</div>\r\n</div>\r\n</div>\r\n<p>\r\nThe Module Type name for this Module is "mod_toolbar". It has one Module Parameter called "Caching", which is always set to <i>Never</i>.\r\n</p>\r\n<a title="Unread_Messages" name="Unread_Messages"></a>\r\n<h3> <span class="mw-headline">Unread Messages</span></h3>\r\n<p>\r\nThis Module displays the number of unread Private Messages and provides a button to navigate to the <b>Tools --> Read Messages</b>\r\nscreen. The Module Type name for this Module is "mod_unread". It has\r\none Module Parameter called "Caching", which is always set to <i>Never</i>.\r\n</p>\r\n<a title="User_Status" name="User_Status"></a>\r\n<h3> <span class="mw-headline">User Status</span></h3>\r\n<p>\r\nThis Module shows the User Status icons. This includes a Preview\r\nbutton, a Logout button, and counts of Private Messages and current\r\nUsers. An example is shown below.\r\n</p>\r\n<div class="center">\r\n<div class="thumb tnone">\r\n<div class="thumbinner" style="width: 213px">\r\n<span class="image"><img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/User_status_example.png" class="thumbimage" border="0" width="211" height="21" /></span> \r\n</div>\r\n</div>\r\n</div>\r\n<p>\r\nThe Module Type name for this Module is "mod_status". It has one Module Parameter called "Caching", which is always set to <i>Never</i>.\r\n</p>\r\n<a title="Toolbar_2" name="Toolbar_2"></a>\r\n<h2> <span class="mw-headline">Toolbar</span></h2>\r\n<p>\r\nAt the top right you will see the toolbar:\r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\n<span class="image"><img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/Banner_edit_toolbar.png" alt="Image:banner_edit_toolbar.png" border="0" width="188" height="55" /></span>\r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\nThe functions are:\r\n</p>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <b>Save</b>. Save it and return to the main screen of the Manager.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <b>Apply</b>. Save it, but stay in the same screen. If you\r\n have been working on a screen for a long time and don''t want to risk\r\n losing your work, pressing Apply saves your work and lets you continue\r\n working. If, for example, you lost your Internet connection, your work\r\n will be saved up this point.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <b>Close</b>. Return to the previous screen without saving\r\n your work. If you press Close while adding a new item, this new item\r\n will not be created. If you were modifying an existing item, the\r\n modifications will not be saved.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <b>Help</b>. Opens this Help Screen.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<a title="Quick_Tips" name="Quick_Tips"></a>\r\n<h2> <span class="mw-headline">Quick Tips</span></h2>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n Some Joomla! Extensions provide new Module Types. If you have\r\n installed any Extensions, your Joomla! site might have Module Types\r\n that are not listed here. In this case, please refer to the\r\n documentation for the Extension for information about these Module\r\n Types.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<a title="Related_information" name="Related_information"></a>\r\n<h2> <span class="mw-headline">Related information</span></h2>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n To add or edit Modules: <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1471&Itemid=278" target="_self" title="Screen.modules.15">Module Manager</a>\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n To work with Site Modules: <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1983&Itemid=278" target="_self" title="Screen.modulessite.edit.15">Modules Site</a>\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n', '', 1, 42, 0, 185, '2008-06-24 17:19:14', 165, '', '2008-06-30 14:12:53', 166, 0, '0000-00-00 00:00:00', '2008-06-24 17:14:21', '0000-00-00 00:00:00', '', '', 'pageclass_sfx=\nback_button=\nitem_title=1\nlink_titles=\nintrotext=1\nsection=0\nsection_link=0\ncategory=0\ncategory_link=0\nrating=\nauthor=\ncreatedate=\nmodifydate=\npdf=\nprint=\nemail=\nkeyref=screen.modulesadministrator.edit.15\ndocbook_type=', 10, 0, 2, '', '', 0, 1042),
(1449, 'Template Manager', 'Template Manager', '<h2> <span class="mw-headline">How to Access</span></h2>\r\n<p>\r\nSelect <b>Extensions --> Template Manager</b> from the drop-down menu in the back-end of your Joomla! installation.\r\n</p>\r\n<a title="Description" name="Description"></a>\r\n<h2> <span class="mw-headline">Description</span></h2>\r\n<p>\r\nThe Template Manager is where you assign a default Template to your\r\nJoomla! web site. You can also edit and preview Templates here.\r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\nIn Joomla!, the visual layout of both the Front-end and\r\nBack-end of your site is controlled by the Template. Templates are\r\nextensions that contain layout and style information that tells Joomla!\r\nexactly how to draw each page of your site.\r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\nWhen you first install Joomla!, one Back-end Template and two\r\nFront-end templates are included. Other Templates can be installed from\r\nthird-party developers as Extensions.\r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\nIf you want to use the same Template for all of the pages on\r\nyour site, you just assign one Template as the Default Template. You\r\ncan also assign different Templates to different pages.\r\n</p>\r\n<a title="Screenshot" name="Screenshot"></a>\r\n<h2> <span class="mw-headline">Screenshot</span></h2>\r\n<p>\r\n<span class="image"><img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/Template_manager.png" alt="Image:Template_manager.png" border="0" width="526" height="284" /></span>\r\n</p>\r\n<a title="Column_Headers" name="Column_Headers"></a>\r\n<h2> <span class="mw-headline">Column Headers</span></h2>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <b>#</b>. An indexing number automatically assigned by Joomla! for ease of reference.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <b>Template Name</b>. The name given to each Template by the\r\n Template author. Click the Name to open the Template for editing. If\r\n you hover the mouse over the Template Name, a small preview for the\r\n Template displays in a pop-up window. The Template Name normally\r\n corresponds to the sub-directory name that contains the Template in the\r\n <i><path-to-Joomla!>/templates/</i> directory. For example, the\r\n files for the "rhuk_milkyway" Template are in the directory\r\n "<path-to-Joomla!>/templates/rhuk_milkyway".\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <b>Default</b>. Indicator of Default Template.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <b>Assigned</b>. Shows whether this Template has been assigned\r\n to any specific menu items. To assign a template to menu items, open\r\n the Template for editing.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <b>Version</b>. The version number of the Extension.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Date.</b> The date this extension was released.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Author.</b> The author of this extension.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Display #.</b> The number of items to display on one page.\r\n If there are more items than this number, you can use the page\r\n navigation buttons (Start, Prev, Next, End, and page numbers) to\r\n navigate between pages. Note that if you have a large number of items,\r\n it may be helpful to use the Filter options, located above the column\r\n headings, to limit which items display.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<a title="Toolbar" name="Toolbar"></a>\r\n<h2> <span class="mw-headline">Toolbar</span></h2>\r\n<p>\r\nAt the top right you will see the toolbar: \r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\n<span class="image"><img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/Template_manager_toolbar.png" alt="Image:Template_manager_toolbar.png" border="0" width="138" height="53" /></span>\r\n</p>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Default.</b> Select the Template that you want to be the\r\n default Template. Then click this button. The default star symbol will\r\n show in the Default column, indicating that this is now the default\r\n Template.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <b>Edit</b>. Select one item and click on this button to open\r\n it in edit mode. If you have more than one item selected, the first\r\n item will be opened. You can also open an item for editing by clicking\r\n on its Title or Name. See the section below called <a href="#Template_-_Edit" target="_self">Template - Edit</a> for information on the edit screen.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <b>Help</b>. Opens this Help Screen.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<a title="Site_and_Administrator_Links" name="Site_and_Administrator_Links"></a>\r\n<h2> <span class="mw-headline">Site and Administrator Links</span></h2>\r\n<p>\r\nAt the top left, above the columns, you will see two links as shown below:\r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\n<span class="image"><img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/Template_manager_links.png" alt="Image:Template_manager_links.png" border="0" width="136" height="21" /></span>\r\n</p>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Site.</b> Shows the Templates available for the Front-end of the web site.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Administrator.</b> Shows the Templates available for the\r\n Back-end of the web site. These Templates will control the appearance\r\n of the administrator portion of the site.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<a title="Template_-_Edit" name="Template_-_Edit"></a>\r\n<h2> <span class="mw-headline">Template - Edit</span></h2>\r\n<a title="How_to_Access_2" name="How_to_Access_2"></a>\r\n<h3> <span class="mw-headline">How to Access</span></h3>\r\n<p>\r\nNavigate to the Template Manager. Then click on the Template''s name or select a Template and click the Edit icon on the toolbar.\r\n</p>\r\n<a title="Description_2" name="Description_2"></a>\r\n<h3> <span class="mw-headline">Description</span></h3>\r\n<p>\r\nThis is where you can preview a Template, edit a Template''s HTML and CSS files, and set parameters for a Template.\r\n</p>\r\n<a title="Screenshot_2" name="Screenshot_2"></a>\r\n<h3> <span class="mw-headline">Screenshot</span></h3>\r\n<p>\r\n<span class="image"><img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/Template_edit.png" alt="Image:Template_edit.png" border="0" width="650" height="248" /></span>\r\n</p>\r\n<a title="Details" name="Details"></a>\r\n<h3> <span class="mw-headline">Details</span></h3>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Name.</b> The Template Name. No entry is allowed.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Description.</b> A description of the Template. No entry is allowed.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Menus.</b> If the Template is not the default Template, you\r\n can assign it to specific Menu Items. To select multiple Menu\r\n Items,hold down the Ctrl key while clicking with the mouse.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<p>\r\n<b>Parameters</b>\r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\nSome Templates have parameters that allow you to change the way\r\nthe web site will look. For example, the default rhuk_milkyway template\r\nallows you to choose a foreground color, a background color, and\r\ndifferent Template widths. Other Templates may have different or no\r\nparameters.\r\n</p>\r\n<a title="Toolbar_2" name="Toolbar_2"></a>\r\n<h3> <span class="mw-headline">Toolbar</span></h3>\r\n<p>\r\nAt the top right you will see the toolbar: \r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\n<span class="image"><img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/Template_edit_toolbar.png" alt="Image:Template_edit_toolbar.png" border="0" width="368" height="57" /></span>\r\n</p>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Preview.</b> Opens a preview window of your web site using\r\n this Template. This window shows the available Module Positions ("top",\r\n "left", and so on) indicated in red type. This is shown in the\r\n screenshot below:\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<p>\r\n<span class="image"><img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/Template_edit_preview.png" alt="Image:Template_edit_preview.png" border="0" width="650" height="499" /></span>\r\n</p>\r\n<dl><dd><b>Note:</b> The preview of an administrator template does not show you the administrator module positions.\r\n</dd></dl>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Edit HTML.</b> Opens the "index2.php" file from the Template\r\n for editing using a simple text editor. Press Save or Apply to save any\r\n changes you make. Press Cancel to cancel any changes. You can also edit\r\n this file outside of Joomla! with any HTML editor. Note that the full\r\n name of this file is displayed above the edit window.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Edit CSS.</b> Opens a list of the CSS files used in this\r\n Template. To open one of the CSS files for editing, select the file and\r\n press the Edit icon in the toolbar. This will open this CSS file for\r\n editing using a simple text editor. Press Save or Apply to save any\r\n changes you make. Press Cancel to cancel any changes. You can also edit\r\n this file outside of Joomla! with any editor. Note that the full name\r\n of this file is displayed above the edit window.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <b>Save</b>. Save it and return to the main screen of the Manager.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <b>Apply</b>. Save it, but stay in the same screen. If you\r\n have been working on a screen for a long time and don''t want to risk\r\n losing your work, pressing Apply saves your work and lets you continue\r\n working. If, for example, you lost your Internet connection, your work\r\n will be saved up this point.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <b>Close</b>. Return to the previous screen without saving\r\n your work. If you press Close while adding a new item, this new item\r\n will not be created. If you were modifying an existing item, the\r\n modifications will not be saved.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <b>Help</b>. Opens this Help Screen.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<a title="Quick_Tips" name="Quick_Tips"></a>\r\n<h2> <span class="mw-headline">Quick Tips</span></h2>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Important</b>: Do not delete the default template files using FTP because it generates an error in both the front-end and back-end!\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n Before editing the <b>HTML</b> and the <b>CSS</b> file of the\r\n template, it is a good idea to make a backup of the file you are\r\n editing. Also, you can edit these files outside of Joomla! using the\r\n HTML or CSS editor of your choice.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n The <b>Preview</b> will only display positions that contain\r\n published modules. To make sure you can see all positions defined in\r\n the template, you can create custom modules for them.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n You cannot assign the default template to specific Menu Items.\r\n This is because it is already assigned to all Menu Items by default.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<a title="Related_Information" name="Related_Information"></a>\r\n<h2> <span class="mw-headline">Related Information</span></h2>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>To install a new Template: <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1476&Itemid=278#Install_Screen" target="_self" title="Screen.installer.15">Extension Manager - Install Screen</a>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>To uninstall a Template: <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1476&Itemid=278#Templates_Screen" target="_self" title="Screen.installer.15">Extension Manager - Templates Screen</a>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n', '', 1, 42, 0, 185, '2007-10-18 20:00:00', 150, '', '2008-06-28 18:46:57', 166, 0, '0000-00-00 00:00:00', '2007-10-18 20:00:00', '0000-00-00 00:00:00', '', '', 'pageclass_sfx=\nback_button=\nitem_title=1\nlink_titles=\nintrotext=1\nsection=0\nsection_link=0\ncategory=0\ncategory_link=0\nrating=\nauthor=\ncreatedate=\nmodifydate=\npdf=\nprint=\nemail=\nkeyref=screen.templates.15\ndocbook_type=', 30, 0, 5, '', '', 0, 101897),
(1451, 'Trash Manager', 'Trash Manager', '<h2> <span class="mw-headline">How to Access</span></h2>\r\n<a title="Menu_Items" name="Menu_Items"></a>\r\n<h3> <span class="mw-headline">Menu Items</span></h3>\r\n<p>\r\nSelect <b>Menus --> Menu Trash</b> from the drop-down menu in the Back-end of your Joomla! installation.\r\n</p>\r\n<a title="Articles" name="Articles"></a>\r\n<h3> <span class="mw-headline">Articles</span></h3>\r\n<p>\r\nSelect <b>Content --> Article Trash</b> from the drop-down menu in the Back-end of your Joomla! installation.\r\n</p>\r\n<a title="Description" name="Description"></a>\r\n<h2> <span class="mw-headline">Description</span></h2>\r\n<p>\r\nThese screens are holding areas where Menu Items and Articles are\r\nstored before they are permanently deleted from your Joomla! database.\r\nFrom here, you can either permanently delete the items or restore them\r\nto the site.\r\n</p>\r\n<a title="Screenshot" name="Screenshot"></a>\r\n<h2> <span class="mw-headline">Screenshot</span></h2>\r\n<a title="Menu_Items_2" name="Menu_Items_2"></a>\r\n<h3> <span class="mw-headline">Menu Items</span></h3>\r\n<p>\r\n<span class="image"><img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/Trash_manager_menu_items.png" alt="Image:trash_manager_menu_items.png" border="0" width="528" height="227" /></span>\r\n</p>\r\n<a title="Articles_2" name="Articles_2"></a>\r\n<h3> <span class="mw-headline">Articles</span></h3>\r\n<p>\r\n<span class="image"><img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/Trash_manager_articles.png" alt="Image:trash_manager_articles.png" border="0" width="534" height="227" /></span>\r\n</p>\r\n<a title="Column_Headers" name="Column_Headers"></a>\r\n<h2> <span class="mw-headline">Column Headers</span></h2>\r\n<a title="Menu_Items_3" name="Menu_Items_3"></a>\r\n<h3> <span class="mw-headline">Menu Items</span></h3>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <b>#</b>. An indexing number automatically assigned by Joomla! for ease of reference.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <b>Checkbox</b>. Check this box to select one or more items.\r\n To select all items, check the box in the column heading. After one or\r\n more boxes are checked, click a toolbar button to take an action on the\r\n selected item or items. Many toolbar actions, such as Publish and\r\n Unpublish, can work with multiple items. Others, such as Edit, only\r\n work on one item at a time. If multiple items are checked and you press\r\n Edit, the first item will be opened for editing.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Name.</b> The Name of the Menu Item.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>ID.</b> The unique ID number automatically assigned to this item by Joomla!. This number cannot be changed. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Menu.</b> The Name of the Menu where this Menu Item belongs to. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Type.</b> The Type of the Menu Item.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<a title="Articles_3" name="Articles_3"></a>\r\n<h3> <span class="mw-headline">Articles</span></h3>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <b>#</b>. An indexing number automatically assigned by Joomla! for ease of reference.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <b>Checkbox</b>. Check this box to select one or more items.\r\n To select all items, check the box in the column heading. After one or\r\n more boxes are checked, click a toolbar button to take an action on the\r\n selected item or items. Many toolbar actions, such as Publish and\r\n Unpublish, can work with multiple items. Others, such as Edit, only\r\n work on one item at a time. If multiple items are checked and you press\r\n Edit, the first item will be opened for editing.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Title.</b> The Title of the Article.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>ID.</b> The unique ID number automatically assigned to this item by Joomla!. This number cannot be changed.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Section.</b> The Section this Article belongs to.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li><b>Category.</b> The Category this Article belongs to.\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<a title="Toolbar" name="Toolbar"></a>\r\n<h2> <span class="mw-headline">Toolbar</span></h2>\r\n<p>\r\nAt the top right you will see the toolbar: \r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\n<span class="image"><img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/Trash_manager_toolbar.png" alt="Image:trash_manager_toolbar.png" border="0" width="150" height="52" /></span>\r\n</p>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Restore.</b> To Restore one or more items, select them using\r\n the Check Box and then click this button. A second screen will display\r\n with two options: Restore or Cancel. To Restore, press the Restore\r\n button. A dialog box will then display with the options "OK" or\r\n "Cancel". Press "OK" to Restore the selected items.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Delete.</b> To delete one or more items, select them and\r\n click this button. A second screen will display with two options:\r\n Delete or Cancel. To delete the items permanently, press the Delete\r\n button. The selected items will be deleted. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <b>Help</b>. Opens this Help Screen.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<a title="Quick_Tips" name="Quick_Tips"></a>\r\n<h2> <span class="mw-headline">Quick Tips</span></h2>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n You can keep Menu Items and Articles in the Trash Manager as\r\n long as you like. Don''t delete these items unless you are sure that you\r\n will not need them again. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n Articles in the Trash Manager are not the same as Archived\r\n Articles. Articles in the Trash Manager are not available for viewing\r\n or editing in the site. Archived Articles may be viewed using the\r\n Archive Layouts and may be edited.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<a title="Related_information" name="Related_information"></a>\r\n<h2> <span class="mw-headline">Related information</span></h2>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li> To work with Articles: <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1456&Itemid=278" target="_self" title="Screen.content.15">Article Manager</a>\r\n </li>\r\n <li> To work with Menu Items: <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1455&Itemid=278" target="_self" title="Screen.menus.15">Menu Item Manager</a>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n', '', 1, 42, 0, 184, '2007-10-18 20:00:00', 65, '', '2008-06-22 21:30:13', 166, 0, '0000-00-00 00:00:00', '2007-10-18 20:00:00', '0000-00-00 00:00:00', '', '', 'pageclass_sfx=\nback_button=\nitem_title=1\nlink_titles=\nintrotext=1\nsection=0\nsection_link=0\ncategory=0\ncategory_link=0\nrating=\nauthor=\ncreatedate=\nmodifydate=\npdf=\nprint=\nemail=\nkeyref=screen.trashmanager.15\ndocbook_type=', 18, 0, 6, '', '', 0, 5038),
(1452, 'User Manager', 'User Manager', '<h2>How to access</h2>\r\n<p>\r\nYou can access the User Manager by clicking on the User Manager icon in the Control Panel, or by clicking on ''User Manager'' in the ''Site'' menu on the back-end of your Joomla! installation. \r\n</p>\r\n<h2>Description</h2>\r\n<p>\r\nIn this screen you have the ability to look at a list of your users and sort them in different ways. You can also edit and create users. \r\n</p>\r\n<h2>Screenshot</h2><img width="594" src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/Usermanager.jpg" height="120" style="width: 650px; height: 128px" /> \r\n<h2>Column Headers</h2>\r\n<p>\r\nIn the table containing the users from your Joomla! site, you will see different columns. Here you can read what they mean and what is displayed in that column. \r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\n<b>Checkbox.</b> You can select this box to select an item. You will need to do this for several actions, including editing and deleting. \r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\n<b>Name.</b> The (full) name of the user. \r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\n<b>Username.</b> The username of the user is displayed here. When a user wants to log in, he has to fill in this username. <b> </b> \r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\n<b>Logged in.</b> In this column, you can see whether the user is logged in or not. A green check is shown when the person is currently logged in. The column is left blank when the user is logged out. \r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\n<b>Enabled.</b> In this column you can see whether the user is enabled or disabled. A green check is shown when the user is enabled, a red ''X'' sign when the user is disabled. A disabled user did not activate their account by clicking on the link in the e-mail sent after registration. A disabled user could also be a user who was blocked by an Administrator or a Super Administrator. Click on the icon to toggle between enabled and disabled. \r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\n<b>Group.</b> The user''s group is displayed here. This can be: Registered, Author, Editor, Publisher, Manager, Administrator or Super Administrator. \r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\n<b>E-Mail.</b> The e-mail address from the user is displayed here. \r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\n<b>Last visit.</b> Here you can see the date on which the user last logged in. \r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\n<b>ID.</b> Here you can see the ID number. You can not change this number. \r\n</p>\r\n<h2>Toolbar</h2>\r\n<p>\r\nAt the top right you will see the toolbar: \r\n</p>\r\n<img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/User_manager.toolbar.jpg" alt="User manager toolbar" /> \r\n<p>\r\nThe functions are: \r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\n<strong>Logout.</strong> Select one or more users who are currently logged in and click on this button. The users will loose there logged in status. \r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\n<strong>Delete.</strong> Select one or more and click on this button. The selected will be deleted. \r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\n<strong>Edit.</strong> Select one and click on this button. You will enter the Edit page. \r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\n<strong>New.</strong> Click on this button to create a new one. You will enter the New page. \r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\n<strong>Help.</strong> Open this Help Screen. \r\n</p>\r\n<h2>Quick Tips</h2>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n Click on the name of a user to edit the user''s properties. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n Click on the e-mail address of a user to send this user an e-mail. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n Click on the green check or red ''X'' in the Enabled column to toggle between Enabled and Disabled status. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n Click on the Column Headers to sort the users by that column, ascending or descending. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<h2>Related information</h2>\r\n<p>\r\n<a target="_blank" href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1540&Itemid=278">User Manager New/Edit</a> \r\n</p>\r\n', '', 1, 42, 0, 206, '2007-10-26 20:00:00', 150, '', '2008-04-03 10:47:02', 165, 0, '0000-00-00 00:00:00', '2007-10-26 20:00:00', '0000-00-00 00:00:00', '', '', 'pageclass_sfx=\nback_button=\nitem_title=1\nlink_titles=\nintrotext=1\nsection=0\nsection_link=0\ncategory=0\ncategory_link=0\nrating=\nauthor=\ncreatedate=\nmodifydate=\npdf=\nprint=\nemail=\nkeyref=screen.users.15\ndocbook_type=', 61, 0, 2, '', '', 0, 17983),
(1453, 'Mass Mail Users', 'Mass Mail Users', '<a title="How_to_access" name="How_to_access"></a>\r\n<h2> <span class="mw-headline">How to access</span></h2>\r\n<p>\r\nSelect <b>Tools → Mass Mail</b> from the drop-down menu on the Back-end of your Joomla! installation.\r\n</p>\r\n<a title="Description" name="Description"></a>\r\n<h2> <span class="mw-headline">Description</span></h2>\r\n<p>\r\nThe Mass Mail screen allows Users who are members of the "Super Administrator" group to send an e-mail message to all Users who are members of a specific group.\r\n</p>\r\n<a title="Screenshot" name="Screenshot"></a>\r\n<h2> <span class="mw-headline">Screenshot</span></h2>\r\n<p>\r\n<span class="image"><img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/Mass_mail.png" style="border: 0px none #000000; width: 650px; height: 400px" alt="Image:Mass_mail.png" border="0" height="400" width="650" /></span>\r\n</p>\r\n<a title="Details" name="Details"></a>\r\n<h2> <span class="mw-headline">Details</span></h2>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li><b>Mail to Child Groups.</b> Whether or not to send the E-mail to members of all child groups of the selected group. For example, if this box is checked and the group "Public Front-end" is selected, the e-mail would be sent to all members of the "Registered", "Author", "Editor" and "Publisher" groups.\r\n </li>\r\n <li><b>Send in HTML mode.</b> Whether or not to send the E-mail with headers that identify it as an HTML document. E-mailclients that support this will render any HTML codes.\r\n </li>\r\n <li><b>Group.</b> Select the group you want to send the E-mail to.\r\n </li>\r\n <li><b> Recipients as BCC. Adds copy to site email.</b> If checked, all recipients will be included as BCC entries, so none will see any of the other recipients'' E-mailaddresses. Because many mail routers treat E-mail without a <i>To:</i> entry as spam, the site email will be used for the <i>To:</i> entry.\r\n </li>\r\n <li><b>Subject</b> Enter the Subject of the E-mail. Try to make it as descriptive as possible. Any text entered in the <i>Subject Prefix</i> parameter (see <a href="#Global_Configuration">Global Configuration</a> below) will be prepended to (placed in front of) the subject you enter here.\r\n </li>\r\n <li><b>Message.</b> Enter the body of the E-mail. Any text entered in the <i>Mailbody Suffix</i> parameter (see <a href="#Global_Configuration">Global Configuration</a> below) will be added to the text you enter here.\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<a title="Global_Configuration" name="Global_Configuration"></a>\r\n<h2> <span class="mw-headline">Global Configuration</span></h2>\r\n<p>\r\nThis pop-up screen is shown when the User clicks the ''Parameters'' button on the Toolbar. Press the Save button to save any changes or Cancel to cancel any changes.\r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\n<span class="image"><img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/Screen_massmail_params_15.png" style="border: 0px none #000000; width: 635px; height: 263px" alt="Image:Screen_massmail_params_15.png" border="0" height="263" width="635" /></span>\r\n</p>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li><b>Subject Prefix.</b> Enter a prefix to be prepended to the Subject of every mass E-mail. This is intended to contain some site identifier, for example, the site name.\r\n </li>\r\n <li><b>Mailbody Suffix.</b> Enter a suffix to be appended to the body of every mass E-mail. This is intended to be used as a site signature.\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<a title="Toolbar" name="Toolbar"></a>\r\n<h2> <span class="mw-headline">Toolbar</span></h2>\r\n<p>\r\nAt the top right you will see the toolbar: \r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\n<span class="image"><img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/Screen_massmail_toolbar.png" style="border: 0px none #000000; width: 232px; height: 51px" alt="Image:Screen_massmail_toolbar.png" border="0" height="51" width="232" /></span>\r\n</p>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li><b>Send Mail</b> Send the email and return to the main Mass Mail screen \r\n </li>\r\n <li> <b>Cancel</b>. Go back to the main screen of the Manager, without saving the modifications you made.\r\n </li>\r\n <li><b>Parameters.</b> Click this button to open the Global Configuration window. This window allows you to set default parameters for this type of item. See <a href="#Global_Configuration">Global Configuration</a> above.\r\n </li>\r\n <li> <b>Help</b>. Opens this Help Screen.\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<a title="Related_Information" name="Related_Information"></a>\r\n<h2> <span class="mw-headline">Related Information</span></h2>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>To add or edit Users in the Back end: <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1452&Itemid=278" target="_self">User Manager</a> \r\n </li>\r\n <li>To create a layout to allow Users to self-register in the Front end: <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1517&Itemid=278#Default_Login_Layout" target="_self" title="Screen.menus.edit.15">Menu Item Manager - New/Edit - Default Login Layout</a>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>To send Super Administrators Private Messages: <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1453&Itemid=278" target="_self" title="Screen.messages.inbox.15">Private Messages - Inbox</a>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n', '', 1, 42, 0, 186, '2004-12-24 11:50:28', 65, '', '2008-06-26 21:52:11', 165, 0, '0000-00-00 00:00:00', '2004-12-24 00:00:00', '0000-00-00 00:00:00', '', '', 'pageclass_sfx=\nback_button=\nitem_title=1\nlink_titles=\nintrotext=1\nsection=0\nsection_link=0\ncategory=0\ncategory_link=0\nrating=\nauthor=\ncreatedate=\nmodifydate=\npdf=\nprint=\nemail=\nkeyref=screen.users.massmail.15\ndocbook_type=', 14, 0, 7, '', '', 0, 14726);
INSERT INTO `jos_content` (`id`, `title`, `title_alias`, `introtext`, `fulltext`, `state`, `sectionid`, `mask`, `catid`, `created`, `created_by`, `created_by_alias`, `modified`, `modified_by`, `checked_out`, `checked_out_time`, `publish_up`, `publish_down`, `images`, `urls`, `attribs`, `version`, `parentid`, `ordering`, `metakey`, `metadesc`, `access`, `hits`) VALUES
(1454, 'Menu Manager', 'Menu Manager', '<h2>Description</h2>\r\n<p>\r\nThe Menu Manager controls how Joomla!''s menus will look and act. \r\n</p>\r\n<h2><span class="mw-headline">Screenshot</span></h2>\r\n<p>\r\n<span class="image"><img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/Menu_manager.png" alt="Image:Menu_manager.png" border="0" height="365" width="650" /></span>\r\n</p>\r\n<h2>Column Headers</h2>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <b>Title</b>. The name of the item. For a Menu Item, the Title\r\n will display in the Menu. For an Article, Section, or Category, the\r\n Title may optionally be displayed on the web page. This entry is\r\n required. You can open the item for editing by clicking on the Title.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Menu Type</b>. The type column in the menu manager will actually be the Unique Name of the menu.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Menu Items</b>. The menu item column is simply a column with\r\n an icon link. Clicking this icon takes you directly to the menu where\r\n you can edit menu items with the menu item manager.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <b>Published</b>. Whether the item has been published or not. You can change the Published state by clicking on the icon in this column.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Unpublished</b>. The unpublished column shows the the number of items that aren''t published or publicly available.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Trashed</b>. The trashed column shows the number of items that have been deleted, but not purged from the trash manager.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Modules Column</b>. Because all menus are also modules, and\r\n can have more than module associated with them, this column lists the\r\n number of modules associated with the menu.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <b>ID</b>. The ID number. This is a unique identification\r\n number for this item assigned automatically by Joomla!. It is used to\r\n identify the item internally, for example in internal links. You can\r\n not change this number.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<h2>Toolbar</h2>\r\n<p>\r\nAt the top right you will see the toolbar: \r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\n<img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/Menu-manager-toolbar.jpg" alt="image:Menu-manager-toolbar.jpg" border="0" height="58" width="239" />\r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\nThe functions are: \r\n</p>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Copy</b>. To copy a menu, select the radio button next to it\r\n and click the "Copy" button. You can than then enter in a new title and\r\n module name for the new menu. The title is what the menu will be\r\n referred to as in the Menu Manager. Module Name is what the menu will\r\n be referred to as in the <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1471&Itemid=278" target="_self" title="Screen.modules.15">Module Manager</a>.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Delete</b>. To delete a menu, select the radio button, and\r\n then the "Delete" button. You will be given one last chance to change\r\n your mind. If you''re sure you want to delete the menu, click the delete\r\n button one last time.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Edit</b>. The "Edit" button allows you to change the unique name, title, description, and module name for the selected menu. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>New</b>. To create a new menu, click the "New" button. You\r\n can enter a unique name, a title, description, and the name for the\r\n module that will also be created with the menu.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<h2>Quick Tips</h2>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n It is expedient to give a descriptive title for new menus because, later, you will see it in the <i>Backend Menus</i> menu. It is a good idea to fill in the <i>Description</i> field with information about the menu. If you enter a short title in the <i>Module title</i> field, you can identify the menu''s module using that title in the <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1471&Itemid=278" target="_self" title="Screen.modules.15">Module Manager</a>. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n Though you can create a copy of a selected menu by clicking the <i>Copy</i> toolbar button, you can make another instance in the Module Manager as well. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n When you create a new menu, use only English alphanumeric\r\n characters without space in the Unique Name field. It is a good idea\r\n using only a-z, 0-9 and underscore (_) characters. Please read the\r\n tooltips as well. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n If you don''t enter a <i>Module title</i>, no module will be\r\n created and the menu cannot be displayed in the front end. However you\r\n can use the Module Manager later to create a new mod_mainmenu module,\r\n and assign it to the menu.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n If you delete an existing menu, do not forget that all the menu items of the respective menu will be also deleted.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n The Main Menu has your default menu item, so it <b>should not be deleted</b>.\r\n The default menu item is your home page, and your site will not\r\n function if it is deleted. If you change the default menu item, make\r\n sure that you don''t delete that menu item either! The menu with the\r\n default menu item is marked with an asterisk (*) in the <i>Menus</i> menu. More information can be found at the <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1631&Itemid=278" target="_self" title="Screen.menus.15">Menu Manager page</a>\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<h2>Related Information</h2>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1524&Itemid=278" target="_self" title="Screen.menumanager.new.15">Menu Manager New/Edit</a>\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1631&Itemid=278" target="_self" title="Screen.menus.15">Menu Item Manager</a>\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1471&Itemid=278" target="_self" title="Screen.modules.15">Module Manager</a>\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1440&Itemid=278" target="_self" title="Screen.cpanel.15">Control Panel</a>\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n', '', 1, 42, 0, 184, '2007-11-01 20:00:00', 150, '', '2008-06-20 15:00:50', 166, 0, '0000-00-00 00:00:00', '2007-11-01 20:00:00', '0000-00-00 00:00:00', '', '', 'pageclass_sfx=\nback_button=\nitem_title=1\nlink_titles=\nintrotext=1\nsection=0\nsection_link=0\ncategory=0\ncategory_link=0\nrating=0\nauthor=0\ncreatedate=0\nmodifydate=\npdf=\nprint=\nemail=\nkeyref=screen.menumanager.15\ndocbook_type=', 33, 0, 5, '', '', 0, 40204),
(1455, 'Menu Item Manager', 'Menu Item Manager', '<h2>How to access</h2>\r\n<p>\r\nYou can access this screen by first clicking on the ''Menus'' menu in the Joomla! back-end, and then selecting a menu.\r\n</p>\r\n<h2>Description</h2>\r\n<p>\r\nThe Menu Item Manager lists the menu items contained in a menu created using the Menu Manager.\r\n</p>\r\n<h2>Screenshot</h2>\r\n<img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/750px-Screen_menu_item_manager_15.png" />\r\n<h2>Column Headers</h2>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>#.</b> An indexing number automatically assigned by Joomla! for ease of reference.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Menu Item.</b> The name of the Menu Item. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Default.</b> Indicator of Default Template. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Published.</b> Whether the item has been published or not. You can change the Published state by clicking on the icon in this column. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Order.</b> The order to display items. If the list is sorted by this column, you can change the order by clicking the arrows or by entering the sequential order and clicking ''Save Order''. Note that the display order on a page is set in the Parameters - Advanced section for each Menu Item. If that order is set to use something other than ''Order'' (for example, ''Title - Alphabetical''), then the order value in this screen will be ignored. If the Menu Item Order parameter is set to use ''Order'', then the items will display on the page based on the order in this screen. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Access Level.</b> Who has access to this item. Current options are:\r\n </p>\r\n <ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Public.</b> Everyone has access\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Registered.</b> Only registered users have access\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Special.</b> Only users with author status or higher have access \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n </ul>\r\n <p>\r\n You can change an item''s Access Level by clicking on the icon in the column. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Menu Type.</b> The type column in the menu manager will actually be the Unique Name of the menu.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>ItemID.</b> Here you can see the ID number. You can not change this number. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<h2>Toolbar</h2>\r\n<p>\r\nAt the top right you will see the toolbar:\r\n</p>\r\n<img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/Menus.toolbar.jpg" />\r\n<p>\r\nThe functions are:\r\n</p>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Menus.</b> Click on this button to go to the Menu Manager. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Default.</b> Select a Menu Item which you want to be the homepage of your site, and click on this button. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Publish.</b> To publish one or more items, select them and click on this button. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Unpublish.</b> To unpublish one or more items, select them and click on this button. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Move.</b> Select one or more items and click on this button to move them. A new screen will display showing the possible "Move to" locations on the left and the list of item(s) being moved on the right. To complete the move, select the desired "Move to" location and press the Move button. To cancel the operation, press Cancel. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Copy.</b> Select one or more items and click this button to copy them. A new screen will display showing the possible "Copy to" locations on the left and the list of item(s) being copied on the right. To complete the copy, select the desired "Copy to" location and press the Copy button. To cancel the operation, press Cancel. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Trash.</b> Select one or more Articles and click on this button to move them to the Trash Manager. Note that Articles can be restored from the Trash Manager as long as they are not permanently deleted. See Trash Manager for more information. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Edit.</b> Select one item and click on this button to open it in edit mode. If you have more than one item selected, the first item will be opened. You can also open an item for editing by clicking on its Title or Name. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>New.</b> Click on this button to create a new item. You will enter the New page for this item. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Help.</b> Opens this Help Screen. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<h2>Quick Tips</h2>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n Select an item and click on the Default button to set your Home page.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n Set different filter options to only show some of the menu items. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<h2>Related information</h2>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1454&Itemid=278" target="_self">Menu Manager</a> \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1517&Itemid=278" target="_self">Menu Item Manager - New/Edit</a> \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n', '', 1, 42, 0, 184, '2007-11-01 20:00:00', 65, '', '2008-06-22 07:02:55', 165, 0, '0000-00-00 00:00:00', '2007-11-01 20:00:00', '0000-00-00 00:00:00', '', '', 'pageclass_sfx=\nback_button=\nitem_title=1\nlink_titles=\nintrotext=1\nsection=0\nsection_link=0\ncategory=0\ncategory_link=0\nrating=\nauthor=\ncreatedate=\nmodifydate=\npdf=\nprint=\nemail=\nkeyref=screen.menus.15\ndocbook_type=', 30, 0, 2, '', '', 0, 40943),
(1456, 'Article Manager', 'Content Items Manager', '<h2><span class="mw-headline">How to access</span></h2>\r\n<p>\r\nClick the Article Manager icon in the <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1440&Itemid=278" target="_self" title="Screen.cpanel.15">Control Panel</a>, or click ''Article Manager'' in the ''Content'' menu in the Back-end of your Joomla! installation. \r\n</p>\r\n<a name="Description" title="Description"></a>\r\n<h2><span class="mw-headline">Description</span></h2>\r\n<p>\r\nThe Article Manager is the place in the back-end where you can add and manage all of the articles for your web site. \r\n</p>\r\n<br />\r\n<h2><span class="mw-headline">Screenshot</span></h2>\r\n<p>\r\n<img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/Article_manager.png" alt="Image:article_manager.png" border="0" width="700" height="383" /> \r\n</p>\r\n<br />\r\n<a name="Column_Headers" title="Column_Headers"></a>\r\n<h2><span class="mw-headline">Column Headers</span></h2>\r\n<p>\r\nClick on the column heading to sort the list by that column''s value. \r\n</p>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>#</b>. An indexing number automatically assigned by Joomla! for ease of reference. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Checkbox</b>. Check this box to select one or more items. To select all items, check the box in the column heading. After one or more boxes are checked, click a toolbar button to take an action on the selected item or items. Many toolbar actions, such as Publish and Unpublish, can work with multiple items. Others, such as Edit, only work on one item at a time. If multiple items are checked and you press Edit, the first item will be opened for editing. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Title</b>. The name of the item. For a Menu Item, the Title will display in the Menu. For an Article, Section, or Category, the Title may optionally be displayed on the web page. This entry is required. You can open the item for editing by clicking on the Title. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Published</b>. Whether the item has been published or not. You can change the Published state by clicking on the icon in this column. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Front Page.</b> Whether or not the Article will show on the Front Page. You can change an Article''s published state by clicking on the icon in the column. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Order</b>. The order to display items. If the list is sorted by this column, you can change the order by clicking the arrows or by entering the sequential order and clicking ''Save Order''. Note that the display order on a page is set in the Parameters - Advanced section for each <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1517&Itemid=278" target="_self">Menu Item</a>. If that order is set to use something other than ''Order'' (for example, ''Title - Alphabetical''), then the order value in this screen will be ignored. If the Menu Item Order parameter is set to use ''Order'', then the items will display on the page based on the order in this screen. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Access Level</b>. Who has access to this item. Current options are: \r\n </p>\r\n <ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <span style="color: green">Public</span>: Everyone has access \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <span style="color: red">Registered</span>: Only registered users have access \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <span style="color: black">Special</span>: Only users with author status or higher have access \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n </ul>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<dl><dd>You can change an item''s Access Level by clicking on the icon in the column. </dd></dl>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Section.</b> The Section this item belongs to. Clicking on the Section Title opens the Section for editing. See <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1529&Itemid=278" target="_self" title="Screen.sections.edit.15">Section Manager - Edit</a>. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Category</b>. The Category this item belongs to. Clicking on the Category title opens the Category for editing. See <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1979&Itemid=278" target="_self" title="Screen.content.categories.edit.15">Category Manager - Edit</a>. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Author</b>. Name of the Joomla! User who created this item. Clicking on the Author opens the User for editing. See <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1540&Itemid=278" target="_self" title="Screen.users.edit.15">User Manager - Edit</a>. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Date</b>. The date this Article was created. This date is added automatically by Joomla!, but you may change it in the Parameters - Article section of the <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1526&Itemid=278" target="_self" title="Screen.content.edit.15">Article Manager - New/Edit</a>. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Hits.</b> The number of hits for an Article. A hit is the number of times a page has been viewed. Hits can be reset to 0 in the <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1526&Itemid=278" target="_self" title="Screen.content.edit.15">Article Manager - New/Edit</a> screen. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>ID</b>. The ID number. This is a unique identification number for this item assigned automatically by Joomla!. It is used to identify the item internally, for example in internal links. You can not change this number. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Display #.</b> The number of items to display on one page. If there are more items than this number, you can use the page navigation buttons (Start, Prev, Next, End, and page numbers) to navigate between pages. Note that if you have a large number of items, it may be helpful to use the Filter options, located above the column headings, to limit which items display. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<a name="Toolbar" title="Toolbar"></a>\r\n<h2><span class="mw-headline">Toolbar</span></h2>\r\n<p>\r\nAt the top right you will see the following toolbar: <span class="image"><img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/Article_manager_toolbar.png" alt="Image:article_manager_toolbar.png" border="0" width="609" height="56" /></span> \r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\nThe functions are: \r\n</p>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Unarchive.</b> To remove one or more Articles from Archived status, select them and press this button. Archived Articles are retained on the site and are available for viewing on Menu Items with a Type of Archive Layout. Note that when an Article is unarchived, its status is changed to ''Not Published''. Also, if an Article does not have a status of ''Archived'', this button has no effect. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Archive.</b> To change one or more Articles to Archived status, select them and press this button. Archived Articles are retained on the site and are available for viewing on Menu Items with a Type of Archive Layout. They can not be published to other pages while set to Archived status. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Publish</b>. To publish one or more items, select them and click on this button. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Unpublish</b>. To unpublish one or more items, select them and click on this button. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Move</b>. Select one or more items and click on this button to move them. A new screen will display showing the possible "Move to" locations on the left and the list of item(s) being moved on the right. To complete the move, select the desired "Move to" location and press the Move button. To cancel the operation, press Cancel. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Copy</b>. Select one or more items and click this button to copy them. A new screen will display showing the possible "Copy to" locations on the left and the list of item(s) being copied on the right. To complete the copy, select the desired "Copy to" location and press the Copy button. To cancel the operation, press Cancel. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Trash</b>. Select one or more Articles and click on this button to move them to the Trash Manager. Note that Articles can be restored from the Trash Manager as long as they are not permanently deleted. See <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1451&Itemid=278" target="_self" title="Screen.trashmanager.15">Trash Manager</a> for more information. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Edit</b>. Select one item and click on this button to open it in edit mode. If you have more than one item selected, the first item will be opened. You can also open an item for editing by clicking on its Title or Name. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>New</b>. Click on this button to create a new item. You will enter the New page for this item. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Parameters.</b> Click this button to open the Global Configuration window. This window allows you to set default parameters for Articles. This default parameter will take effect if the corresponding Menu Item parameter and Article parameter are both set to ''Use Global''. See <a href="#Global_Configuration" target="_self">Global Configuration</a> below. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Help</b>. Opens this Help Screen. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<a name="List_Filters" title="List_Filters"></a>\r\n<h2><span class="mw-headline">List Filters</span></h2>\r\n<p>\r\n<b>Filter by Partial Title</b> \r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\nYou can filter the list of items either by entering in part of the title or the ID number. Or you can select a combination of Section, Category, Author, and Published State. \r\n</p>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Filter.</b> In the upper left corner just above the column headings is a Filter field and two buttons, as shown below: \r\n </p>\r\n <div class="center">\r\n <div class="floatnone">\r\n <p>\r\n <span><span class="image"><img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/Article_manager_filter1.png" border="0" width="254" height="28" /></span></span> \r\n </p>\r\n </div>\r\n </div>\r\n <p>\r\n If you have a large number of items on the list, you can use this filter to find the desired item(s) quickly. Enter either part of the title or an ID number and press ''Go'' to display the matching items. You can enter in whole words or part of a word. For example, "ooml" will match all titles with the word "Joomla!" in them. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<p>\r\n<b>Filter by Section, Category, Author, Published State</b> \r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\nIn the upper right area, above the column headings, are 4 drop-down list boxes as shown below: \r\n</p>\r\n<div class="center">\r\n<div class="floatnone">\r\n<span><span class="image"><img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/Article_manager_filter2.png" border="0" width="446" height="25" /></span></span> \r\n</div>\r\n</div>\r\n<p>\r\nThe selections may be combined. Only items matching all selections will display in the list. \r\n</p>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Select Section.</b> Use the drop-down list box to select the desired Section. Only items in this Section will display. You may also select ''Uncategorized''. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Select Category.</b> Use the drop-down list box to select the desired Category. Only items in this Category will display. You may also select ''Uncategorized''. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Select Author.</b> Use the drop-down list box to select the desired Author. Only Articles with this Author will display. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Select State.</b> Use the drop-down list box to select the published state: Published or Unpublished. For Articles, you may also select Archived. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<a name="Global_Configuration" title="Global_Configuration"></a>\r\n<h2><span class="mw-headline">Global Configuration</span></h2>\r\n<p>\r\nThis pop-up screen is shown when the User clicks the ''Parameters'' button on the Toolbar. \r\n</p>\r\n<a name="Screenshot_2" title="Screenshot_2"></a>\r\n<h3><span class="mw-headline">Screenshot</span></h3>\r\n<div class="center">\r\n<div class="floatnone">\r\n<span><span class="image"><img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/Articles_global1.png" border="0" width="529" height="491" /></span></span> \r\n</div>\r\n</div>\r\n<div class="center">\r\n<div class="floatnone">\r\n<span><a href=index2.php?option=com_content&task=findkey&tmpl=component;1&keyref=Image:Articles_global2.png title="Articles global2.png" class="image"><img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/Articles_global2.png" border="0" width="529" height="445" /></a></span> \r\n</div>\r\n</div>\r\n<a name="Column_Headers_2" title="Column_Headers_2"></a>\r\n<h3><span class="mw-headline">Column Headers</span></h3>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Show Unauthorized Links.</b> (No/Yes). Whether or not to show links to Articles that the User is not authorized to access. If set to No, Users will only see links to Articles that they may access. If set to Yes, every User will see all Article links, whether or not they can access them. In this case, a link to the User Login page will display below the Article Title. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Show Article Title.</b> (No/Yes) Whether or not to show the title of the article. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Title Linkable.</b> (No/Yes) Whether or not the Title of the Article will be a hyperlink to the Article. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Show Intro Text.</b> (Hide/Show) Hide or Show an Article''s Intro Text when the ''Read more...'' link is selected. Intro Text is the part of the Article before a ''Read more...'' break. If this parameter is ''Show'', when the User selects the ''Read more...'' link, the entire article will display, including the Intro Text. If this parameter is ''Hide'', when the User selects the ''Read more...'' link, only the part of the Article after the ''Read more...'' link will display. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Section Name.</b> (Hide/Show) Whether or not the Section Name will display. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Section Title Linkable.</b> (No/Yes) Whether or not the Title of the Section will be a hyperlink to the Section page. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Category Title.</b> (Hide/Show) Whether or not the Category Title will display. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Category Title Linkable.</b> (No/Yes) Whether or not the Title of the Category will be a hyperlink to the Category page. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Author Name.</b> (Hide/Show) Whether or not to display the Author Name. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Created Date and Time.</b> (Hide/Show/Use Global) Whether or not to display the date and time the Article was created. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Modified Date and Time.</b> (Hide/Show) Whether or not to display the date and time the Article was last modified. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Show Navigation.</b> (Hide/Show) Whether or not to show a navigation link (e.g., Next, Previous) between Articles. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Read More... Link.</b> (Hide/Show) Whether or not to show the "Read More..." link to link from the part of the Article before the "Read More..." break to the rest of the Article. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Article Rating/Voting.</b> (Hide/Show) Whether or not to display the Article Rating/Voting module. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Icons.</b> (Hide/Show) Whether the PDF, Print, and E-mail buttons for the Article will display as Icons or Text. If set to Hide, these buttons will display as Text ("PDF", "Print", and "E-mail"). If set to Show, they will display as Icons. Note that these buttons only display if the individual options are set to Show. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>PDF Icon.</b> (Hide/Show) Whether or not to display a button to allow the Article to be rendered in a new window in PDF format. This allows the User to view, print, or save the Article as a PDF file. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Print Icon.</b> (Hide/Show) Whether or not to display a button to allow the Article to be printed. This allows the User to print the current Article in a printer-friendly format. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>E-mail Icon.</b> (Hide/Show) Whether or not to display a button to allow a link to the Article to be e-mailed. This displays a form that allows the user to send an e-mail with a link to the current Article. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Hits.</b> The number of hits for an Article. A hit is the number of times a page has been viewed. Hits can be reset to 0 in the <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1526&Itemid=278" target="_self" title="Screen.content.edit.15">Article Manager - New/Edit</a> screen. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>For each feed item show.</b> (Hide/Show) If set to Hide, only the intro text of each feed item will display. If set to Show, the full text of the feed item will display. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<a name="Filtering_Options_.28HTML.29" title="Filtering_Options_.28HTML.29"></a>\r\n<h3><span class="mw-headline">Filtering Options (HTML)</span></h3>\r\n<p>\r\nWeb sites can be attacked by users entering in special HTML code. Filtering is a way to protect your Joomla! web site. Joomla! 1.5.2 brings new filtering options to give you more control over the HTML that your content providers submit. You can be as strict or as liberal as you desire, depending on your site''s needs. The filtering is opt-in. If you don''t do anything, the default settings provide good protection against markup commonly associated with web site attacks. You can define which user groups are to receive additional filtering, and then control the type and extent of that filtering. \r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\nThe default filtering is modified by entering in the following fields: \r\n</p>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Filter Groups.</b> This sets the user groups that you want additional filters applied to. Other groups will have no additional filtering done. By default, all groups have filtering to protect against markup commonly associated with web site attacks. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Filter Type.</b> Black List (Default), White List, No HTML. \r\n </p>\r\n <ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n Black list means allow all HTML tags and attributes <i>except</i> those listed. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n White list means allow <i>only</i> the listed tags and attributes. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n No HTML means allow no HTML markup at all. All HTML is removed from an Article when it is saved. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n </ul>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Filter Tags.</b> The <i>extra</i> tags to exclude in a Black List, or the <i>only</i> tags to allow in a White List. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Filter Attributes.</b> The <i>extra</i> tag attributes to exclude in a Black List, or the <i>only</i> tag attributes to allow in a White List. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<a name="Default_Filters" title="Default_Filters"></a>\r\n<h4><span class="mw-headline">Default Filters</span></h4>\r\n<p>\r\nThe default filter method in Joomla! is ''Black List''. The default ''Black List'' contains the following tags to exclude: \r\n</p>\r\n<dl><dd>''applet'', ''body'', ''bgsound'', ''base'', ''basefont'', ''embed'', ''frame'', ''frameset'', ''head'', ''html'', ''id'', ''iframe'', ''ilayer'', ''layer'', ''link'', ''meta'', ''name'', ''object'', ''script'', ''style'', ''title'', ''xml'' </dd></dl>\r\n<p>\r\nThe default ''Black List'' contains the following attributes to exclude: \r\n</p>\r\n<dl><dd>''action'', ''background'', ''codebase'', ''dynsrc'', ''lowsrc'' </dd></dl>\r\n<p>\r\nYou can ''Black List'' (disallow) additional tags and attributes by adding to the Filter tags and Filter attributes fields, separating each tag or attribute name with a space or comma. \r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\nPlease note that these settings work regardless of the editor that you are using. Even if you are using a WYSIWYG editor, the filtering settings may strip additional tags and attributes prior to saving information in the database. \r\n</p>\r\n<a name="Filter_Example" title="Filter_Example"></a>\r\n<h4><span class="mw-headline">Filter Example</span></h4>\r\n<p>\r\nFor example, to allow people in your Author group to only submit content with basic HTML tags, use the following settings: \r\n</p>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n In the Filter groups box, select Registered and Author. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n Select White List as the Filter type \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n Set the Filter tags to: p, b, i, em, br, a, ul, ol, li, img \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n Set the Filter attributes to: href, target, src \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<a name="Developers_Notes" title="Developers_Notes"></a>\r\n<h4><span class="mw-headline">Developers Notes</span></h4>\r\n<p>\r\nThe filtering parameters in config.xml have the new parameter menu="hide". This hides the filters from the Menu Item''s Component pane as you do not want cascading overrides to occur at the menu item level. \r\n</p>\r\n<a name="Quick_Tips" title="Quick_Tips"></a>\r\n<h2><span class="mw-headline">Quick Tips</span></h2>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n In Joomla! versions prior to 1.5, there were separate processes for creating a Static Content Item and normal Content Items. Both processes are now done just by adding Articles. Normal Content Items are now just called Articles, and Static Content Items are now called Uncategorized Articles. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n To create a static content item, create a new Article in the same way as for normal content and assign it to the ''Uncategorized'' Section and Category. You can then use the Menu Item Type called Article Layout to show the Article in a page. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n Joomla! 1.5 changes the method you must use to create the ''Read more...'' link. When you are adding or editing an article, just press the ''Read more...'' button located at the bottom of the screen, next to Image and Pagebreak buttons. This inserts a ''Read more...'' break in the Article. The text before the break will display as the Intro Text, and the text after the break will display when the ''Read more...'' link is pressed. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<a name="Related_Information" title="Related_Information"></a>\r\n<h2><span class="mw-headline">Related Information</span></h2>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n To add or edit Articles: <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1526&Itemid=278" target="_self" title="Screen.content.edit.15">Article Manager - New/Edit</a> \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n To manage Categories: <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1972&Itemid=278" target="_self" title="Screen.categories.15">Category Manager</a> \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n To manage Sections: <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1460&Itemid=278" target="_self" title="Screen.sections.15">Section Manager</a> \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n To manage Users: <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1452&Itemid=278" target="_self" title="Screen.users.15">User Manager</a> \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n', '', 1, 42, 0, 264, '2007-10-18 20:00:00', 65, '', '2008-06-22 18:12:25', 165, 0, '0000-00-00 00:00:00', '2007-10-18 20:00:00', '0000-00-00 00:00:00', '', '', 'pageclass_sfx=\nback_button=\nitem_title=1\nlink_titles=\nintrotext=1\nsection=0\nsection_link=0\ncategory=0\ncategory_link=0\nrating=\nauthor=\ncreatedate=\nmodifydate=\npdf=\nprint=\nemail=\nkeyref=screen.content.15\ndocbook_type=', 53, 0, 4, 'hs_all_content_items', '', 0, 89698);
INSERT INTO `jos_content` (`id`, `title`, `title_alias`, `introtext`, `fulltext`, `state`, `sectionid`, `mask`, `catid`, `created`, `created_by`, `created_by_alias`, `modified`, `modified_by`, `checked_out`, `checked_out_time`, `publish_up`, `publish_down`, `images`, `urls`, `attribs`, `version`, `parentid`, `ordering`, `metakey`, `metadesc`, `access`, `hits`) VALUES
(1457, 'Front Page Manager', 'Front Page Manager', '<h2> <span class="mw-headline">How to Access</span></h2>\r\n<p>\r\nSelect <b>Content --> Front Page Manager</b> from the drop-down menu\r\nin the back-end of your Joomla! installation. You can also click on the\r\n"Front Page Manager" icon in the <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1440&Itemid=278" target="_self" title="Screen.cpanel.15">Control Panel</a>.\r\n</p>\r\n<a title="Description" name="Description"></a>\r\n<h2> <span class="mw-headline">Description</span></h2>\r\n<p>\r\nThe Front Page Manager is the place where you control which Articles\r\nare displayed on the Front Page and in what order they are displayed.\r\nThe Front Page is often the Home page of a web site, but it can be any\r\npage in the site. The Front Page is created using a Menu Item with the\r\nFront Page layout.\r\n</p>\r\n<a title="Screenshot" name="Screenshot"></a>\r\n<h2> <span class="mw-headline">Screenshot</span></h2>\r\n<p>\r\n<span class="image"><img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/Front_page_manager.png" alt="Image:front_page_manager.png" border="0" height="393" width="665" /></span>\r\n</p>\r\n<a title="Column_Headers" name="Column_Headers"></a>\r\n<h2> <span class="mw-headline">Column Headers</span></h2>\r\n<p>\r\nClick on the column heading to sort the list by that column''s value.\r\n</p>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <b>#</b>. An indexing number automatically assigned by Joomla! for ease of reference.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <b>Checkbox</b>. Check this box to select one or more items.\r\n To select all items, check the box in the column heading. After one or\r\n more boxes are checked, click a toolbar button to take an action on the\r\n selected item or items. Many toolbar actions, such as Publish and\r\n Unpublish, can work with multiple items. Others, such as Edit, only\r\n work on one item at a time. If multiple items are checked and you press\r\n Edit, the first item will be opened for editing.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <b>Title</b>. The name of the item. For a Menu Item, the Title\r\n will display in the Menu. For an Article, Section, or Category, the\r\n Title may optionally be displayed on the web page. This entry is\r\n required. You can open the item for editing by clicking on the Title.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <b>Published</b>. Whether the item has been published or not. You can change the Published state by clicking on the icon in this column.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <b>Order</b>. The order to display items. If the list is\r\n sorted by this column, you can change the order by clicking the arrows\r\n or by entering the sequential order and clicking ''Save Order''. Note\r\n that the display order on a page is set in the Parameters - Advanced\r\n section for each <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1517&Itemid=278" target="_self" title="Screen.menumanager.new.15">Menu Item</a>.\r\n If that order is set to use something other than ''Order'' (for example,\r\n ''Title - Alphabetical''), then the order value in this screen will be\r\n ignored. If the Menu Item Order parameter is set to use ''Order'', then\r\n the items will display on the page based on the order in this screen.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <b>Access Level</b>. Who has access to this item. Current options are:\r\n </p>\r\n <ul>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <span style="color: green">Public</span>: Everyone has access\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <span style="color: red">Registered</span>: Only registered users have access\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <span style="color: black">Special</span>: Only users with author status or higher have access\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n </ul>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<dl><dd>You can change an item''s Access Level by clicking on the icon in the column.\r\n</dd></dl>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <b>ID</b>. The ID number. This is a unique identification\r\n number for this item assigned automatically by Joomla!. It is used to\r\n identify the item internally, for example in internal links. You can\r\n not change this number.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Section.</b> The Section this item belongs to. Clicking on the Section Title opens the Section for editing. See <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1529&Itemid=278" target="_self" title="Screen.sections.edit.15">Section Manager - Edit</a>.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <b>Category</b>. The Category this item belongs to. Clicking on the Category title opens the Category for editing. See <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1979&Itemid=278" target="_self" title="Screen.content.categories.edit.15">Category Manager - Edit</a>.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <b>Author</b>. Name of the Joomla! User who created this item. Clicking on the Author opens the User for editing. See <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1540&Itemid=278" target="_self" title="Screen.users.edit.15">User Manager - Edit</a>.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Display #.</b> The number of items to display on one page.\r\n If there are more items than this number, you can use the page\r\n navigation buttons (Start, Prev, Next, End, and page numbers) to\r\n navigate between pages. Note that if you have a large number of items,\r\n it may be helpful to use the Filter options, located above the column\r\n headings, to limit which items display.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<a title="Toolbar" name="Toolbar"></a>\r\n<h2> <span class="mw-headline">Toolbar</span></h2>\r\n<p>\r\nAt the top right you will see the toolbar:\r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\n<span class="image"><img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/Front_page_toolbar.png" alt="Image:front_page_toolbar.png" border="0" height="53" width="264" /></span>\r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\nThe functions are:\r\n</p>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Archive.</b> To change one or more Articles to Archived\r\n status, select them and press this button. Archived Articles are\r\n retained on the site and are available for viewing on Menu Items with a\r\n Type of Archive Layout. They can not be published to other pages while\r\n set to Archived status. Note that Articles assigned to the\r\n "Uncategorized" Section will not show on the Archived Article List\r\n layout. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <b>Publish</b>. To publish one or more items, select them and click on this button.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <b>Unpublish</b>. To unpublish one or more items, select them and click on this button.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Remove.</b> To remove one or more Articles from the Front\r\n Page, click on the checkbox for each Article and press the Remove\r\n button. The removed Articles may still be available on other pages.\r\n This only removes them from the Front Page.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li> \r\n <p>\r\n <b>Help</b>. Opens this Help Screen.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<a title="List_Filters" name="List_Filters"></a>\r\n<h2> <span class="mw-headline">List Filters</span></h2>\r\n<p>\r\n<b>Filter by Partial Title</b>\r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\nYou can filter the list of items either by entering in part of\r\nthe title or the ID number. You can also select a combination of\r\nSection, Category, Author, and Published State.\r\n</p>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Filter.</b> In the upper left corner just above the column headings is a Filter field and two buttons, as shown below:\r\n </p>\r\n <div class="center">\r\n <div class="floatnone">\r\n <p>\r\n <span><span class="image"><img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/Article_manager_filter1.png" border="0" height="28" width="254" /></span></span>\r\n </p>\r\n </div>\r\n </div>\r\n <p>\r\n If you have a large number of items on the list, you can use this\r\n filter to find the desired item(s) quickly. Enter either part of the\r\n title or an ID number and press ''Go'' to display the matching items. You\r\n can enter in whole words or part of a word. For example, "ooml" will\r\n match all titles with the word "Joomla!" in them.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<p>\r\n<b>Filter by Section, Category, Author, Published State</b>\r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\nIn the area in the upper right, above the column headings, there are 4 drop-down list boxes as shown below:\r\n</p>\r\n<div class="center">\r\n<div class="floatnone">\r\n<span><span class="image"><img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/Article_manager_filter2.png" border="0" height="25" width="446" /></span></span>\r\n</div>\r\n</div>\r\n<p>\r\nThe selections may be combined. Only items matching all selections will display in the list.\r\n</p>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Select Section.</b> Use the drop-down list box to select the\r\n desired Section. Only items in this Section will display. You may also\r\n select ''Uncategorized''.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Select Category.</b> Use the drop-down list box to select\r\n the desired Category. Only items in this Category will display. You may\r\n also select ''Uncategorized''.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Select Author.</b> Use the drop-down list box to select the desired Author. Only Articles with this Author will display.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <b>Select State.</b> Use the drop-down list box to select the published state: Published or Unpublished. For Articles, you may also select Archived.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<a title="Quick_Tips" name="Quick_Tips"></a>\r\n<h2> <span class="mw-headline">Quick Tips</span></h2>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n Only the Articles that have already been added to the Front\r\n Page will display on this screen. Articles can be added to the Front\r\n Page in the <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1456&Itemid=278" target="_self" title="Screen.content.15">Article Manager</a> or when an Article is added or edited in <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1526&Itemid=278" target="_self" title="Screen.content.edit.15">Article Manager - New/Edit</a>.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n You can control the number of columns, number of articles, and other features of the Front Page layout in the <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1517&Itemid=278#Front_Page_Blog_Layout" target="_self" title="Screen.menus.edit.15">Menu Item Manager - New/Edit - Front Page Blog Layout</a>.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<a title="Related_Information" name="Related_Information"></a>\r\n<h2> <span class="mw-headline">Related Information</span></h2>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n To change the way Articles are displayed on the Front Page Layout: <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1517&Itemid=278#Front_Page_Blog_Layout" target="_self" title="Screen.menus.edit.15">Menu Item Manager - New/Edit - Front Page Blog Layout</a>\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n To work with Articles: <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1456&Itemid=278" target="_self" title="Screen.content.15">Article Manager</a>\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n To work with Categories: <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1972&Itemid=278" target="_self" title="Screen.categories.15">Category Manager</a>\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n To work with Sections: <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1460&Itemid=278" target="_self" title="Screen.sections.15">Section Manager</a>\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n To work with Users: <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1452&Itemid=278" target="_self" title="Screen.users.15">User Manager</a>\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n', '', 1, 42, 0, 264, '2007-10-18 20:00:00', 150, '', '2008-06-20 16:42:41', 166, 0, '0000-00-00 00:00:00', '2007-10-18 20:00:00', '0000-00-00 00:00:00', '', '', 'pageclass_sfx=\nback_button=\nitem_title=1\nlink_titles=\nintrotext=1\nsection=0\nsection_link=0\ncategory=0\ncategory_link=0\nrating=\nauthor=\ncreatedate=\nmodifydate=\npdf=\nprint=\nemail=\nkeyref=screen.frontpage.15\ndocbook_type=', 27, 0, 5, '', '', 0, 47245);
INSERT INTO `jos_content` (`id`, `title`, `title_alias`, `introtext`, `fulltext`, `state`, `sectionid`, `mask`, `catid`, `created`, `created_by`, `created_by_alias`, `modified`, `modified_by`, `checked_out`, `checked_out_time`, `publish_up`, `publish_down`, `images`, `urls`, `attribs`, `version`, `parentid`, `ordering`, `metakey`, `metadesc`, `access`, `hits`) VALUES
(1607, 'Joomla! 1.5 Glossary', 'j!1.5_glossary', '<title>Glossary</title>\r\n<link href="css/help.css" rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" />\r\n<meta name="copyright" content="(C) 2005 Open Source Matters. All rights reserved." />\r\n<meta name="license" content="http://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl-2.0.html GNU/GPL" />\r\n<meta name="author" content="Andy Wallace" />\r\n<p>\r\n<span style="color: #ff0000"><span style="color: #ff0000">Key reference: joomla.glossary.15</span></span>\r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\nPlease note this is a work in progress. If you have any suggestions for words that should be included then please add a note in the <a href="http://forum.joomla.org/index2.php/board,391.0.html" class="cross-ref" title="Joomla! 1.5 User Documentation Forum" target= "_blank">1.5 User Documentation</a> forum.\r\n</p>\r\n<h1 class="hs15"><a title="top" id="top" name="top"></a>Joomla! version 1.5 Glossary of Terms </h1>\r\n<div id="glossary_nav">\r\n<a href="#A" title="blocked::#A A" target="_parent">A</a> | <a href="#b" title="blocked::#b B" target="_parent">B</a> | <a href="#c" title="blocked::#c C" target="_parent">C</a> | <a href="#d" title="blocked::#d D" target="_parent">D</a> | <a href="#e" title="blocked::#e E" target="_parent">E</a> | <a href="#f" title="blocked::#f F" target="_parent">F</a> | <a href="#g" title="blocked::#g G" target="_parent">G</a> | <a href="#h" title="blocked::#h H" target="_parent">H</a> | <a href="#i" title="blocked::#i I" target="_parent">I</a> | <a href="#j" title="blocked::#j J" target="_parent">J</a> | <a href="#k" title="blocked::#k K" target="_parent">K</a> | <a href="#l" title="blocked::#l L" target="_parent">L</a> | <a href="#m" title="blocked::#m M" target="_parent">M</a> | <a href="#n" title="blocked::#n N" target="_parent">N</a> | <a href="#o" title="blocked::#o O" target="_parent">O</a> | <a href="#p" title="blocked::#p P" target="_parent">P</a> | <a href="#q" title="blocked::#q Q" target="_parent">Q</a> | <a href="#r" title="blocked::#r R" target="_parent">R</a> | <a href="#s" title="blocked::#s S" target="_parent">S</a> | <a href="#t" title="blocked::#t T" target="_parent">T</a> | <a href="#u" title="blocked::#u U" target="_parent">U</a> | <a href="#v" title="blocked::#v V" target="_parent">V</a> | <a href="#w" title="blocked::#w W" target="_parent">W</a> | <a href="#x" title="blocked::#x X" target="_parent">X</a> | <a href="#y" title="blocked::#y Y" target="_parent">Y</a> | <a href="#z" title="blocked::#z Z" target="_parent">Z</a> \r\n</div>\r\n<h3 class="hs15"><a title="a" id="a" name="a"></a>A</h3><dl>\r\n<dt class="dt15"><a title="acl" name="acl" id="acl"></a>Access Control Level (ACL) </dt>\r\n<dd class="dd15">Access Control Level governs the permissions that are associated with the individual User levels. There are six User Groups/levels within Joomla! Three only have access to the Site Front-end, Registered, Author, Editor, and Publisher. There are also three levels with access to the Administrator Back-end: Manager, Administrator, and Super Administrator. In addition to the registered User Groups listed above there is a Public (unregistered) or Guest, level. <span class="cross-ref">See also:</span> <a href="#registered" title="Registered User" target="_parent" class="cr_code">Registered User</a>, <a href="#author" title="Author " target="_parent" class="cr_code">Author</a>, <a href="#editor" title="Editor" target="_parent" class="cr_code">Editor</a>, <a href="#publisher" title="Publisher" target="_parent" class="cr_code">Publisher</a>, <a href="#manager" title="Manager" target="_parent" class="cr_code">Manager</a>, <a href="#administrator" title="Administrator User Level" target="_parent" class="cr_code">Administrator</a>, <a href="#super-administrator" title="Super Administrator User Level" target="_parent" class="cr_code">Super Administrator</a>. </dd>\r\n<dt class="dt15"><a title="admin-templates" id="admin-templates" name="admin-templates"></a>Admin Template </dt>\r\n<dd class="dd15">A Template used to define the layout of the Administrator Back-end area of your Joomla! web site. <span class="cross-ref">See also:</span> <a href="#site-templates" title="Site Template" target="_parent" class="cr_code">Site Template</a> <span class="cr_code">and</span> <a href="#templates" title="Template" target="_parent" class="cr_code">Template</a>. </dd>\r\n<dt class="dt15"><a title="administrator" id="administrator" name="administrator"></a>Administrator </dt>\r\n<dd class="dd15">User level within Joomla with access to some Administrator Back-end and all Site Front-end functions. <span class="cross-ref">See also:</span> <a href="#manager" title="Manager" target="_parent" class="cr_code">Manager</a> <span class="cr_code">and</span> <a href="#super-administrator" title="Super Administrator" target="_parent" class="cr_code">Super Administrator</a>.</dd>\r\n<dt class="dt15">Administrator Back-end<a title="admin_backend" name="admin_backend" id="admin_backend"></a> </dt>\r\n<dd class="dd15">Administrator Control Panel, where a Manager,\r\nAdministrator, or Super Administrator may log in to manage all aspects\r\nof their web site, including features and content. <span class="cross-ref">See also:</span> <span class="cr_code"><a href="#Frontend" title="Front-end" target="_parent" class="cr_code">Front-end</a>,</span> <a href="#site" title="Site Front-end" target="_parent" class="cr_code">Site Front-end</a></dd>\r\n<dt class="dt15">Alias<a title="alias" name="alias" id="alias"></a></dt>\r\n<dd>Alternative name used in many Joomla! screens for identifying an Item in a Menu.</dd>\r\n<dt class="dt15"><a title="alt-attribute" id="alt-attribute" name="alt-attribute"></a>alt attribute </dt>\r\n<dd class="dd15">Author-defined alternate text for an image. The browser displays this text rather than the image, and it describes to the reader what he or she is missing on a page. It is a good practice to include the alt attribute for each image on a page to improve the display and usefulness of your document for instances in which the browser cannot load images, for Users unable to view images due to sight impairment, or for people who have text-only browsers. <span class="cross-ref">See also:</span> <a href="#image-tag" title="blocked::#image-tag" class="cr_code">Image Tag</a>.</dd><dt class="dt15"><a title="apache" name="apache" id="apache"></a>Apache</dt>\r\n<dd class="dd15">Apache is the Open Source web server that Joomla! has primarily been developed for use upon. Apache is utilised by over 70% of the Internet''s web sites. Full details of the software can be found at <a href="http://httpd.apache.org" target="_blank">http://httpd.apache.org</a>. <span class="cross-ref">See also:</span> <a href="#mysql" title="MySQL" target="_parent" class="cr_code">MySQL</a> <span class="cr_code">and</span> <a href="#php" title="PHP" target="_parent" class="cr_code">PHP</a> </dd>\r\n<dt class="dt15"><a title="api" name="api" id="api"></a>API</dt>\r\n<dd class="dd15">API is the acronym for an Application Programming Interface. For full details of the API used in the development of Joomla! visit the <a href="http://dev.joomla.org/content/view/16/59/" label="http://dev.joomla.org/content/view/16/59/" target="_blank">Joomla! Developer Network</a>. </dd>\r\n<dt class="dt15"><a title="archive" name="archive" id="archive"></a>Archive </dt>\r\n<dd class="dd15">Articles can be archived and managed through the Article Manager accessed from the Control Panel->Content menu. </dd>\r\n<dt class="dt15"><a title="article" id="article" name="article"></a>Article </dt>\r\n<dd class="dd15">Discrete piece of content within the Joomla! hierarchy, which may be associated with a particular Section/Category combination or may be an Uncategorized Article; usually displayed in the main body of your page. Within the content hierarchy, a Section is the top level and is a container for Categories. A Category is the next level and is a container for the third level, which is the Article. <span class="cross-ref">See also:</span> <a href="#section" title="Section" target="_parent" class="cr_code">Section</a> <span class="cr_code">and</span> <a href="#category" title="Category" target="_parent" class="cr_code">Category</a> </dd>\r\n<dt class="dt15"><a title="author" id="author" name="author"></a>Author </dt>\r\n<dd class="dd15">User level within Joomla! with access to Site Front-end functions only. <span class="cross-ref">See also:</span> <a href="#editor" title="Editor" target="_parent" class="cr_code">Editor</a>, <a href="#publisher" title="Publisher" target="_parent" class="cr_code">Publisher</a>, <span class="cr_code">and</span> <a href="#registered" title="Registered User" target="_parent" class="cr_code">Registered User</a>. </dd>\r\n</dl>\r\n<p>\r\n<a href="#top" title="blocked::#top">top</a> \r\n</p>\r\n<h3 class="hs15"><a title="b" id="b" name="b"></a>B </h3>\r\n<dl>\r\n<dt class="dt15"><a title="back-end" id="back-end" name="back-end"></a>Back-end </dt>\r\n<dd class="dd15">Administrator''s Control Panel, where Managers, Administrators, or Super Administrators log in to manage all aspects of the Joomla! web site, including both features and content. <span class="cross-ref">See also:</span> <a href="#Frontend" title="Front-end" target="_parent" class="cr_code">Front-end</a>, <a href="#site" title="Site Front-end" target="_parent" class="cr_code">Site Front-end</a>.</dd><dt class="dt15">Banner <a title="Banner" name="Banner" id="Banner"></a></dt>\r\n<dd class="dd15">Joomla! core Component which allows you to display and manage Banner advertisments on your web site. In the Back-end, you can set up Banners, input and associate clients with their specific Banners, and specify impressions as a number or unlimited. The number of impressions seen and clicks are recorded and displayed in the Back-end under Components->Banners->Manage Banners. A Banner is displayed on the Site Front-end using the Banner Module. <span class="cross-ref">See also:</span><a href="#client" title="Client" target="_parent" class="cr_code">Client</a></dd>\r\n<dt class="dt15">Blog<a title="blog" name="blog" id="blog"></a> </dt>\r\n<dd class="dd15">Style of content presentation within Joomla!, displaying some or all Articles in a certain Section or Category. The tile may appear as a link or both the title and the introductory text, with a "Read more..." link displayed. Often the News page is written in Blog style. </dd>\r\n<dt class="dt15"><a title="browser" name="browser" id="browser"></a>Browser </dt>\r\n<dd class="dd15">Software program used to view and interact with various types of Internet resources available on the World Wide Web. <a href="http://www.mozilla.com/en-US/firefox/" id="http://www.mozilla.com/en-US/firefox/" title="http://www.mozilla.com/en-US/firefox" name="http://www.mozilla.com/en-US/firefox"></a>Firefox, Internet Explorer, Opera, and Safari are common examples. </dd>\r\n</dl>\r\n<p>\r\n<a href="#top" title="blocked::#top">top</a> \r\n</p>\r\n<h3 class="hs15"><a title="c" id="c" name="c"></a>C </h3>\r\n<dl>\r\n<dt class="dt15"><a title="css" name="css" id="css"></a>Cascading Style Sheet (CSS) </dt>\r\n<dd class="dd15">A Cascading Style Sheet provides the ability to separate the layout and styles of a web page from the data or information. Styles such as fonts, font sizes, and margins can be specified in one place, then the web pages feed off this one master list, with the styles cascading throughout the page or an entire site. Cascading Style Sheets are contained in a .css file. </dd>\r\n<dt class="dt15"><a title="category" id="category" name="category"></a>Category </dt>\r\n<dd class="dd15">Collection of related Articles; for instance, the Category Airplanes may contain the Articles Biplanes, Fixed Wing, and Jets. Within the content hierarchy, Section is the top level and is a container for Categories. Category is the next level and is a container for the third level, Article. <span class="cross-ref">See also:</span> <a href="#article" title="Article" target="_parent" class="cr_code">Article</a> <span class="cr_code">and</span> <a href="#section" title="Section" target="_parent" class="cr_code">Section</a>.</dd>\r\n<dt class="dt15">Category Manager<a title="cat_mgr" name="cat_mgr" id="cat_mgr"></a></dt>\r\n<dd>The main control screen for the various Category functions in Joomla!</dd>\r\n<dt class="dt15">Category Title<a title="cat_title" name="cat_title" id="cat_title"></a> </dt>\r\n<dd class="dd15">The full name of the Category as it is displayed in the Category Manager. <span class="cross-ref">See also:</span> <a href="#cat_mgr" title="Category Manager" target="_parent" class="cr_code">Category Manager</a></dd>\r\n<dt class="dt15">Check Out<a title="checkout" name="checkout" id="checkout"></a> (an item) </dt>\r\n<dd class="dd15">When a User edits a file, he checks it out. This prevents other Users from being able to edit the item at the same time, preventing loss of data upon saving. </dd>\r\n<dt class="dt15">Check-in<a title="checkin" name="checkin" id="checkin"></a> (an item) </dt>\r\n<dd class="dd15">This function, available from the Site Front-end for Registered Users with editing privileges, allows a User to make the previously locked and uneditable Articles they were working on, available again. If the items concerned have not been saved any new content will be lost. <span class="cross-ref">See also: </span><a href="#global-check-in" title="Global Check-in" target="_parent" class="cr_code">Global Check-in</a>.</dd>\r\n<dt class="dt15">Client<a title="client" name="client" id="client"></a></dt>\r\n<dd class="dd15">A Client should be considered an advertising customer. They may have purchased the opportunity to have a Banner displayed on your web site (if that is your choice) or simply you have agreed to display their Banner for free. <span class="cross-ref">See also:</span><a href="#Banner" title="Banner" target="_parent" class="cr_code">Banner</a></dd>\r\n<dt class="dt15"><a title="client-side-scripting" id="client-side-scripting" name="client-side-scripting"></a>Client-side Scripting </dt>\r\n<dd class="dd15">Class of computer programming on the web which is executed client-side, by the User''s web browser, instead of server-side (on the web server). This type of computer programming is an important part of the Dynamic HTML (DHTML) concept, enabling web pages to be scripted; that is, to have different and changing content depending on User input, environmental conditions (such as the time of day), or other variables. <span class="cross-ref">See also:</span><a href="#server-side-scripting" title="Server-side Scripting" target="_parent" class="cr_code">Server-side Scripting</a>. </dd>\r\n<dt class="dt15"><a title="cmt" id="cmt" name="cmt"></a>CMT </dt>\r\n<dd class="dd15">Acronym for Component, Module, and Template. </dd>\r\n<dt class="dt15">CMTP<a title="cmtp" name="cmtp" id="cmtp"></a> </dt>\r\n<dd class="dd15">Acronym for Component, Module, Template, and Plugin. </dd>\r\n<dt class="dt15"><a title="component" id="component" name="component"></a>Component </dt>\r\n<dd class="dd15">A content element or application that is usually displayed in the center of the main content area of a template. This depends on the design of the template in use. A Component is a core element of Joomla! functionality. A core element includes Banners, Contact, News Feeds, Polls and Web Links. Members of the Joomla! community produce third party Joomla! Extensions on a continuous basis. They are freely available to download from <a href="http://developer.joomla.org" title="blocked::http://developer.joomla.org/" target= "_blank">http://developer.joomla.org</a> and a number of other web sites. <span class="cross-ref">See also:</span> <a href="#module" title="Module" target="_parent" class="cr_code">Modules</a>, <a href="#plugins" title="Plugins" target="_parent" class="cr_code">Plugins</a>, <a href="#templates" title="Templates" target="_parent" class="cr_code">Templates</a>, <a href="#extension" title="Extensions" target="_parent" class="cr_code">Extensions</a>. </dd>\r\n<dt class="dt15">Configuration File </dt>\r\n<dd class="dd15">The configuration.PHP file, found in the root directory of your Joomla! installation, contains global variable information specific to your own Joomla! installation, such as database username, admin password, or timezone for example.<span class="cross-ref"> See also:</span> <a href="#global_config" title="Global Configuration" target="_parent" class="cr_code">Global Configuration</a></dd>\r\n<dt class="dt15"><a title="content" id="content" name="content"></a>Content </dt>\r\n<dd class="dd15">Anything a web page can contain. </dd>\r\n<dt class="dt15">Content Management System (CMS) </dt>\r\n<dd class="dd15">Software for dynamically managing web site content using a standard web browser as the user interface to the server and therefore all the content of the site.</dd>\r\n<dt class="dt15">Control Panel</dt>\r\n<dd class="dd15">The Control Panel is the name given for the main administration interface in the Back-end of Joomla! It is effectively the home page for the administration of Joomla!. <span class="cross-ref">See also:</span> <a href="#admin_backend" title="Administrator Back-end" target="_parent" class="cr_code">Administrator Back-end</a></dd>\r\n<dt class="dt15">Core </dt>\r\n<dd class="dd15">Compressed file format collection of directories and files containing the official standard Joomla! installation. This may be downloaded from <a href="http://joomlacode.org" title="blocked::http://joomlacode.org/" target= "_blank">http://joomlacode.org</a>. The Joomla! Core is released with a number of built-in CMT''s, but it can also be extended with Third-Party Developer Extensions available from <a href="http://extensions.joomla.org" target= "_blank">http://extensions.joomla.org</a>.</dd>\r\n</dl>\r\n<p>\r\n<a href="#top" title="blocked::#top">top</a> \r\n</p>\r\n<h3 class="hs15"><a title="d" id="d" name="d"></a>D </h3>\r\n<dl>\r\n<dt class="dt15"><a title="database" id="database" name="database"></a>Database </dt>\r\n<dd class="dd15">An organized collection of records that you can search, sort, and analyze rapidly. Joomla! is database-driven software, which means you can add, edit, or delete any content that is stored in Joomla!''s database. <span class="cross-ref">See also: </span><a href="#record" title="Record" target="_parent" class="cr_code">Record</a>.</dd>\r\n<dt class="dt15">Disable<a title="disable" name="disable" id="disable"></a></dt>\r\n<dd class="dd15">Toolbar Option, that when selected removes the availability of an Extension for example. <span class="cross-ref">See also: </span><a href="#enable" title="Enable" target="_parent" class="cr_code">Enable</a></dd>\r\n<dt class="dt15">Document Object Model<a title="dom" name="dom" id="dom"></a> (DOM) </dt>\r\n<dd class="dd15">Form of representation of structured documents as an object-oriented model; the official World Wide Web Consortium (W3C) standard for representing structured documents in a platform- and language-neutral manner. DOM is also the basis for a wide range of application programming interfaces, some of which are standardized by the W3C. <span class="cross-ref">See also:</span> <a href="#domit" title="DOMIT" target="_parent" class="cr_code">DOMIT</a>. </dd>\r\n<dt class="dt15"><a title="domit" id="domit" name="domit"></a>DOMIT </dt>\r\n<dd class="dd15">An XML parser for PHP based on the Document Object Model (DOM) Level 2 specification. It is lightweight, fast, and written purely in PHP. <span class="cross-ref">See also:</span><a href="#dom" title="DOM" target="_parent" class="cr_code">DOM</a>. </dd>\r\n<dt class="dt15">Dynamic HTML<a title="dhtml" name="dhtml" id="dhtml"></a> (DHTML) </dt>\r\n<dd class="dd15">An extension of HTML; enables, among other things, the inclusion of small animations and dynamic menus in Web pages. DHTML code makes use of style sheets and JavaScript. <span class="cross-ref">See also:</span> <a href="#html" title="HTML" target="_parent" class="cr_code">HTML</a>, <a href="#xhtml" title="XHTML" target="_parent" class="cr_code">XHTML</a>, <a href="#javascript" title="JavaScript" target="_parent" class="cr_code">JavaScript</a> </dd>\r\n</dl>\r\n<p>\r\n<a href="#top" title="blocked::#top">top</a> \r\n</p>\r\n<h3 class="hs15"><a title="e" id="e" name="e"></a>E </h3>\r\n<dl>\r\n<dt class="dt15"><a title="editor" id="editor" name="editor"></a>Editor </dt>\r\n<dd class="dd15">User level within Joomla! with access only to Site Front-end, authoring and editing functions. <span class="cross-ref">See also:</span> <a href="#author" title="Author User Level" target="_parent" class="cr_code">Author</a>, <a href="#publisher" title="Publisher" target="_parent" class="cr_code">Publisher</a>, and <a href="#registered" title="Registered User" target="_parent" class="cr_code">Registered User</a>. </dd>\r\n<dt class="dt15">Enable<a title="enabled" name="enabled" id="enabled"></a></dt>\r\n<dd class="dd15">Confirmation option to activate a particular field or Extension. <span class="cross-ref">See also:</span><a href="#disable" title="Disable" target="_parent" class="cr_code">Disable</a><a href="disable" title="Disabled" target="_parent" class="cr_code"></a></dd>\r\n<dt class="dt15"><a title="extension" name="extension" id="extension"></a>Extension </dt>\r\n<dd class="dd15">A Component, Module, Template, Plugin, or Language that extends your Joomla! installation. These elements can be bundled into the core or they can be third-party elements. Third Party Extensions can be downloaded at <a href="http://extensions.joomla.org" title="blocked::http://extensions.joomla.org/" target= "_blank">http://extensions.joomla.org</a>. </dd>\r\n</dl>\r\n<p>\r\n<a href="#top" title="blocked::#top">top</a> \r\n</p>\r\n<h3 class="hs15"><a title="f" id="f" name="f"></a>F </h3>\r\n<dl>\r\n<dt class="dt15">FOSS</dt>\r\n<dd class="dd15">FOSS is the acronym for Free and Open Source Software. <span class="cross-ref">See also:</span> <a href="#opensource" title="Open Source" target="_parent" class="cr_code">Open Source</a> </dd>\r\n<dt class="dt15">Front-end<a title="Frontend" name="Frontend" id="Frontend"></a> (Site Front-end) </dt>\r\n<dd class="dd15">Web site that your visitor (or Registered User) sees. <span class="cross-ref">See also: </span><a href="#back-end" title="Back-end" target="_parent" class="cr_code">Back -end</a> (Administrator Back-end). </dd>\r\n<dt class="dt15">Front Page </dt>\r\n<dd class="dd15">Built-in core Component that shows all the published Articles from your site marked with the parameter <span class="hscom">Show on Front Page</span> set to <span class="hscom">Show</span>. You may configure the display of the Front Page by editing the Menu Item associated with it, usually the <span class="hsinput">Home</span> Menu Item. The ordering of the Front Page Articles is completed in the Front Page Manager option under the Content menu option.</dd>\r\n<dt class="dt15">FTP</dt>\r\n<dd class="dd15">FTP is the acronym for File Transfer Protocol. A method used to transfer data from one computer to another over the Internet, or across a network. There are many free FTP clients available on the Internet. </dd>\r\n</dl>\r\n<p>\r\n<a href="#top" title="blocked::#top">top</a> \r\n</p>\r\n<h3 class="hs15"><a title="g" id="g" name="g"></a>G </h3>\r\n<dl>\r\n<dt class="dt15"><a title="global-check-in" id="global-check-in" name="global-check-in"></a>Global Check-in </dt>\r\n<dd class="dd15">When an item is checked out and it is not saved or cancelled correctly (such as with a connection error or the use of "back" on the browser), it will remain checked out, and thus uneditable for all other Users. Performing a Global Check-in will make those items available again. This option is only available in the Administrator Back-end or as a User Menu Item for logged-in Users.</dd>\r\n<dt class="dt15">Global Configuration<a title="global_config" name="global_config" id="global_config"></a> </dt>\r\n<dd>The main screen for controlling Joomla!''s Site, Server, and System settings. It is located in the Site menu of the Control Panel </dd>\r\n<dt class="dt15">GPL</dt>\r\n<dd class="dd15">Acronym for the General Public License. The license is maintained by the <a href="http://www.gnu.org" title="GNU Project" target="_blank">GNU Project</a>. All the source code for Joomla! 1.0 and 1.5 is released under the <a href="http://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl-2.0.html">GNU GPL v2.0</a> open source license and allows access to, use, and modification of the core program by anyone. <span class="cross-ref">See also:</span> <a href="#opensource" title="Open Source" target="_parent" class="cr_code">Open Source</a> </dd>\r\n<dt class="dt15">Group </dt>\r\n<dd class="dd15">Collection of User levels, classified as either Site Front-end or Administrator Back-end. <span class="cross-ref">See also:</span> <a href="#admin_backend" title="Administrator Back-end" target="_parent" class="cr_code">Administrator Back-end</a>, <a href="#site" title="Site Front-end" target="_parent" class="cr_code">Site Front-end</a>. </dd>\r\n</dl>\r\n<p>\r\n<a href="#top" title="blocked::#top">top</a> \r\n</p>\r\n<h3 class="hs15"><a title="h" id="h" name="h"></a>H </h3>\r\n<dl>\r\n<dt class="dt15"><a title="html" id="html" name="html"></a>HTML </dt>\r\n<dd class="dd15">Short for HyperText Markup Language, the authoring language used to create documents on the World Wide Web. <span class="cross-ref">See also:</span> <a href="#javascript" title="JavaScript" target="_parent" class="cr_code">JavaScript</a> <span class="cr_code">and</span> <a href="#php" title="PHP" target="_parent" class="cr_code">PHP</a>. </dd>\r\n</dl>\r\n<p>\r\n<a href="#top" title="blocked::#top">top</a> \r\n</p>\r\n<h3 class="hs15"><a title="i" id="i" name="i"></a>I </h3>\r\n<dl>\r\n<dt class="dt15"><a title="image-tag" id="image-tag" name="image-tag"></a>Image tag </dt>\r\n<dd class="dd15">In HTML, images are defined with the < img /> tag. <span class="cross-ref">See also:</span><a href="#alt-attribute" title="alt-attribute" target="_parent" class="cr_code">alt attribute</a>. </dd>\r\n<dt class="dt15"><a title="intro-text" id="intro-text" name="intro-text"></a>Intro Text </dt>\r\n<dd class="dd15">Required field that must contain content when creating a new Article or editing an existing Article. If text has been added to the Main Text field and the Article is checked to Show on Front Page, a "Read more" link will be shown, pointing to the full Article. Intro Text and Main Text only are used in Articles in the Section/Category hierarchy but not in Static Articles. <span class="cross-ref">See also:</span><a href="#main-text" title="Main Text" target="_parent" class="cr_code">Main Text</a>. </dd>\r\n<dt class="dt15">Installer<a title="installer" name="installer" id="installer"></a> </dt>\r\n<dd class="dd15">A built in Component option that allows the installation of additional Component, Language, Plugin, Module or Template files, using compresses .zip files. This option is only available to a Super Administrator. </dd>\r\n<dt class="dt15">Item<a title="item" name="item" id="item"></a> </dt>\r\n<dd class="dd15">Generic desription for any piece of content within the Joomla! hierarchy; these can be an Article, a content Category, a Menu Item, or a Web Link, for example. </dd>\r\n</dl>\r\n<p>\r\n<a href="#top" title="blocked::#top">top</a> \r\n</p>\r\n<h3 class="hs15"><a title="j" id="j" name="j"></a>J </h3>\r\n<dl>\r\n<dt class="dt15"><a title="javascript" id="javascript" name="javascript"></a>JavaScript </dt>\r\n<dd class="dd15">Common computer programming language developed by <a href="http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ecma_International" title="blocked::http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ecma_International">ECMA</a> for use in web pages. JavaScript is relatively small and fast and is used for providing interactivity on web pages. <span class="cross-ref">See also:</span> <a href="#html" title="HTML" target="_parent" class="cr_code">HTML</a>, <a href="#php" title="PHP" target="_parent" class="cr_code">PHP</a>. </dd>\r\n<dt class="dt15"><a title="joomla" id="joomla" name="joomla"></a>Joomla! </dt>\r\n<dd class="dd15">One of the most usable, Open Source, web site Content Management System (CMS) available.</dd>\r\n</dl>\r\n<p>\r\n<a href="#top" title="blocked::#top">top</a> \r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\n<a title="k" id="k" name="k"></a>K\r\n</p>\r\n<dl><dt class="dt15">Keyword<a title="keyword" name="keyword" id="keyword"></a></dt><dd>Keyword...</dd></dl>\r\n<p>\r\n<a href="#top" title="blocked::#top">top</a> \r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\n<a title="l" id="l" name="l"></a>L\r\n</p>\r\n<dl>\r\n<dt class="dt15">Language<a title="language" name="language" id="language"></a></dt>\r\n<dd class="dd15">Languages...</dd>\r\n</dl>\r\n<p>\r\n<a href="#top" title="blocked::#top">top</a> \r\n</p>\r\n<h3 class="hs15"><a title="m" id="m" name="m"></a>M </h3>\r\n<dl>\r\n<dt class="dt15">Main Body<a title="mainbody" name="mainbody" id="mainbody"></a> </dt>\r\n<dd class="dd15">Defined in the PHP code as, this displays content from a Joomla! Component for example a.calendar of events and Articles. </dd>\r\n<dt class="dt15"><a title="main-text" id="main-text" name="main-text"></a>Main Text </dt>\r\n<dd class="dd15">When creating or editing a Article, the Main Text box contains the text you do not want to show on the Front Page. It shows up after clicking the ''Read more...'' hyperlink in the Front-end of your site. <span class="cross-ref">See also:</span> Intro Text. </dd>\r\n<dt class="dt15"><a title="manager" id="manager" name="manager"></a>Manager </dt>\r\n<dd class="dd15">User level within Joomla! with access to some Back-end and all Front-end functions.<span class="cross-ref">See also:</span> <a href="#administrator" title="Administrator User Level" target="_parent" class="cr_code">Administrator</a>, <a href="#super-administrator" title="Super Administrator User Level" target="_parent" class="cr_code">Super Administrator</a>. </dd>\r\n<dt class="dt15">Mass Mail<a title="massmail" name="massmail" id="massmail"></a></dt>\r\n<dd class="dd15">Core Joomla! Component that allows e-mails to be sent to all User Groups, a single Group, or a User Group and its Child Groups. </dd>\r\n<dt class="dt15">Media File<a title="mediafile" name="mediafile" id="mediafile"></a></dt>\r\n<dd class="dd15">A file with the extension (file type) such as .gif, .jpg, .png or .bmp that can be used in a Article and is organised via the Media Manager. A Media file can be included in an Article via an Image tab on the Edit Article page, WYSIWYG Editors ( e. g. a media manager or third party Component).</dd>\r\n<dt class="dt15">Media Manager<a title="media_manager" name="media_manager" id="media_manager"></a></dt>\r\n<dd>The main control screen for uploading and managing images and other media content to your Joomla! web site. </dd>\r\n<dt class="dt15">Metadata<a title="metadata" name="metadata" id="metadata"></a></dt><dd class="dd15">Metadata...</dd><dt class="dt15">Metadata Author<a title="metadata_author" name="metadata_author" id="metadata_author"></a></dt><dd class="dd15">Metadata Author...</dd><dt class="dt15">Metadata Description<a title="meta_desc" name="meta_desc" id="meta_desc"></a></dt><dd class="dd15">Metadata Description...</dd><dt class="dt15">Metadata Key Words<a title="meta_keywords" name="meta_keywords" id="meta_keywords"></a></dt><dd class="dd15">Metadata Key Words...</dd>\r\n<dt class="dt15"><a title="module" id="module" name="module"></a>Module </dt>\r\n<dd class="dd15">A small Extension that can be displayed anywhere that your template allows it to be displayed. A Module is simple to install in the Administrator (Back-end and may include a: Main Menu, Top menu, Template Chooser, Poll, Newsflash or Hit Counter. Members of the Joomla! community continuously produce Joomla! Modules. They are freely available on <a href="http://developer.joomla.org" title="blocked::http://developer.joomla.org/" target= "_blank">http://developer.joomla.org</a> for download. An example of a Module PHP code is . <span class="cross-ref">See also:</span> Module Position. </dd>\r\n<dt class="dt15"><a title="module-position" id="module-position" name="module-position"></a>Module Position </dt>\r\n<dd class="dd15">Names for the placement of a Module within a template. There are 27 pre-named positions (e. g. left, right, top, bottom) and 23 author-defined positions. Module positions are not confined by their name. Thus, the left Module position, coded as may be placed anywhere in the template. <span class="cross-ref">See also:</span><a href="#module" title="Module" target="_parent">Module</a>.</dd>\r\n<dt class="dt15">MooTools<a title="mootools" name="mootools" id="mootools"></a></dt>\r\n<dd class="dd15">MooTools...</dd>\r\n<dt class="dt15">MySQL<a title="mysql" name="mysql" id="mysql"></a></dt>\r\n<dd class="dd15">MySQL...</dd>\r\n</dl>\r\n<p>\r\n<a href="#top" title="blocked::#top">top</a> \r\n</p>\r\n<h3 class="hs15"><a title="n" id="n" name="n"></a>N </h3>\r\n<dl>\r\n<dt class="dt15"><a title="newsfeed" id="newsfeed" name="newsfeed"></a>News Feed </dt>\r\n<dd class="dd15">A tool for sharing content between different sites, with code produced by the DOMIT parser and utilizing the types of News Feeds currently available to display and produce (e. g. RSS, Atom). This sharing method is meant to provide a news introduction according to the provider''s design and normally has a hyperlink to the provider''s web site. Joomla! offers the possibility to offer and display News Feeds. </dd>\r\n</dl>\r\n<p>\r\n<a href="#top" title="blocked::#top">top</a> \r\n</p>\r\n<h3 class="hs15"><a title="o" id="o" name="o"></a>O </h3>\r\n<dl>\r\n<dt class="dt15">Open Source (OS)<a title="opensource" name="opensource" id="opensource"></a> </dt>\r\n<dd class="dd15">General term describing the intention and attitude of the community developed software projects. The main aim is to allow free, unrestricted access to the source code of programs in such a way that anyone can alter, add to, and develop the software. Free does not necessarily mean free - without payment - although this is often the case, but free as in free speech. <span class="cross-ref">See also:</span><a href="#gpl" title="GPL" target="_parent">GPL</a></dd>\r\n<dt class="dt15">Operating System (OS) <a title="op_sys" name="op_sys" id="op_sys"></a></dt>\r\n<dd>The underlying software that runs your computer, or server. Typical examples are Windows - different versions, Linux - different distributions and versions, Mac OS X, amongst others. </dd>\r\n</dl>\r\n<p>\r\n<a href="#top" title="blocked::#top">top</a> \r\n</p>\r\n<h3 class="hs15"><a title="p" id="p" name="p"></a>P</h3>\r\n<dl><dt class="dt15">pagebreak<a title="pagebreak" name="pagebreak" id="pagebreak"></a></dt>\r\n<dd class="dd15">Insert a page breaks into an Article, together with an accompanying Table of Contents when required on each page.</dd>\r\n<dt class="dt15">pagination<a title="pagination" name="pagination" id="pagination"></a></dt>\r\n<dd class="dd15">Method of navigating between Articles.</dd>\r\n<dt class="dt15">Parameter<a title="parameter" name="parameter" id="parameter"></a> </dt>\r\n<dd class="dd15">Setting used to alter the presentation of specific items, menus or Modules.</dd>\r\n<dt class="dt15">patTemplate<a title="pattemplate" name="pattemplate" id="pattemplate"></a> </dt>\r\n<dd class="dd15">System within Joomla! to help create Site Templates.</dd>\r\n<dt class="dt15"><a title="php" id="php" name="php"></a>PHP </dt>\r\n<dd class="dd15">Hypertext Preprocessor is an open source server-side programming language extensively used for web scripts to process data passed via the <a href="http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Common_Gateway_Interface" title="blocked::http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Common_Gateway_Interface">Common Gateway Interface (CGI)</a> (e. g. from HTML forms). PHP can be written as scripts that reside on the server and may produce HTML output that downloads to the web browser. Alternatively, PHP can be embedded within HTML pages that are then saved with a <span class="hsincode">.php</span> file extension. <span class="cross-ref">See also:</span> <a href="#html" title="HTML" target="_parent" class="cr_code">HTML</a>, <a href="#javascript" title="JavaScript" target="_parent" class="cr_code">JavaScript</a>. </dd>\r\n<dt class="dt15"><a title="plugins" id="plugins" name="plugins"></a>Plugin </dt>\r\n<dd class="dd15">Small, task-oriented function that intercepts content before it is displayed and manipulates it in some way. Joomla! provides a number of Plugins in the core distribution (for example, WYSIWYG Editors, 3rd party Components, Module searchers. </dd>\r\n<dt class="dt15">Poll<a title="poll" name="poll" id="poll"></a></dt>\r\n<dd class="dd15">Core Joomla! Component that allows a poll to be displayed on your Joomla! web site. You can define the Poll title, the time delay in seconds (lag) between votes, up to 12 vote options, and the page(s) on which it should be displayed. </dd>\r\n<dt class="dt15">Preview<a title="preview" name="preview" id="preview"></a> </dt>\r\n<dd class="dd15">Option available in the Administrator Back-end, which displays from the Back-end what your Article would look like in the Front-end of your web site. </dd>\r\n<dt class="dt15">Project<a title="project" name="project" id="project"></a> </dt>\r\n<dd class="dd15">Component, Module, Template, Plugin, or script that is freely set up and managed by its authors at <a href="http://joomlacode.org" title="blocked::http://joomlacode.org/" target= "_blank">http://joomlacode.org</a>. </dd>\r\n<dt class="dt15"><a title="published" id="published" name="published"></a>Publish(ed) </dt>\r\n<dd class="dd15">State of various parts of a Joomla! installation, indicating whether that particular piece is visible on the web site or operational (very much like an on-off switch). For example, installed elements will not be displayed on your web site if they are Unpublished. Articles can also be managed with a start and end date of publishing. <span class="cross-ref">See also:</span> <a href="#unpublish" title="Unpublish" target="_parent" class="cr_code">Unpublish</a><span class="cr_code">(ed)</span>. </dd>\r\n<dt class="dt15"><a title="publisher" id="publisher" name="publisher"></a>Publisher </dt>\r\n<dd class="dd15">User level within Joomla!, with access only to Site Front-end functions, but with permission to publish content on the Site. <span class="cross-ref">See also:</span> <span class="cr_code"><a href="#author" title="Author User Level" target="_parent" class="cr_code">Author</a>, <a href="#editor" title="Editor" target="_parent" class="cr_code">Editor</a>, <a href="#registered" title="Registered User" target="_parent" class="cr_code">Registered User</a></span>. </dd>\r\n</dl>\r\n<p>\r\n<a href="#top" title="blocked::#top">top</a> \r\n</p>\r\n<h3 class="hs15"><a title="q" id="q" name="q"></a>Q </h3>\r\n<p>\r\n<a href="#top" title="blocked::#top">top</a> \r\n</p>\r\n<h3 class="hs15"><a title="r" id="r" name="r"></a>R </h3>\r\n<dl>\r\n<dt class="dt15">Record<a title="record" name="record" id="record"></a> </dt>\r\n<dd class="dd15">Description of a single item as stored in a Database. In a relational Database, each row of each table is a Database record. </dd>\r\n<dt class="dt15"><a title="registered" id="registered" name="registered"></a>Registered User </dt>\r\n<dd class="dd15">User level within Joomla! with access only to Site Front-end functions, though with permission to access parts of the Site that are not accessible to Public Users. <span class="cross-ref">See also:</span> <a href="#author" title="Author User Level" target="_parent" class="cr_code">Author</a>, <a href="#editor" title="Editor" target="_parent" class="cr_code">Editor</a>, and <a href="#publisher" title="Publisher" target="_parent" class="cr_code">Publisher</a>. </dd>\r\n<dt class="dt15">RSS<a title="rss" name="rss" id="rss"></a></dt>\r\n<dd class="dd15">RSS feeds... </dd>\r\n</dl>\r\n<p>\r\n<a href="#top" title="blocked::#top">top</a> \r\n</p>\r\n<h3 class="hs15"><a title="s" id="s" name="s"></a>S </h3>\r\n<dl>\r\n<dt class="dt15"><a title="server-side-scripting" id="server-side-scripting" name="server-side-scripting"></a>Server-side Scripting </dt>\r\n<dd class="dd15">Programs interpreted by the web server when a web page is requested. Scripts have special extensions such as .php, .asp and .jsp. When the server finishes processing a script, it usually sends a HTML page that can be viewed in any web browser. <span class="cross-ref">See also:</span> Client-side Scripting. </dd>\r\n<dt class="dt15"><a title="section" id="section" name="section"></a>Section </dt>\r\n<dd class="dd15">Collection of Categories that are related in some way. A Section may be named ''Transport'', categories in this Section may be ''Boats,'' ''Cars'' and ''Airplanes.'' Within the content hierarchy, Section is the top level and is a container for Categories. Category is the next level and is a container for the third level, Article.</dd><dt class="dt15">SEF<a title="sef" name="sef" id="sef"></a></dt><dd>SEF</dd><dt class="dt15">SEO<a title="seo" name="seo" id="seo"></a></dt><dd class="dd15">SEO</dd>\r\n<dt class="dt15"><a title="site" id="site" name="site"></a>Site Front-end </dt>\r\n<dd class="dd15">Web site displayed to your visitor or User, containing all the accessible content. </dd>\r\n<dt class="dt15"><a title="site-templates" id="site-templates" name="site-templates"></a>Site Template </dt>\r\n<dd class="dd15">A template that defines the layout of a Joomla! web site''s Front-end. <span class="cross-ref">See also:</span> Admin Template and Template.</dd><dt class="dt15">SQL<a title="sql" name="sql" id="sql"></a></dt><dd class="dd15">SQL...</dd>\r\n<dt class="dt15"><a title="super-administrator" id="super-administrator" name="super-administrator"></a>Super Administrator </dt>\r\n<dd class="dd15">User level within Joomla! with access to all Administrator Back-end and Site Front-end functions. <span class="cross-ref">See also:</span> <a href="#administrator" title="Administrator User Level" target="_parent" class="cr_code">Administrator</a>, <a href="#manager" title="Manager" target="_parent" class="cr_code">Manager</a>. </dd>\r\n<dt class="dt15">Syndication </dt>\r\n<dd class="dd15">Process, using a News Feed, by which a web site is able to share information for example an Article with other web sites. </dd>\r\n</dl>\r\n<p>\r\n<a href="#top" title="blocked::#top">top</a> \r\n</p>\r\n<h3 class="hs15"><a title="t" id="t" name="t"></a>T </h3>\r\n<dl>\r\n<dt class="dt15"><a title="templates" id="templates" name="templates"></a>Template </dt>\r\n<dd class="dd15">Defining the layout of your Joomla! web site, a template can be created for the Front-end of your site (called a Site Template), as well as for the Administrator Back-end called an Administrator Template. You can assign different templates to various pages of your web site. <span class="cross-ref">See also:</span> <a href="#admin-templates" title="Administrator Templates" target="_parent">Administrator Template</a> and Site Template. </dd>\r\n<dt class="dt15">Third Party Developer<a title="tpdev" name="tpdev" id="tpdev"></a></dt>\r\n<dd class="dd15">TPDev...</dd>\r\n<dt class="dt15">Title<a title="title" name="title" id="title"></a> </dt>\r\n<dd class="dd15">Name given to an Article, which may be displayed above it in the Site Front-end. </dd>\r\n<dt class="dt15">Title Alias<a title="titlealias" name="titlealias" id="titlealias"></a> </dt>\r\n<dd class="dd15">Alternative title for an Article used by search engine friendly (SEF) scripts and dynamic title/meta scripts. </dd>\r\n<dt class="dt15">Translation<a title="translation" name="translation" id="translation"></a></dt>\r\n<dd>Translation...</dd>\r\n<dt class="dt15">Translation Partner<a title="tran_ptnr" name="tran_ptnr" id="tran_ptnr"></a></dt>\r\n<dd>TP''s...</dd>\r\n</dl>\r\n<p>\r\n<a href="#top" title="blocked::#top">top</a> \r\n</p>\r\n<h3 class="hs15"><a title="u" id="u" name="u"></a>U </h3>\r\n<dl>\r\n<dt class="dt15"><a title="uncategorized" id="uncategorized" name="uncategorized"></a>Uncategorized Article </dt>\r\n<dd class="dd15">content that does not belong to the Section/Category/Article hierarchy.</dd>\r\n<dt class="dt15"><a title="unpublish" id="unpublish" name="unpublish"></a>Unpublish(ed) </dt>\r\n<dd class="dd15">State of various parts of a Joomla! installation, indicating whether that particular content is visible on the site or operational (very much like an on-off switch). For example, an installed element will not be displayed on the web site if it isUnpublished. Articles may also be managed with a start and end date of publishing. <span class="cross-ref">See also:</span> Publish(ed).</dd><dt class="dt15">URL<a title="url" name="url" id="url"></a></dt><dd class="dd15">URL...</dd><dt class="dt15">URI<a title="uri" name="uri" id="uri"></a></dt><dd class="dd15">URI...</dd>\r\n</dl>\r\n<p>\r\n<a href="#top" title="blocked::#top">top</a> \r\n</p>\r\n<h3 class="hs15"><a title="v" id="v" name="v"></a>V </h3>\r\n<p>\r\n<a href="#top" title="blocked::#top">top</a> \r\n</p>\r\n<h3 class="hs15"><a title="w" id="w" name="w"></a>W </h3>\r\n<dl>\r\n<dt class="dt15">Web Links<a title="web_links" name="web_links" id="web_links"></a> </dt>\r\n<dd class="dd15">Core Component that manages and displays hyperlinks to other web sites, organized into categories. </dd>\r\n<dt class="dt15">Workspace<a title="workspace" name="workspace" id="workspace"></a> </dt>\r\n<dd class="dd15">Section of the Joomla! Admin where the business of configuration and content publishing takes place. The workspace dynamically updates as you select tools and menu options. The workspace can include: HTML Editor, Article and link management, and several other features. </dd>\r\n<dt class="dt15">Wrapper <a title="wrapper" name="wrapper" id="wrapper"></a></dt>\r\n<dd class="dd15">Built-in Joomla! Component, used to pull in and display any <a href="http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/URL" title="blocked::http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/URL">URL</a> within your web site. This can be used to wrap an application (e. g. a forum or gallery), individual page or an entire web site. Also referred to as an "Iframe." </dd>\r\n<dt class="dt15"><a title="#wysiwyg" name="#wysiwyg" id="#wysiwyg"></a>WYSIWYG Editor </dt>\r\n<dd class="dd15">Editing tool which uses a WYSIWYG (an acronym for "What You See Is What You Get") interface to allow easy editing of items in a non-code format. </dd>\r\n</dl>\r\n<h3 class="hs15"><a title="x" id="x" name="x"></a>X </h3>\r\n<dl><dt class="dt15">XML<a title="xml" name="xml" id="xml"></a></dt>\r\n<dd class="dd15">XML</dd>\r\n<dt class="dt15">XHTML<a title="xhtml" name="xhtml" id="xhtml"></a></dt>\r\n<dd class="dd15">XHTML</dd>\r\n</dl>\r\n<p>\r\n<a href="#top" title="blocked::#top">top</a> \r\n</p>\r\n<h3 class="hs15"><a title="y" id="y" name="y"></a>Y </h3>\r\n<p>\r\n<a href="#top" title="blocked::#top">top</a> \r\n</p>\r\n<h3 class="hs15"><a title="z" id="z" name="z"></a>Z </h3>\r\n<dl><dt class="dt15">Zlib<a title="zlib" name="zlib" id="zlib"></a></dt>\r\n<dd class="dd15">zlib</dd>\r\n<dt class="dt15">ZIP<a title="zip" name="zip" id="zip"></a></dt><dd class="dd15">zip...</dd>\r\n</dl>\r\n<p class="hs15">\r\n \r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\n<a href="#top" title="blocked::#top">top</a> \r\n</p>\r\n', '', 1, 42, 0, 183, '2005-12-03 22:57:13', 65, '', '2008-07-01 17:45:27', 166, 0, '0000-00-00 00:00:00', '2005-12-03 00:00:00', '0000-00-00 00:00:00', '', '', 'pageclass_sfx=\nback_button=\nitem_title=1\nlink_titles=\nintrotext=1\nsection=0\nsection_link=0\ncategory=0\ncategory_link=0\nrating=\nauthor=\ncreatedate=\nmodifydate=\npdf=\nprint=\nemail=\nkeyref=joomla.glossary.15\ndocbook_type=', 33, 0, 4, '', '', 0, 116443),
(1635, 'Tools', 'Tools', 'On its way...<br />', '', 1, 42, 0, 186, '2006-04-18 01:24:05', 116, '', '0000-00-00 00:00:00', 0, 0, '0000-00-00 00:00:00', '2006-04-18 01:23:26', '0000-00-00 00:00:00', '', '', 'pageclass_sfx=\nback_button=\nitem_title=1\nlink_titles=\nintrotext=1\nsection=0\nsection_link=0\ncategory=0\ncategory_link=0\nrating=\nauthor=\ncreatedate=\nmodifydate=\npdf=\nprint=\nemail=\nkeyref=\ndocbook_type=', 1, 0, 8, '', '', 0, 8842);
INSERT INTO `jos_content` (`id`, `title`, `title_alias`, `introtext`, `fulltext`, `state`, `sectionid`, `mask`, `catid`, `created`, `created_by`, `created_by_alias`, `modified`, `modified_by`, `checked_out`, `checked_out_time`, `publish_up`, `publish_down`, `images`, `urls`, `attribs`, `version`, `parentid`, `ordering`, `metakey`, `metadesc`, `access`, `hits`) VALUES
(1965, 'Credits', 'Credits', '<p>Joomla! includes or is derivative of works distributed under the following copyright notices: <br />\r\n</p>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li><b>Cache</b> --- Copyright: Fabien MARTY License: GNU Lesser General Public License (LGPL) </li>\r\n <li><b>DOMIT!</b> ---- Copyright: 2004 John Heinstein. All rights reserved License: GNU Lesser General Public License (LGPL) </li>\r\n <li><b>ezpdf</b> ---- Copyright: Wayne Munro, R&OS Ltd License: Public Domain </li>\r\n <li><b>feedcreator</b> ---- Copyright: Kai Blankenhorn License: GNU General Public License (GPL)</li>\r\n <li><b>js-calendar</b> --- Copyright: Mihai Bazon, 2002 License: GNU Lesser General Public License (LGPL)</li>\r\n <li><b>js-jscook-menu</b> --- Copyright: 2002-2005 by Heng Yuan License: Custom open source license </li>\r\n <li><b>js-overlib </b>--- Copyright: Erik Bosrup 1998-2004 License: Artistic (see http://www.bosrup.com/web/overlib/?License) </li>\r\n <li><b>js-tabs</b> --- Copyright: 1998 - 2003 Erik Arvidsson License: GNU General Public License (GPL) </li>\r\n <li><b>Mambo</b> ---- Copyright: 2000 - 2004 Miro International Pty Ltd License: GNU General Public License (GPL)</li>\r\n <li><b>patTemplate, patError</b> --- Copyright: Stephan Schmidt License: GNU Lesser General Public License (LGPL)</li>\r\n <li><b>PEAR</b> ---- Copyright: 1997-2004 The PHP Group License: PHP license</li>\r\n <li><b>phpGACL</b> ---- Copyright: 2002,2003 Mike Benoit License: GNU Lesser General Public License (LGPL) </li>\r\n <li><b>phpInputfilter</b> ---- Copyright: Daniel Morris License: GNU General Public License (GPL) </li>\r\n <li><b>phpMailer</b> ---- Copyright: 2001 - 2003 Brent R. Matzelle License: GNU Lesser General Public License (LGPL) </li>\r\n <li><b>tar-archive</b> ---- Copyright: 1997-2003 The PHP Group License: PHP License </li>\r\n <li><b>TinyMCE</b>: ---- Copyright: 2004 Moxiecode Systems AB License: GNU Lesser General Public License (LGPL)</li>\r\n <li><b>vcard</b> ---- Copyright: Kai Blankenhorn License: GNU General Public License (GPL) </li>\r\n <li><b>wz-tooltip</b> ---- Copyright: 2002-2004 Walter Zorn License: GNU Lesser General Public License (LGPL)</li>\r\n <li><b>FOOOD Icons</b> (Administrator Toolbar) ---- Copyright: 2004 iCandy Junior Icons License: http://www.iconaholic.com/help/joomla.html </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<p class="hsnote">\r\n \r\nPlease note these icons are NOT Open Source but are used with the permission of the copyright holder.\r\n</p>\r\n<h2>Details </h2>\r\n<p>\r\nThe Joomla! About Us details page has been moved.\r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\nPlease visit the new page <a href="http://dev.joomla.org/content/view/13/53/" title="Joomla! Working Groups" target= "_blank">Working Groups</a> and see the details of the <a href="http://www.joomla.org/content/view/1161/29/" title="The Core Team page" target= "_blank">Core Team</a>. \r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\n \r\n</p>\r\n<hr />\r\n<p>\r\n<b>NOTE:</b> If you have suggestions or comments for this Help Screen, please submit them on the <a href="http://forum.joomla.org/index2.php/board,59.0.html" target= "_blank">Suggestions, Modifications, and Corrections</a> forum. \r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\nThank you!\r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\n<i><b>The User Documentation Team</b></i>\r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\n \r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\n \r\n</p>\r\n', '', 1, 42, 0, 183, '2007-01-05 07:49:15', 91, '', '2008-06-22 06:56:18', 165, 0, '0000-00-00 00:00:00', '2007-01-05 07:46:11', '0000-00-00 00:00:00', '', '', 'pageclass_sfx=\nback_button=\nitem_title=1\nlink_titles=\nintrotext=1\nsection=0\nsection_link=0\ncategory=0\ncategory_link=0\nrating=\nauthor=\ncreatedate=\nmodifydate=\npdf=\nprint=\nemail=\nkeyref=joomla.credits.15\ndocbook_type=', 3, 0, 5, '', '', 0, 5293),
(1966, 'Support & Assistance', 'Support', '<h2>Official Sites</h2>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <a href="http://www.joomla.org" target= "_blank">Joomla! Home</a> - The official Joomla! web site\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <a href="http://www.joomla.org/content/blogcategory/0/33/" title="http://www.joomla.org/content/blogcategory/0/33/" target= "_blank">Joomla! News</a> - Keep up to date with all the latest news from Joomla! and its wider community. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <a href="http://forum.joomla.org" title="http://forum.joomla.org" target= "_blank">The Forum</a> - The official support forums for Joomla! A brief summary of the forums available: \r\n </p>\r\n <ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n FAQ''s - A rapidly growing forum of useful hints and tips for Joomla! use and development.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n General Joomla! Questions\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n Installation & Upgrading of Joomla!\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n Administration - Dealing with matters concerning the Joomla! Back-end Administrator.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n Language & Translation - General and Official Translation and Language issues and Work Groups - including Official Translation Teams. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n Performance - Dealing with keeping your web site running at its peak of efficiency.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n Quality & Testing - Dealing with issues of functionality and development of Joomla! post-alpha release.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n Design & Accessibility - Dealing with compliance issues as far as standards, accessibility, and usability are concerned. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n Marketing & Media - The latest addition to the Joomla! Work Group family, dealing with how Joomla! should be publicised, \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n Joomla! Code - Feedback and assistance on the Joomla! Code\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n Joomla! Development - Development of both the 1.0.x series and the 1.5.x series of Joomla! \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n Documentation - Official User & Developer documentation projects and assistance.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n 3rd Party Extensions - Components, Modules, Mambots, Plugins, Templates.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n International Zone - Language specific forums. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n ...and much, much, more!\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n </ul>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <a href="http://help.joomla.org" title="The Joomla! Help Site" target= "_blank">The Help Site</a> - View the latest Help Screens, Manuals, tutorials, and a host of other reference material for Joomla! Users and Administrators.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <a href="http://docs.joomla.org" target= "_blank">The Documentation Site</a> - The Joomla! documentation can be found on this MediaWiki. You can find here Help Screens, Manuals, tutorials, developer guides and lots of other information for Joomla! Users, Administrators and Developers. Everyone can help to create and review the articles.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <a href="http://developer.joomla.org" target= "_blank">The Developer Network</a> - The Developers Portal provides a free project management and download environment for Joomla! related projects. \r\n </p>\r\n <ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n It is one of largest central repositories on the Web for everything that is to do with Joomla!. \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n </ul>\r\n <ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n All Developer Documentation, API reference material, Template, and Installation documentation is available here.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n </ul>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <a href="http://extensions.joomla.org" target= "_blank">The Joomla! Extension Directory</a> - Access a massive collection of Components, Modules, Mambots (Plugins), and other Extensions for Joomla!, or for use with Joomla! and web site development\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <a href="http://joomlacode.org/gf/project/joomla/tracker/?action=TrackerItemBrowse&tracker_id=32" target= "_blank">Bug Tracker - 1.5.x</a> - Use the bug tracker to report, or view the status of, bug reports.\r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <a href="http://joomlacode.org/gf/" title="Joomla! Code" target= "_blank">Joomla! Forge</a> - View all the projects currently being developed under Joomla! There are in close to 800 projects using the Joomla! Forge for their work. Keep track of developments and get notifications of new releases as soon as they happen \r\n </p>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>\r\n <p>\r\n <a href="http://joomlacode.org/gf/project/joomla/frs/" target= "_blank">Joomla! Downloads and Patches</a> - Get the latest stable Joomla! source, both full packages and patches are available for download. \r\n </p>\r\n <hr />\r\n <p>\r\n<span style="font-weight: bold">NOTE: </span>If you have any suggestions or comments for this Help Screen, please submit them on the <a href="http://forum.joomla.org/index2.php/board,59.0.html" title="Documentation Forum" target= "_blank">Suggestions, Modifications, and Corrections</a> forum. \r\n </p>\r\n <p>\r\n Thank You \r\n </p>\r\n <br />\r\n <i><b>The User Documentation Team</b></i></li>\r\n</ul>\r\n', '', 1, 42, 0, 183, '2006-12-31 20:00:01', 91, '', '2008-07-01 16:44:48', 166, 0, '0000-00-00 00:00:00', '2006-12-31 20:00:01', '0000-00-00 00:00:00', '', '', 'pageclass_sfx=\nback_button=\nitem_title=1\nlink_titles=\nintrotext=1\nsection=0\nsection_link=0\ncategory=0\ncategory_link=0\nrating=\nauthor=\ncreatedate=\nmodifydate=\npdf=\nprint=\nemail=\nkeyref=joomla.support.15\ndocbook_type=', 5, 0, 2, '', '', 0, 8371),
(1967, 'Write Private Message', 'Write Private Message', '<a title="How_to_Access" name="How_to_Access"></a>\r\n<h2> <span class="mw-headline">How to Access</span></h2>\r\n<p>\r\nSelect <b>Tools → Write Message</b> from the drop-down menu on the back-end of your Joomla! installation. Or click the "New" icon in the toolbar of the <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1474&Itemid=278" target="_self" title="Screen.messages.inbox.15">Private Messaging</a> screen.\r\n</p>\r\n<a title="Description" name="Description"></a>\r\n<h2> <span class="mw-headline">Description</span></h2>\r\n<p>\r\nThis screen lets you write and send a private message.\r\n</p>\r\n<a title="Screenshot" name="Screenshot"></a>\r\n<h2> <span class="mw-headline">Screenshot</span></h2>\r\n<p>\r\n<span class="image"><img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/Private_message_write.png" style="border: 0px none #000000; width: 548px; height: 237px" alt="Image:Private_message_write.png" border="0" height="237" width="548" /></span>\r\n</p>\r\n<a title="Details" name="Details"></a>\r\n<h2> <span class="mw-headline">Details</span></h2>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li><b>To.</b> Select the User you wish to send the message to from the drop-down list box. Note that only Users who are members of the "Super Administrator" group can read private messages.\r\n </li>\r\n <li><b>Subject.</b> The subject of the message.\r\n </li>\r\n <li><b>Message.</b> The body of the message.\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<a title="Toolbar" name="Toolbar"></a>\r\n<h2> <span class="mw-headline">Toolbar</span></h2>\r\n<p>\r\nAt the top right you will see the toolbar: \r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\n<span class="image"><img src="images/stories/help_screens_1.5/Write_message_toolbar.png" style="border: 0px none #000000; width: 138px; height: 53px" alt="Image:Write_message_toolbar.png" border="0" height="53" width="138" /></span>\r\n</p>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li><b>Send.</b> Send the message. Note that the Subject and Message fields cannot be blank.\r\n </li>\r\n <li> <b>Cancel</b>. Go back to the main screen of the Manager, without saving the modifications you made.\r\n </li>\r\n <li> <b>Help</b>. Opens this Help Screen.\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<a title="Related_Information" name="Related_Information"></a>\r\n<h2> <span class="mw-headline">Related Information</span></h2>\r\n<ul>\r\n <li>To view, reply to, and delete Private Messages: <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1474&Itemid=278" target="_self" title="Screen.messages.inbox.15">Private Messaging</a><a href=index2.php?option=com_content&task=findkey&tmpl=component;1&keyref=Screen.messages.inbox.15 title="Screen.messages.inbox.15"></a>\r\n </li>\r\n <li>To read Private Messages: <a href="index2.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=1473&Itemid=278" target="_self" title="Screen.messages.read.15">Read Private Message</a>\r\n </li>\r\n</ul>\r\n', '', 1, 42, 0, 186, '2004-12-24 14:21:12', 91, '', '2008-06-26 21:33:30', 165, 0, '0000-00-00 00:00:00', '2004-12-24 00:00:00', '0000-00-00 00:00:00', '', '', 'pageclass_sfx=\nback_button=\nitem_title=1\nlink_titles=\nintrotext=1\nsection=0\nsection_link=0\ncategory=0\ncategory_link=0\nrating=\nauthor=\ncreatedate=\nmodifydate=\npdf=\nprint=\nemail=\nkeyref=screen.messages.edit.15\ndocbook_type=', 2, 0, 3, '', '', 0, 2051);
